Cisco IOS

Wide-Area Networking
Command Reference
Release 12.2

Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100

Customer Order Number: DOC-7811752=

Text Part Number: 78-11752-02
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT
NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE
PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR
APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION
PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO
LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of
UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED
“AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

AccessPath, AtmDirector, Browse with Me, CCDA, CCDE, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, CCSI, CD-PAC, CiscoLink, the Cisco NetWorks logo, the Cisco
Powered Network logo, Cisco Systems Networking Academy, the Cisco Systems Networking Academy logo, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare,
FrameShare, GigaStack, IGX, Internet Quotient, IP/VC, iQ Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, MGX,
the Networkers logo, Packet, PIX, RateMUX, ScriptBuilder, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, TransPath, Unity, Voice LAN, Wavelength Router, and
WebViewer are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All That’s Possible, and Empowering
the Internet Generation, are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo,
Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, FastHub,
FastSwitch, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MICA, Network Registrar, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, Registrar, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter,
and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.

All other brands, names, or trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner
does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0102R)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

Copyright © 2001–2006 Cisco Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.
 CONTENTS

About Cisco IOS Software Documentation v

Using Cisco IOS Software xiii

ATM Commands WR-1

Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands WR-227

Frame Relay Commands WR-249

Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands WR-409

SMDS Commands WR-425

X.25 and LAPB Commands WR-447

INDEX

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 iii
Contents

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

iv 78-11752-02
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation

This chapter discusses the objectives, audience, organization, and conventions of Cisco IOS software
documentation. It also provides sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.

Documentation Objectives
Cisco IOS software documentation describes the tasks and commands necessary to configure and
maintain Cisco networking devices.

Audience
The Cisco IOS software documentation set is intended primarily for users who configure and maintain
Cisco networking devices (such as routers and switches) but who may not be familiar with the tasks,
the relationship between tasks, or the Cisco IOS software commands necessary to perform particular
tasks. The Cisco IOS software documentation set is also intended for those users experienced with
Cisco IOS software who need to know about new features, new configuration options, and new software
characteristics in the current Cisco IOS software release.

Documentation Organization
The Cisco IOS software documentation set consists of documentation modules and master indexes. In
addition to the main documentation set, there are supporting documents and resources.

Documentation Modules
The Cisco IOS documentation modules consist of configuration guides and corresponding command
reference publications. Chapters in a configuration guide describe protocols, configuration tasks, and
Cisco IOS software functionality and contain comprehensive configuration examples. Chapters in a
command reference publication provide complete Cisco IOS command syntax information. Use each
configuration guide in conjunction with its corresponding command reference publication.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 v
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Documentation Organization

Figure 1 shows the Cisco IOS software documentation modules.

Note The abbreviations (for example, FC and FR) next to the book icons are page designators,
which are defined in a key in the index of each document to help you with navigation. The
bullets under each module list the major technology areas discussed in the corresponding
books.

Figure 1 Cisco IOS Software Documentation Modules

IPC IP1R
Cisco IOS
IP
FC Cisco IOS Configuration Cisco IOS P2C Cisco IOS P3C Cisco IOS
Configuration Guide IP Command AppleTalk and Apollo Domain,
Fundamentals Reference, Novell IPX Banyan VINES,
Configuration Volume 1 of 3: Configuration DECnet, ISO
Guide Addressing Guide CLNS, and XNS
and Services Configuration
IP3R Guide

IP2R Cisco IOS

Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Cisco IOS
IP Command
Configuration IP Command AppleTalk and Apollo Domain,
Reference,
Fundamentals Reference, Novell IPX Banyan VINES,
Volume 2 of 3:
FR Command
Routing
Volume 3 of 3: P2R Command P3R DECnet, ISO
Reference Multicast Reference CLNS, and XNS
Protocols
Command
Reference

Module FC/FR: Module IPC/IP1R/IP2R/IP3R: Module P2C/P2R: Module P3C/P3R:

• Cisco IOS User • IP Addressing and Services • AppleTalk • Apollo Domain
Interfaces • IP Routing Protocols • Novell IPX • Banyan VINES
• File Management • IP Multicast • DECnet
• System Management • ISO CLNS
• XNS

WC Cisco IOS IC Cisco IOS MWC Cisco IOS SC Cisco IOS

Wide-Area Interface Mobile Security
Networking Configuration Wireless Configuration
Configuration Guide Configuration Guide
Guide Guide

Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Cisco IOS

Wide-Area Interface Mobile Security
Networking Command Wireless Command
WR Command IR Reference MWR Command SR Reference
Reference Reference

Module WC/WR: Module IC/IR: Module MWC/MWR: Module SC/SR:

• ATM • LAN Interfaces • General Packet • AAA Security Services
• Broadband Access • Serial Interfaces Radio Service • Security Server Protocols
• Frame Relay • Logical Interfaces • Traffic Filtering and Firewalls
• SMDS • IP Security and Encryption
• X.25 and LAPB • Passwords and Privileges
• Neighbor Router Authentication
47953

• IP Security Options
• Supported AV Pairs

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

vi 78-11752-02
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Documentation Organization

DC Cisco IOS TC Cisco IOS

BC Cisco IOS
Dial Terminal Bridging and
Technologies Services IBM Networking
Configuration Configuration Configuration
Guide Guide Guide

B1R B2R

Cisco IOS
Cisco IOS Cisco IOS
Cisco IOS Bridging
DR Dial TR Terminal and IBM Bridging
Technologies and IBM
Services Networking
Command Networking
Command Command
Reference Command
Reference Reference,
Volume 1 of 2 Reference,
Volume 2 of 2

Module DC/DR: Module TC/TR: Module BC/B1R: Module BC/B2R:

• Preparing for Dial Access • ARA • Transparent • DSPU and SNA
• Modem and Dial Shelf Configuration • LAT Bridging Service Point
and Management • NASI • SRB • SNA Switching
• ISDN Configuration • Telnet • Token Ring Services
• Signalling Configuration • TN3270 Inter-Switch Link • Cisco Transaction
• Dial-on-Demand Routing • XRemote • Token Ring Route Connection
Configuration • X.28 PAD Switch Module • Cisco Mainframe
• Dial-Backup Configuration • Protocol Translation • RSRB Channel Connection
• Dial-Related Addressing Services • DLSw+ • CLAW and TCP/IP
• Virtual Templates, Profiles, and • Serial Tunnel and Offload
Networks Block Serial Tunnel • CSNA, CMPC,
• PPP Configuration • LLC2 and SDLC and CMPC+
• Callback and Bandwidth Allocation • IBM Network • TN3270 Server
Configuration Media Translation
• Dial Access Specialized Features • SNA Frame Relay
• Dial Access Scenarios Access
• NCIA Client/Server
• Airline Product Set

VC Cisco IOS QC Cisco IOS XC Cisco IOS

Voice, Video, Quality of Switching
and Fax Service Services
Configuration Solutions Configuration
Guide Configuration Guide
Guide

Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Cisco IOS

Voice, Video, Quality of Switching
and Fax Service Services
VR Command QR Solutions XR Command
Reference Command Reference
Reference
47954

Module VC/VR: Module QC/QR: Module XC/XR:

• Voice over IP • Packet Classification • Cisco IOS
• Call Control Signalling • Congestion Management Switching Paths
• Voice over • Congestion Avoidance • NetFlow Switching
Frame Relay • Policing and Shaping • Multiprotocol Label Switching
• Voice over ATM • Signalling • Multilayer Switching
• Telephony Applications • Link Efficiency • Multicast Distributed Switching
• Trunk Management Mechanisms • Virtual LANs
• Fax, Video, and • LAN Emulation
Modem Support

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 vii
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Documentation Organization

Master Indexes
Two master indexes provide indexing information for the Cisco IOS software documentation set:
an index for the configuration guides and an index for the command references. Individual books also
contain a book-specific index.
The master indexes provide a quick way for you to find a command when you know the command name
but not which module contains the command. When you use the online master indexes, you can click
the page number for an index entry and go to that page in the online document.

Supporting Documents and Resources

The following documents and resources support the Cisco IOS software documentation set:
• Cisco IOS Command Summary (two volumes)—This publication explains the function and syntax
of the Cisco IOS software commands. For more information about defaults and usage guidelines,
refer to the Cisco IOS command reference publications.
• Cisco IOS System Error Messages—This publication lists and describes Cisco IOS system error
messages. Not all system error messages indicate problems with your system. Some are purely
informational, and others may help diagnose problems with communications lines, internal
hardware, or the system software.
• Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference—This publication contains an alphabetical listing of the
debug commands and their descriptions. Documentation for each command includes a brief
description of its use, command syntax, usage guidelines, and sample output.
• Dictionary of Internetworking Terms and Acronyms—This Cisco publication compiles and defines
the terms and acronyms used in the internetworking industry.
• New feature documentation—The Cisco IOS software documentation set documents the mainline
release of Cisco IOS software (for example, Cisco IOS Release 12.2). New software features are
introduced in early deployment releases (for example, the Cisco IOS “T” release train for 12.2,
12.2(x)T). Documentation for these new features can be found in standalone documents called
“feature modules.” Feature module documentation describes new Cisco IOS software and hardware
networking functionality and is available on Cisco.com and the Documentation CD-ROM.
• Release notes—This documentation describes system requirements, provides information about
new and changed features, and includes other useful information about specific software releases.
See the section “Using Software Release Notes” in the chapter “Using Cisco IOS Software” for
more information.
• Caveats documentation—This documentation provides information about Cisco IOS software
defects in specific software releases.
• RFCs—RFCs are standards documents maintained by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
Cisco IOS software documentation references supported RFCs when applicable. The full text of
referenced RFCs may be obtained on the World Wide Web at http://www.rfc-editor.org/.
• MIBs—MIBs are used for network monitoring. For lists of supported MIBs by platform and
release, and to download MIB files, see the Cisco MIB website on Cisco.com at
http://www.cisco.com/public/sw-center/netmgmt/cmtk/mibs.shtml.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

viii 78-11752-02
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
New and Changed Information

New and Changed Information

Since the last release, the chapters “Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation
Commands” and “Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands” have been added to the Cisco IOS
Wide-Area Networking Command Reference.

Document Conventions
Within Cisco IOS software documentation, the term router is generally used to refer to a variety of Cisco
products (for example, routers, access servers, and switches). Routers, access servers, and other
networking devices that support Cisco IOS software are shown interchangeably within examples. These
products are used only for illustrative purposes; that is, an example that shows one product does not
necessarily indicate that other products are not supported.
The Cisco IOS documentation set uses the following conventions:

Convention Description
^ or Ctrl The ^ and Ctrl symbols represent the Control key. For example, the key combination ^D or Ctrl-D
means hold down the Control key while you press the D key. Keys are indicated in capital letters but
are not case sensitive.
string A string is a nonquoted set of characters shown in italics. For example, when setting an SNMP
community string to public, do not use quotation marks around the string or the string will include the
quotation marks.

Command syntax descriptions use the following conventions:

Convention Description
boldface Boldface text indicates commands and keywords that you enter literally as shown.
italics Italic text indicates arguments for which you supply values.
[x] Square brackets enclose an optional element (keyword or argument).
| A vertical line indicates a choice within an optional or required set of keywords or arguments.
[x | y] Square brackets enclosing keywords or arguments separated by a vertical line indicate an optional
choice.
{x | y} Braces enclosing keywords or arguments separated by a vertical line indicate a required choice.

Nested sets of square brackets or braces indicate optional or required choices within optional or
required elements. For example:

Convention Description
[x {y | z}] Braces and a vertical line within square brackets indicate a required choice within an optional element.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 ix
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Obtaining Documentation

Examples use the following conventions:

Convention Description
screen Examples of information displayed on the screen are set in Courier font.
boldface screen Examples of text that you must enter are set in Courier bold font.
< > Angle brackets enclose text that is not printed to the screen, such as passwords.
! An exclamation point at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line. (Exclamation points are also
displayed by the Cisco IOS software for certain processes.)
[ ] Square brackets enclose default responses to system prompts.

The following conventions are used to attract the attention of the reader:

Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in
equipment damage or loss of data.

Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not
contained in this manual.

Timesaver Means the described action saves time. You can save time by performing the action
described in the paragraph.

Obtaining Documentation
The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.

World Wide Web

The most current Cisco documentation is available on the World Wide Web at the following website:
http://www.cisco.com
Translated documentation is available at the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.html

Documentation CD-ROM
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships
with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than
printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or through an
annual subscription.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

x 78-11752-02
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Documentation Feedback

Ordering Documentation
Cisco documentation can be ordered in the following ways:
• Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco product documentation from the Networking
Products MarketPlace:
http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl
• Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online
Subscription Store:
http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription
• Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by
calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by
calling 800 553-NETS(6387).

Documentation Feedback
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical
comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete
the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco.
You can e-mail your comments to [email protected].
To submit your comments by mail, use the response card behind the front cover of your document, or
write to the following address:
Cisco Systems, Inc.
Document Resource Connection
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883
We appreciate your comments.

Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can
obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For
Cisco.com registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.

Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open
access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly
integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.
Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline
business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco
and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with
online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and
merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 xi
 About Cisco IOS Software Documentation
Obtaining Technical Assistance

Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information
and services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical
support, and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco.
To access Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

The Cisco TAC website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product
or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract.

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website

If you have a priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problem, contact TAC by going to the TAC
website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac
P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:
• P3—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but
most business operations continue.
• P4—You need information or assistance on Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic
product configuration.
In each of the above cases, use the Cisco TAC website to quickly find answers to your questions.
To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/register/
If you cannot resolve your technical issue by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered
users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

Contacting TAC by Telephone

If you have a priority level 1 (P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and
immediately open a case. To obtain a directory of toll-free numbers for your country, go to the following
website:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml
P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:
• P1—Your production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service
is not restored quickly. No workaround is available.
• P2—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of your business
operations. No workaround is available.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

xii 78-11752-02
 Using Cisco IOS Software

This chapter provides helpful tips for understanding and configuring Cisco IOS software using the
command-line interface (CLI). It contains the following sections:
• Understanding Command Modes
• Getting Help
• Using the no and default Forms of Commands
• Saving Configuration Changes
• Filtering Output from the show and more Commands
• Identifying Supported Platforms
For an overview of Cisco IOS software configuration, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Configuration Guide.
For information on the conventions used in the Cisco IOS software documentation set, see the chapter
“About Cisco IOS Software Documentation” located at the beginning of this book.

Understanding Command Modes

You use the CLI to access Cisco IOS software. Because the CLI is divided into many different modes,
the commands available to you at any given time depend on the mode you are currently in. Entering a
question mark (?) at the CLI prompt allows you to obtain a list of commands available for each
command mode.
When you log in to the CLI, you are in user EXEC mode. User EXEC mode contains only a limited
subset of commands. To have access to all commands, you must enter privileged EXEC mode, normally
by using a password. From privileged EXEC mode you can issue any EXEC command—user or
privileged mode—or you can enter global configuration mode. Most EXEC commands are one-time
commands. For example, show commands show important status information, and clear commands
clear counters or interfaces. The EXEC commands are not saved when the software reboots.
Configuration modes allow you to make changes to the running configuration. If you later save the
running configuration to the startup configuration, these changed commands are stored when the
software is rebooted. To enter specific configuration modes, you must start at global configuration
mode. From global configuration mode, you can enter interface configuration mode and a variety of
other modes, such as protocol-specific modes.
ROM monitor mode is a separate mode used when the Cisco IOS software cannot load properly. If a
valid software image is not found when the software boots or if the configuration file is corrupted at
startup, the software might enter ROM monitor mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 xiii
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Getting Help

Table 1 describes how to access and exit various common command modes of the Cisco IOS software.
It also shows examples of the prompts displayed for each mode.

Table 1 Accessing and Exiting Command Modes

Command
Mode Access Method Prompt Exit Method
User EXEC Log in. Router> Use the logout command.
Privileged From user EXEC mode, Router# To return to user EXEC mode, use the disable
EXEC use the enable EXEC command.
command.
Global From privileged EXEC Router(config)# To return to privileged EXEC mode from global
configuration mode, use the configure configuration mode, use the exit or end command,
terminal privileged or press Ctrl-Z.
EXEC command.
Interface From global Router(config-if)# To return to global configuration mode, use the exit
configuration configuration mode, command.
specify an interface using
To return to privileged EXEC mode, use the end
an interface command.
command, or press Ctrl-Z.
ROM monitor From privileged EXEC > To exit ROM monitor mode, use the continue
mode, use the reload command.
EXEC command. Press
the Break key during the
first 60 seconds while the
system is booting.

For more information on command modes, refer to the “Using the Command-Line Interface” chapter in
the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

Getting Help
Entering a question mark (?) at the CLI prompt displays a list of commands available for each command
mode. You can also get a list of keywords and arguments associated with any command by using the
context-sensitive help feature.
To get help specific to a command mode, a command, a keyword, or an argument, use one of the
following commands:

Command Purpose
help Provides a brief description of the help system in any command mode.
abbreviated-command-entry? Provides a list of commands that begin with a particular character string. (No space
between command and question mark.)
abbreviated-command-entry<Tab> Completes a partial command name.
? Lists all commands available for a particular command mode.
command ? Lists the keywords or arguments that you must enter next on the command line.
(Space between command and question mark.)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

xiv 78-11752-02
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Getting Help

Example: How to Find Command Options

This section provides an example of how to display syntax for a command. The syntax can consist of
optional or required keywords and arguments. To display keywords and arguments for a command, enter
a question mark (?) at the configuration prompt or after entering part of a command followed by a space.
The Cisco IOS software displays a list and brief description of available keywords and arguments. For
example, if you were in global configuration mode and wanted to see all the keywords or arguments for
the arap command, you would type arap ?.
The <cr> symbol in command help output stands for “carriage return.” On older keyboards, the carriage
return key is the Return key. On most modern keyboards, the carriage return key is the Enter key. The
<cr> symbol at the end of command help output indicates that you have the option to press Enter to
complete the command and that the arguments and keywords in the list preceding the <cr> symbol are
optional. The <cr> symbol by itself indicates that no more arguments or keywords are available and that
you must press Enter to complete the command.
Table 2 shows examples of how you can use the question mark (?) to assist you in entering commands.
The table steps you through configuring an IP address on a serial interface on a Cisco 7206 router that
is running Cisco IOS Release 12.0(3).

Table 2 How to Find Command Options

Command Comment
Router> enable Enter the enable command and
Password: <password> password to access privileged EXEC
Router#
commands. You are in privileged
EXEC mode when the prompt changes
to Router#.
Router# configure terminal Enter the configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. privileged EXEC command to enter
Router(config)#
global configuration mode. You are in
global configuration mode when the
prompt changes to Router(config)#.
Router(config)# interface serial ? Enter interface configuration mode by
<0-6> Serial interface number specifying the serial interface that you
Router(config)# interface serial 4 ?
/
want to configure using the interface
Router(config)# interface serial 4/ ? serial global configuration command.
<0-3> Serial interface number
Enter ? to display what you must enter
Router(config)# interface serial 4/0
Router(config-if)# next on the command line. In this
example, you must enter the serial
interface slot number and port number,
separated by a forward slash.
You are in interface configuration mode
when the prompt changes to
Router(config-if)#.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 xv
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Getting Help

Table 2 How to Find Command Options (continued)

Command Comment
Router(config-if)# ? Enter ? to display a list of all the
Interface configuration commands: interface configuration commands
.
.
available for the serial interface. This
. example shows only some of the
ip Interface Internet Protocol config commands available interface configuration
keepalive Enable keepalive commands.
lan-name LAN Name command
llc2 LLC2 Interface Subcommands
load-interval Specify interval for load calculation for an
interface
locaddr-priority Assign a priority group
logging Configure logging for interface
loopback Configure internal loopback on an interface
mac-address Manually set interface MAC address
mls mls router sub/interface commands
mpoa MPOA interface configuration commands
mtu Set the interface Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU)
netbios Use a defined NETBIOS access list or enable
name-caching
no Negate a command or set its defaults
nrzi-encoding Enable use of NRZI encoding
ntp Configure NTP
.
.
.
Router(config-if)#
Router(config-if)# ip ? Enter the command that you want to
Interface IP configuration subcommands: configure for the interface. This
access-group Specify access control for packets
accounting Enable IP accounting on this interface
example uses the ip command.
address Set the IP address of an interface Enter ? to display what you must enter
authentication authentication subcommands
next on the command line. This
bandwidth-percent Set EIGRP bandwidth limit
broadcast-address Set the broadcast address of an interface example shows only some of the
cgmp Enable/disable CGMP available interface IP configuration
directed-broadcast Enable forwarding of directed broadcasts commands.
dvmrp DVMRP interface commands
hello-interval Configures IP-EIGRP hello interval
helper-address Specify a destination address for UDP broadcasts
hold-time Configures IP-EIGRP hold time
.
.
.
Router(config-if)# ip

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

xvi 78-11752-02
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Using the no and default Forms of Commands

Table 2 How to Find Command Options (continued)

Command Comment
Router(config-if)# ip address ? Enter the command that you want to
A.B.C.D IP address configure for the interface. This
negotiated IP Address negotiated over PPP
Router(config-if)# ip address
example uses the ip address command.
Enter ? to display what you must enter
next on the command line. In this
example, you must enter an IP address
or the negotiated keyword.
A carriage return (<cr>) is not
displayed; therefore, you must enter
additional keywords or arguments to
complete the command.
Router(config-if)# ip address 172.16.0.1 ? Enter the keyword or argument you
A.B.C.D IP subnet mask want to use. This example uses the
Router(config-if)# ip address 172.16.0.1
172.16.0.1 IP address.
Enter ? to display what you must enter
next on the command line. In this
example, you must enter an IP subnet
mask.
A <cr> is not displayed; therefore, you
must enter additional keywords or
arguments to complete the command.
Router(config-if)# ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.255.0 ? Enter the IP subnet mask. This example
secondary Make this IP address a secondary address uses the 255.255.255.0 IP subnet mask.
<cr>
Router(config-if)# ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.255.0 Enter ? to display what you must enter
next on the command line. In this
example, you can enter the secondary
keyword, or you can press Enter.
A <cr> is displayed; you can press
Enter to complete the command, or
you can enter another keyword.
Router(config-if)# ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.255.0 In this example, Enter is pressed to
Router(config-if)# complete the command.

Using the no and default Forms of Commands

Almost every configuration command has a no form. In general, use the no form to disable a function.
Use the command without the no keyword to reenable a disabled function or to enable a function that
is disabled by default. For example, IP routing is enabled by default. To disable IP routing, use the no
ip routing command; to reenable IP routing, use the ip routing command. The Cisco IOS software
command reference publications provide the complete syntax for the configuration commands and
describe what the no form of a command does.
Configuration commands also can have a default form, which returns the command settings to the
default values. Most commands are disabled by default, so in such cases using the default form has the
same result as using the no form of the command. However, some commands are enabled by default and

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 xvii
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Saving Configuration Changes

have variables set to certain default values. In these cases, the default form of the command enables the
command and sets the variables to their default values. The Cisco IOS software command reference
publications describe the effect of the default form of a command if the command functions differently
than the no form.

Saving Configuration Changes

Use the copy system:running-config nvram:startup-config command to save your configuration
changes to the startup configuration so that the changes will not be lost if the software reloads or a
power outage occurs. For example:
Router# copy system:running-config nvram:startup-config
Building configuration...

It might take a minute or two to save the configuration. After the configuration has been saved, the
following output appears:
[OK]
Router#

On most platforms, this task saves the configuration to NVRAM. On the Class A Flash file system
platforms, this task saves the configuration to the location specified by the CONFIG_FILE environment
variable. The CONFIG_FILE variable defaults to NVRAM.

Filtering Output from the show and more Commands

In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(1)T and later releases, you can search and filter the output of show and more
commands. This functionality is useful if you need to sort through large amounts of output or if you
want to exclude output that you need not see.
To use this functionality, enter a show or more command followed by the “pipe” character (|); one of
the keywords begin, include, or exclude; and a regular expression on which you want to search or filter
(the expression is case-sensitive):
command | {begin | include | exclude} regular-expression
The output matches certain lines of information in the configuration file. The following example
illustrates how to use output modifiers with the show interface command when you want the output to
include only lines in which the expression “protocol” appears:
Router# show interface | include protocol

FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up

Serial4/0 is up, line protocol is up
Serial4/1 is up, line protocol is up
Serial4/2 is administratively down, line protocol is down
Serial4/3 is administratively down, line protocol is down

For more information on the search and filter functionality, refer to the “Using the Command-Line
Interface” chapter in the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

xviii 78-11752-02
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Identifying Supported Platforms

Identifying Supported Platforms

Cisco IOS software is packaged in feature sets consisting of software images that support specific
platforms. The feature sets available for a specific platform depend on which Cisco IOS software
images are included in a release. To identify the set of software images available in a specific release
or to find out if a feature is available in a given Cisco IOS software image, see the following sections:
• Using Feature Navigator
• Using Software Release Notes

Using Feature Navigator

Feature Navigator is a web-based tool that enables you to quickly determine which Cisco IOS software
images support a particular set of features and which features are supported in a particular Cisco IOS
image.
Feature Navigator is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. To access Feature Navigator, you must
have an account on Cisco.com. If you have forgotten or lost your account information, e-mail the
Contact Database Administration group at [email protected]. If you do not have an account on
Cisco.com, go to http://www.cisco.com/register and follow the directions to establish an account.
To use Feature Navigator, you must have a JavaScript-enabled web browser such as Netscape 3.0 or
later, or Internet Explorer 4.0 or later. Internet Explorer 4.0 always has JavaScript enabled. To enable
JavaScript for Netscape 3.x or Netscape 4.x, follow the instructions provided with the web browser. For
JavaScript support and enabling instructions for other browsers, check with the browser vendor.
Feature Navigator is updated when major Cisco IOS software releases and technology releases occur.
You can access Feature Navigator at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/fn

Using Software Release Notes

Cisco IOS software releases include release notes that provide the following information:
• Platform support information
• Memory recommendations
• Microcode support information
• Feature set tables
• Feature descriptions
• Open and resolved severity 1 and 2 caveats for all platforms
Release notes are intended to be release-specific for the most current release, and the information
provided in these documents may not be cumulative in providing information about features that first
appeared in previous releases.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 xix
 Using Cisco IOS Software
Identifying Supported Platforms

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

xx 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands

This chapter describes the commands available for configuring ATM interfaces on the following
platforms:
• Cisco 2600 series routers
• Cisco 3600 series routers
• Cisco 4500 routers
• Cisco 4700 routers
• Cisco 7200 series routers
• Cisco 7500 series routers
This chapter also describes the commands available for configuring a serial interface for ATM access in
other routers.

Note Beginning in Cisco IOS Release 11.3, all commands supported on the Cisco 7500 series routers are
also supported on the Cisco 7000 series routers equipped with RSP7000.

For ATM configuration information and examples, refer to the chapter “Configuring ATM” in the
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-1
 ATM Commands
abr

abr
To select available bit rate (ABR) quality of service (QoS) and configure the output peak cell rate and
output minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) or virtual circuit (VC)
class, use the abr command in the appropriate command mode. To remove the ABR parameters, use the
no form of this command.

abr output-pcr output-mcr

no abr output-pcr output-mcr

Syntax Description output-pcr The output peak cell rate in kilobits per second.
output-mcr The output minimum guaranteed cell rate in kilobits per second.

Defaults ABR QoS at the maximum line rate of the physical interface

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was modified to be available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines If the abr command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, the VC inherits the following default
configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of any QoS command (abr, ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC
itself.
• Configuration of any QoS command (abr, ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the
PVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of any QoS command (abr, ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the
PVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default value: ABR QoS at the maximum line rate of the PVC.
ABR is a quality of service class defined by the ATM Forum for ATM networks. ABR is used for
connections that do not require timing relationships between source and destination. ABR provides no
guarantees in terms of cell loss or delay, providing only best-effort service. Traffic sources adjust their
transmission rate in response to information they receive describing the status of the network and its
capability to successfully deliver data.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-2 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
abr

In ABR transmission, the peak cell rate (PCR) specifies the maximum value of the allowed cell rate
(ACR), and minimum cell rate (MCR) specifies the minimum value for the ACR. ACR varies between
the MCR and the PCR and is dynamically controlled using congestion control mechanisms.

Examples The following example specifies the output-pcr argument to be 100,000 kbps and the output-mcr
argument to be 3000 kbps for an ATM PVC:
pvc 1/32
abr 100000 3000

Related Commands Command Description

ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class or VC
bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, or VC class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-3
 ATM Commands
atm aal aal3/4

atm aal aal3/4

To enable support for ATM adaptation layer 3/4 (AAL3/4) on an ATM interface, use the atm aal aal3/4
interface configuration command. To disable support for ATM adaptation layer 3/4 (AAL3/4) on an ATM
interface, use the no form of this command.

atm aal aal3/4

no atm aal aal3/4

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Support for AAL3/4 is disabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7500 series routers with AIP. This command is not supported on
the ATM port adapter. Because Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers always support both AAL3/4 and
AAL5, this command is not required on Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers.
Only one virtual circuit can exist on a subinterface that is being used for AAL3/4 processing, and that
virtual circuit must be an AAL3/4 virtual circuit.
The AAL3/4 support feature requires static mapping of all protocols except IP.

Examples The following example enables AAL3/4 on ATM interface 2/0:

interface atm2/0
ip address 172.21.177.178 255.255.255.0
atm aal aal3/4

Related Commands Command Description

atm mid-per-vc Limits the number of MID numbers allowed on each VC.
atm multicast Assigns an SMDS E.164 multicast address to the ATM subinterface that
supports AAL3/4 and SMDS encapsulation.
atm smds-address Assigns a unicast E.164 address to the ATM subinterface that supports
AAL3/4 and SMDS encapsulation.
pvc Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC, specifies the encapsulation type
on an ATM PVC, or enters interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-4 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm abr rate-factor

atm abr rate-factor

To configure the amount by which the cell transmission rate increases or decreases in response to flow
control information from the network or destination for available bit rate (ABR) virtual circuits (VCs),
use the atm abr rate-factor interface configuration command. To return to the default, use the no form
of this command.

atm abr rate-factor [rate-increase-factor] [rate-decrease-factor]

no atm abr rate-factor [rate-increase-factor] [rate-decrease-factor]

Syntax Description rate-increase-factor (Optional) Factor by which to increase the data rate. The rate
increase factor is specified in powers of 2 from 1 to 32768.
rate-decrease-factor (Optional) Factor by which to decrease the data rate. The rate
decrease factor is specified in powers of 2 from 1 to 32768.

Defaults ABR rate increase and decrease factor is 16.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To configure an ABR VC, use the pvc command with the abr keyword.
To verify the ABR rate factor, use the show atm interface atm EXEC command.

Examples The following example sets the ABR rate factor to 32 for the next cell transferred on ATM interface 4/0:
interface atm 4/0
atm abr rate-factor 32 32

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.
show atm interface atm Displays ATM-specific information about an ATM interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-5
 ATM Commands
atm address-registration

atm address-registration
To enable the router to engage in address registration and callback functions with the Interim Local
Management Interface (ILMI), use the atm address-registration interface configuration command. To
disable ILMI address registration functions, use the no form of this command.

atm address-registration

no atm address-registration

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Enabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command enables a router to register its address with the ILMI for callback when specific events
occur, such as incoming Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps or incoming new network
prefixes.

Examples The following example enables ATM interface I/O to register its address:
interface atm 1/0
atm address-registration

Related Commands Command Description

atm ilmi-keepalive Enables ILMI keepalives.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-6 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm arp-server

atm arp-server
To identify an ATM Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) server for the IP network or set time-to-live
(TTL) values for entries in the ATM ARP table, use the atm arp-server interface configuration
command. To remove the definition of an ATM ARP server, use the no form of this command.

atm arp-server [self [time-out minutes] | [nsap nsap-address]]

no atm arp-server [self [time-out minutes] | [nsap nsap-address]]

Syntax Description self (Optional) Specifies the current router as the ATM ARP server.
time-out minutes (Optional) Number of minutes for which a destination entry listed in the ATM
ARP server’s ARP table will be kept before the server takes any action to verify
or time out the entry.
nsap nsap-address (Optional) Network service access point (NSAP) address of an ATM ARP
server.

Defaults The default timeout value is 20 minutes.

The ARP server process is disabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If an NSAP address is specified, the ARP client on this interface uses the specified host as an ARP server.
You can specify multiple ATM ARP servers by repeating the command. If self is specified, this interface
acts as the ARP server for the logical IP network.
The ATM ARP server takes one of the following actions if a destination listed in the server’s ARP table
expires:
• If a virtual circuit still exists to that destination, the server sends an Inverse ARP request. If no
response arrives, the entry times out.
• If a virtual circuit does not exist to the destination, the entry times out immediately.
This implementation follows RFC 1577, Classical IP over ATM.
To configure redundant ARP servers, you must first enable redundant ARP server support by entering
the atm classic-ip-extensions command with the BFI keyword.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-7
 ATM Commands
atm arp-server

Examples The following example configures ATM on an interface and configures the interface to function as the
ATM ARP server for the IP subnetwork:
interface atm 0/0
ip address 10.0.0.1.255.0.0.0
atm nsap-address ac.1533.66.020000.0000.0000.0000.0000.0000.0000.00
atm rate-queue 1 100
atm maxvc 1024
atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal
atm arp-server self

Related Commands Command Description

atm classic-ip-extensions Enables support for redundant ATM ARP servers on a single LIS.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-8 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm classic-ip-extensions

atm classic-ip-extensions
To enable support for redundant ATM Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) servers on a single logical IP
subnetwork (LIS), use the atm classic-ip-extensions command in interface configuration mode. To
remove support for redundant ATM ARP servers, use the no form of this command.

atm classic-ip-extensions {BFI | none}

no atm classic-ip-extensions

Syntax Description BFI Enables simple redundant ARP server support. BFI as an acronym is
undefined.
none Enables standard RFC 1577 behavior (no redundant ARP server support).

Defaults Redundant ATM ARP server support is not enabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Cisco’s implementation of the ATM ARP server supports redundant ATM ARP servers on a single
logical IP subnetwork (LIS). In order for redundant ATM ARP server support to work, all of the devices
on the LIS must be Cisco devices and must have the atm classic-ip-extensions BFI command
configured.
The none keyword enables behavior that complies with RFC 1577, Classical IP over ATM. RFC 1577
does not support redundant ARP servers.

Examples The following example shows how to configure redundant ARP servers on an ATM interface:
Router(config)# interface atm 1/0
Router(config-if)# atm classic-ip-atm BFI
Router(config-if)# atm arp-server nsap 47.000580FFE1000000F21A3167.666666666666.00
Router(config-if)# atm arp-server nsap 47.000580FFE1000000F21A3167.555555555555.00

Related Commands Command Description

atm arp-server Identifies an ATM Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) server for the IP
network or sets TTL values for entries in the ATM ARP table.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-9
 ATM Commands
atm clock internal

atm clock internal

To cause the ATM interface to generate the transmit clock internally, use the atm clock internal
interface configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm clock internal

no atm clock internal

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The ATM interface uses the transmit clock signal from the remote connection (the line). The switch
provides the clocking.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is meaningless on a 4B/5B physical layer interface module (PLIM).
For SONET interfaces, use the atm clock internal command to configure an ATM port adapter to supply
its internal clock to the line.

Examples The following example causes the ATM interface to generate the transmit clock internally:
interface atm 4/0
atm clock internal

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-10 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm compression

atm compression
To specify the software compression mode on an interface, use the atm compression command in
interface configuration mode. To remove the compression mode setting, use the no form of this
command.

atm compression {per-packet | per-interface | per-vc}

no atm compression {per-packet | per-interface | per-vc}

Syntax Description per-packet Specifies packet-by-packet compression mode (no history). This is the
default.
per-interface Specifies one context per interface (with history).
per-vc Specifies one context for every virtual circuit (with history).

Defaults per-packet

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3(1)MA This command was introduced on the Cisco MC3810 multiservice
concentrator.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to ATM configuration on the Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.

Examples The following example configures per-packet ATM compression:

interface atm0
atm compression per-packet

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-11
 ATM Commands
atm ds3-scramble

atm ds3-scramble
To enable scrambling of the ATM cell payload for the DS3 physical layer interface module (PLIM) on
an ATM interface, use the atm ds3-scramble interface configuration command. To disable scrambling
of the ATM cell payload for the DS3 PLIM, use the no form of this command.

atm ds3-scramble

no atm ds3-scramble

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 Command syntax was changed from ds3 scramble to atm ds3-scramble.

Usage Guidelines DS3 scrambling is used to assist clock recovery on the receiving end.

Examples The following example disables DS3 scrambling on the interface:

interface atm 4/0
no atm ds3-scramble

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-12 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm e164 auto-conversion

atm e164 auto-conversion

To enable ATM E164 autoconversion, use the atm e164 auto-conversion interface configuration
command. To disable autoconversion, use the no form of this command.

atm e164 auto-conversion

no atm e164 auto-conversion

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable the ATM interface before using the atm e164 auto-conversion command.
When an interface is configured for E.164 auto conversion, ATM E.164 format addresses are converted
to the corresponding native E.164 address for outgoing calls. For incoming calls, native E.164 addresses
are converted to the corresponding ATM E.164 format.

Examples The following example enables E.164 auto conversion on ATM interface 0/0/1:
interface atm 0/0/1
atm e164 auto-conversion

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-13
 ATM Commands
atm e3-scramble

atm e3-scramble
To enable scrambling of the ATM cell payload for the E3 physical layer interface module (PLIM) on an
ATM interface, use the atm e3-scramble interface configuration command. To disable scrambling of the
ATM cell payload for the E3 PLIM, use the no form of this command.

atm e3-scramble

no atm e3-scramble

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults E3 scrambling is enabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines E3 scrambling is used to assist clock recovery on the receiving end.

Examples The following example disables E3 scrambling on the interface:

interface atm 2/0
no atm e3-scramble

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-14 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm esi-address

atm esi-address
To enter the end station ID (ESI) and selector byte fields of the ATM network service access point
(NSAP) address, use the atm esi-address interface configuration command. The NSAP address prefix
is filled in via Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) from the ATM switch. To delete the end
station address, use the no form of this command.

atm esi-address esi.selector

no atm esi-address esi.selector

Syntax Description esi End station ID field value in hexadecimal; 6 bytes long.
.selector Selector field value in hexadecimal; 1 byte long.

Defaults No ESI is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The atm esi-address command allows you to configure the ATM address by entering the ESI
(12 hexadecimal characters) and the selector byte (2 hexadecimal characters). The ATM prefix
(26 hexadecimal characters) will be provided by the ATM switch. To get the prefix from the ATM switch,
the ILMI permanent virtual circuit (PVC) must be configured on the router and the ATM switch must be
able to supply a prefix via ILMI. A period must be used to separate the esi from the selector arguments.

Note When ILMI is configured, use the atm esi-address command instead of the atm nsap-address
command. The atm esi-address and atm nsap-address commands are mutually exclusive.
Configuring the router with the atm esi-address command negates the atm nsap-address setting,
and vice versa.

The ILMI PVC must be configured in order to get an NSAP address prefix from the switch.

Examples The following example sets up the ILMI PVC and assigns the ESI and selector field values on the ATM
interface 4/0:
interface atm 4/0
atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi
atm esi-address 345678901234.12

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-15
 ATM Commands
atm esi-address

Related Commands Command Description

atm nsap-address Sets the NSAP address for an ATM interface using SVC mode.
ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-16 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm exception-queue

atm exception-queue
To set the exception queue length, use the atm exception-queue interface configuration command. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm exception-queue number

no atm exception-queue

Syntax Description number Number of entries, in the range from 8 to 256.

Defaults 32 entries

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on ATM interface processor (AIP) for Cisco 7500 series routers. This
command is not supported on the ATM port adapter for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers, nor is it
supported on Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers.
The exception queue is used for reporting ATM events, such as cycle redundancy check (CRC) errors.

Examples The following example sets the exception queue to 50 entries:

atm exception-queue 50

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-17
 ATM Commands
atm framing (DS3)

atm framing (DS3)

To specify DS3 line framing on an ATM interface, use the atm framing interface configuration
command. To return to the default C-bit with Physical Layer Convergence Protocol (PLCP) framing, use
the no form of this command.

atm framing [cbitadm | cbitplcp | m23adm | m23plcp]

no atm framing [cbitadm | cbitplcp | m23adm | m23plcp]

Syntax Description cbitadm (Optional) Specifies C-bit with ATM direct mapping (ADM).
cbitplcp (Optional) Specifies C-bit with PLCP framing.
m23adm (Optional) Specifies M23 ATM direct mapping.
m23plcp (Optional) Specifies M23 with PLCP framing.

Defaults cbitplcp

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 This command was modified to include the Cisco 7200 series routers with the ATM-CES
port adapter.

Usage Guidelines This command is available on Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers with DS3 access speeds, Cisco 7200 series
routers, and Cisco 7500 series routers.
Framing on the interface must match that on the switch for this ATM link.

Examples The following example specifies M23 ADM framing on a router that has been set up with DS3 access to
an ATM network:
interface atm 4/0
atm framing m32adm

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-18 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm framing (E3)

atm framing (E3)

To specify E3 line framing, use the atm framing interface configuration command. To return to the
default G.751 Physical Layer Convergence Protocol (PLCP) framing, use the no form of this command.

atm framing [g751adm | g832adm | g751plcp]

no atm framing [g751adm | g832adm | g751plcp]

Syntax Description g751adm (Optional) Specifies G.751 ATM Direct Mapping (ADM).
g832adm (Optional) Specifies G.832 ATM Direct Mapping.
g751plcp (Optional) Specifies G.751 PLCP encapsulation.

Defaults g751plcp

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 The g751plcp keyword was added, together with information on the
Cisco 7200 series router with the ATM-CES port adapter.

Usage Guidelines The default framing is described in the ITU-T Recommendation G.751.
Framing on the interface must match that on the switch for this ATM link.

Examples The following example specifies G.832 ADM framing on a router that has been set up with E3 access to
an ATM network:
interface atm 4/0
atm framing g832adm

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-19
 ATM Commands
atm ilmi-keepalive

atm ilmi-keepalive
To enable Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) keepalives, use the atm ilmi-keepalive interface
configuration command. To disable ILMI keepalives, use the no form of this command.

atm ilmi-keepalive [seconds]

no atm ilmi-keepalive [seconds]

Syntax Description seconds (Optional) Number of seconds between keepalives. Values less than 3 seconds are
rounded up to 3 seconds, and there is no upper limit.

Defaults 3 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example enables ILMI keepalives for the ATM interface 1/0:
interface atm 1/0
atm address-registration
atm ilmi-keepalive

Related Commands Command Description

atm address-registration Enables the router to engage in address registration and
callback functions with the ILMI.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-20 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm ilmi-pvc-discovery

atm ilmi-pvc-discovery
To enable ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) discovery, use the atm ilmi-pvc-discovery interface
configuration command. To disable PVC Discovery, use the no form of this command.

atm ilmi-pvc-discovery [subinterface]

no atm ilmi-pvc-discovery [subinterface]

Syntax Description subinterface (Optional) Causes discovered PVCs to be assigned to the ATM subinterface whose
number matches the discovered PVC’s VPI number.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example enables PVC Discovery on the ATM main interface 2/0. The subinterface
keyword is used so that all discovered PVCs with a VPI value of 1 will be assigned to the subinterface
2/0.1:
interface atm 2/0
pvc RouterA 0/16 ilmi
exit
atm ilmi-pvc-discovery subinterface
exit

interface atm 2/0.1 multipoint

ip address 172.21.51.5 255.255.255.0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-21
 ATM Commands
atm lbo

atm lbo
To specify the cable length (line build-out) for the ATM interface, use the atm lbo interface
configuration command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

atm lbo {long | short}

no atm lbo

Syntax Description long Specifies a cable length greater than 50 feet.

short Specifies a cable length less than 50 feet.

Defaults short

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example specifies that the ATM interface use a cable less than 50 feet:
interface atm 4/0
atm lbo short

Related Commands Command Description

ces dsx1 lbo Configures cable length for the CBR interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-22 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm max-channels

atm max-channels
To configure the number of transmit channels for the interface, use the atm max-channels interface
configuration command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

atm max-channels number

no atm max-channels

Syntax Description number Maximum number of transmit channels for the interface. The range is 64 to
2048 channels. The default is 64 channels.

Defaults 64 channels

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The atm max-channels command replaces the atm tx-channels command.

Transmit Descriptors
The atm max-channels command can be used to divide the available number (fixed) of transmit
descriptors across the configured number of transmit channels. Typically, you think of a one-to-one
association between a transmit channel and a VC; however, the ATM-CES port adapter supports other
types of VCs than data VCs (for example CES VCs). Also, the ATM-CES port adapter can multiplex one
or more VCs over a single virtual path (VP) that is shaped, and the VP only requires a single transmit
channel. Therefore, the term transmit channel is used rather than virtual circuit.

Maximum Burst
The maximum burst of packets that are allowed per VC is limited by the number of transmit descriptors
allocated per VC. Because the total number of transmit descriptors available is limited by the available
SRAM space, configuration of the number of transmit channels for the interface determines the number
of transmit descriptors for each transmit channel. Hence the burst size for each transmit channel is
determined by the atm max-channels command. For example, for 64 (the default) transmit channels for
the interface, 255 transmit descriptors are associated per channel, and for 512 transmit channels for the
interface, 31 transmit descriptors are associated per channel.
To display information about the transmit descriptors, use the show atm interface atm command.

Examples The following example sets the number of transmit descriptors for the interface to 120.
interface atm 2/0
atm max-channels 120

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-23
 ATM Commands
atm max-channels

Related Commands Command Description

show atm interface atm Displays ATM-specific information about an ATM interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-24 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm maxvc

atm maxvc
To set the ceiling value of the virtual circuit descriptor (VCD) on the ATM interface, use the atm maxvc
interface configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm maxvc number

no atm maxvc

Syntax Description number Maximum number of supported virtual circuits. Valid values are 256, 512, 1024, or 2048.

Defaults 2048 virtual circuits

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7500 series routers; it is not supported on the Cisco 4500 and
Cisco 4700 routers, which have a fixed maximum of 1024 VCs.
This command sets the maximum value supported for the vcd argument in the atm pvc command. It also
determines the maximum number of virtual circuits on which the AIP allows segmentation and
reassembly (SAR) to occur. However, if you set a maxvc limit and then enter the atm pvc command with
a larger value for the vcd argument, the software does not generate an error message.
This command does not affect the virtual path identifier (VPI)-virtual channel identifier (VCI) pair of
each virtual circuit.

Examples The following example sets a ceiling VCD value of 1024 and restricts the AIP to supporting no more
than 1024 virtual circuits:
atm maxvc 1024

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC, specifies the encapsulation type
on an ATM PVC, or enters interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-25
 ATM Commands
atm mid-per-vc

atm mid-per-vc
To limit the number of message identifier (MID) numbers allowed on each virtual circuit, use the atm
mid-per-vc interface configuration command.

atm mid-per-vc maximum

Syntax Description maximum Number of MIDs allowed per virtual circuit on this interface. The values allowed are
16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, and 1024.

Defaults 16 MIDs per virtual circuit.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.
MID numbers are used by receiving devices to reassemble cells from multiple sources into packets.
This command limits the number of discrete messages allowed on the PVC at the same time. It does not
limit the number of cells associated with each message.
The maximum set by the atm mid-per-vc command overrides the range between the midhigh and midlow
values set by the atm pvc command. If you set a maximum of 16 but a midlow of 0 and a midhigh of 255,
only 16 MIDs (not 256) are allowed on the virtual circuit.

Examples The following example allows 64 MIDs per ATM virtual circuit:
atm mid-per-vc 64

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-26 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm multicast

atm multicast
To assign a Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) E.164 multicast address to the ATM
subinterface that supports ATM adaptation layer 3/4 (AAL3/4) and SMDS encapsulation, use the atm
multicast interface configuration command.

atm multicast address

Syntax Description address Multicast E.164 address assigned to the subinterface.

Defaults No multicast E.164 address is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7500 series, Cisco 4500, and Cisco 4700 routers. This command
is not supported on the ATM port adapter.
Each AAL3/4 subinterface is allowed only one multicast E.164 address. This multicast address is used
for all protocol broadcast operations.

Examples The following example assigns a multicast E.164 address to the ATM subinterface that is being
configured:
atm multicast e180.0999.000

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or VC class.
atm smds-address Assigns a unicast E.164 address to the ATM subinterface that supports
AAL3/4 and SMDS encapsulation.
pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-27
 ATM Commands
atm multipoint-interval

atm multipoint-interval
To specify how often new destinations can be added to multipoint calls to an ATM switch in the network,
use the atm multipoint-interval interface configuration command. To return to the default interval, use
the no form of this command.

atm multipoint-interval interval

no atm multipoint-interval interval

Syntax Description interval Interval length in seconds, in the range from 0 to 4294967.

Defaults 30 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to switched virtual circuits (SVCs) only, not to permanent virtual circuits (PVCs).
This command has no effect unless ATM multipoint signalling is enabled on the interface.

Examples The following example enables point-to-multipoint signalling on the ATM interface 2/0. It also specifies
that new destinations can be added to multipoint calls every 60 seconds:
interface atm 2/0
atm multipoint-signalling
atm multipoint-interval 60

Related Commands Command Description

atm multipoint-signalling Enables point-to-multipoint signalling to the ATM switch.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-28 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm multipoint-signalling

atm multipoint-signalling
To enable point-to-multipoint signalling to the ATM switch, use the atm multipoint-signalling interface
configuration command. To disable point-to-multipoint signalling to the ATM switch, use the no form
of this command.

atm multipoint-signalling

no atm multipoint-signalling

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 Functionality was changed to allow this command on all subinterfaces, not
just the main interface.

Usage Guidelines If multipoint signalling is enabled, the router uses existing static map entries that have the broadcast
keyword set to establish multipoint calls. One call is established for each logical subnet of each protocol.
All destinations are added to the call. One multicast packet is sent to the ATM switch for each multipoint
call. The ATM switch replicates the packet to all destinations.
The atm multipoint-interval command determines how often new destinations can be added to a
multipoint call.

Note Prior to Release 11.1, when this command was used on the main interface, it also affected all
subinterfaces. For Release 11.1 and later, explicit configuration on each subinterface is required to
obtain the same functionality.

Examples The following example enables point-to-multipoint signalling on the ATM interface 2/0:
interface atm 2/0
atm multipoint-signalling

Related Commands Command Description

atm multipoint-interval Specifies how often new destinations can be added to multipoint calls to
an ATM switch in the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-29
 ATM Commands
atm nsap-address

atm nsap-address
To set the network service access point (NSAP) address for an ATM interface using switched virtual
circuit (SVC) mode, use the atm nsap-address interface configuration command. To remove any
configured address for the interface, use the no form of this command.

atm nsap-address nsap-address

no atm nsap-address

Syntax Description nsap-address The 40-digit hexadecimal NSAP address of this interface (the source address).

Defaults No NSAP address is defined for this interface.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When configuring an SVC, you must use the atm nsap-address command to define the source NSAP
address. It identifies a particular port on the ATM network and must be unique across the network.

Note When the Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) is configured, use the atm esi-address
command instead of the atm nsap-address command. The atm esi-address and atm nsap-address
commands are mutually exclusive. Configuring the router with the atm esi-address command
negates the atm nsap-address setting, and vice versa.

Configuring a new address on the interface overwrites the previous address. The router considers the
address as a string of bytes and will not prefix or suffix the address with any other strings or digits. The
complete NSAP address must be specified, because this value is used in the Calling Party Address
Information Element in the SETUP message to establish a virtual circuit.
ATM NSAP addresses have a fixed length of 40 hexadecimal digits. You must configure the complete
address in the following dotted format:
xx.xxxx.xx.xxxxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xx

Note All ATM NSAP addresses should be entered in the dotted hexadecimal format shown above, which
conforms to the User-Network Interface (UNI) specification.The dotted method provides some
validation that the address is a legal value. If you know your address format is correct, the dots may
be omitted.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-30 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm nsap-address

Examples In the following example, the source NSAP address for the interface is
AB.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12:
atm nsap-address AB.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-31
 ATM Commands
atm oam flush

atm oam flush

To drop all current and future Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells received on an
ATM interface, use the atm oam flush interface configuration command. To receive OAM cells on an
ATM interface, use the no form of this command.

atm oam flush

no atm oam flush

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Dropping of OAM cells is disabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example drops all current and future OAM cells received on the ATM main interface with
slot 0 and port 0:
interface atm 0/0
atm oam flush

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-32 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm oversubscribe

atm oversubscribe
To manage bandwidth for service categories other than constant bit rate (CBR), use the atm overscribe
global configuration command on a per-ATM-interface basis. To disable bandwidth management, use the
no form of the command.

atm oversubscribe

no atm oversubscribe

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The default is to allow as much bandwidth as possible with no upper limits. The no form of the atm
overscribe command enables bandwidth management on any ATM interface you specify.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When you type the enabling command (the no version), a check determines if the ATM link is already
oversubscribed. If so, the command is rejected. Otherwise, the total bandwidth available on the link is
recorded and all future connection setup requests are monitored to ensure that the link is not
oversubscribed.
The bandwidth allocated for each service category is displayed in the output of the show atm interface
atm command.
The ATM bandwidth manager keeps track of bandwidth used by VCs on a per-interface basis. Because
many services require guaranteed bandwidth (for variable bit rate-real time (VBR-RT), available bit rate
(ABR), CBR, for instance), bandwidth management is required. The purpose of the bandwidth manager
is to reserve resources for connections that require guaranteed services. Bandwidth management for
CBR is turned on automatically for all interfaces supporting CBR. Bandwidth management for other
service categories must be turned on by the user. All service categories outside CBR is monitored only
if specifically requested.

Note Because unspecified bit rate (UBR) does not provide any guarantees, bandwidth specified for a UBR
connection is not used in any calculations.

In all cases, bandwidth check for a PVC is done when the PVC is configured. Bandwidth check for a
SVC is done when a signalling call is placed or received.
When you specify the atm pvp command, the system checks if the specified bandwidth is available on
the interface. If the bandwidth available is greater than or equal to the peak rate specified for the
Permanent Virtual Path (PVP), the command is accepted, otherwise the command is rejected.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-33
 ATM Commands
atm oversubscribe

Within the VC mode the steps taken to check for bandwidth available are to ascertain if the bandwidth
is already used by the VC to fulfill the request. If the VC being configured is a PVC and belongs to a
PVP, the bandwidth available on the PVP is used for the check; otherwise the bandwidth available on the
interface is used for the check.
When configuring services within a VC class, the steps taken are to check if the new bandwidth
requirement can be fulfilled for all VCs using the class (on a per-interface basis), by comparing with the
bandwidth available on the corresponding interface.
Bandwidth checking for an SVC occurs before a SETUP message is sent for an outbound call. If the
bandwidth check fails, the SETUP message is not sent. If the bandwidth check passes, the traffic class
from which the service category is inherited, is updated with the requirements for the new SVC.
When an SVC setup is requested for remotely initiated calls, a bandwidth check occurs as soon as the
SETUP message is received. This bandwidth check has two components:
• Match the bandwidth requested by the remote end with the bandwidth configured locally.
• Check if bandwidth configured locally can be satisfied currentl.
If the bandwidth check fails, a RELEASE message is sent out and the call is rejected. If the bandwidth
check passes, resources are reserved for the VC and the call is accepted.

Examples The following example displays the available bandwidth after you enter VC mode. Notice that the
bandwidth is specified in kbps.
Router# show atm interface atm 2/0
Interface ATM2/0:
AAL enabled: AAL5, Maximum VCs:1024, Current VCCs:5

Maximum Transmit Channels:64

Max. Datagram Size:4496
PLIM Type:SONET - 155Mbps, TX clocking:LINE
Cell-payload scrambling:OFF
sts-stream scrambling:ON
877 input, 120843834 output, 0 IN fast, 20 OUT fast
ABR parameters, rif:16 rdf:16, 0 out drop
Bandwidth distribution :CBR :16000 Avail bw = 139000
Config. is ACTIVE

Notice that the bandwidth is specified as (139000) kbps.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-34 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm pvp

atm pvp
To create a permanent virtual path (PVP) used to multiplex (or bundle) one or more virtual circuits
(VCs), use the atm pvp interface configuration command. To remove a PVP, use the no form of this
command.

atm pvp vpi [peak-rate]

no atm pvp vpi

Syntax Description vpi ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) of the VC to multiplex on the permanent
virtual path. The range is 0 to 255. The VPI is an 8-bit field in the header of the ATM
cell. The VPI value is unique only on a single link, not throughout the ATM network
because it has local significance only. The VPI value must match that of the switch.
The number specified for the vpi must not already exist. If the number specified for the
vpi is already being used by an existing VC, this command is rejected.
peak-rate (Optional) Maximum rate in kbps at which the PVP can transmit data. The range is
84 kbps to line rate. The default is the line rate.

Defaults PVP is not configured.

The default peak-rate is the line rate.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is commonly used to create a PVP that is used multiplex circuit emulation service (CES)
and data VCs.
The ATM-CES port adapter supports multiplexing of one or more VCs over a virtual path that is shaped
at a constant bandwidth. For example, you can buy a virtual path service from an ATM service provider
and multiplex both the CES and data traffic over the virtual path.
All subsequently created VCs with a vpi argument matching the vpi specified with the atm pvp
command are multiplexed onto this PVP. This PVP connection is an ATM connection where switching
is performed on the VPI field of the cell only. A PVP is created and left up indefinitely. All VCs that are
multiplexed over a PVP share and are controlled by the traffic parameters associated with the PVP.
Changing the peak-rate argument causes the ATM-CES port adapter to go down and then back up.
When you create a PVP, two VC are created (VCI 3 and 4) by default. These VCs are created for VP
end-to-end loopback and segment loopback OAM support.
To verify the configuration of a PVP, use the show atm vp EXEC command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-35
 ATM Commands
atm pvp

Examples The following example creates a permanent virtual path with a peak rate of 2000 kbps. The subsequent
VC created are multiplexed onto this virtual path.
interface atm 6/0
atm pvp 1 2000
atm pvc 13 1 13 aal5snap
exit
interface cbr 6/1
ces circuit 0
ces pvc 9 interface atm6/0 vpi 1 vci 100
exit

Related Commands Command Description

show atm vp Displays the statistics for all VPs on an interface or for a specific VP.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-36 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm rate-queue

atm rate-queue
To create a permanent rate queue or specify a rate queue tolerance, use the atm rate-queue interface
configuration command. To remove a rate queue or rate queue tolerance, use the no form of this
command.

atm rate-queue {queue-number speed | tolerance svc [pvc] tolerance-value [strict]}

no atm rate-queue {queue-number speed | tolerance svc [pvc] tolerance-value [strict]}

Syntax Description queue-number Queue number in the range 0 through 7 on the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) for
Cisco 7500 series routers, and in the range 0 through 3 on the network processing
module (NPM) for Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers.
On the AIP, queues 0 through 3 are in the high-priority bank, and queues 4 through
7 are in the low-priority bank. Queues in the same priority bank have the same
priority; for example, queues 0 and 3 have the same priority. On the NPM, all 4
queues have the same priority.
speed Speed in megabits per second (Mbps) in the range from 1 through 155. The
maximum speed is determined by the detected physical layer inteface module
(PLIM) type on the AIP or NPM:
• 34 Mbps for E3
• 45 Mbps for DS-3
• 100 Mbps for Transparent Asynchronous Transmitter/Receiver Interface
(TAXI)
• 155 Mbps for Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
tolerance Specifies that you want to use a rate queue tolerance value.
svc Specifies that the tolerance-value will be applied to SVCs.
pvc (Optional) If specified, the tolerance-value will be applied to PVCs.
tolerance-value A tolerance level expressed as a percentage used for assigning rate queues for each
virtual circuit (VC) with a requested peak rate. This value is applied to switched
virtual circuits (SVCs), discovered VCs, and permanent virtual circuits (PVCs)
(when the pvc keyword is used). This value can be 0 or 5 through 99. For SVCs and
discovered VCs, the default value is 10. For PVCs, the default value is 0.
strict (Optional) Indicates whether SVC traffic-shaping parameters are altered beyond
the SVC tolerance or rejects the incoming call.

Defaults No rate queue is defined. The default rate-queue tolerance for SVCs and discovered VCs is 10. For
PVCs, it is 0.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-37
 ATM Commands
atm rate-queue

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 The following keywords were added:
• tolerance
• svc

Usage Guidelines If a PVC or SVC is created, and its rate queue does not match a permanent rate queue that was created
using the atm-rate queue queue-number speed command, one of the following will occur:
• The PVC or SVC will use an existing rate queue if the PVC’s or SVC’s rate queue falls within the
tolerance-value specified.
• The software will dynamically create a new and unique rate queue if the PVC or SVC does not fall
within a previously configured rate-queue tolerance.
If you do not create permanent rate queues or if you create PVCs with peak or average rates that are not
matched by the rate queues you configure, the software dynamically creates rate queues as necessary to
satisfy the requests of the atm pvc commands.
You can create multiple rate queues. A warning message appears if all rate queues are deconfigured or
if the combined rate queues exceed the PLIM rate.

Examples The following example configures a permanent rate queue with a queue-number of 1 and a speed of
100 Mbps:
atm rate-queue 1 100

The following example configures a rate queue with a tolerance-value of 20 which will apply to SVCs,
discovered VCs, and PVCs.
interface atm 2/0
atm rate-queue tolerance svc pvc 20

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.
svc Creates an ATM SVC and specifies the destination NSAP address on a main interface or
subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-38 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm rawq-size

atm rawq-size
To define the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) raw-queue size, use the atm rawq-size interface
configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm rawq-size number

no atm rawq-size

Syntax Description number Maximum number of cells in the raw queue simultaneously, in the range from 8 through
256.

Defaults 32 cells

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers, but not on the Cisco 4500 and
Cisco 4700 routers.
The raw queue is used for raw ATM cells, which include Operation, Administration, and Maintenance
(OAM) (F4 and F5) and Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) cells.

Examples The following example allows a maximum of 48 cells in the raw queue:
atm rawq-size 48

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-39
 ATM Commands
atm rxbuff

atm rxbuff
To set the maximum number of receive buffers for simultaneous packet reassembly, use the atm rxbuff
interface configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm rxbuff number

no atm rxbuff

Syntax Description number Maximum number of packet reassemblies that the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) can
perform simultaneously, from 0 to 512.

Defaults 256 packet reassemblies

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on AIP for Cisco 7500 series routers. This command is not supported on the
ATM port adapter for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers, nor is it supported on Cisco 4500 and Cisco
4700 routers.

Examples The following example allows the AIP to perform a maximum of 300 packet reassemblies
simultaneously:
atm rxbuff 300

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-40 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atmsig close atm

atmsig close atm

To disconnect a switched virtual circuit (SVC), use the atmsig close atm EXEC command.

AIP on Cisco 7500 series; ATM, ATM-CES, enhanced ATM port adapter on Cisco 7200 series; 1-port ATM-25
network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series

atmsig close atm slot/port vcd

ATM and enhanced ATM port adapter on Cisco 7500 series

atmsig close atm slot/port-adapter/port vcd

NPM on Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700

atmsig close atm number vcd

Syntax Description slot ATM slot number. Use this format for the following platform configurations:
• AIP on Cisco 7500 series routers.
• ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, or enhanced ATM port adapter on
Cisco 7200 series routers.
• 1-port ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
/port ATM port number. Because the AIP and all ATM port adapters have a single ATM
interface, the port number is always 0.
vcd Virtual circuit descriptor of the signalling SVC to close.
slot/port-adapter ATM slot number and port adapter number. Use this format for the ATM port
adapter or ATM-CES port adapter on Cisco 7500 series routers.
number ATM network processor module number for the NPM on Cisco 4500 and
Cisco 4700 routers.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.
11.1 The number argument was added.

Usage Guidelines Execute this command if you want to close a particular SVC. Because virtual circuits are numbered per
interface, you must specify the ATM interface by its slot number.

Examples The following example closes SVC 2 on ATM interface 4/0:

atmsig close atm4/0 2

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-41
 ATM Commands
atm sig-traffic-shaping strict

atm sig-traffic-shaping strict

To specify that a switched virtual circuit (SVC) should be established on an ATM interface only if
shaping can be done per the signaled traffic parameters, use the atm sig-traffic-shaping strict interface
configuration command. To disable strict traffic shaping, use the no form of this command.

atm sig-traffic-shaping strict

no atm sig-traffic-shaping strict

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The default value is lenient (not strict) traffic shaping for SVCs.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on the Cisco 7500 series routers, Cisco 4500 routers, and Cisco 4700
routers. This command is not supported on the ATM port adapter.
If strict traffic shaping is configured on the router ATM interface, then an SVC is established only if
traffic shaping can be provided for the transmit cell flow per the signaled traffic parameters. If such
shaping cannot be provided, the SVC is released.
If strict traffic shaping is not configured on the router ATM interface, an attempt is made to establish an
SVC with traffic shaping for the transmit cell flow per the signaled traffic parameters. If such shaping
cannot be provided, the SVC is installed with default shaping parameters (it behaves as though a PVC
were created without specifying traffic parameters).
The signalling SETUP message carries the forward and backward traffic parameters. For connections
initiated by the source router, traffic is shaped to the SETUP message forward parameters. For
connections initiated by another router or host, traffic is shaped to the backward parameters.

Examples The following example allows an SVC to be established on an ATM interface using only signaled traffic
parameters:
atm sig-traffic-shaping strict

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-42 78-11752-02
 ATM Commands
atm smds-address

atm smds-address
To assign a unicast E.164 address to the ATM subinterface that supports ATM adaptation layer 3/4
(AAL3/4) and Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) encapsulation, use the atm smds-address
interface configuration command.

atm smds-address address

Syntax Description address Unicast E.164 address assigned to the subinterface.

Defaults No E.164 address is assigned.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7500 series routers, Cisco 4500 routers, and Cisco 4700 routers.
This command is not supported on the ATM port adapter.
Each AAL3/4 subinterface is allowed only one unicast E.164 address.

Examples The following example assigns a unicast E.164 address to the ATM subinterface that is being configured:
atm smds-address c141.555.1212

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or VC class.
atm aal aal3/4 Enables support for ATM adaptation layer 3/4 (AAL3/4) on an ATM
interface.
atm multicast Assigns an SMDS E.164 multicast address to the ATM subinterface that
supports AAL3/4 and SMDS encapsulation.
pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-43
 ATM Commands
atm sonet stm-1

atm sonet stm-1

To set the mode of operation and thus control type of ATM cell used for cell-rate decoupling on the
SONET physical layer interface module (PLIM), use the atm sonet stm-1 interface configuration
command. To restore the default Synchronous Transport Signal level 3, concatenated (STS-3c)
operation, use the no form of this command.

atm sonet stm-1

no atm sonet stm-1

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults STS-3c

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use STM-1 in applications where the ATM switch requires “idle cells” for rate adaptation. An idle cell
contains 31 zeros followed by a one. STM-1 is defined as a Synchronous Digital Hierarchy/Synchronous
Transport Signal level 1 (SDH/STM-1) operation (ITU-T specification).
Use the default (STS-3c) in applications where the ATM switch requires “unassigned cells” for rate
adaptation. An unassigned cell contains 32 zeros.

Examples The following example specifies ATM SONET STM-1:

atm sonet stm-1

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-44 78-11752-02
 atm txbuff

atm txbuff
To set the maximum number of transmit buffers for simultaneous packet fragmentation, use the
atm txbuff interface configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this
command.

atm txbuff number

no atm txbuff

Syntax Description number Maximum number of packet fragmentations that the ATM Interface Processor (AIP)
can perform simultaneously, from 0 to 512.

Defaults 256

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on the AIP for Cisco 7500 series routers. This command is not supported on
the ATM port adapter for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers, nor is it supported on Cisco 4500 and
Cisco 4700 routers.

Examples The following example configures the AIP to perform up to 300 packet fragmentations simultaneously:
atm txbuff 300

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-45
 atm uni-version

atm uni-version
To specify the User-Network Interface (UNI) version (3.0 or 3.1) the router should use when Interim
Local Management Interface (ILMI) link autodetermination is unsuccessful or ILMI is disabled, use the
atm uni-version interface configuration command. To restore the default value to 3.0, use the no form
of this command.

atm uni-version version-number

no atm uni-version version-number

Syntax Description version-number UNI version selected on an interface. Valid values are 3.0 and 3.1.

Defaults Version 3.0

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Normally, when the ILMI link autodetermination is enabled on the interface and is successful, the router
accepts the UNI version returned by ILMI. If the ILMI link autodetermination is unsuccessful or ILMI
is disabled, the UNI version defaults to 3.0. You can override the default UNI version by using this
command to enable UNI 3.1 signalling support. The no form of the command sets the UNI version to
one returned by ILMI if ILMI is enabled and the link autodetermination process is successful. Otherwise,
the UNI version reverts to 3.0.

Examples The following example specifies UNI version 3.1 signalling port on the ATM interface 2/0:
interface atm 2/0
atm uni-version 3.1

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-46 78-11752-02
 atm vc-per-vp

atm vc-per-vp
To set the maximum number of virtual channel identifier (VCIs) to support per virtual path identifier
(VPI), use the atm vc-per-vp interface configuration command. To restore the default value, use the no
form of this command.

atm vc-per-vp number

no atm vc-per-vp

Syntax Description number Maximum number of VCIs to support per VPI. See the following list for valid values:
• AIP for Cisco 7500 series—Valid values are 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, and 1024.
• ATM port adapter for Cisco 7200 series and 7500 series—Valid values are 16, 32,
64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, and 2048.
• NPM for Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers—Valid values are 32, 64, 128, 256, 512,
1024, 2048, 4096, and 8192.
• Network module with IMA for the Cisco 2600 series and 3600 series—Valid values
are 256, 512, and 1024.

Defaults 1024

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command controls the memory allocation in the ATM Interface Processor (AIP), ATM port
adapter, ATM network module, or network processor module (NPM) to deal with the VCI table.
An invalid VCI causes a warning message to be displayed.

Cisco 2600 and 3600 series with IMA

Note For Cisco 2600 and 3600 series with IMA, changing the value of the atm vc-per-vp command on
one interface affects all of the interfaces on that network module.

Table 3 lists the possible VCI ranges and corresponding VPI ranges for the Cisco 2600 and 3600 series
with IMA.

Table 3 VCI and VPI Ranges for Cisco 2600 and 3600 Series with IMA

VCI Range VPI Range

0–255 0–15, 64–79, 128–143, and 192–207
0–511 0–15, 64–79
0–1023 0–15

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-47
 atm vc-per-vp

Examples The following example sets the maximum number of VCIs per VPI to 512:
atm vc-per-vp 512

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-48 78-11752-02
 atm vp-filter

atm vp-filter
To set the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) filter register, use the atm vp-filter interface configuration
command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

atm vp-filter hexvalue

no atm vp-filter

Syntax Description hexvalue Value in hexadecimal format.

Defaults 0x7B

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported on Cisco 7500 series routers, but not on Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers.
This command is not supported on ATM port adapters.
This command allows you to specify a virtual path identifier (VPI) or range of VPIs to be used for ATM
adaptation layer 3/4 (AAL3/4) processing. All other VPIs map to AAL5 processing. If only AAL5
processing is required, you can either let the virtual path filter default or set it to an arbitrary VPI so that
AAL5 processing is performed on all VPIs.
This command configures the hexadecimal value used in the virtual path filter register in the reassembly
operation. The virtual path filter comprises 16 bits. The virtual path filter register uses the most
significant bits (bits 15 through 8, the left half of the filter) as mask bits, and uses bits 7 through 0 (the
right half of the filter) as compare bits.
When a cell is received, the right half of the filter is exclusively NORed with the binary value of the
incoming VPI. The result is then ORed with the left half of the filter (the mask). If the result is all 1s,
then reassembly is done using the VCI/message identifier (MID) table (AAL3/4 processing). Otherwise,
reassembly is done using the VPI-VCI pair table (AAL5 processing).

Examples In the following example, all incoming cells are reassembled using AAL3/4 processing:
atm vp-filter ff00

In the following example, all incoming cells with the virtual path equal to 0 are reassembled using
AAL3/4 processing; all other cells are reassembled using AAL5 processing:
atm vp-filter 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-49
 atm vp-filter

In the following example, all incoming cells with the most significant bit of the virtual path set are
reassembled using AAL3/4 processing; all other cells are reassembled using AAL5 processing:
atm vp-filter 7f80

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-50 78-11752-02
 broadcast

broadcast
To configure broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM virtual circuit (VC) class,
permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit (SVC), or VC bundle, use the broadcast
command in the appropriate command mode. To disable transmission of broadcast packets for your ATM
VC class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle, use the no form of this command. To restore the default behavior
according to the description in the following “Usage Guidelines” section, use the default form of this
command.

broadcast

no broadcast

default broadcast

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled. For classical IP SVCs, broadcast is enabled.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for ATM PVCs and SVCs)

VC-class configuration (for a VC-class)
Bundle configuration (for a VC bundle)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T Enhancements were added for configuration of broadcast packet duplication and
transmission for an ATM VC bundle.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines If broadcasting and multipoint signalling are enabled on an SVC, a multipoint SVC will be created to
handle the SVC.

Note If you use the broadcast command to configure broadcasting for an ATM PVC or SVC, VC-class,
or VC bundle, this configuration takes precedence over any previous configuration using the
broadcast command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-51
 broadcast

If the broadcast command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle, the VC
inherits the following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the broadcast command in a VC class assigned to the PVC, SVC, or VC bundle
itself.
• Configuration of the broadcast command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s, SVC’s, or VC
bundle’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the broadcast command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s, SVC’s, or VC
bundle’s ATM main interface.

Note When a VC is a member of a VC bundle, configuration using the broadcast command in VC-class
configuration mode no longer applies to the VC. Bundle configuration takes precedence.

To use the broadcast command in bundle configuration mode, enter the bundle command to enact
bundle configuration mode for the bundle for which you want to enable broadcast forwarding.

Examples The following example enables the transmission of broadcast packets on an ATM PVC named router5:
pvc router5 1/32
broadcast

The following example enables the transmission of broadcast packets on an ATM PVC bundle named
chicago:
bundle chicago
broadcast

Related Commands Command Description

class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation Sets the encapsulation method used by the interface.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management for a
virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC
class, or VC bundle.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle. Enables
Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either configuring
Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC class (applies to IP
and IPX protocols only).
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-52 78-11752-02
 cbr

cbr
To configure the constant bit rate (CBR) for the ATM circuit emulation service (CES) for an ATM
permanent virtual circuit (PVC) on the Cisco MC3810, use the cbr command in the appropriate
configuration mode. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.

cbr rate

no cbr rate

Syntax Description rate Constant bit bate (also known as the average cell rate) for ATM CES. The valid range for
this command is from 56 to 10,000 kbps.

Defaults The CBR is not configured.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for ATM PVCs and SVCs)

PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

12.0 This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to ATM configuration on the Cisco MC3810.

Examples The following example configures the constant bit rate on ATM PVC 20 on the Cisco MC3810:
pvc 20
cbr 56

Related Commands Command Description

ces cell-loss-integration-period Sets the CES cell-loss integration period on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.
ces clockmode synchronous Configures the ATM CES synchronous clock mode on the Cisco
MC3810 multiservice concentrator.
ces connect Maps the CES service to an ATM PVC on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.
ces initial-delay Configures the size of the receive buffer of a CES circuit on the
Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-53
 cbr

Command Description
ces max-buf-size Configures the send buffer of a CES circuit on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.
ces partial-fill Configures the number of user octets per cell for the ATM CES on
the Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.
ces service Configures the ATM CES type on the Cisco MC3810 multiservice
concentrator.
encapsulation atm-ces Enables CES ATM encapsulation on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-54 78-11752-02
 ces

ces
To configure Circuit Emulation Service (CES) on a router port and enter CES configuration mode, use
the ces global configuration command.

ces slot/port

Syntax Description slot/port Backplane slot number and port number on the interface. The port value is
always 0 as the interface configuration applies to all ports in the slot.

Defaults No CES interface is configured.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used on Cisco 2600 series and 3600 series routers that have OC-3/STM-1 ATM CES
network modules.
The ces command enters CES configuration mode. Use CES configuration mode to configure CES
parameters such as the CES clock.

Examples The following example configures the CES interface in slot 2:

ces 2/0

Related Commands Command Description

clock-select Allows the selection of clock sources and priority.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-55
 ces aal1 clock

ces aal1 clock

To configure the ATM adaptation layer 1 (AAL1) timing recovery clock for the constant bit rate (CBR)
interface, use the ces aal1 clock interface configuration command. To return the clock to the default, use
the no form of this command.

ces aal1 clock {adaptive | srts | synchronous}

no ces aal1 clock

Syntax Description adaptive Adjusts output clock on a received AAL1 on FIFO basis. Use in unstructured
mode.
srts Sets the clocking mode to synchronous residual time stamp.
synchronous Configures the timing recovery to synchronous for structured mode.

Defaults synchronous

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The clock mode must be synchronous for structured mode. In unstructured mode, use the adaptive
keyword when a network-derived clock is not available.
Use the srts keyword when a network-derived clock is available but devices attached to the CES port use
a different clock reference. The srts keyword samples the incoming clock, subtracts from the network
clock, and sends the remainder in an AAL1 header. The clock is reconstructed during output by adding
the residual to the network reference.
Use the synchronous keyword for all other modes.

Examples The following command sets the AAL1 timing recovery clock to adaptive mode:
interface cbr 4/0
ces aal1 clock adaptive

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 clock source Configures a transmit clock source for the CBR interface.
network-clock-select (ATM) Establishes the sources and priorities of the requisite clocking signals
for an ATM-CES port adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-56 78-11752-02
 ces aal1 service

ces aal1 service

To configure the type of circuit emulation service used on the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the
ces aal1 service interface configuration command. To return the type of service to unstructured, use the
no form of this command.

ces aal1 service {structured | unstructured}

no ces aal1 service

Syntax Description structured Sets the type of service to structured (cross-connect).

unstructured Sets the type of service to unstructured (clear-channel).

Defaults unstructured

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The structured keyword means that each time slot is an independent entity grouped into circuits, where
each circuit has an independent permanent virtual circuit (PVC).
The unstructured keyword reduces the incoming serial data on the receiving end of the ATM network.
The keyword also sets the service to single circuit, single PVC, where all time slots are carried.

Examples The following example changes the mode for the ces aal1 service command to structured:
interface cbr 4/0
ces aal1 service structured

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 clock Configures the AAL1 timing recovery clock for the CBR interface.
ces circuit Configures the connection attributes for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 clock source Configures a transmit clock source for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 framing Selects the frame type for the data line on the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 lbo Configures cable length for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 linecode Selects the line code type for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 loopback Enables a loopback for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit Enables the signal mode as robbed bit on a CBR interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-57
 ces aal1 service

Command Description
ces pvc Configures the destination port for the circuit on the CBR
interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the
ATM-CES port adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-58 78-11752-02
 ces-cdv

ces-cdv
To set the cell delay variation, use the ces-cdv interface-ATM-VC configuration command.

ces-cdv time

Syntax Description time Maximum tolerable cell arrival jitter with a range of 1 to 65535
microseconds.

Defaults 5000 microseconds

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used on Cisco 2600 series and 3600 series routers that have OC-3/STM-1 ATM CES
network modules.

Examples The following example configures the maximum tolerable cell arrival jitter at 7500 microseconds:
interface atm1/0
pvc 0 0/41 ces
ces-cdv 7500

Related Commands Command Description

interface atm Configures the ATM interface.
svc Configures the SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-59
 ces circuit

ces circuit
To configure the connection attributes for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces circuit
interface configuration command. To return the connection attributes to the default or to enable the
circuit, use the no form of this command.

ces circuit circuit-number [cas] [cdv range] [circuit-name name] [on-hook-detection hex-number]
[partial-fill range] [shutdown] [timeslots range]

no ces circuit circuit-number [cas] [cdv range] [circuit-name name] [on-hook-detection

hex-number] [partial-fill range] [shutdown] [timeslots range]

Syntax Description circuit-number Selects the circuit identification. For unstructured service, use
0. For T1 structured service, the range is 1 through 24. For E1
structure service, the range is 1 through 31.
cas (Optional) Enables channel-associated signalling for structured
service only. The default is no cas.
cdv range (Optional) Enables the peak-to-peak cell delay variation
requirement. The range for CDV is 1 through 65535
milliseconds. The default is 2000 milliseconds.
circuit-name name (Optional) Sets the ASCII name for the circuit emulation
service internetworking function CES-IWF circuit. The string
for the circuit name is 0 through 255. The default is CBRx/x:0.
on-hook-detection hex-number (Optional) Enables detection of whether the circuit is on-hook.
Hex values are 0 through F to indicate a 2- or 4-bit AB[CD]
pattern to detect on-hook. The AB[CD] bits are determined by
the manufacturer of the voice/video telephony device that is
generating the CBR traffic.
partial-fill range (Optional) Enables the partial AAL1 cell fill service for
structured service only. The range is 0 through 47. The default
is 47.
shutdown (Optional) Marks the CES-IWF circuit administratively down.
The default is no shutdown.
timeslots range (Optional) Configures the time slots for the CES-IWF circuit
for structured service only. The range is 1 through 24 for T1.
The range is 1 through 31 for E1.

Defaults No circuit is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-60 78-11752-02
 ces circuit

Usage Guidelines Channel-associated signalling (CAS) provides information about the time slot (on or off the hook) and
is updated once per multiframe.
With both the CAS and on-hook detection features enabled, these features work together to enable an
ingress node in an ATM network to monitor on-hook and off-hook conditions for a specified 1 x 64
structured CES circuit. As implied by the notation “1 x 64,” the on-hook detection (or
bandwidth-release) feature is supported only in a structured CES circuit that involves a single time slot
at each end of the connection.
The time slot configured for the structured CES circuit at the ingress node (time slot 2) can be different
from the DS0 time slot configured at the egress node (time slot 4). Only one such time slot can be
configured at each end of the circuit when the on-hook detection feature is used.
When you invoke the on-hook feature, the ingress ATM-CES port adapter monitors the ABCD bits in the
incoming CBR bit stream to detect on-hook and off-hook conditions in the circuit. In an “off-hook”
condition, all the bandwidth provisioned for the specified CES circuit is used for transporting ATM
AAL1 cells across the network from the ingress node to the egress node.
In an on-hook condition, the network periodically sends dummy ATM cells from the ingress node to the
egress node to maintain the connection. However, these dummy cells consume only a fraction of the
circuit’s reserved bandwidth, leaving the rest of the bandwidth available for use by other network traffic.
This bandwidth-release feature enables the network to make more efficient use of its resources.
When the CAS feature is enabled for a CES circuit, the bandwidth of the DS0 channel is limited to
56 kbps for user data, because CAS functions consume 8 kbps of channel bandwidth for transporting the
ABCD signalling bits. These signalling bits are passed transparently from the ingress node to the egress
node as part of the ATM AAL1 cell stream.
In summary, when the optional CAS and on-hook detection features are enabled, the following
conditions apply:
• The permanent virtual connection (PVC) provisioned for the CES circuit always exists.
• The bandwidth for the CES circuit is always reserved.
• During an on-hook state, most of the bandwidth reserved for the CES circuit is not in use. (Dummy
cells are sent from the ingress node to the egress node to maintain the connection.) Therefore, this
bandwidth becomes available for use by other network traffic, such as available bit rate (ABR)
traffic.
• During an off-hook state, all the bandwidth reserved for the CES circuit is dedicated to that circuit.

Examples The following example sets the structured service CDV range to 5000 milliseconds and enables the
interface:
interface cbr 4/0
ces circuit 3 cdv 5000
ces circuit 3 no shutdown

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-61
 ces circuit

Command Description
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-62 78-11752-02
 ces dsx1 clock source

ces dsx1 clock source

To configure a transmit clock source for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1 clock
source interface configuration command. To return the clock source to the default, use the no form of
this command.

ces dsx1 clock source {loop-timed | network-derived}

no ces dsx1 clock source

Syntax Description loop-timed Configures the transmit clock to loop (RX-clock to TX-clock).
network-derived Configures the transmit clock to be derived from the network.

Defaults network-derived

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the clock source to loop-timed:

interface cbr 4/0
ces dsx1 clock source loop-timed

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 clock Configures the AAL1 timing recovery clock for the CBR interface.
ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
network-clock-select (ATM) Establishes the sources and priorities of the requisite clocking signals
for an ATM-CES port adapter.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES
port adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-63
 ces dsx1 framing

ces dsx1 framing

To select the frame type for the data line on the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1
framing interface configuration command. To return the frame type to the default, use the no form of
this command.

T1

ces dsx1 framing {esf | sf}

no ces dsx1 framing

E1

ces dsx1 framing {e1_crc_mfCASlt | e1_crc_mf_lt | e1_lt | e1_mfCAS_lt}

no ces dsx1 framing

Syntax Description esf Configures the line type to extended super frame for T1.
sf Configures the line type to super frame for T1.
e1_crc_mfCASlt Configures the line type to E1 CRC with channel-associated signalling
(CAS) enabled.
e1_crc_mf_lt Configures the line type to E1 CRC with CAS disabled.
e1_lt Configures the line type to E1 with CAS disabled.
e1_mfCAS_lt Configures the line type to E1 with CAS enabled.

Defaults esf (for T1)

e1_lt (for E1)

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command in configurations where the router communicates with the data line. The service
provider determines which framing type is required for your circuit.

Examples The following example sets the data line type to super frame:
interface cbr 4/0
ces dsx1 framing sf

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-64 78-11752-02
 ces dsx1 framing

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-65
 ces dsx1 lbo

ces dsx1 lbo

To configure cable length for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1 lbo interface
configuration command. To return the cable length to the default, use the no form of this command.

ces dsx1 lbo length

no ces dsx1 lbo

Syntax Description length Sets the cable length. Values (in feet) are 0_110, 110_200, 220_330, 330_440,
440_550, 550_660, 660_above, and square_pulse. Values represent a range in feet.

Defaults 0_110 feet

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Set the cable length to the desired number of feet on your system.

Examples The following example sets the cable length to 440 feet:
interface cbr 4/0
ces dsx1 lbo 440_550

Related Commands Command Description

atm lbo Specifies the cable length (line build-out) for the ATM interface.
ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-66 78-11752-02
 ces dsx1 linecode

ces dsx1 linecode

To select the line code type for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1 linecode interface
configuration command. To return the line code to the default, use the no form of this command.

T1

ces dsx1 linecode {ami | b8zs}

no ces dsx1 linecode

E1

ces dsx1 linecode {ami | hdb3}

no ces dsx1 linecode

Syntax Description ami Specifies the alternate mark inversion (AMI) as the line code type. Valid for T1 and E1
interfaces.
b8zs Specifies B8ZS as the line code type. Valid for T1 interfaces. This is the default for T1.
hdb3 Specifies HDB3 as the line code type. Valid for E1 interfaces. This is the default for E1.

Defaults b8zs (for T1)

hdb3 (for E1)

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command in configurations where the switch communicates with the data line. The service
provider determines which line code type is required for your circuit.

Examples The following example specifies B8ZS as the line code type:
interface cbr 4/0
ces dsx1 linecode b8zs

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-67
 ces dsx1 linecode

Command Description
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-68 78-11752-02
 ces dsx1 loopback

ces dsx1 loopback

To enable a loopback for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1 loopback interface
configuration command. To disable the loopback, use the no form of this command.

ces dsx1 loopback {line | noloop | payload}

no ces dsx1 loopback {line | noloop | payload}

Syntax Description line Sets the received signal to be looped at the line (does not penetrate the line).
noloop Sets the interface to no loop.
payload Sets the received signal to be looped through the device and returned.

Defaults No loopback

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is useful for testing the circuit emulation port adapter module.

Examples The following example sets a payload loopback:

interface cbr 4/0
ces dsx1 loopback payload

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
loopback Configures the ATM interface into loopback mode.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-69
 ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

To enable the signal mode as robbed bit on a constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces dsx1
signalmode robbedbit interface configuration command. To return the signal mode to the default, use
the no form of this command.

ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

no ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults No signal mode is enabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines A T1 frame consists of 24 time slots (DS0) that send at a rate of 64 kbps. T1 defines the ability to send
signalling in-band on individual time slots by removing the low bit of each byte for signalling in
robbedbit mode. This procedure allows 8 kbps for signalling and leaves 56 kbps for data.
In structured mode, you can send the T1 signalling information across the network. Structured mode
means that after you enable robbedbit signalling mode on the port, and enable CAS on individual
circuits that need this type of service, you are robbing bits from the DS0. The system then puts the bits
in the specified format to be sent across the network and reinserts them at the passive side on the
CES-IWF connection.

Examples The following example enables channel-associated signalling and robbed bit signalling:
interface cbr 4/0
ces circuit 1 cas
ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
ces circuit Configures the connection attributes for the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-70 78-11752-02
 ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit

Command Description
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-71
 ces partial-fill

ces partial-fill
To configure the number of user octets per cell for the ATM circuit emulation service (CES), use the ces
partial-fill command in interface configuration mode. To delete the CES partial-fill value, use the no
form of this command.

ces partial-fill octets

no ces partial-fill octets

Syntax Description octets Number of user octets per cell for the CES. Possible values of octet
range from 0 to 47. Setting this number to zero disables partial cell
fill and causes all cells to be completely filled before they are sent.

Defaults 47 octets

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 MA This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to ATM configuration on the Cisco MC3810.
Setting the value of the ces partial-fill command to zero disables partial cell fill and causes all cells to
be completely filled before they are sent. This command is supported on serial ports 0 and 1 when the
encapsulation atm-ces command is enabled.

Examples The following example sets the CES partial cell fill to 20 octets per cell for serial port 0:
interface serial 0
ces partial-fill 20

Related Commands Command Description

ces cell-loss-integration-period Sets the CES cell-loss integration period on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.
ces clockmode synchronous Configures the ATM CES synchronous clock mode on the
Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.
ces connect Maps the CES service to an ATM PVC on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.
ces initial-delay Configures the size of the receive buffer of a CES circuit on the
Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-72 78-11752-02
 ces partial-fill

Command Description
ces max-buf-size Configures the send buffer of a CES circuit on the
Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator.
ces service Configures the ATM CES type on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-73
 ces pvc

ces pvc
To configure the destination port for the circuit on the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the ces pvc
interface configuration command. To remove the destination port on the circuit, use the no form of this
command.

ces pvc circuit-number interface atm slot/port vpi number vci number

no ces pvc circuit-number interface atm slot/port vpi number vci number

Syntax Description circuit-number Selects the circuit identification. The range is 0 to 24. For unstructured
service, use 0. For T1 structure service, the range is 1 through 24. For E1
structure service, the range is 1 through 31.
interface atm slot/port Slot and port number of the ATM interface. Used to create a hard
permanent virtual circuit (PVC). Only a hard PVC can be configured for
the CBR interfaces on the ATM-CES port adapter.
vpi number Virtual path identifier of the destination PVC. Range is 0 through 255.
vci number Virtual channel identifier of the destination PVC. Range is
1 through 16383.

Defaults No destination port is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the interface option to create a hard PVC. Use the dest-atm-addr option to create a soft PVC. Soft
PVCs are not supported on Cisco 7200 series routers.
You must configure both sides of the CES circuits because at the source (the active side in CES-IWF),
the time slots are not recognized at the destination (the passive side).
Each CES circuit has an ATM address. When configuring the source PVC, you need the destination ATM
address.

Examples The following example shows setting a hard PVC. In this example, the destination of ATM port 0 in
slot 1 is assigned to circuit 31 on CBR port 0 in slot 1.
interface cbr 1/0
ces pvc 31 interface atm 1/0 vpi 0 vci 512

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-74 78-11752-02
 ces pvc

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 service Configures the type of CES used on the CBR interface.
show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-75
 class-int

class-int
To assign a virtual circuit (VC) class to an ATM main interface or subinterface, use the class-int
command in interface configuration mode. To remove a VC class, use the no form of this command.

class-int vc-class-name

no class-int vc-class-name

Syntax Description vc-class-name Name of the VC class you are assigning to your ATM main interface or
subinterface.

Defaults No VC class is assigned to an ATM main interface or subinterface.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3(4)T This command was introduced, replacing the class command for assigning
VC classes to ATM main interfaces or subinterfaces.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to assign a previously defined set of parameters (defined in a VC class) to an ATM
main interface or subinterface. To create a VC class that defines these parameters, use the vc-class atm
command. Refer to the section “Configuring VC Classes” in the “Configuring ATM” chapter of the
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide for more information.
To use this command for assigning a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface, you must first
enter the interface atm command to enter interface configuration mode.
When you create a VC class for an ATM main interface or subinterface, you can use the following
commands to define your parameters: abr, broadcast, bump, encapsulation, idle-timeout, ilmi
manage, inarp, oam-bundle, oam-pvc, oam retry, oam-svc, protocol, ubr, ubr+, and vbr-nrt.
Parameters applied to an individual VC supersede interface- and subinterface-level parameters.
Parameters that are configured for a VC through discrete commands entered in interface-ATM-VC
configuration mode supersede VC class parameters assigned to an ATM main interface or subinterface
by the class-int command.

Examples In the following example, a class called classA is first created and then applied to an ATM main interface
2/0:
! The following commands create the class classA:
vc-class atm classA
ubr 10000
encapsulation aal5mux ip

! The following commands apply classA to ATM main interface 2/0:

interface atm 2/0
class-vc classA

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-76 78-11752-02
 class-int

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or VC class.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
idle-timeout Configures the idle timeout parameter for tearing down an ATM SVC
connection.
ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-pvc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM PVC or VC class.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
oam-svc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM SVC or VC class.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a
VC class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
show atm map Displays the list of all configured ATM static maps to remote hosts on an
ATM network.
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC
bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
vc-class atm Configures a VC class for an ATM VC or interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-77
 class-vc

class-vc
To assign a virtual circuit (VC) class to an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit
(SVC), or VC bundle member, use the class-vc command in the appropriate configuration mode. To
remove a VC class, use the no form of this command.

class-vc vc-class-name

no class-vc vc-class-name

Syntax Description vc-class-name Name of the VC class you are assigning to your ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
bundle member.

Defaults No VC class is assigned to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for ATM PVCs and SVCs)

Bundle-vc configuration (for VC bundle members)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3(4)T This command was introduced, replacing the class command for assigning
VC classes to ATM PVCs and SVCs.
12.0(3)T This command was modified to support application of a VC class to an ATM
VC bundle and an ATM VC bundle member.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC-in-range configuration mode.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to assign a previously defined set of parameters (defined in a VC class) to an ATM
PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member. To create a VC class that defines these parameters, use the vc-class
atm command. Refer to the section “Configuring VC Classes” in the “Configuring ATM” chapter of the
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide for more information.

ATM PVCs and SVCs

To use this command for assigning a VC class to an ATM PVC or SVC, you must first enter the interface
atm command in global configuration mode and then the pvc or svc command in interface configuration
mode.
When you create a VC class for an ATM PVC or SVC, you can use the following commands to define
your parameters: abr, broadcast, bump, encapsulation, idle-timeout, ilmi manage, inarp,
oam-bundle, oam-pvc, oam retry, oam-svc, protocol, ubr, ubr+, and vbr-nrt.
Parameters that are configured for a PVC or SVC through discrete commands entered in
interface-ATM-VC configuration mode supersede VC class parameters assigned to an ATM PVC or SVC
by the class-vc command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-78 78-11752-02
 class-vc

ATM VC Bundle Members

To use this command for assigning a VC class to a VC bundle member, you must first enter the
pvc-bundle command to enter bundle-vc configuration mode.
When you create a VC class for a VC bundle member, you can use the following commands to define
your parameters: bump, precedence, protect, ubr, ubr+, and vbr-nrt. You cannot use the following
commands in vc-class configuration mode to configure a VC bundle member: encapsulation, protocol,
inarp, and broadcast. These commands are useful only at the bundle level, not the bundle member level.
Parameters applied to an individual VC supersede bundle-level parameters. Parameters that are directly
configured for a VC through discrete commands entered in bundle-vc configuration mode supersede VC
class parameters assigned to a VC bundle member by the class-vc command.

Examples The following sections show examples for applying the class-vc command to ATM PVC, SVC, and VC
bundle members.
In the following example, a class called classA is first created and then applied to an ATM PVC:
! The following commands create the class classA:
vc-class atm classA
ubr 10000
encapsulation aal5mux ip

! The following commands apply classA to an ATM PVC:

interface atm 2/0
pvc router5 1/32
class-vc classA

In the following example, a class called classA is first created and then applied to the bundle member
called vcmember, a member of bundle1:
! The following commands create the class classA:
vc-class atm classA
precedence 6-5
no bump traffic
protect group
bump explicitly 7
vbr-nrt 20000 10000 32

! The following commands create bundle1, add vcmember to bundle1, and then applies classA
! to vcmember:
bundle bundle1
pvc-bundle vcmember
class-vc classA

Taking into account hierarchy precedence rules, the VC bundle member vcmember will be characterized
by these parameters:
• It carries traffic whose IP Precedence level is 6 and 5.
• It does not allow other traffic to be bumped onto it. When the VC goes down, its bumped traffic will
be redirected to a VC whose IP Precedence level is 7.
• It is a member of the protected group of the bundle. When all members of a protected group go down,
the bundle goes down.
• It has Variable Bit Rate-Non Real Time (VBR-NRT) quality of service traffic parameters.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-79
 class-vc

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or VC class.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
bump Configures the bumping rules for a VC class that can be assigned to a VC
bundle.
bundle Creates a bundle or modifies an existing bundle to enter bundle
configuration mode.
class-bundle Configures a VC bundle with the bundle-level commands contained in the
specified VC class.
encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
idle-timeout Configures the idle timeout parameter for tearing down an ATM SVC
connection.
ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-pvc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM PVC or VC class.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
oam-svc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM SVC or VC class.
precedence (VC bundle) Configures precedence levels for a VC member of a bundle, or for a VC
class that can be assigned to a VC bundle.
protect Configures a VC class with protected group or protected VC status for
application to a VC bundle member.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a
VC class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
pvc-bundle Adds a PVC to a bundle as a member of the bundle and enters bundle-vc
configuration mode in order to configure that PVC bundle member.
show atm bundle Displays the bundle attributes assigned to each bundle VC member and the
current working status of the VC members.
show atm bundle Displays statistics on the specified bundle.
statistics
show atm map Displays the list of all configured ATM static maps to remote hosts on an
ATM network.
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC
bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-80 78-11752-02
 class-vc

Command Description
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
vc-class atm Configures a VC class for an ATM VC or interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-81
 clear atm arp

clear atm arp

To clear Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries for an ATM interface that is configured as an ARP
server, use the clear atm arp command in EXEC mode.

clear atm arp atm-interface {ip-address | *}

Syntax Description atm-interface ATM interface number (for example, 3/0).

ip-address Clears the ARP entry for the specified IP address.
* Clears all ARP entries on the interface.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to clear ARP entries for an ATM interface. Use the asterisk (*) to delete all of the
ARP entries for the interface, or specify the IP address of a particular entry to be deleted.
If an ARP entry for an existing virtual circuit (VC) is deleted, the ARP server will immediately try to
get another entry for that VC.

Examples The following example shows how to delete the ARP entry for 172.20.173.28:
Router# clear atm arp 3/0 172.20.173.28

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-82 78-11752-02
 dxi map

dxi map
To map a protocol address to a given virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual channel identifier (VCI),
use the dxi map interface configuration command. To remove the mapping for that protocol and
protocol address, use the no form of this command.

dxi map protocol protocol-address vpi vci [broadcast]

no dxi map protocol protocol-address

Syntax Description protocol One of the following bridging or protocol keywords: apollo, appletalk,
bridge, clns, decnet, ip, novell, vines, or xns.
protocol-address Protocol-specific address.
vpi Virtual path identifier in the range 0 to 15.
vci Virtual circuit identifier in the range 0 to 63.
broadcast (Optional) Address to which broadcasts should be forwarded.

Defaults No map definition is established.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used in configurations where the router is intended to communicate with an ATM
network through an ATM data service unit (ADSU). Given the circuit identifier parameters (VPI and
VCI) for the ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), the router computes and uses the DXI frame address
(DFA) that is used for communication between the router and the ADSU.
The dxi map command can be used only on a serial interface or HSSI configured for ATM-DXI
encapsulation.

Examples The following example converts all IP packets intended for the host with IP address 172.21.170.49 into
ATM cells identified with a VPI of 2 (binary 0000 0010) and a VCI of 46 (binary 0000 0000 0010 1110)
by the ADSU:
interface serial 0
dxi map ip 172.21.170.49 2 46 broadcast

Using the mapping defined in Annex A of the ATM DXI Specification, the router uses the VPI and VCI
information in this example to compute a DFA of 558 (binary 1000101110). The ADSU will use the
DFA of the incoming frame to extract the VPI and VCI information when formulating ATM cells.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-83
 dxi map

Related Commands Command Description

dxi pvc Configures multiprotocol or single protocol ATM-DXI encapsulation.
encapsulation atm-dxi Enables ATM-DXI encapsulation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-84 78-11752-02
 dxi pvc

dxi pvc
To configure multiprotocol or single protocol ATM-Data Exchange Interface (DXI) encapsulation, use
the dxi pvc interface configuration command. To disable multiprotocol ATM-DXI encapsulation, use
the no form of this command.

dxi pvc vpi vci [snap | nlpid | mux]

no dxi pvc vpi vci [snap | nlpid | mux]

Syntax Description vpi ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) of this PVC, in the range from 0 through 15. The
VPI is a 4-bit field in the header of the ATM DXI frame. The VPI value is unique only on
a single interface, not throughout the ATM network, because it has local significance only.
Both vpi and vci cannot be specified as 0; if one is 0, the other cannot be 0.
vci ATM network virtual channel identifier (VCI) of this PVC, in the range from 0 to 63. The
VCI is a 6-bit field in the header of the ATM DXI frame. The VCI value is unique only on
a single interface, not throughout the ATM network, because it has local significance only.
Both vpi and vci cannot be specified as 0; if one is 0, the other cannot be 0
snap (Optional) LLC/SNAP encapsulation based on the protocol used in the packet. This
keyword defines a PVC that can carry multiple network protocols. This is the default.
nlpid (Optional) RFC 1294/1490 encapsulation. This option is provided for backward
compatibility with the default encapsulation in earlier versions of the Cisco IOS software.
mux (Optional) MUX encapsulation; the carried protocol is defined by the dxi map command
when the PVC is set up. This keyword defines a PVC that carries only one network
protocol.

Defaults LLC/SNAP encapsulation

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command can be used only on a serial interface or HSSI that is configured with ATM-DXI
encapsulation.
Select the nlpid option if you are using the default encapsulation for software releases earlier than
Cisco IOS Release 10.3.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-85
 dxi pvc

Examples The following example configures ATM-DXI MUX encapsulation on serial interface 1. The PVC
identified by a VPI of 10 and a VCI of 10 can carry a single protocol. Then the protocol to be carried on
this PVC is defined by the dxi map command.
interface serial 1
dxi pvc 10 10 mux
dxi map ip 172.21.176.45 10 10 broadcast

The following example configures ATM-DXI NLPID encapsulation on serial interface 1. The PVC
identified by a VPI of 11 and a VCI of 12 can carry multiprotocol traffic that is encapsulated with a
header described in RFC 1294/1490.
interface serial 1
dxi pvc 11 12 nlpid

Related Commands Command Description

class-int Maps a protocol address to a given VPI and VCI.
encapsulation atm-dxi Enables ATM-DXI encapsulation.
show dxi pvc Displays the PVC statistics for a serial interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-86 78-11752-02
 encapsulation aal5

encapsulation aal5
To configure the ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation type for an ATM permanent virtual
circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit (SVC), virtual circuit (VC) class, or VC bundle, use the
encapsulation aal5 command in the appropriate command mode. To remove an encapsulation from a
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle, use the no form of this command.

encapsulation aal5encap [virtual-template number]

no encapsulation aal5encap [virtual-template number]

Note To configure Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI), QSAAL, or Switched Multimegabit
Data Service (SMDS) encapsulations for an ATM PVC, use the pvc command.

Syntax Description encap AAL and encapsulation type. When mux is specified, a protocol
is required. Possible options for the encap argument are as
follows:
auto—For PPP over ATM SVCs only. The auto keyword enables
an ATM SVC to use either aal5snap or aal5mux encapsulation.
ciscoppp—For Cisco Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) over ATM.
Supported on ATM PVCs only.
mux apollo—For a multiplex (MUX)-type VC using the Apollo
protocol.
mux appletalk—For a MUX-type VC using the AppleTalk
protocol.
mux decnet—For a MUX-type VC using the DECnet protocol.
mux frame-relay—For a MUX-type virtual circuit for Frame
Relay-ATM Network Interworking (FRF.5) on the
Cisco MC3810.
mux fr-atm-srv—For a MUX-type virtual circuit for Frame
Relay-ATM Service Interworking (FRF.8) on the Cisco MC3810.
mux ip—For a MUX-type VC using the IP protocol.
mux ipx—For a MUX-type VC using the IPX
protocol.
mux ppp—For a MUX-type virtual circuit running
IETF-compliant PPP over ATM. You must use the
virtual-template number argument to identify the virtual
template. (If you need to establish a virtual template, use the
interface virtual-template command.) The mux ppp keyword
applies to ATM PVCs only.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-87
 encapsulation aal5

Syntax Description mux vines—For a MUX-type VC using the VINES protocol.

mux voice—For a MUX-type VC for Voice over ATM on the
Cisco MC3810 router.
mux xns—For a MUX-type VC using the XNS
protocol.
nlpid—Allows ATM interfaces to interoperate with High-Speed
Serial Interfaces (HSSIs) that are using an ATM data service unit
(ADSU) and running ATM-Data Exchange Interface (DXI).
Supported on ATM PVCs only.
snap—The only encapsulation supported for Inverse ARP.
Logical Link Control/Subnetwork Access Protocol (LLC/SNAP)
precedes the protocol datagram.
virtual-template number (Optional) (This argument is required for ciscoppp encapsulation
only.) Specifies the number used to identify the virtual template.

Defaults The global default encapsulation is snap. See the “Usage Guidelines” section for other default
characteristics.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle configuration (for a VC bundle)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T • This command was enhanced to provide encapsulation configuration for
ATM VC bundles.
• The mux frame and mux voice options were added for the
Cisco MC3810 series router.
12.0(7)T • The mux fr-atm-srv option was added for the Cisco MC3810 series
router.
• The mux frame option was changed to mux frame-relay.
12.1(3)T The auto option was added to provide encapsulation configuration for PPP
over ATM SVCs.
12.1(5)T The ciscoppp, mux, and snap options were made available in PVC range
and PVC-in-range configuration modes.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-88 78-11752-02
 encapsulation aal5

Usage Guidelines A VC bundle can have only one encapsulation configured for it: either snap or mux.
Use one of the mux encapsulation options to dedicate the specified PVC to a single protocol; use the
snap encapsulation option to multiplex two or more protocols over the same PVC. Whether you select
mux or snap encapsulation might depend on practical considerations, such as the type of network and
the pricing offered by the network. If the pricing of the network depends on the number of PVCs set up,
snap might be the appropriate choice. If pricing depends on the number of bytes transmitted, mux might
be the appropriate choice because it has slightly less overhead.
To use this command to configure a VC bundle, first enter the bundle subinterface configuration
command to create a new bundle or modify an existing one and to enter bundle configuration mode.

Note When a VC is a member of a VC bundle, configuration using the encapsulation aal5 command in
VC class mode no longer applies to the VC. Bundle configuration takes precedence.

When configuring Cisco PPP over ATM, specify the ciscoppp encapsulation for the encap argument and
specify the virtual template number.
It is possible to implicitly create a virtual template when configuring Cisco PPP over ATM. In other
words, if the parameters of the virtual template are not explicitly defined before you configure the ATM
PVC, the PPP interface will be brought up using default values from the virtual template identified.
However, some parameters (such as an IP address) take effect only if they are specified before the PPP
interface comes up. Therefore, we recommend that you explicitly create and configure the virtual
template before configuring the ATM PVC to ensure such parameters take effect.
If you specify virtual template parameters after the ATM PVC is configured, you should enter a
shutdown command followed by a no shutdown command on the ATM subinterface to restart the
interface, causing the newly configured parameters (such as an IP address) to take effect.
If the encapsulation aal5 command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle,
the VC inherits the following default configuration (listed in order of precedence from lowest to
highest):
• Configuration of the encapsulation aal5 command in a VC class assigned to the PVC, PVC bundle,
or SVC itself
• Configuration of the encapsulation aal5 command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s, SVC’s, or
VC bundle’s ATM subinterface
• Configuration of the encapsulation aal5 command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s, SVC’s, or
VC bundle’s ATM main interface
• Global default: encap = snap
When configuring a PVC range or an individual PVC within a PVC range, the following options are
available:
• encapsulation aal5ciscoppp
• encapsulation aal5mux
• encapsulation aal5snap

Examples The following example configures an ATM SVC called “chicago” with encapsulation auto.
Encapsulation auto enables the SVC to use PPP and either aal5snap or aal5mux encapsulation.
svc chicago
encapsulation aal5auto

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-89
 encapsulation aal5

The following example configures an ATM PVC with VPI 0 and VCI 33 for a MUX-type encapsulation
using IP:
pvc 0/33
encapsulation aal5mux ip

The following example configures a bundle called chicago for aal5snap encapsulation:
bundle chicago
encapsulation aal5snap

Related Commands Command Description

broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for a virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit
bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-90 78-11752-02
 encapsulation atm-dxi

encapsulation atm-dxi
To enable ATM-Data Exchange Interface (DXI) encapsulation, use the encapsulation atm-dxi interface
configuration command. To disable ATM-DXI, use the no form of this command.

encapsulation atm-dxi

no encapsulation atm-dxi

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults When ATM-DXI encapsulation is not configured, HDLC is the default encapsulation.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example configures ATM-DXI encapsulation on serial interface 1:

interface serial 1
encapsulation atm-dxi

Related Commands Command Description

class-int Maps a protocol address to a given VPI and VCI.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-91
 idle-timeout

idle-timeout
To configure the idle timeout parameter for tearing down an ATM switched virtual circuit (SVC)
connection, use the idle-timeout command in the appropriate command mode. To disable the timeout
parameter, use the no form of this command.

idle-timeout seconds [minimum-rate]

no idle-timeout seconds [minimum-rate]

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds that the SVC is idle, after which the ATM SVC is disconnected.
minimum-rate (Optional) Minimum traffic rate, in kilobits per second (kbps), required on an ATM
SVC to maintain the SVC connection.

Defaults The default idle timeout is 300 seconds.

The default minimum-rate is 0 kbps.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for ATM permanent virtual circuits [PVCs] or SVCs)
VC-class configuration (for virtual circuit [VC] classes)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If within the idle timeout period, both the input and output traffic rates are below the minimum-rate, the
SVC connection is torn down. The input and output traffic rates are set using the ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt
command.
If the idle-timeout command is not explicitly configured on an ATM SVC, the SVC inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of next highest precedence):
• Configuration of the idle-timeout command in a VC class assigned to the SVC itself.
• Configuration of the idle-timeout command in a VC class assigned to the SVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the idle-timeout command in a VC class assigned to the SVC’s ATM main
interface.
• Global default—The global idle timeout default is the value set using the idle-timeout interface
configuration command. If the idle-timeout command is not configured, the default idle timeout is
300 seconds, and the minimum-rate is 0 kbps.

Examples The following example configures an ATM SVC connection inactive after an idle period of 300 seconds.
The SVC connection is also configured so that it is considered inactive if the traffic rate is less than
5 kbps.
idle-timeout 300 5

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-92 78-11752-02
 idle-timeout

Related Commands Command Description

ubr Selects UBR QoS and configures the output peak cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
ubr+ Selects UBR QoS and configures the output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC class.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output sustainable cell
rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-93
 ilmi manage

ilmi manage
To enable Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) management on an ATM permanent virtual
circuit (PVC), use the ilmi manage command in the appropriate command mode. To disable ILMI
management, use the no form of this command.

ilmi manage

no ilmi manage

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults ILMI management is disabled.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC)

VC-class configuration (for a virtual circuit [VC] class)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines If the ilmi manage command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, the PVC inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the ilmi manage command in a VC class assigned to the PVC itself.
• Configuration of the ilmi manage command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the ilmi manage command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM main
interface.
• Global default: ILMI management is disabled.

Examples The following example enables ILMI management on the ATM PVC with VPI 0 and VCI 60. The ILMI
PVC is assigned the name routerA and the VPI and VCI are 0 and 16, respectively.
interface atm 0/0
pvc routerA 0/16 ilmi
exit
interface atm 0/0.1 multipoint
pvc 0/60
ilmi manage

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-94 78-11752-02
 ima active-links-minimum

ima active-links-minimum
To set the minimum number of links that must be operating in order for an ATM inverse multiplexing
over ATM (IMA) group to remain in service, use the ima active-links-minimum interface configuration
command. To remove the current configuration and set the value to the default, use the no form of this
command.

ima active-links-minimum number

no ima active-links-minimum number

Syntax Description number Number of links; a value from 1 to 8.

Defaults The default is one link.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines The minimum number of links that should be active for continued group operation depends upon the
applications you are using and the speeds they require. ATM frame size and the number of links in a
group affect the overhead required by ATM.

Examples The following example specifies that two links in IMA group 2 must be operational in order for the group
to remain in service:
interface atm 0/ima2
ima active-links-minimum 2

Related Commands Command Description

interface atm ima Configures an ATM IMA group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-95
 ima clock-mode

ima clock-mode
To set the transmit clock mode for an ATM inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) group, use the ima
clock-mode interface configuration command. To remove the current configuration, use the no form of
this command.

ima clock-mode {common port | independent}

no ima clock-mode

Syntax Description common The transmit clocks for all the links in the group are derived from the same source.
port When you choose a common clock source, also specify the link that will provide
clocking for the IMA group, which is called the common link. If the common link
fails, the system automatically chooses one of the remaining active links to provide
clocking.
independent The transmit clock source for at least one link in the IMA group is different from the
clock source used by the other links.

Defaults The default value is common. If no port is specified, the system automatically chooses an active link to
provide clocking.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.0(5)T
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines This command controls the clock for the IMA group as a whole. If all the links in the group share a clock
source, use the common keyword. If all the links use different clock sources, use the independent clock
source keyword.
When the common keyword is set, the clock source ATM interface configuration command for the
common link determines clocking for all the links in the group.When the independent keyword is set,
the clock source ATM interface configuration command is used under each interface to determine
clocking individually.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-96 78-11752-02
 ima clock-mode

Because the system automatically chooses a replacement for the common link when it fails, any link in
an IMA group potentially can provide the recovered transmit clock. For this reason, even when the
common keyword is set with a specific link stipulated by the port value, you should use the ATM
interface configuration clock source command to make sure that the clock source is configured
correctly on each interface in the IMA group.

Examples The following example specifies that the links in IMA group 2 use a common clock source on link 0:
interface atm0/ima2
ima clock-mode common 0

Related Commands Command Description

clock source Configures the clock source of a DS1 link.
interface atm ima Configures an ATM IMA group.
show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-97
 ima differential-delay-maximum

ima differential-delay-maximum
To specify the maximum differential delay among the active links in an inverse multiplexing over ATM
(IMA) group, use the ima differential-delay-maximum interface configuration command. To restore
the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ima differential-delay-maximum msec

no ima differential-delay-maximum msec

Syntax Description msec Specifies the differential delay in milliseconds (ms). The range of values depends on
the type of card used.
PA-A3-8T1IMA—25 to 250 milliseconds
PA-A3-8E1IMA—25 to 190 milliseconds
NM-8T1-IMA—25 to 200 milliseconds

Defaults 25 milliseconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines This command helps control latency in ATM-layer traffic by setting a limit on how much latency the
slowest link in the group is allowed to introduce (a slower link has a longer propagation delay—for
example, due to a longer path through the network or less accurate physical layer clocking—than other
links). Setting a high value allows a slow link to continue operating as part of the group, although such
a setting means there is added delay to links across the group. A low setting may result in less latency
for traffic across the group than a high setting, but it can mean that the system takes a slow link out of
operation, reducing total bandwidth.
When a link has been removed from service, it is automatically placed back in service when it meets the
delay differential standard. If a link delay exceeds the specified maximum, the link is dropped;
otherwise, the IMA feature adjusts for differences in delays so that all links in a group are aligned and
carry ATM-layer traffic.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-98 78-11752-02
 ima differential-delay-maximum

Examples The following example specifies that the links in IMA group 2 have a maximum differential delay of 50
ms:
interface atm0/ima2
ima differential-delay-maximum 50

Related Commands Command Description

show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-99
 ima frame-length

ima frame-length
To specify the number of cells in IMA frames, use the ima frame-length interface configuration
command. IMA frames are numbered sequentially and each contains an IMA Control Protocol (ICP)
cell at a specific position. To remove the current setting and restore the default value, use the no form
of this command.

ima frame-length {32 | 64 | 128 | 256}

no ima frame-length {32 | 64 | 128 | 256}

Syntax Description 32 Specifies a value of 32 cells.

64 Specifies a value of 64 cells.
128 Specifies a value of 128 cells.
256 Specifies a value of 256 cells.

Defaults The default value is 128 cells in a frame.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XE This command was introduced.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers added.
12.1(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines Frame length can affect performance, because the greater the total number of frames required to
communicate a given number of cells, the greater the overhead for header and other control cells. In
addition, shorter frame lengths might diminish performance when translated ATM-Frame Relay
interworking occurs.

Examples On Cisco 7100 and 7200 series routers, the following example specifies that the links in IMA group 2
have a frame length of 64 cells:
interface atm 1/ima2
ima frame-length 64

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-100 78-11752-02
 ima-group

ima-group
To define physical links as inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) group members, use the ima-group
interface configuration command for each group member. To remove the port from the group, use the
no form of this command.

ima-group group-number

no ima-group group-number

Syntax Description group-number Specifies an IMA group number from 0 to 3. IMA groups can span
multiple ports on a port adapter but cannot span port adapters.

Defaults Physical links are not included in IMA groups.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines When the configuration is first performed or when the group number is changed, the interface is
automatically disabled, moved to the new group, and then enabled.

Examples The following example makes interface 1 on the ATM module in slot 0 a member of IMA group 2:
interface atm0/1
ima-group 2

Related Commands Command Description

interface atm Configures an ATM interface.
interface atm ima Configures an ATM IMA group.
show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.
shutdown (interface) Disables an interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-101
 ima test

ima test
To specify an interface and test pattern for verifying connectivity of all links in an IMA group, use the
ima test interface configuration command. To stop the test, use the no form of this command.

ima test [link port] [pattern pattern-id]

no ima test [link port] [pattern pattern-id]

Syntax Description link port (Optional) The identifier for the interface wherethe physical link is located.
pattern pattern-id (Optional) A value from 0 to 254, set in hexadecimal or decimal numbers,
identifying a pattern to be sent to the far end of the link.

Defaults There is no default for the port value. The default value for pattern-id is 106 (0x6A).

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines To verify link and group connectivity, the pattern is sent from the specified link and looped back from
the receiving end across all links belonging to the group as defined at the remote end. Verifying link and
group connectivity can help troubleshoot physical link connectivity or configuration problems at the
remote end. The local end verifies that the pattern is returned on all links belonging to the group at the
local end, and testing is continuous. An IMA control protocol (ICP) cell in each frame identifies the
pattern.
When a link is not transmitting or receiving a pattern correctly, the command reports the link number
where the problem exists.

Examples The following example configures link 4 to send test pattern 56:
interface atm 0/ima 2
ima test link 2 pattern 56

Related Commands Command Description

show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-102 78-11752-02
 inarp

inarp
To configure the Inverse Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) time period for an ATM permanent virtual
circuit (PVC), virtual circuit (VC) class, or VC bundle, use the inarp command in the appropriate
command mode. To restore the default Inverse ARP time period behavior, use the no form of this
command.

inarp minutes

no inarp minutes

Syntax Description minutes Number of minutes for the Inverse ARP time period.

Defaults When Inverse ARP is enabled, minutes = 15 minutes.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle configuration (for a VC bundle)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T This command was enhanced to provide support to configure the Inverse
ARP time period for an ATM VC bundle.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines This command is supported for aal5snap encapsulation only when Inverse ARP is enabled. Refer to the
encapsulation command for configuring aal5snap encapsulation and the protocol command for
enabling Inverse ARP.
If the inarp command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, the PVC inherits the following
default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the inarp command in a VC class assigned to the PVC itself.
• Configuration of the inarp command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the inarp command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default for the minutes argument is 15 minutes; this default assumes that Inverse ARP is
enabled.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-103
 inarp

Note As the inheritance rules imply, when a VC is a member of a VC bundle, configuration using the inarp
command in VC class configuration mode no longer applies to that VC. Bundle configuration takes
precedence.

For ATM VC bundle management, the Inverse ARP parameter can only be enabled at the bundle level
and applied to all VC members of the bundle—that is, it cannot be enabled in bundle-vc configuration
mode for individual VC bundle members. To use this command in bundle configuration mode, first enter
the bundle command to create the bundle and enter bundle configuration mode.

Examples The following example sets the Inverse ARP time period to 10 minutes:
inarp 10

Related Commands Command Description

bundle Creates a bundle or modifies an existing bundle to enter bundle configuration
mode.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for a virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit
bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-104 78-11752-02
 interface atm

interface atm
To configure an ATM interface type and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface atm
global configuration command.

Cisco 7500 series with AIP; Cisco 7200 series with ATM, ATM-CES, and enhanced ATM port adapters; Cisco 2600
and 3600 series with 1-port ATM-25 network module

interface atm slot/0

Cisco 7500 series with ATM and enhanced ATM port adapter

interface atm slot/port-adapter/0

Cisco 4500 and 4700 series with NPM

interface atm number

Cisco 2600 and 3600 series

interface atm slot/port

To configure an ATM subinterface, use the interface atm global configuration command.

Cisco 7500 series with AIP; Cisco 7200 series with ATM, ATM-CES, and enhanced ATM port adapters; Cisco 2600
and 3600 series with 1-port ATM-25 network module

interface atm slot/0. subinterface-number {multipoint | point-to-point}

Cisco 7500 series with ATM and enhanced ATM port adapter

interface atm slot/port-adapter/0.subinterface-number {multipoint | point-to-point}

Cisco 4500 and 4700 series with NPM

interface atm number.subinterface-number {multipoint | point-to-point}

Cisco 2600 and 3600 series

interface atm slot/port.subinterface-number {multipoint | point-to-point}

Syntax Description slot Specifies the backplane slot number on your router. The value ranges from
0 to 4, depending on what router you are configuring. Refer to your router
hardware documentation.
/0 ATM port number. Because the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) and all
ATM port adapters have a single ATM interface, the port number is always
0.
port-adapter ATM port adapter number for the ATM port adapter or enhanced ATM port
adapter on Cisco 7500 series routers. The value can be 0 or 1.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-105
 interface atm

number On Cisco 4500 and Cisco 4700 routers, specifies the network processing
module (NPM) number. The numbers are assigned at the factory at the
time of installation or when added to a system, and can be displayed with
the show interfaces command.
port ATM port number on a Cisco 2600 or 3600 series router, indicating the T1
or E1 link that you are configuring. Enter a value from 0 to 3 or from 0 to
7, depending on whether the network module has four ports or eight ports.
.subinterface-number Subinterface number in the range 1 to 4294967293.
multipoint | Specifies a multipoint or point-to-point subinterface.
point-to-point

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example assigns an IP network address and network mask to the ATM interface in slot 1
on port 0 of a Cisco 7500 series router:
interface atm 1/0
ip address 10.1.1.1.255.255.255.0

Related Commands Command Description

show interfaces atm Displays information about the ATM interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-106 78-11752-02
 interface atm ima

interface atm ima

To configure an inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) group, use the interface atm ima global
configuration command.

interface atm slot/imagroup-number

Syntax Description slot/ Specifies the slot location of the ATM IMA network module. The
values range from 0 to 5 depending on the router.
group-number Enter an IMA group number from 0 to 3. You can create up to four
groups. Do not include a space before the group number.

Defaults By default there are no IMA groups, only individual ATM links.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines If the group does not exist when the command is issued, the command automatically creates the group.
When a port is configured for IMA functionality, it no longer operates as an individual ATM link.
Specifying ATM links as members of a group by using the ima group interface command does not
enable the group. You must use the interface atm ima command to create the group.

Examples The following example configures IMA group 0 on the module in slot 1:
interface atm 1/ima0
ip address 10.18.16.121 255.255.255.192

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-107
 interface atm ima

Related Commands Command Description

ima-group Defines IMA group members.
interface atm Configures an ATM interface.
show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.
shutdown (interface) Disables an interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-108 78-11752-02
 interface cbr

interface cbr
To specify the T1 or E1 constant bit rate interface on an ATM-CES port adapter, and to enter interface
configuration mode, use the interface cbr global configuration command.

interface cbr slot/port

Syntax Description slot/ Backplane slot number.

port Interface port number.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The ATM-CES port adapter has four T1 (1.544 Mbps) or four E1 (2.048 Mbps) ports (75- or 120-ohm)
that can support both structured (N x 64 kbps) and unstructured ATM Forum-compliant circuit
emulation services (CES), and one port that supports an OC-3 (155 Mbps) single-mode intermediate
reach interface or a T3 (45 Mbps) or E3 (34 Mbps) standards-based ATM interface.

Examples The following example specifies the first T1 or E1 port on the ATM-CES port adapter in slot 1:
interface cbr 1/0

Related Commands Command Description

show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.
show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-109
 loopback

loopback
To loop packets back to the interface for testing, use the loopback interface configuration command
with or without an optional keyword. To remove the loopback, use the no form of this command.

Cisco 2600 and 3600 Series

loopback [line | local | payload | remote]

no loopback [line | local | payload | remote]

Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 Series

loopback {diagnostic | local {payload | line} | remote {iboc | esf {payload | line}}}
(for T1 lines)

loopback {diagnostic | local {payload | line}}

(for E1 lines)

no loopback

Syntax Description line Places the interface into external loopback mode at the line.
local Places the interface into local loopback mode.
payload Places the interface into external loopback mode at the payload level.
remote Keeps the local end of the connection in remote loopback mode.
diagnostic Loops the outgoing transmit signal back to the receive signal.
iboc Sends an in-band code to the far-end receiver to cause it to go into line loopback.
esf Specifies the FDL loopbacks. FDL should be configured on the link.

Defaults The line keyword is the default.

Loopback is disabled by default.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 MA This command was modified for the Cisco MC3810.
12.0(5)XK Support for the Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers was added.
12.0(5)T Support for the Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.0(5)T.
12.0(5)XE Support for the Cisco 720 0 and 7500 series routers was added.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-110 78-11752-02
 loopback

Release Modification
12.0(7)XE1 Support for the Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines You can use a loopback test on lines to detect and distinguish equipment malfunctions caused either by
line and channel service unit/digital service unit (CSU/DSU) or by the interface. If correct data
transmission is not possible when an interface is in loopback mode, the interface is the source of the
problem.
The local loopback does not generate any packets automatically. Instead, the ping command is used.

Examples The following example sets up local loopback diagnostics:

interface atm 1/0
loopback local

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-111
 loopback (ATM)

loopback (ATM)
To configure the ATM interface into loopback mode, use the loopback interface configuration
command. To remove the loopback, use the no form of this command.

loopback [cell | line | payload]

no loopback [cell | line | payload]

Syntax Description cell (Optional) Places the interface into external loopback at cell level.
line (Optional) Places the interface into external loopback at the line.
payload (Optional) Places the interface into external loopback at the payload level.

Defaults line

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 The following keywords were removed:
• diagnostic
• test

Usage Guidelines This command is useful for testing because it loops all packets from the ATM interface back to the
interface as well as directing the packets to the network.
Use the loopback line command to check that the PA-A3 port adapter is working by looping the receive
data back to the transmit data.

Examples The following example loops all packets back to the ATM interface:
interface atm 4/0
loopback

Related Commands Command Description

ces dsx1 loopback Enables a loopback for the CBR interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-112 78-11752-02
 map-class atm

map-class atm
This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-113
 mid

mid
To set the range of message identifier (MID) values on a permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the mid
interface-ATM-VC configuration command. To remove MID value range settings, use the no form of
this command.

mid midlow midhigh

no mid midlow midhigh

Syntax Description midlow Starting MID number for this PVC. This can be set between 0 and 1023.
midhigh Ending MID number for this PVC. This can be set between 0 and 1023.

Defaults 0

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is only available when SMDS encapsulation is configured on a PVC.
Use this command to assign different ranges of message identifiers to different PVCs.

Examples In the following example, the atm mid-per-vc command limits the maximum number of message
identifiers to 32 for each VC on the ATM interface. Using the mid command, the selected range of
numbers that are available for the message identifiers on PVC 1/40 is 0 to 31. For PVC 2/50, the range
is 32 to 63.
interface atm 2/0
atm mid-per-vc 32
pvc 1/40 smds
mid 0 31
pvc 2/50 smds
mid 32 63

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-114 78-11752-02
 network-clock-select (ATM)

network-clock-select (ATM)
To establish the sources and priorities of the requisite clocking signals for an ATM-CES port adapter,
use the network-clock-select global configuration command. To remove the clock source, use the no
form of this command.

network-clock-select priority {cbr | atm} slot/port

no network-clock-select priority {cbr | atm} slot/port

Syntax Description priority Priority of the clock source. Values are 1 (high priority) to 4 (low priority).
cbr Specifies a CBR interface to supply the clock source.
atm Specifies an ATM interface to supply the clock source.
slot/ Backplane slot number.
port Interface port number.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To support synchronous or synchronous residual time stamp (SRTS) clocking modes on the CBR
interface, you must specify a primary reference source to synchronize the flow of CBR data from its
source to its destination.
You can specify up to four clock priorities. The highest priority active interface in the router supplies
primary reference source to all other interfaces that require network clock synchronization services. The
fifth priority is the local oscillator on the ATM-CES port adapter.
Use the show network-clocks command to display currently configured clock priorities on the router.

Examples The following example defines two clock priorities on the router:
network-clock-select 1 cbr 2/0
network-clock-select 2 atm 2/0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-115
 network-clock-select (ATM)

Related Commands Command Description

ces aal1 clock Configures the AAL1 timing recovery clock for the CBR interface.
ces dsx1 clock source Configures a transmit clock source for the CBR interface.
show network-clocks Displays which ports are designated as network clock sources.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-116 78-11752-02
 oam ais-rdi

oam ais-rdi
To configure an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) to be brought down after a specified number of
Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) alarm indication signal/remote defect indication
(AIS/RDI) cells have been received on the PVC or brought up if no OAM AIS/RDI cells have been
received in a specified interval, use the oam ais-rdi command in ATM VC configuration or VC class
configuration mode. To return OAM AIS/RDI behavior to the default, use the no form of this command.

oam ais-rdi [down-count [up-count]]

no oam ais-rdi [down-count [up-count]]

Syntax Description down-count (Optional) Number of consecutive OAM AIS/RDI cells received before the
PVC is brought down. The range is from 1 to 60. The default is 1.
up-count (Optional) Number of seconds after which a PVC will be brought up if no
OAM AIS/RDI cells are received. The range is from 3 to 60. The default is 3.

Defaults Down count: 1

Up count: 3

Command Modes ATM VC configuration

VC class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The default values for the OAM AIS/RDI down count and up count are used in the following situations:
• If the oam ais-rdi command has not been entered
• If the oam ais-rdi command is entered without the up-count or down-count argument
• If the no oam ais-rdi command is entered
If the oam ais-rdi command is entered without the up-count or down-count argument, the command
will not appear in the show running-config command output.

Examples In the following example, PVC 0/400 will be brought down after 25 consecutive OAM AIS/RDI cells
have been received on the PVC. The PVC will be brought up when no OAM AIS/RDI cells have been
received for 5 seconds.
interface ATM2/0/0
ip address 172.2.222.20 255.255.255.0
no ip route-cache cef
no ip route-cache distributed
no atm ilmi-keepalive
pvc 0/400

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-117
 oam ais-rdi

protocol ip 172.2.223.21
oam-pvc manage 30
oam ais-rdi 25 5

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-118 78-11752-02
 oam-pvc

oam-pvc
To enable end-to-end F5 Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) loopback cell generation
and OAM management for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) or virtual circuit (VC) class, use the
oam-pvc command in the appropriate command mode. To disable generation of OAM loopback cells
and OAM management, use the no form of this command.

oam-pvc [manage] [frequency]

no oam-pvc [manage] [frequency]

Syntax Description manage (Optional) Enable OAM management.

frequency (Optional) Time delay (0 to 600 seconds) between transmitting OAM loopback cells.

Defaults 10 seconds

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC-in-range configuration mode.

Usage Guidelines If OAM management is enabled, further control of OAM management is configured using the oam retry
command.
If the oam-pvc command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, the PVC inherits the following
default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the oam-pvc command in a VC class assigned to the PVC itself.
• Configuration of the oam-pvc command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the oam-pvc command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default: End-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management are disabled,
but if OAM cells are received, they are looped back. The default value for the frequency argument
is 10 seconds.

Examples The following example enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell transmission and OAM management
on an ATM PVC with a transmission frequency of 3 seconds:
oam-pvc manage 3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-119
 oam-pvc

Related Commands Command Description

ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for ATM PVC, SVC, or VC class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-120 78-11752-02
 oam retry

oam retry
To configure parameters related to Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) management for
an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit (SVC), VC class, or VC bundle, use
the oam retry command in the appropriate command mode. To remove OAM management parameters,
use the no form of this command.

oam retry up-count down-count retry-frequency

no oam retry up-count down-count retry-frequency

Syntax Description up-count Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that
must be received in order to change a PVC connection state to up. This
argument does not apply to SVCs.
down-count Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that
are not received in order to change a PVC state to down or tear down an
SVC connection.
retry-frequency The frequency (in seconds) that end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells are
transmitted when a change in the up/down state of a PVC or SVC is being
verified. For example, if a PVC is up and a loopback cell response is not
received after the frequency (in seconds) argument is specified using the
oam-pvc command, then loopback cells are sent at the retry-frequency to
verify whether the PVC is down.

Defaults up-count = 3
down-count = 5
retry-frequency = 1 second
This set of defaults assumes that OAM management is enabled using the oam-pvc or oam-svc command.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle configuration mode (for a VC bundle)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T This command allows you to configure parameters related to OAM
management for ATM VC bundles.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-121
 oam retry

Usage Guidelines The up-count argument does not apply to SVCs.

If the oam retry command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle, the VC
inherits the following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the oam retry command in a VC class assigned to the PVC or SVC itself.
• Configuration of the oam retry command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or SVC’s ATM
subinterface.
• Configuration of the oam retry command in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or SVC’s ATM main
interface.
• Global default: up-count = 3, down-count = 5, retry-frequency = 1 second. This set of defaults
assumes that OAM management is enabled using the oam-pvc or oam-svc command. The up-count
and retry-frequency arguments do not apply to SVCs.
To use this command in bundle configuration mode, enter the bundle command to create the bundle or
to specify an existing bundle before you enter this command.
If you use the oam retry command to configure a VC bundle, you configure all VC members of that
bundle. VCs in a VC bundle are further subject to the following inheritance rules (listed in order of
precedence):
• VC configuration in bundle-vc mode
• Bundle configuration in bundle mode (with effect of assigned VC-class configuration)
• Subinterface configuration in subinterface mode

Examples The following example configures the OAM management parameters with up-count 3, down-count 3,
and the retry-frequency at 10 seconds:
oam retry 3 3 10

Related Commands Command Description

broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation Sets the encapsulation method used by the interface.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for a virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit
bundle.
oam-pvc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM PVC or virtual circuit class.
oam-svc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM SVC or virtual circuit class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-122 78-11752-02
 oam retry

Command Description
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC
bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-123
 oam-svc

oam-svc
To enable end-to-end F5 Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) loopback cell generation
and OAM management for an ATM switched virtual circuit (SVC) or virtual circuit (VC) class, use the
oam-svc command in the appropriate command mode. To disable generation of OAM loopback cells and
OAM management, use the no form of this command.

oam-svc [manage] [frequency]

no oam-svc [manage] [frequency]

Syntax Description manage (Optional) Enable OAM management.

frequency (Optional) Time delay (0 to 600 seconds) between transmitting OAM loopback cells.

Defaults 10 seconds

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If OAM management is enabled, further control of OAM management is configured using the oam retry
command.

Note Generally, ATM signalling manages ATM SVCs. Configuring the oam-svc command on an SVC
verifies the inband integrity of the SVC.

If the oam-svc command is not explicitly configured on an ATM SVC, the SVC inherits the following
default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the oam-svc command in a VC class assigned to the SVC itself.
• Configuration of the oam-svc command in a VC class assigned to the SVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of the oam-svc command in a VC class assigned to the SVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default: End-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management are disabled,
but if OAM cells are received, they are looped back. The default value for frequency is 10 seconds.

Examples The following example enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell transmission and OAM management
on an ATM SVC with a transmission frequency of 3 seconds:
oam-svc manage 3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-124 78-11752-02
 oam-svc

Related Commands Command Description

oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-125
 partial-fill

partial-fill
To configure the number of AAL1 user octets per cell for the ATM circuit emulation service (CES) on
the OC-3/STM-1 Circuit Emulation Service network module, use the partial-fill interface-CES-VC
command. To delete the CES partial-fill value, use the no form of this command.

partial-fill octet

no partial-fil octet

Syntax Description octet Number of user octets per cell for the CES. Possible values of octet range
from 1 to 47.

Defaults No partial-fill

Command Modes Interface-CES-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The partial-fill command applies to CES SVCs and PVCs configured on Cisco 2600 series and
Cisco 3600 series routers that have OC-3/STM-1 ATM CES network modules.

Examples The following example sets the CES partial cell fill to 50 octets per cell for SVC “ces1”:
interface atm 1/0
svc ces1 nsap 47.00.00......01.01.00 ces
partial fill 40

Related Commands Command Description

svc Creates an ATM SVC and specifies the destination NSAP address on a main
interface or subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-126 78-11752-02
 protocol (ATM)

protocol (ATM)
To configure a static map for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit (SVC),
or virtual circuit (VC) class or to enable Inverse Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) or Inverse ARP
broadcasts on an ATM PVC, use the protocol command in the appropriate mode. To remove a static map
or disable Inverse ARP, use the no form of this command.

protocol protocol {protocol-address [virtual-template] | inarp} [[no] broadcast]

no protocol protocol {protocol-address [virtual-template] | inarp} [[no] broadcast]

Syntax Description protocol Choose one of the following values:

aarp—AppleTalk ARP
appletalk—AppleTalk
arp—IP ARP
bridge—bridging
bstun—block serial tunnel
cdp—Cisco Discovery Protocol
clns—ISO Connectionless Network Service (CLNS)
clns_es—ISO CLNS end system
clns_is—ISO CLNS intermediate system
cmns—ISO CMNS
compressedtcp—Compressed TCP
decnet—DECnet
decnet_node—DECnet node
decnet_prime_router—DECnet prime router
decnet_router-l1—DECnet router L1
decnet_router-l2—DECnet router L2
dlsw—data link switching
ip—IP
ipx—Novell IPX
llc2—llc2
pad—packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) links
ppp—Point-to-Point Protocol carried on the VC
pppoe—PPP over Ethernet
qllc—Qualified Logical Link Control protocol
rsrb—remote source-route bridging
snapshot—snapshot routing support
stun—serial tunnel
protocol-address Destination address that is being mapped to a PVC.
virtual-template (Optional) Specifies parameters that the point-to-point protocol over
ATM (PPoA) sessions will use.
Note This keyword is valid only for the ppp protocol.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-127
 protocol (ATM)

inarp (Valid only for IP and IPX protocols on PVCs) Enables Inverse ARP on
an ATM PVC. If you specify a protocol-address instead of inarp, Inverse
ARP is automatically disabled for that protocol.
[no] broadcast (Optional) broadcast indicates that this map entry is used when the
corresponding protocol sends broadcast packets to the interface.
Pseudobroadcasting is supported. The broadcast keyword of the
protocol command takes precedence if you previously configured the
broadcast command on the ATM PVC or SVC.

Defaults Inverse ARP is enabled for IP and IPX if the protocol is running on the interface and no static map is
configured.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.
12.1 The ppp and virtual-template keywords were added.
12.1(5)T The ip and ipx options were made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.
12.2(13)T The apollo, vines, and xns arguments were removed because Apollo
Domain, Banyan VINES, and Xerox Network Systems are no longer
supported in the Cisco IOS software.

Usage Guidelines Command Application

Use this command to perform either of the following tasks:
• Configure a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC class.
• Enable Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC or PVC range by configuring
Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, in the PVC range, or in a VC class (applies to IP and IPX protocols
only).
PVC range and PVC-in-range configuration modes support only the protocols that do not require static
map configuration. Those protocol options are ip and ipx.

Default Configurations
If the protocol command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC or SVC, the VC inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the protocol ip inarp or protocol ipx inarp command in a VC class assigned to
the PVC or SVC itself.
• Configuration of the protocol ip inarp or protocol ipx inarp command in a VC class assigned to
the ATM subinterface of the PVC or SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-128 78-11752-02
 protocol (ATM)

• Configuration of the protocol ip inarp or protocol ipx inarp command in a VC class assigned to
the ATM main interface of the PVC or SVC.
• Global default: Inverse ARP is enabled for IP and IPX if the protocol is running on the interface and
no static map is configured.

Examples The following example creates a static map on a VC, indicates that 10.68.34.237 is connected to this VC,
and sends ATM pseudobroadcasts:
protocol ip 10.68.34.237 broadcast

The following example enables Inverse ARP for IPX and does not send ATM pseudobroadcasts:
protocol ipx inarp no broadcast

The following example removes a static map from a VC and restores the default behavior for Inverse
ARP (Refer to the “Default” section described above):
no protocol ip 10.68.34.237

In the following example, the VC carries PPP traffic and its associated parameters.
protocol ppp 10.68.34.237 virtual-template

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-129
 pvc

pvc
To create or assign a name to an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), to specify the encapsulation type
on an ATM PVC, and to enter interface-ATM-VC configuration mode, use the pvc command in interface
or subinterface configuration mode. To remove an ATM PVC, use the no form of this command.

pvc [name] vpi/vci [ces | ilmi | qsaal | smds]

no pvc [name] vpi/vci [ces | ilmi | qsaal | smds]

Syntax Description name (Optional) The name of the PVC or map. The name can be up to 15 characters
long.
vpi/ ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) for this PVC. The absence of the
“/” and a vpi value defaults the vpi value to 0.
The range of valid values is 0 to 255 except for the following routers:
• Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers: range is from 0 to 1 less than the quotient
of 8192 divided by the value set by the atm vc-per-vp command
• Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers using Inverse Multiplexing for ATM
(IMA): ranges are 0 to 15, 64 to 79, 128 to 143, and 192 to 207
A value that is out of range is interpreted as a string and is treated as the
connection ID.
The arguments vpi and vci cannot both be set to 0; if one is 0, the other cannot
be 0.
vci ATM network virtual channel identifier (VCI) for this PVC. This value ranges
from 0 to 1 less than the maximum value set for this interface by the atm
vc-per-vp command. Typically, lower values 0 to 31 are reserved for specific
traffic (for example, F4 OAM, SVC signalling, ILMI, and so on) and should
not be used.
The VCI is a 16-bit field in the header of the ATM cell. The VCI value is
unique only on a single link, not throughout the ATM network, because it has
local significance only.
A value that is out of range causes an “unrecognized command” error
message.
The arguments vpi and vci cannot both be set to 0; if one is 0, the other cannot
be 0.
ces (Optional) Circuit Emulation Service encapsulation. This keyword is
available on the OC-3/STM-1 ATM Circuit Emulation Service network
module only.
ilmi (Optional) Used to set up communication with the Interim Local Management
Interface (ILMI); the associated vpi and vci values ordinarily are 0 and 16,
respectively.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-130 78-11752-02
 pvc

qsaal (Optional) A signalling-type PVC used for setting up or tearing down SVCs;
the associated vpi and vci values ordinarily are 0 and 5, respectively.
smds (Optional) Encapsulation for SMDS networks. If you are configuring an ATM
PVC on the ATM Interface Processor (AIP), you must configure
AAL3/4SMDS using the atm aal aal3/4 command before specifying smds
encapsulation. If you are configuring an ATM network processor module
(NPM), the atm aal aal3/4 command is not required. SMDS encapsulation is
not supported on the ATM port adapter.

Defaults No PVC is defined. When a PVC is defined, the global default of the encapsulation command applies
(aal-encap = aal5snap).

Command Modes Interface or subinterface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.1(2)T The following modifications were made:
• The ranges for the VPI were increased for Cisco 2600 and Cisco 3600
series routers using IMA.
• The ces keyword was added for configuring CES encapsulation when
using the OC-3/STM-1 ATM Circuit Emulation Service network module
on Cisco 2600 and Cisco 3600 series routers.

Usage Guidelines Creating and Configuring PVCs

The pvc command replaces the atm pvc command, which, although still supported and available, will
become obsolete in the near future. Use the pvc command to configure a single ATM VC only, not a
VC that is a bundle member. We recommend that you use the pvc command in conjunction with the
encapsulation and random-detect attach commands instead of the atm pvc command.
The pvc command creates a PVC and attaches it to the VPI and VCI specified. Both the vpi and vci
arguments cannot be simultaneously specified as 0; if one is 0, the other cannot be 0.
When configuring an SVC, use the pvc command to configure the PVC that handles SVC call setup and
termination. In this case, specify the qsaal keyword. See the second example that follows.

ATM PVC Names

Once you specify a name for a PVC, you can reenter interface-ATM-VC configuration mode by simply
entering the pvc name command. You can remove a PVC and any associated parameters by entering
no pvc name or no pvc vpi/vci.

Note After configuring the parameters for an ATM PVC, you must exit the interface-ATM-VC
configuration mode in order to create the PVC and enable the settings.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-131
 pvc

Encapsulation Types on ATM PVCs

Specify CES, ILMI, QSAAL, or SMDS as the encapsulation type on an ATM PVC. (To configure other
encapsulations types, see the encapsulation command.)
Configuring CES encapsulation on a PVC is equivalent to creating a constant bit rate (CBR) class of
service.

Rate Queues
The Cisco IOS software dynamically creates rate queues as necessary to satisfy the requests of the pvc
commands.

Default Configurations
If ilmi, qsaal, or smds encapsulation is not explicitly configured on the ATM PVC, the PVC inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the encapsulation command in a VC class assigned to the PVC itself.
• Configuration of the encapsulation command in a VC class assigned to the ATM subinterface of the
PVC.
• Configuration of the encapsulation command in a VC class assigned to the ATM main interface of
the PVC.
• Global default: The global default of the encapsulation command applies (aal-encap = aal5snap).

Examples The following example creates a PVC with VPI 0 and VCI 16, and communication is set up with the
ILMI:
pvc cisco 0/16 ilmi
exit

The following example creates a PVC used for ATM signalling for an SVC. It specifies VPI 0 and VCI 5:
pvc cisco 0/5 qsaal
exit

The following example configures the PVC called "cisco" to use class-based weighted fair queueing
(CBWFQ). It attaches a policy map called "policy1" to the PVC. The classes the make up "policy1"
determine the service policy for the PVC:
pvc cisco 0/5
service-policy output policy1
vbr-nrt 2000 2000
encap aal5snap

Related Commands Command Description

atm vc-per-vp Sets the maximum number of VCIs to support per VPI.
pvc-bundle Adds a PVC to a bundle as a member of the bundle and enters bundle-vc
configuration mode in order to configure that PVC bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-132 78-11752-02
 retry

retry
To configure a router to periodically attempt to bring up an active SVC connection after the initial call
setup failed, use the retry interface-CES-VC command. To disable the retry mechanism, use the no form
of this command.

retry timeout_value [retry_limit] [first_retry_interval]

no retry

Syntax Description timeout_value Number of seconds between attempts to bring up the connection. The range
is from 1 to 86400 seconds.
retry_limit (Optional) Number of attempts the router will make to bring up the
connection. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default value of 0 indicates
no limit.
first_retry_interval (Optional) Number of seconds the router will wait after the first call attempt
failed before trying the call again. The default is 10 seconds.

Defaults There is no default timeout_value.

The default retry_limit is 0.
The default first_retry_interval argument is 10 seconds.

Command Modes Interface-CES-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used on Cisco 2600 series and 3600 series routers that have OC-3/STM-1 ATM CES
network modules.
The retry command applies only to active SVCs.

Examples In the following example, the router is configured to make up to 20 attempts to bring up a connection on
SVC “ces1”. The interval between attempts is set at 10 seconds.
interface atm 1/0
svc ces1 nsap 47.0091.81.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.3333.3333.05 ces
retry 10 20

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-133
 retry

Related Commands Command Description

ces Configures CES on a router port and enters CES configuration mode.
svc Creates an ATM SVC and specifies the destination NSAP address on a main
interface or subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-134 78-11752-02
 scrambling cell-payload

scrambling cell-payload
To improve data reliability by randomizing the ATM cell payload frames on Cisco 7100, 7200, or 7500
series routers, use the scrambling cell-payload interface configuration command. To disable
scrambling, use the no form of this command.

scrambling cell-payload

no scrambling cell-payload

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults No scrambling

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XE This command was introduced.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers added.
12.1(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines Normally, you do not issue the scrambling cell-payload command explicitly, because the default value
is sufficient. On T1 links, the default b8zs line encoding normally assures sufficient reliability. The
default for E1 is hdb3.
The scrambling setting must match that of the far-end receiver.

Examples On Cisco 7100 or 7200 series routers, the following example sets the link on interface 1 on the
port adapter in slot 0 to no scrambling:
interface atm0/1
no scrambling cell-payload

Related Commands Command Description

scrambling-payload Improves data reliability by randomizing the ATM cell payload frames
on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-135
 scrambling-payload

scrambling-payload
To improve data reliability by randomizing the ATM cell payload frames on Cisco 2600 or 3600 series
routers, use the scrambling-payload interface configuration command. To disable scrambling, use the
no form of this command.

scrambling-payload

no scrambling-payload

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults By default, payload scrambling is on for E1 links and off for T1 links.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced.
12.0(5)T This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.0(5)T.

Usage Guidelines Normally, you do not issue the scrambling-payload command explicitly, because the default value is
sufficient. On T1 links, the default B8ZS line encoding normally assures sufficient reliability.
The scrambling setting must match that of the far end.

Examples On a Cisco 2600 or 3600 series router, the following example sets the link on interface 1 on the module
in slot 0 to no scrambling:
interface atm0/1
no scrambling-payload

Related Commands Command Description

scrambling cell-payload Improves data reliability by randomizing the ATM cell payload frames
on Cisco 7100, 7200, or 7500 series routers.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-136 78-11752-02
 show atm arp-server

show atm arp-server

To display the ATM Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) server’s information about one specific
interface or all interfaces, use the show atm arp-server user EXEC command.

AIP on Cisco 7500 series with AIP; Cisco 7200 series with ATM, ATM-CES, and enhanced ATM port adapters;
Cisco 2600 and 3600 series with 1-port ATM-25 network module

show atm arp-server [atm slot/port[.subinterface-number]]

Cisco 7500 series with ATM and enhanced ATM port adapters

show atm arp-server [atm slot/port-adapter/port[.subinterface-number]]

Cisco 4500 and 4700 series with NPM

show atm arp-server [atm number[.subinterface-number]]

Syntax Description atm slot/port (Optional) ATM slot and port numbers. Use this format for the
following platform configurations:
• AIP on Cisco 7500 series routers.
• ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, and enhanced ATM
port adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers.
• 1-port ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series
routers.
atm slot/port-adapter/port (Optional) ATM slot, port adapter, and port numbers. Use this
format for the ATM port adapter or enhanced ATM port adapter on
Cisco 7500 series routers.
atm number (Optional) ATM network processor module (NPM) number on
Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers.
.subinterface-number (Optional) Subinterface number.

Command Modes User EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm arp-server command when no interface is specified:
Router# show atm arp-server

Note that a '*' next to an IP address indicates an active call

IP Address TTL ATM Address

ATM1/0:
* 4.4.4.2 19:50 ac15336602000000000000000000000000000000

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-137
 show atm arp-server

* 4.4.4.6 19:50 ac15336606000000000000000000000000000000

* 4.4.4.15 19:14 ac15336615000000000000000000000000000000

ATM1/0.23:
* 10.0.0.2 19:50 ac15336602000000000000000000000000000023
* 10.0.0.6 19:50 ac15336606000000000000000000000000000023

The following is sample output from the show atm arp-server command when a slot and port are
specified on the Cisco 7500:
Router# show atm arp-server atm 1/0

Note that a '*' next to an IP address indicates an active call

IP Address TTL ATM Address

* 4.4.4.2 19:00 ac15336602000000000000000000000000000000
* 4.4.4.6 19:00 ac15336606000000000000000000000000000000
* 4.4.4.15 19:14 ac15336615000000000000000000000000000000

Related Commands Command Description

atm arp-server Identifies an ATM ARP server for the IP network or sets TTL values for
entries in the ATM ARP table.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-138 78-11752-02
 show atm class-links

show atm class-links

To display virtual circuit (VC) parameter configurations and where the parameter values are inherited
from, use the show atm class-links privileged EXEC command.

show atm class-links {vpi/vci | name}

Syntax Description vpi/vci The ATM VPI and VCI numbers. The absence of the slash character (/) and a vpi value
defaults the vpi value to 0.
name Name of the VC.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm class-links command for VPI 0 and VCI 66:
Router# show atm class-links 0/66

Displaying vc-class inheritance for ATM2/0.3, vc 0/66:

broadcast - VC-class configured on main-interface
encapsulation aal5mux ip - VC-class configured on subinterface
no ilmi manage - Not configured - using default
oam-pvc manage 3 - VC-class configured on vc
oam retry 3 5 1 - Not configured - using default
ubr 10000 - Configured on vc directly

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-139
 show atm ilmi-configuration

show atm ilmi-configuration

To display ILMI configuration information, use the show atm ilmi-configuration command in
privileged EXEC mode.

show atm ilmi-configuration

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0 This command was introduced prior to Cisco IOS Release 12.0.

Examples The following example shows sample output for the show atm ilmi-configuration command:
Router# show atm ilmi-configuration

LECS Address(s):
1122334455667788990011223344556677889900

Table 4 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 4 show atm ilmi-configuration Field Descriptions

Field Description
LECS Address(s) Current ATM LAN Emulation Clients (LECs) addresses.

Related Commands Command Description

show atm ilmi-status Displays ILMI-related status information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-140 78-11752-02
 show atm ilmi-status

show atm ilmi-status

To display ILMI-related status information, use the show atm ilmi-status command in privileged EXEC
configuration mode.

show atm ilmi-status [atm interface-number]

Syntax Description atm ATM interface.

interface-number Number of the ATM interface.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0 This command was introduced in a release prior to Cisco IOS Release 12.0.

Usage Guidelines Entering the show atm ilmi-status command without specifying an interface will display ILMI-related
status information for all of the ATM interfaces.

Examples The following example is sample output for the show atm ilmi-status command:
Router# show atm ilmi-status

Interface :ATM2/0 Interface Type :Unknown

ILMI VCC :(0, 16) ILMI Keepalive :Disabled
ILMI State: Restarting

Interface :ATM5/0 Interface Type :Private UNI (User-side)

ILMI VCC :(0, 16) ILMI Keepalive :Disabled
ILMI State: UpAndNormal
Peer IP Addr: 10.0.52.17 Peer IF Name: ATM1/1/0
Peer MaxVPIbits: 8 Peer MaxVCIbits: 14
Active Prefix(s) :
47.0091.8100.0000.0040.0b0a.2501
End-System Registered Address(s) :
47.0091.8100.0000.0040.0b0a.2501.bbbb.ccdd.eeff.12(Confirmed)

Table 5 describes the fields shown in the display.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-141
 show atm ilmi-status

Table 5 show atm ilmi-status Field Descriptions

Field Description
interface ATM interface.
Interface Type Type of ATM interface.
ILMI VCC Number of the current ILMI VCC for the interface.
ILMI Keepalive Status of ILMI keepalive packets.
ILMI State Status of ILMI for the interface.
Peer IP Addr IP address of the peer.
Peer IF Name Name of the peer interface.
Peer Max VPIbits Maximum number of bits allowed for VPIs on the peer
interface.
Peer Max VCIbits Maximum number of bits allowed for VCIs on the peer
interface.
Active Prefix Network prefix that is registered from the switch side and is
active and valid.
End-System Registered Address that the router registers back to the switch. The router
Address(s) combines the network prefix of the switch with the end-system
identifier to form the end-system registered address.

Related Commands Command Description

show atm Displays ILMI configuration information.
ilmi-configuration

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-142 78-11752-02
 show atm interface atm

show atm interface atm

To display ATM-specific information about an ATM interface, use the show atm interface atm
privileged EXEC command.

Cisco 7500 series with AIP; Cisco 7200 series with ATM, ATM-CES, and enhanced ATM port adapters; Cisco 2600
and 3600 series with 1-port ATM-25 network module

show atm interface atm slot/port

Cisco 7500 series with ATM and enhanced ATM port adapters

show atm interface atm slot/port-adapter/port

Cisco 4500 and 4700 series with NPM

show atm interface atm number

Syntax Description slot/port ATM slot number and port number. Use this format on the following platform
configurations:
• The AIP on Cisco 7500 series routers.
• The ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, or enhanced ATM port
adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers.
• The 1-port ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series
routers.
slot/port-adapter/port ATM slot, port adapter, and port number. Use this format on the ATM port
adapter or ATM-CES port adapter on Cisco 7500 series routers.
number NPM number for Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.0 The number argument was added.
11.2 The slot/port-adapter/port arguments were added.

Examples The following is sample output for the ATM-CES port adapter to display statistics on slot 4, port 0:
Router# show atm interface atm 4/0

ATM interface ATM4/0:

AAL enabled: AAL5, Maximum VCs: 1024, Current VCs: 6
Tx buffers 256, Rx buffers 256, Exception Queue: 32, Raw Queue: 32
VP Filter: 0x7B, VCIs per VPI: 1024, Max Datagram Size:4496, MIDs/VC:16
PLIM Type:4B5B - 100Mbps, No Framing, TX clocking: LINE
4897 input, 2900 output, 0 IN fast, 0 OUT fast

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-143
 show atm interface atm

Rate-Queue 1 set to 100Mbps, reg=0x4EA DYNAMIC, 1 VCCs

ATM4/0.1:AAL3/4-SMDS address c111.1111.1111 Multicast e222.2222.222
Config. is ACTIVE

The following is sample output for the enhanced ATM port adapter to display statistics on slot 6, port 0:
Router# show atm interface atm 6/0

ATM interface ATM6/0

AAL enabled: AAL5, Maximum VCs: 2048, Current VCs: 3
Maximum Transmit Channels: 64
Tx buffers: 256, Rx buffers 256, Exception Queue: 32, Raw Queue: 32
VP Filter: 0x7B, VCIs per VPI: 1024, Max Datagram Size: 4496
PLIM Type: SONET - 155Mbps, TX clocking: INTERNAL
0 input, 59 output, 0 IN fast, 0 OUT fast
ABR parameters, rif: 16 rdf: 16
Config. is ACTIVE

Table 6 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 6 show atm interface atm Field Descriptions

Field Description
ATM interface Slot and port number of the interface.
AAL enabled Type of AAL. If both AAL5 and AAL3/4 are enabled on the
interface, the output will include both AAL5 and AAL3/4.
Maximum VCs Maximum number of virtual circuits this interface can support.
Current VCs Number of active virtual circuits.
Tx buffers, Rx buffers Number of transmit and receive buffers.
Exception Queue Number of exception buffers.
Raw Queue Queue size.
VP Filter Hexadecimal value of the VP filter.
VCIs per VPI Maximum number of VCIs to support per VPI.
Max Datagram Size The configured maximum number of bytes in the largest
datagram.
MIDs/VC The configured maximum number of message identifiers
allowed per virtual circuit on this interface.
PLIM Type Physical Layer Interface Module (PLIM) type (E3, 4B/5B, or
SONET).
Framing For E3, this might be G.804; otherwise, no framing.
TX clocking Clocking on the router. For E3 or SONET, this might be
INTERNAL, meaning that the AIP or NPM generates the clock.
Otherwise, LINE indicates that the ATM switch provides the
clocking.
input Number of packets received and process-switched.
output Number of packets sent from process switch.
IN fast Number of input packets fast-switched.
OUT fast Number of output packets fast-switched.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-144 78-11752-02
 show atm interface atm

Table 6 show atm interface atm Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
ABR parameters, rif rdf The amount that the cell transmission rate increases or
decreases in response to flow control information from the
network or destination for available bit rate (ABR) PVCs. The
rate increase factor (RIF) and rate decrease factor (RDF) in this
example are 16, the default.
Rate-Queue List of configured rate queues.
reg= Actual register value passed to the AIP to define a specific rate
queue (AIP only).
DYNAMIC Indicates that the rate queue is dynamic and was created
automatically by the software. Dynamic rate queues are created
when an atm pvc command specifies a peak or average rate that
does not match any user configured rate queue. The value
PERMANENT indicates that the rate queue was
user-configured.
VCCs Number of virtual channel connections (VCCs) dynamically
attached to this rate queue.
ATM4/0.1 Indicates that the subinterface supports ATM adaptation layer
AAL3/4 and displays the SMDS E.164 unicast address and the
SMDS E.164 multicast address assigned to the subinterface.
Config. is ACTIVE or VALID in n SECONDS. ACTIVE indicates that the
current AIP or NPM configuration has been loaded into the AIP
and is being used. There is a 5-second window when a user
changes a configuration and the configuration is sent to the AIP.

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-145
 show atm map

show atm map

To show the list of all configured ATM static maps to remote hosts on an ATM network and on ATM
bundle maps, use the show atm map privileged EXEC command.

show atm map

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 CA This command was modified to include an example for the ATM-CES port
adapter (PA).
12.0(3)T This command was modified to include display for ATM bundle maps. An
ATM bundle map identifies a bundle and all of its related VCs.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm map command for a bundle called san-jose (0/122,
0/123, 0/124, and 0/126 are the virtual path and virtual channel identifiers of the bundle members):
Router# show atm map

Map list san-jose_B_ATM1/0.52 : PERMANENT

ip 10.1.1.1. maps to bundle san-jose, 0/122, 0/123, 0/124, 0/126, ATM1/0.52, broadcast

The following is sample output from the show atm map command for an ATM-CES PA on the
Cisco 7200 series router:
Router# show atm map

Map list alien: PERMANENT

ip 10.1.1.1 maps to VC 6
ip 10.1.1.2 maps to VC 6

The following is sample output from the show atm map command that displays information for a bundle
called new-york:
Router# show atm map

Map list atm:

vines 3004B310:0001 maps to VC 4, broadcast
ip 172.21.168.110 maps to VC 1, broadcast
clns 47.0004.0001.0000.0c00.6e26.00 maps to VC 6, broadcast
appletalk 10.1 maps to VC 7, broadcast
decnet 10.1 maps to VC 2, broadcast
Map list new-york: PERMANENT
ip 10.0.0.2 maps to bundle new-york, 0/200, 0/205, 0/210, ATM1/0.1

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-146 78-11752-02
 show atm map

The following is sample output from the show atm map command for a multipoint connection:
Router# show atm map

Map list atm_pri: PERMANENT

ip 10.4.4.4 maps to NSAP CD.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12, broadcast,
aal5mux, multipoint connection up, VC 6
ip 10.4.4.6 maps to NSAP DE.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12, broadcast,
aal5mux, connection up, VC 15, multipoint connection up, VC 6

Map list atm_ipx: PERMANENT

ipx 1004.dddd.dddd.dddd maps to NSAP DE.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12,
broadcast, aal5mux, multipoint connection up, VC 8
ipx 1004.cccc.cccc.cccc maps to NSAP CD.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12,
broadcast, aal5mux, multipoint connection up, VC 8

Map list atm_apple: PERMANENT

appletalk 62000.5 maps to NSAP CD.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12,
broadcast, aal5mux, multipoint connection up, VC 4
appletalk 62000.6 maps to NSAP DE.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12,
broadcast, aal5mux, multipoint connection up, VC 4

The following is sample output from the show atm map command if you configure an ATM PVC using
the pvc command:
Router# show atm map

Map list endA: PERMANENT

ip 10.11.11.1 maps to VC 4, VPI 0, VCI 60, ATM0.2

Table 7 describes the fields shown in the displays.

Table 7 show atm map Field Descriptions

Field Description
Map list Name of map list.
PERMANENT This map entry was entered from configuration;
it was not entered automatically by a process.
protocol address maps to VC x Name of protocol, the protocol address, and the
or VCD or NSAP that the address is mapped to (for
protocol address maps to NSAP address ATM VCs configured with the atm pvc
command).
broadcast Indicates pseudobroadcasting.
protocol address maps to VPI x, VCI x, ATM Name of protocol, the protocol address, the
x.x virtual path identifier (VPI) number, the virtual
channel identifier (VCI) number, and the ATM
interface or subinterface (for ATM PVCs
configured using the pvc command).
or or
protocol address maps to NSAP address Name of the protocol, the protocol address, and
the NSAP that the address is mapped to (for
ATM switched virtual circuits (SVCs)
configured using the svc command).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-147
 show atm map

Table 7 show atm map Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
aal5mux Indicates the encapsulation used, a multipoint or
point-to-point VC, and the number of the virtual
circuit.
multipoint connection up Indicates that this is a multipoint VC.
VC 6 Number of the VC.
connection up Indicates a point-to-point VC.
VPI Virtual path identifier for the VC.
VCI Virtual channel identifier for the VC.
ATMx.x ATM interface or subinterface number.
Map list Name of the bundle whose mapping information
follows.
ip address maps to bundle bundle-name IP address of bundle and VC members that
vc-members belong to the bundle.

Related Commands Command Description

protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
pvc Creates an ATM PVC on a main interface or subinterface; Assigns a name to
an ATM PVC; Specifies ILMI, QSAAL, or SMDS as the encapsulation type
on an ATM PVC; or Enters interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.
show atm bundle Displays the bundle attributes assigned to each bundle virtual circuit member
and the current working status of the virtual circuit members.
show atm bundle Displays statistics on the specified bundle.
statistics
svc Creates an ATM SVC and specifies destination NSAP address on an
interface or subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-148 78-11752-02
 show atm pvc

show atm pvc

To display all ATM permanent virtual connections (PVCs) and traffic information, use the show atm pvc
privileged EXEC command.

show atm pvc [vpi/vci | name | interface atm interface-number][ppp]

Syntax Description vpi/vci (Optional) The ATM virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual
channel identifier (VCI) numbers. The absence of the slash
character (/) and a vpi value defaults the vpi value to 0.
name (Optional) Name of the PVC.
interface atm interface-number (Optional) Interface number or subinterface number of the PVC.
Displays all PVCs on the specified interface or subinterface.
The interface-number argument uses one of the following formats,
depending on which router platform you are using:
• For the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) on Cisco 7500 series
routers; for the ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, and
enhanced ATM port adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers; for
the 1-port ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600
series routers: slot/0[.subinterface-number multipoint]
• For the ATM port adapter and enhanced ATM port adapter on
Cisco 7500 series routers:
slot/port-adapter/0[.subinterface-number multipoint]
• For the NPM on Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers:
number[.subinterface-number multipoint]
For a description of these arguments, refer to the interface atm
command.
ppp (Optional) Displays each PVC configured for PPP over ATM.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.3T This command was introduced.
12.1(1)T This command was modified to display PPPoE status.

Usage Guidelines If the vpi/vci or name argument is not specified, the output of this command is the same as that of the
show atm vc command, but only the configured PVCs are displayed. See the first sample output in the
“Examples” section.
If the vpi/vci or name argument is specified, the output of this command is the same as the show atm vc
vcd command, with extra information related to PVC management including connection name, detailed
states, and Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) counters. See the second and third
sample output in the “Examples” section.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-149
 show atm pvc

If the interface atm interface-number option is included in the command, all PVCs under that interface
or subinterface are displayed. See the third sample output in the “Examples” section.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm pvc command:
Router# show atm pvc

VCD/ Peak Avg/Min Burst

Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps Kbps Kbps Cells Sts
2/0 1 0 5 PVC SAAL 155000 155000 UP
2/0 2 0 16 PVC ILMI 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 101 0 50 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 102 0 60 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 DOWN
2/0.2 104 0 80 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0 hello 0 99 PVC SNAP 1000 UP

The following is sample output from the show atm pvc command with the vpi/vci argument specified:
Router# show atm pvc 0/41

ATM2/0: VCD: 3, VPI: 0, VCI: 41

UBR, PeakRate: 155000
AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0xC20, VCmode: 0x0
OAM frequency: 0 second(s), OAM retry frequency: 1 second(s), OAM retry frequency: 1
second(s)
OAM up retry count: 3, OAM down retry count: 5
OAM Loopback status: OAM Disabled
OAM VC state: Not Managed
ILMI VC state: Not Managed
InARP frequency: 15 minutes(s)
InPkts: 31759, OutPkts: 26497, InBytes: 2356434, OutBytes: 1589743
InPRoc: 15785, OutPRoc: 26472, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 20, OutFast: 20, InAS: 15954, OutAS: 6
OAM cells received: 0
F5 InEndloop: 0, F5 InSegloop: 0, F5 InAIS: 0, F5 InRDI: 0
F4 InEndloop: 0, F4 InSegloop: 0, F4 InAIS: 0, F4 InRDI: 0
OAM cells sent: 0
F5 OutEndloop: 0, F5 OutSegloop: 0, F5 OutRDI: 0
F4 OutEndloop: 0, F4 OutSegloop: 0, F4 OutRDI: 0
OAM cell drops: 0
Status: UP
PPPOE enabled.

The following is sample output from the show atm pvc command with the ATM subinterface specified:
Router# show atm pvc interface atm 2/0.2

VCD/ Peak Avg/Min Burst

Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps Kbps Kbps Cells Sts
2/0.2 101 0 50 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 102 0 60 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 DOWN
2/0.2 104 0 80 PVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP

Table 8 describes significant fields shown in the displays.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-150 78-11752-02
 show atm pvc

Table 8 show atm pvc Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Interface and subinterface slot and port.
VCD/Name Virtual connection descriptor (virtual connection number). The connection
name is displayed if a name for the VC was configured using the pvc command.
VPI Virtual path identifier.
VCI Virtual channel identifier.
Type Type of PVC detected from PVC discovery, either PVC-D, PVC-L, or PVC-M:
• PVC-D indicates a PVC created due to PVC discovery.
• PVC-L indicates that the corresponding peer of this PVC could not be
found on the switch.
• PVC-M indicates that some or all of the QoS parameters of this PVC
mismatch that of the corresponding peer on the switch.
Encaps Type of ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation.
Peak Kilobits per second sent at the peak rate.
or
PeakRate
Avg/Min Kilobits per second sent at the average rate.
or
Average Rate
Burst Cells Value that equals the maximum number of ATM cells the VC can send at peak
rate.
Sts or Status Status of the VC connection:
• UP indicates that the connection is enabled for data traffic.
• DOWN indicates that the connection is not ready for data traffic. When the
Status field is DOWN, a State field is shown. See a description of the
different values for this field listed later in this table.
• INACTIVE indicates that the interface is down.
Connection Name The name of the PVC.
UBR, UBR+, or • UBR—Unspecified bit rate QoS is specified for this PVC. See the ubr
VBR–NRT command for further information.
• UBR+—Unspecified bit rate QoS is specified for this PVC. See the ubr+
command for further information.
• VBR–NRT—Variable bit rate—Non real-time QOS rates are specified for
this PVC. See the vbr-nrt command for further information.
etype Encapsulation type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-151
 show atm pvc

Table 8 show atm pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Flags Bit mask describing VC information. The flag values are summed to result in
the displayed value:
• 0x40—SVC
• 0x20—PVC
• 0x10—ACTIVE
• 0x0—AAL5-SNAP
• 0x1—AAL5-NLPID
• 0x2—AAL5-FRNLPID
• 0x3—AAL5-MUX
• 0x4—AAL3/4-SMDS
• 0x5—QSAAL
• 0x6—ILMI
• 0x7—AAL5-LANE
• 0x9—AAL5-CISCOPPP
virtual-access Virtual access interface identifier.
virtual-template Virtual template identifier.
VCmode AIP-specific or NPM-specific register describing the usage of the VC. This
register contains values such as rate queue, peak rate, and AAL mode, which
are also displayed in other fields.
OAM frequency Number of seconds between sending OAM loopback cells.
OAM retry The frequency (in seconds) that end-to-end F5 loopback cells should be sent
frequency when a change in up/down state is being verified. For example, if a PVC is up
and a loopback cell response is not received after the value of the frequency
argument (in seconds) specified using the oam-pvc command, then loopback
cells are sent at the value of the retry-frequency argument to verify whether the
PVC is down.
OAM up retry count Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that must
be received in order to change a PVC state to up. Does not apply to SVCs.
OAM down retry Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that are
count not received in order to change a PVC state to down or tear down an SVC.
OAM Loopback Status of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation for this VC. This field
status will have one of the following values:
• OAM Disabled—End-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation is
disabled.
• OAM Sent—OAM cell was sent.
• OAM Received—OAM cell was received.
• OAM Failed—OAM reply was not received within the frequency period or
contained bad correlation tag.ssss.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-152 78-11752-02
 show atm pvc

Table 8 show atm pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
OAM VC state This field will have one of the following states for this VC:
• AIS/RDI—The VC received AIS/RDI cells. End-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells are not sent in this state.
• Down Retry—An OAM loopback failed. End-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells are sent at retry frequency to verify that the VC is really down. After
down-count unsuccessful retries, the VC goes to the Not Verified state.
• Not Managed—VC is not being managed by OAM.
• Not Verified—VC has not been verified by end-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells. AIS and RDI conditions are cleared.
• Up Retry—An OAM loopback was successful. End-to-end F5 OAM
loopback cells are sent at retry frequency to verify the VC is really up.
After up-count successive and successful loopback retries, the VC goes to
the Verified state.
• Verified—Loopbacks are successful. AIS/RDI cell was not received.
ILMI VC state This field will have one of the following states for this VC:
• Not Managed—VC is not being managed by ILMI.
• Not Verified—VC has not been verified by ILMI.
• Verified—VC has been verified by ILMI.
VC is managed by VC is managed by OAM or ILMI.
OAM/ILMI
InARP frequency Number of minutes for the Inverse Address Resolution Protocol (IARP) time
period.
InPkts Total number of packets received on this VC. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched packets.
OutPkts Total number of packets sent on this VC. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched packets.
InBytes Total number of bytes received on this VC. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched bytes.
OutBytes Total number of bytes sent on this VC. This number includes all fast-switched
and process-switched bytes.
InPRoc Number of process-switched input packets.
OutPRoc Number of process-switched output packets.
Broadcasts Number of process-switched broadcast packets.
InFast Number of fast-switched input packets.
OutFast Number of fast-switched output packets.
InAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched input packets.
OutAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched output packets.
OAM cells received Total number of OAM cells received on this VC.
F5 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells received.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-153
 show atm pvc

Table 8 show atm pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
F5 InSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells received.
F5 InAIS Number of F5 OAM AIS cells received.
F5 InRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells received.
F4 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InSegloop Number of segment F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InAIS Number of F4 OAM AIS cells received.
F4 InRDI Number of F4 OAM RDI cells received.
OAM cells sent Total number of OAM cells sent on this VC.
F5 OutEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5 OutSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5 OutRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells sent.
OAM cell drops Number of OAM cells dropped (or flushed).
PVC Discovery • NOT_VERIFIED—This PVC is manually configured on the router and not
yet verified with the attached adjacent switch.
• WELL_KNOWN—This PVC has a VCI value of 0 through 31.
• DISCOVERED—This PVC is learned from the attached adjacent switch
via ILMI.
• MIXED—Some of the traffic parameters for this PVC were learned from
the switch via ILMI.
• MATCHED—This PVC is manually configured on the router, and the local
traffic shaping parameters match the parameters learned from the switch.
• MISMATCHED—This PVC is manually configured on the router, and the
local traffic shaping parameters do not match the parameters learned from
the switch.
• LOCAL_ONLY—This PVC is configured locally on the router and not on
the remote switch.
Status When the Status field indicates UP, the VC is established. When the Status field
indicates DOWN, refer to the State field for further information about the VC
state.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-154 78-11752-02
 show atm pvc

Table 8 show atm pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
State When the Status field is UP, this field does not appear. When the Status field is
DOWN or INACTIVE, the State field will appear with one of the following
values:
• NOT_VERIFIED—The VC has been established successfully; waiting for
OAM (if enabled) and ILMI (if enabled) to verify that the VC is up.
• NOT_EXIST—VC has not been created.
• HASHING_IN—VC has been hashed into a hash table.
• ESTABLISHING—Ready to establish VC connection.
• MODIFYING—VC parameters have been modified.
• DELETING—VC is being deleted.
• DELETED—VC has been deleted.
• NOT_IN_SERVICE—ATM interface is shut down.
PPP: For PPP over ATM, indicates the virtual access interface number and virtual
template number being used.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-155
 show atm svc

show atm svc

To display all ATM switched virtual circuits (SVCs) and traffic information, use the show atm svc
privileged EXEC command.

show atm svc [vpi/vci | name | interface atm interface-number]

Syntax Description vpi/vci (Optional) The ATM VPI and VCI numbers. The absence of the
slash character (/) and a vpi value defaults the vpi value to 0.
name (Optional) Name of the SVC.
interface atm interface-number (Optional) Interface number or subinterface number of the SVC.
Displays all SVCs on the specified interface or subinterface.
The interface-number argument uses one of the following formats,
depending on what router platform you are using:
• For the AIP on Cisco 7500 series routers; For the ATM port
adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, and enhanced ATM port
adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers; For the 1-port ATM-25
network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers:
slot/0[.subinterface-number multipoint]
• For the ATM port adapter and enhanced ATM port adapter on
Cisco 7500 series routers:
slot/port-adapter/0[.subinterface-number multipoint]
• For the NPM on Cisco 4500 and 4700 routers:
number[.subinterface-number multipoint]
For a description of these arguments, refer to the interface atm
command.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If the vpi/vci or name argument is not specified, the output of this command is the same as that of the
show atm vc command but only the configured SVCs are displayed. See the first sample output below,
which uses the show atm svc command without any of the optional arguments.
If the vpi/vci or name argument is specified, the output of this command is the same as the show atm vc
vcd command, plus extra information related to SVC management including connection name, detailed
states, and OAM counters. See the second sample output below, which uses the show atm svc command
with the vpi/vci specified as 0/34.
If the interface atm interface-number option is included in the command, all SVCs under that interface
or subinterface are displayed. See the third sample output below, which uses the show atm svc command
with the ATM subinterface specified as 2/0.2.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-156 78-11752-02
 show atm svc

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm svc command:
Router# show atm svc

VCD/ Peak Avg/Min Burst

Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps Kbps Kbps Cells Sts
2/0.2 4 0 32 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 3 0 33 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.1 5 0 34 SVC SNAP 155000 UP
2/0.2 6 0 35 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP

The following is sample output from the show atm svc command with VPI 0 and VCI 34 specified:
Router# show atm svc 0/34

ATM2/0.1: VCD: 5, VPI: 0, VCI: 34

UBR, PeakRate: 155000
AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype: 0x0, Flags 0x440, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM frequency: 0 second(s), OAM retry frequency: 1 second(s)
OAM up retry count: 3, OAM down retry count: 5
OAM Loopback status: OAM Disabled
OAM VC state: Not Managed
ILMI VC state: Not Managed
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 4, OutPkts: 4, InBytes: 432, OutBytes: 432
InPRoc: 4, OutPRoc: 4, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
OAM cells received: 0
F5 InEndloop: 0, F5 InSegloop: 0, F5 InAIS: 0, F5 InRDI:0
F4 InEndloop: 0, F4 InSegloop: 0, F4 InAIS: 0, F4 InRDI:0
OAM cells sent: 0
F5 OutEndloop: 0, F5 OutSegloop: 0, F5 OutRDI: 0
OAM cell drops: 0
Status: UP
TTL: 3
interface = ATM2/0.2, call locally initiated, call reference = 8388610
vcnum = 5, vpi = 0, vci = 34, state = Active(U10), point-to-point call
Retry count: Current = 0
timer currently inactive, timer value = 00:00:00
Remote Atm Nsap address:47.00918100000000400B0A2501.0060837B4743.00, VCowner:Static Map

The following is sample output from the show atm svc interface atm interface_number command:
Router# show atm svc interface atm 2/0.2

VCD/ Peak Avg/Min Burst

Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps Kbps Kbps Cells Sts
2/0.2 4 0 32 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 3 0 33 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP
2/0.2 6 0 35 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 UP

Table 9 describes significant fields shown in the displays.

Table 9 show atm svc Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Interface and subinterface slot and port.
VCD/Name Virtual circuit descriptor (virtual circuit number). The connection name is
displayed if a name for the VC was configured using the svc command.
VPI Virtual path identifier.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-157
 show atm svc

Table 9 show atm svc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
VCI Virtual channel identifier.
Type Type of virtual circuit, either SVC or MSVC (multipoint SVC).
• MSVC (with no -x ) indicates that VCD is a leaf of some other router’s
multipoint VC.
• MSVC-x indicates there are x leaf routers for that multipoint VC opened
by the root.
Encaps Type of ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation.
Peak Kilobits per second transmitted at the peak rate.
or
PeakRate
Avg/Min Kilobits per second transmitted at the average rate.
or
Average Rate
Burst Cells Value that equals the maximum number of ATM cells the virtual circuit can
transmit at peak rate.
Sts or Status Status of the VC connection.
• UP indicates that the connection is enabled for data traffic.
• DOWN indicates that the connection is not ready for data traffic. When the
Status field is DOWN, a State field is shown. See a description of the
different values for this field listed later in this table.
• INACTIVE indicates that the interface is down.
Connection Name The name of the SVC.
UBR, UBR+, or UBR—Unspecified Bit Rate QoS is specified for this SVC. See the ubr
VBR–NRT command for further information.
UBR+—Unspecified Bit Rate QoS is specified for this SVC. See the ubr+
command for further information.
VBR–NRT—Variable Bit Rate–Non Real Time QoS rates are specified for this
SVC. See the vbr-nrt command for further information.
etype Encapsulation type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-158 78-11752-02
 show atm svc

Table 9 show atm svc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Flags Bit mask describing virtual circuit information. The flag values are summed to
result in the displayed value.
0x40—SVC
0x20—PVC
0x10—ACTIVE
0x0—AAL5-SNAP
0x1—AAL5-NLPID
0x2—AAL5-FRNLPID
0x3—AAL5-MUX
0x4—AAL3/4-SMDS
0x5—QSAAL
0x6—ILMI
0x7—AAL5-LANE
0x9—AAL5-CISCOPPP
VCmode AIP-specific or NPM-specific register describing the usage of the virtual
circuit. This register contains values such as rate queue, peak rate, and AAL
mode, which are also displayed in other fields.
OAM frequency Number of seconds between sending OAM loopback cells.
OAM retry The frequency (in seconds) that end-to-end F5 loopback cells should be
frequency transmitted when a change in UP/DOWN state is being verified. For example,
if an SVC is up and a loopback cell response is not received after the frequency
(in seconds) specified using the oam-svc command, then loopback cells are
sent at the retry-frequency to verify whether the SVC is down.
OAM up retry count Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that must
be received in order to change a PVC state to up. Does not apply to SVCs.
OAM down retry Number of consecutive end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell responses that are
count not received in order to change a PVC state to down or tear down an SVC.
OAM Loopback Status of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation for this VC. This field
status will have one of the following values:
• OAM Disabled—End-to-End F5 OAM loopback cell generation is
disabled.
• OAM Sent—OAM cell was sent.
• OAM Received—OAM cell was received.
• OAM Failed—OAM reply was not received within the frequency period or
contained bad correlation tag.ssss.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-159
 show atm svc

Table 9 show atm svc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
OAM VC state This field will have one of the following states for this VC:
• AIS/RDI—The VC received AIS/RDI cells. End-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells are not sent in this state.
• Down Retry—An OAM loopback failed. End-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells are sent at retry frequency to verify the VC is really down. After
down-count unsuccessful retries, the VC goes to the Not Verified state.
• Not Managed—VC is not being managed by OAM.
• Not Verified—VC has not been verified by end-to-end F5 OAM loopback
cells. AIS and RDI conditions are cleared.
• Up Retry—An OAM loopback was successful. End-to-end F5 OAM
loopback cells are sent at retry frequency to verify the VC is really up.
After up-count successive and successful loopback retries, the VC goes to
the Verified state.
• Verified—Loopbacks are successful. AIS/RDI cell was not received.
ILMI VC state This field will have one of the following states for this VC:
• Not Managed—VC is not being managed by ILMI.
• Not Verified—VC has not been verified by ILMI.
• Verified—VC has been verified by ILMI.
VC is managed by VC is managed by OAM and/or ILMI.
OAM/ILMI
InARP frequency Number of minutes for the Inverse ARP time period.
InPkts Total number of packets received on this virtual circuit. This number includes
all fast-switched and process-switched packets.
OutPkts Total number of packets sent on this virtual circuit. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched packets.
InBytes Total number of bytes received on this virtual circuit. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched bytes.
OutBytes Total number of bytes sent on this virtual circuit. This number includes all
fast-switched and process-switched bytes.
InPRoc Number of process-switched input packets.
OutPRoc Number of process-switched output packets.
Broadcasts Number of process-switched broadcast packets.
InFast Number of fast-switched input packets.
OutFast Number of fast-switched output packets.
InAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched input packets.
OutAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched output packets.
OAM cells received Total number of OAM cells received on this virtual circuit.
F5 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells received.
F5 InSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells received.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-160 78-11752-02
 show atm svc

Table 9 show atm svc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
F5 InAIS Number of F5 OAM AIS cells received.
F5 InRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells received.
F4 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InSegloop Number of segment F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InAIS Number of F4 OAM AIS cells received.
F4 InRDI Number of F4 OAM RDI cells received.
OAM cells sent Total number of OAM cells sent on this virtual circuit.
F5 OutEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5 OutSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5 OutRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells sent.
OAM cell drops Number of OAM cells dropped (or flushed).
State When the Status field is DOWN or INACTIVE, the State field will appear with
one of the following values:
NOT_VERIFIED—The VC has been established successfully; Waiting for
OAM (if enabled) and ILMI (if enabled) to verify that the VC is up.
NOT_EXIST—VC has not been created.
HASHING_IN—VC has been hashed into a hash table.
ESTABLISHING—Ready to establish VC connection.
MODIFYING—VC parameters have been modified.
DELETING—VC is being deleted.
DELETED—VC has been deleted.
NOT_IN_SERVICE—ATM interface is shut down.
TTL Time-to-live in ATM hops across the VC.
VC owner IP Multicast address of group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-161
 show atm traffic

show atm traffic

To display current, global ATM traffic information to and from all ATM networks connected to the
router, use the show atm traffic privileged EXEC command.

show atm traffic

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm traffic command for the ATM-CES port adapter on
a Cisco 7200 series router:
Router# show atm traffic

0 Input packets
1044 Output packets
1021 Broadcast packets
0 Packets received on non-existent VC
0 Packets attempted to send on non-existent VC
0 OAM cells received
0 OAM cells sent

The following is sample output from the show atm traffic command for the AIP on a Cisco 7500 series
router:
Router# show atm traffic

276875 Input packets

272965 Output packets
2 Broadcast packets
0 Packets received on non-existent VC
6 Packets attempted to send on non-existent VC
272523 OAM cells received
F5 InEndloop: 272523, F5 InSegloop: 0, F5 InAIS: 0, F5 InRDI: 0
F4 InEndloop: 0, F4 InSegloop: 0, F4 InAIS: 0, F4 InRDI: 0
272963 OAM cells sent
F5 OutEndloop: 272963, F5 OutSegloop: 0, F5 OutRDI: 0
0 OAM cell drops

Table 10 describes the fields shown in the display.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-162 78-11752-02
 show atm traffic

Table 10 show atm traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
Input packets Total packets input.
Output packets Total packets output.
Broadcast packets Total broadcast packets output.
Packets received on nonexistent VC Number of packets sent to virtual circuits not configured.
Packets attempted to send on non-existent Number of packets attempted to be sent on a virtual circuit
VC that were not configured.
OAM cells received Total Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
cells received.
F5 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells received.
F5 InSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells received.
F5 InAIS Number of F5 OAM AIS cells received.
F5 InRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells received.
F4 InEndloop Number of end-to-end F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InSegloop Number of segment F4 OAM loopback cells received.
F4 InAIS Number of F4 OAM AIS cells received.
F4 InRDI Number of F4 OAM RDI cells received.
OAM cells sent Total number of OAM cells sent on this VC.
F5 OutEndloop Number of end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5OutSegloop Number of segment F5 OAM loopback cells sent.
F5 OutRDI Number of F5 OAM RDI cells sent.
OAM cell drops Number of OAM cells dropped (or flushed).

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Configures the PVC interface.
svc Creates an ATM SVC and specifies the destination NSAP address on a main
interface or subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-163
 show atm traffic

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-164 78-11752-02
 show atm vc

show atm vc
To display all ATM permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) and switched virtual circuits (SVCs) and traffic
information, use the show atm vc privileged EXEC command.

show atm vc [vcd | interface interface-number]

Syntax Description vcd (Optional) Specifies which virtual circuit about which to display
information.
interface (Optional) Interface number or subinterface number of the PVC or SVC.
interface-number Displays all PVCs and SVCs on the specified interface or subinterface.
The interface-number uses one of the following formats, depending on
what router platform you are using:
• For the ATM Interface Processor (AIP) on Cisco 7500 series routers;
For the ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, and enhanced
ATM port adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers; For the 1-port
ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series routers:
slot/0[.subinterface-number multipoint]
• For the ATM port adapter and enhanced ATM port adapter on
Cisco 7500 series routers: slot/port-adapter/0[.subinterface-number
multipoint]
• For the network processing module (NPM) on Cisco 4500 and 4700
routers: number[.subinterface-number multipoint]
For a description of these arguments, refer to the interface atm command.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.1 CA Information about VCs on an ATM-CES port adapter was added to the
command output.
12.0(5)T Information about VCs on an extended Multiprotocol Label Switching
(MPLS) ATM interface was added to the command output.

Usage Guidelines If no vcd value is specified, the command displays information for all PVCs and SVCs. The output is in
summary form (one line per virtual circuit).
VCs on the extended MPLS ATM interfaces do not appear in the show atm vc command output. Instead,
the show xtagatm vc command provides a similar output which shows information only on extended
MPLS ATM VCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-165
 show atm vc

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when no vcd value is specified. The
status field is either ACTIVE or INACTIVE.
Router# show atm vc

Interface VCD VPI VCI Type AAL/Encaps Peak Avg. Burst Status
ATM2/0 1 0 5 PVC AAL5-SAAL 155000 155000 93 ACTIVE
ATM2/0.4 3 0 32 SVC AAL5-SNAP 155000 155000 93 ACTIVE
ATM2/0.65432 10 10 10 PVC AAL5-SNAP 100000 40000 10 ACTIVE
ATM2/0 99 0 16 PVC AAL5-ILMI 155000 155000 93 ACTIVE
ATM2/0.105 250 33 44 PVC AAL5-SNAP 155000 155000 93 ACTIVE
ATM2/0.100 300 22 33 PVC AAL5-SNAP 155000 155000 93 ACTIVE
ATM2/0.12345 2047 255 65535 PVC AAL5-SNAP 56 28 2047 ACTIVE

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified for a
circuit emulation service (CES) circuit:
Router# show atm vc 2

ATM6/0: VCD: 2, VPI: 10, VCI: 10

PeakRate: 2310, Average Rate: 2310, Burst Cells: 94
CES-AAL1, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x20138, VCmode: 0x0
OAM DISABLED
InARP DISABLED
OAM cells received: 0
OAM cells sent: 334272
Status: ACTIVE

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified,
displaying statistics for that virtual circuit only:
Router# show atm vc 8

ATM4/0: VCD: 8, VPI: 8, VCI: 8

PeakRate: 155000, Average Rate: 155000, Burst Cells: 0
AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x30, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM frequency: 0 second(s)
InARP frequency: 1 minute(s)
InPkts: 181061, OutPkts: 570499, InBytes: 757314267, OutBytes: 2137187609
InPRoc: 181011, OutPRoc: 10, Broadcasts: 570459
InFast: 39, OutFast: 36, InAS: 11, OutAS: 6
OAM cells received: 0
OAM cells sent: 0
Status: UP

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified, AAL3/4
is enabled, an ATM SMDS subinterface has been defined, and a range of message identifier numbers
(MIDs) has been assigned to the PVC:
Router# show atm vc 1

ATM4/0.1: VCD: 1, VPI: 0, VCI: 1

PeakRate: 0, Average Rate: 0, Burst Cells: 0
AAL3/4-SMDS, etype:0x1, Flags: 0x35, VCmode: 0xE200
MID start: 1, MID end: 16
InPkts: 0, OutPkts: 0, InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 0
InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-166 78-11752-02
 show atm vc

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified and
generation of Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) F5 loopback cells has been enabled.
Router# show atm vc 7

ATM4/0: VCD: 7, VPI: 7, VCI: 7

PeakRate: 0, Average Rate: 0, Burst Cells: 0
AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x30, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM frequency: 10 second(s)
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 0, OutPkts: 0, InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 0
InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 0
InFast:0, OutFast:0, InAS:0, OutAS:0
OAM cells received: 0
OAM cells sent: 1
Status: UP

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified, and there
is an incoming multipoint virtual circuit.
Router# show atm vc 3

ATM2/0: VCD: 3, VPI: 0, VCI: 33

PeakRate: 0, Average Rate: 0, Burst Cells: 0
AAL5-MUX, etype:0x809B, Flags: 0x53, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM DISABLED
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 6646, OutPkts: 0, InBytes: 153078, OutBytes: 0
InPRoc: 6646, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
interface = ATM2/0, call remotely initiated, call reference = 18082
vcnum = 3, vpi = 0, vci = 33, state = Active
aal5mux vc, multipoint call
Retry count: Current = 0, Max = 10
timer currently inactive, timer value = never
Root Atm Nsap address: DE.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified, and there
is an outgoing multipoint virtual circuit:
Router# show atm vc 6

ATM2/0: VCD: 6, VPI: 0, VCI: 35

PeakRate: 0, Average Rate: 0, Burst Cells: 0
AAL5-MUX, etype:0x800, Flags: 0x53, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM DISABLED
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 0, OutPkts: 818, InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 37628
InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 818
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
interface = ATM2/0, call locally initiated, call reference = 3
vcnum = 6, vpi = 0, vci = 35, state = Active
aal5mux vc, multipoint call
Retry count: Current = 0, Max = 10
timer currently inactive, timer value = never
Leaf Atm Nsap address: DE.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12
Leaf Atm Nsap address: CD.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.12

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-167
 show atm vc

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command when a vcd value is specified and there
is a PPP-over-ATM connection:
Router# show atm vc 1

ATM8/0.1: VCD: 1, VPI: 41, VCI: 41

PeakRate: 155000, Average Rate: 155000, Burst Cells: 96
AAL5-CISCOPPP, etype:0x9, Flags: 0xC38, VCmode: 0xE000
virtual-access: 1, virtual-template: 1
OAM DISABLED
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 13, OutPkts: 10, InBytes: 198, OutBytes: 156
InPRoc: 13, OutPRoc: 10, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
OAM cells received: 0
OAM cells sent: 0

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command for IP multicast virtual circuits. The
display shows the leaf count for multipoint VCs opened by the root. VCD 3 is a root of a multipoint VC
with three leaf routers. VCD 4 is a leaf of some other router’s multipoint VC. VCD 12 is a root of a
multipoint VC with only one leaf router.
Router# show atm vc

VCD/ Peak Avg/Min Burst

Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps Kbps Kbps Cells Sts
0/0 1 0 5 PVC SAAL 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 2 0 16 PVC ILMI 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 3 0 124 MSVC-3 SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 4 0 125 MSVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 5 0 126 MSVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 6 0 127 MSVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 9 0 130 MSVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 10 0 131 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 11 0 132 MSVC-3 SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 12 0 133 MSVC-1 SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 13 0 134 SVC SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 14 0 135 MSVC-2 SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP
0/0 15 0 136 MSVC-2 SNAP 155000 155000 96 UP

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command for an IP multicast virtual circuit. The
display shows the owner of the VC and leafs of the multipoint VC. This VC was opened by IP multicast
and the three leaf routers’ ATM addresses are included in the display. The VC is associated with IP group
address 10.1.1.1.
Router# show atm vc 11

ATM0/0: VCD: 11, VPI: 0, VCI: 132

PeakRate: 155000, Average Rate: 155000, Burst Cells: 96
AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x650, VCmode: 0xE000
OAM DISABLED
InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 0, OutPkts: 12, InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 496
InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 12
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
OAM cells received: 0
OAM cells sent: 0
Status: ACTIVE, TTL: 2, VC owner: IP Multicast (10.1.1.1) <<<
interface = ATM0/0, call locally initiated, call reference = 2
vcnum = 11, vpi = 0, vci = 132, state = Active
aal5snap vc, multipoint call
Retry count: Current = 0, Max = 10
timer currently inactive, timer value = 00:00:00

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-168 78-11752-02
 show atm vc

Leaf Atm Nsap address: 47.0091810000000002BA08E101.444444444444.02 <<<

Leaf Atm Nsap address: 47.0091810000000002BA08E101.333333333333.02 <<<
Leaf Atm Nsap address: 47.0091810000000002BA08E101.222222222222.02 <<<

The following is sample output from the show atm vc command where no VCD is specified and private
VCs are present.
Router# show atm vc

AAL / Peak Avg. Burst

Interface VCD VPI VCI Type Encapsulation Kbps Kbps Cells Status
ATM1/0 1 0 40 PVC AAL5-SNAP 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 2 0 41 PVC AAL5-SNAP 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 3 0 42 PVC AAL5-SNAP 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 4 0 43 PVC AAL5-SNAP 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 5 0 44 PVC AAL5-SNAP 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 15 1 32 PVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 17 1 34 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 26 1 43 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 28 1 45 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 29 1 46 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE
ATM1/0 33 1 50 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE

When you specify a VCD value and the VCD corresponds to that of a private VC on a control interface,
the display output appears as follows:
Router# show atm vc 15

ATM1/0 33 1 50 TVC AAL5-XTAGATM 0 0 0 ACTIVE

ATM1/0: VCD: 15, VPI: 1, VCI: 32, etype:0x8, AAL5 - XTAGATM, Flags: 0xD38
PeakRate: 0, Average Rate: 0, Burst Cells: 0, VCmode: 0x0
XTagATM1, VCD: 1, VPI: 0, VCI: 32
OAM DISABLED, InARP DISABLED
InPkts: 38811, OutPkts: 38813, InBytes: 2911240, OutBytes: 2968834
InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0, Broadcasts: 0
InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
OAM F5 cells sent: 0, OAM cells received: 0
Status: ACTIVE
Table 11 describes the fields shown in the displays.

Table 11 show atm vc Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Interface slot and port.
VCD/Name Virtual circuit descriptor (virtual circuit number). The connection name
is displayed if the VC was configured using the pvc command and the
name was specified.
VPI Virtual path identifier.
VCI Virtual channel identifier.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-169
 show atm vc

Table 11 show atm vc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Type Type of virtual circuit, either PVC, SVC, or multipoint SVC (MSVC).
• MSVC (with no -x ) indicates that VCD is a leaf of some other
router’s multipoint VC.
• MSVC-x indicates there are x leaf routers for that multipoint VC
opened by the root.
Type of PVC detected from PVC discovery, either PVC-D, PVC-L, or
PVC-M.
• PVC-D indicates a PVC created due to PVC discovery.
• PVC-L indicates that the corresponding peer of this PVC could not
be found on the switch.
• PVC-M indicates that some or all of the QOS parameters of this PVC
mismatch that of the corresponding peer on the switch.
Encaps Type of ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation.
PeakRate Kilobits per second transmitted at the peak rate.
Average Rate Kilobits per second transmitted at the average rate.
Burst Cells Value that equals the maximum number of ATM cells the virtual circuit
can send at peak rate.
Status Status of the VC connection.
• UP indicates that the connection is enabled for data traffic.
• DOWN indicates that the connection is not ready for data traffic.
When the Status field is DOWN, a State field is shown. See a
description of the different values for this field listed later in this
table.
• INACTIVE indicates that the interface is down.
etype Encapsulation type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-170 78-11752-02
 show atm vc

Table 11 show atm vc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Flags Bit mask describing virtual circuit information. The flag values are
summed to result in the displayed value.
0x10000 ABR VC
0x20000 CES VC
0x40000 TVC
0x100 TEMP (automatically created)
0x200 MULTIPOINT
0x400 DEFAULT_RATE
0x800 DEFAULT_BURST
0x10 ACTIVE
0x20 PVC
0x40 SVC
0x0 AAL5-SNAP
0x1 AAL5-NLPID
0x2 AAL5-FRNLPID
0x3 AAL5-MUX
0x4 AAL3/4-SMDS
0x5 QSAAL
0x6 AAL5-ILMI
0x7 AAL5-LANE
0x8 AAL5-XTAGATM
0x9 CES-AAL1
0xA F4-OAM
VCmode AIP-specific or NPM-specific register describing the usage of the virtual
circuit. This register contains values such as rate queue, peak rate, and
AAL mode, which are also displayed in other fields.
OAM frequency Seconds between OAM loopback messages, or DISABLED if OAM is
not in use on this VC.
InARP frequency Minutes between InARP messages, or DISABLED if InARP is not in use
on this VC.
virtual-access Virtual access interface identifier.
virtual-template Virtual template identifier.
InPkts Total number of packets received on this virtual circuit. This number
includes all fast-switched and process-switched packets.
OutPkts Total number of packets sent on this virtual circuit. This number includes
all fast-switched and process-switched packets.
InBytes Total number of bytes received on this virtual circuit. This number
includes all fast-switched and process-switched packets.
OutBytes Total number of bytes sent on this virtual circuit. This number includes
all fast-switched and process-switched packets.
InPRoc Number of process-switched input packets.
OutPRoc Number of process-switched output packets.
Broadcast Number of process-switched broadcast packets.
InFast Number of fast-switched input packets.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-171
 show atm vc

Table 11 show atm vc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
OutFast Number of fast-switched output packets.
InAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched input packets.
OutAS Number of autonomous-switched or silicon-switched output packets.
OAM cells received Number of OAM cells received on this virtual circuit.
OAM cells sent Number of OAM cells sent on this virtual circuit.
TTL Time-to-live in ATM hops across the VC.
VC owner IP Multicast address of group.

Related Commands Command Description

atm nsap-address Sets the NSAP address for an ATM interface using SVC mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-172 78-11752-02
 show atm vp

show atm vp
To display the statistics for all virtual paths (VPs) on an interface or for a specific VP, use the show atm
vp privileged EXEC command.

show atm vp [vpi]

Syntax Description vpi (Optional) ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) of the permanent virtual
path. The range is 0 to 255. The VPI is an 8-bit field in the header of the ATM cell.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show atm vp command. This output shows the interface name,
the status of the interface, the administrative status of the interface, the port type, and the number of
channels in use on the interface. The status of the interface can be UP (in operation) or DOWN (not in
operation).
Router# show atm vp 1

ATM6/0 VPI: 1, PeakRate: 155000, CesRate: 1742, DataVCs: 1, CesVCs:1, Status: ACTIVE

VCD VCI Type InPkts OutPkts AAL/Encap Status

1 100 PVC n/a n/a CES-AAL1 ACTIVE
13 13 PVC 0 0 AAL5-SNAP ACTIVE
409 3 PVC 0 0 F4 OAM ACTIVE
410 4 PVC 0 0 F4 OAM ACTIVE

TotalInPkts: 0, TotalOutPkts: 0, TotalInFast: 0, TotalOutFast: 0, TotalBroadcasts: 0

Table 12 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 12 show atm vp Field Descriptions

Field Description
ATM6/0 Interface type, slot, and port number of the VP.
VPI Virtual path identifier of the VP.
PeakRate Maximum rate, in kbps, at which the VP can send data. Range is 84 kbps to line
rate. The default is the line rate.
CesRate Total circuit emulation service (CES) bandwidth allocated for the VP.
DataVCs Number of data virtual circuits (VCs) on the VP.
CesVCs Number of CES VC on the VP.
Status Current status of the VP. Values are ACTIVE and INACTIVE.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-173
 show atm vp

Table 12 show atm vp Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
VCD Virtual circuit descriptor of the VC associated with this VP.
VCI Virtual channel identifier of the VC associated with this VP.
Type Type of VC associated with this VP. Values are PVC and SVC.
InPkts Number of packets received on the VP.
OutPkts Number of packets transmitted on the VP.
AAL/Encap Type of encapsulation used on the VC associated with this VP.
Status Status of the VP (ACTIVE or INACTIVE).
TotalInPkts: Total number of input packets process-switched and fast-switched on the VP.
TotalOutPkts: Total number of output packets process-switched and fast-switched on the VP.
TotalInFast Total number of input packets fast-switched.
TotalOutFast: Total number of output packets fast-switched.
TotalBroadcasts: Total number of broadcast packets fast-switched.

Related Commands Command Description

atm pvp Creates a PVP used to multiplex (or bundle) one or more VCs (especially
CES and data VCs).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-174 78-11752-02
 show ces

show ces
To display details about a Circuit Emulation Service (CES) connection, use the show ces privileged
EXEC command.

show ces [slot/port]

Syntax Description slot/port (Optional) Slot and port number of the CES interface.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used on Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series routers that have OC-3/STM-1 ATM
CES network modules.

Examples The following is sample output from the show ces command.
Router#show ces 3/0

CURRENT VPD CES CLOCK:Set to ATM

ATM CLOCKING:Clock Source is Line
VPD BASE ADDRESS->(0x3DE00000)
Multi Mode VPD Installed
VIC/WIC PRESENT-> 2 port drop&insert T1 humvee installed
CONTROLLER CLOCKING-> PORT[0]:Clock is Internal
CONTROLLER CLOCKING-> PORT[1]:Clock is Internal
DCU [0]:
port State: active alarm State:normal Loop Type: noloop
Clocking Mode:loopTimed Data Mode: crossConnect Framing Type: d4
Line Coding: ami t1Cas: off tsInUse: 0000001C
VPI/VCI 6/78 CES AAL1 Input cells 210252 CES AAL1 Output cells 210252
imRestart 0 xcUndfrmslp 2 overflow 0
DCU [1]:
port State: inactive alarm State:normal Loop Type: noloop
Clocking Mode:synchronous Data Mode: clearChannel Framing Type:none
Line Coding: ami t1Cas: off tsInUse: 00000000
DCU [2]:
port State: inactive alarm State:normal Loop Type: noloop
Clocking Mode:synchronous Data Mode: clearChannel Framing Type:none
Line Coding: ami t1Cas: off tsInUse: 00000000
DCU [3]:
port State: inactive alarm State:normal Loop Type: noloop
Clocking Mode:synchronous Data Mode: clearChannel Framing Type:none
Line Coding: ami t1Cas: off tsInUse: 00000000

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-175
 show ces

Table 13 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 13 show ces Field Descriptions

Field Description
CURRENT VPD Clock being used by the CES function.
CES CLOCK
ATM Clock being used by the ATM interface.
CLOCKING
VIC/WIC Type of WIC plugged into the Network Module.
PRESENT
CONTROLLER Clock being used by the T1 controller.
CLOCKING
port State Current state of port. Values areactive or inactive.
alarm State Current state of the CES port.
Clocking Mode CES circuit clocking mode.
Data Mode CES circuit data mode.
Framing Type CES port framing type. Values are d4 and esf.
Line Coding CES port line code type. Values are ami and b8zs.
t1Cas Current state of T1 Channel Associated Signalling on CES port. Values are on and
off.
tsInUse Bit mask of timeslots in use.
VPI/VCI VPI/VCI used by CES circuit.
CES AAL1 Input Number of CES cells received.
cells
CES AAL1 Number of CES cells transmitted.
Output cells
xcUndfrmslp Structured CES circuit Under Frame Slips.
overflow CES circuit overflows.

Related Commands Command Description

ces Configures CES on a router port.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-176 78-11752-02
 show ces circuit

show ces circuit

To display detailed circuit information for the constant bit rate (CBR) interface, use the show ces circuit
privileged EXEC command.

show ces circuit [interface cbr slot/port [circuit-number]]

Syntax Description interface cbr slot/port (Optional) Slot and port number of the CBR interface.
circuit-number (Optional) Circuit identification. For unstructured service, use 0. For T1
structure service, the range is 1 through 24. For E1 structure service, the
range is 1 through 31.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show ces circuit command.
Router # show ces circuit

Interface Circuit Circuit-Type X-interface X-vpi X-vci Status

CBR6/0 1 HardPVC ATM6/0 0 34 UP
CBR6/1 1 HardPVC ATM6/1 0 34 UP

Table 14 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 14 show ces circuit Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Type, slot, and port number of the interface.
Circuit Circuit number assigned to the PVC.
Circuit-Type Type of circuit.Values are HardPVC or SoftPVC. Only
HardPVC is supported on the ATM-CES port adapter.
X-interface Type, slot, and port number of the destination interface.
X-vpi Virtual path identifier of the destination interface.
X-vci Virtual channel identifier of the destination interface.
Status State of the circuit. Values are Up and Down.

The following is sample output from the show ces circuit command for a circuit 1 on CBR interface 6/0:
Switch# show ces circuit interface cbr 6/0 1

circuit: Name CBR6/0:1, Circuit-state ADMIN_UP / Interface CBR6/0, Circuit_id 1,

Port-Type T1, Port-State UP

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-177
 show ces circuit

Port Clocking network-derived, aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_Sync

Channel in use on this port: 1
Channels used by this circuit: 1
Cell-Rate: 171, Bit-Rate 64000
cas OFF, cell-header 0X3E80 (vci = 1000)
Configured CDV 2000 usecs, Measured CDV unavailable
ErrTolerance 8, idleCircuitdetect OFF, onHookIdleCode 0x0
state: VcActive, maxQueueDepth 128, startDequeueDepth 111
Partial Fill: 47, Structured Data Transfer 24
HardPVC
src: CBR6/0 vpi 0, vci 16
Dst: ATM6/0 vpi0, vci 1000

Table 15 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 15 show ces circuit interface Field Descriptions

Field Description
circuit Name Name of the circuit specified with the ces circuit interface command.
Circuit-state Current configuration state of the circuit. Values are ADMIN_UP or
ADMIN_DOWN.
Interface Type, slot, and port number of the interface.
Circuit_ID Circuit identification specified with the ces pvc interface command.
Port-Type Type of interface on the ATM-CES port adapter. Values are T1 and E1.
Port-State Current status of the port. Values are Up and Down.
Port Clocking Clocking mode used by the interface specified with the ces dsx1 clock
interface command. Values are Loop-Timed and Network-Derived Adaptive.
aal1 Clocking Method AAL1 clocking mode used by the interface specified with the ces aal1 clock
interface command. Values are Adaptive, Synchronous Residual Time Stamp
(SRTS), and Synchronous.
Channel in use on this Number of active channels used by this interface.
port
Channels used by this Number of channels used by the circuit.
circuit
Cell-Rate Number of cells transmitted or received on the interface per second.
Bit-Rate Speed at which the cells are transmitted or received.
cas Indicates whether channel-associated signaling (CAS) is enabled on the
interface with the ces circuit interface command.
cell-header ATM cell header VCI bytes used for debugging only.
Configured CDV Indicates the peak-to-peak cell delay variation (CDV) requirement (CDV) in
milliseconds specified with the ces circuit interface command. The range for
CDV is 1 through 65535 milliseconds. The default is 2000 milliseconds.
Measured CDV Indicates the actual cell delay variation in milliseconds.
ErrTolerance For internal use only.
idleCircuitdetect Indicates whether idle circuit detection is enabled (ON) or disabled (OFF).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-178 78-11752-02
 show ces circuit

Table 15 show ces circuit interface Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
onHookIdleCode Indicates that the on-hook detection feature is enabled with the ces circuit
interface command and the hex value (0 through F) that indicates a 2 or 4 bit
AB[CD] pattern to detect on-hook. The AB[CD] bits are determined by the
manufacturer of the voice/video telephony device that is generating the CBR
traffic.
state Current state of the circuit. Values are VcActive, VcInactive, VcLOC (loss
of cell), or VcAlarm (alarm condition).
maxQueueDepth Maximum queue depth in bits.
startDequeueDepth Start dequeue depth in bits.
Partial Fill Indicates the partial AAL1 cell fill service for structured service only
specified by the ces circuit interface command. The range is 0 through 47.
The default is 47.
Structured Data Size (in bytes) of the structured data transfer frame.
Transfer
HardPVC Only hard PVC are supported by the ATM-CES port adapter.
src Source interface type, slot, and port number and VPI and VCI for the circuit.
Dst Destination interface interface type, slot, and port number and the VPI and
VCI for the circuit.

Related Commands Command Description

show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.
show ces status Displays the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-179
 show ces interface cbr

show ces interface cbr

To display detailed constant bit rate (CBR) port information, use the show ces interface cbr privileged
EXEC command.

show ces interface cbr slot/port

Syntax Description slot/port Slot and port number of the CES interface.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show ces interface cbr command for CBR interface 6/0:
Router# show ces interface cbr 6/0

Interface: CBR6/0 Port-type:T1-DCU

IF Status: UP Admin Status: UP
Channels in use on this port: 1
LineType: ESF LineCoding: B8ZS LoopConfig: NoLoop
SignalMode: NoSignalling XmtClockSrc: network-derived
DataFormat: Structured AAL1 Clocking Mode: Synchronous LineLength: 0_110
LineState: LossOfSignal
Errors in the Current Interval:
PCVs 0 LCVs 0 ESs 0 SESs 0 SEFSs 0
UASs 0 CSSs 0 LESs 0 BESs 0 DMs 0
Errors in the last 24Hrs:
PCVs 514 LCVs 0 ESs 0 SESs 1 SEFSs 0
UASs 0 CSSs 0 LESs 0 BESs 0 DMs 0
Input Counters: 0 cells, 0 bytes
Output Counters: 0 cells, 0 bytes

Table 16 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 16 show ces interface cbr Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Type, slot, and port number of the interface.
Port-type Type of port on the ATM-CES port adapter. Values are T1-DCU and
E1-DCU.
IF Status Status of the interface. Values are Up and Down.
Admin Status Configured status of the interface. Values are Up and Down (administratively
configured down).
Channels in use on this Number of active channels used by this interface.
port

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-180 78-11752-02
 show ces interface cbr

Table 16 show ces interface cbr Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
LineType Framing used on the interface specified with the ces dsx1 framing interface
command. Values (for T1) are ESF and SF; (for E1) E1-CRC-MFCASLT,
E1-CRC-MFLT, E1-LT, and E1-MFCASLT.
LineCoding Line coding used on the interface specified with the ces dsx1 linecode
interface command. Values (for T1) are AMI and B8ZS; (for E1) HDB3.
LoopConfig Indicates whether the interface in in a loop state specified by the ces dsx1
loopback interface command. Values are line loopback, payload loopback,
and noloop.
SignalMode For T1 to use robbed bit signaling or not.
XmitClockSrc Transmit clock source specified by the ces dsx1 clock interface command.
Values are loop-timed or network-derived.
DataFormat Type of CES services specified by the ces aal1 service interface command.
Values are structured or unstructured.
AAL1 Clocking Mode AAL1 clocking mode used by the interface specified with the ces aal1 clock
interface command. Values are adaptive, synchronous residual time stamp
(SRTS), or synchronous.
LineLength Cable length specified by the ces dsx1 lbo interface command. Values are
0-110, 10-200, 220-330, 330-440, 440-550, 550-660, 660-above, and
square-pulse.
LineState Current status of the line. Values are:
• Unknown
• NoAlarm
• RcvFarEndLOF
• XmtFarEndLOF
• RcvAIS
• XmtAIS
• LossOfFrame
• LossOfSignal
• LoopbackState
• T16AIS
Errors in the Current Error statistics received during the current 15-minute interval.
Interval
PCVs Number of Path Code Violations (PCVs). PCVs indicate a frame
synchronization bit error in the D4 and E1 no-CRC formats, or a CRC error
in the ESF and E1 CRC formats.
LCVs Number of Line Code Violations (LCVs). LCVs indicate the occurrence of
either a Bipolar Violation (BPV) or Excessive Zeros (EXZ) error event.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-181
 show ces interface cbr

Table 16 show ces interface cbr Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
ESs Number of errored seconds. In ESF and E1 CRC links, an Errored Second is
a second in which one of the following are detected: one or more Path Code
Violations, one or more Out of Frame defects, one or more Controlled Slip
events, or a detected AIS defect.
For SF and E1 no-CRC links, the presence of Bipolar Violations also triggers
an Errored Second.
SESs Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SESs). A SESs is a second with 320
or more path code violation errors events, one or more Out of Frame defects,
or a detected AIS defect.
SEFSs Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds (SEFS). SEFS is a second
with one or more Out of Frame defects or a detected incoming AIS.
UASs Number of Unavailable Seconds (UASs). UAS is a count of the total number
of seconds on the interface.
CSSs Number of Controlled Slip Second (CSS). CSS is a 1-second interval
containing one or more controlled slips.
LESs Number of Line Errored Seconds (LES). LES is a second in which one or
more Line Code Violation errors are detected.
BESs Number of Bursty Errored Seconds (BES). BES is a second with fewer than
320 and more than one Path Coding Violation error, no Severely Errored
Frame defects, and no detected incoming AIS defects. Controlled slips are
not included in this parameter.
DMs Number of Degraded Minutes (DMs). A degraded minute is one in which the
estimated error rate exceeds 1E-6 but does not exceed 1E-3. For more
information, refer to RFC 1406.
Errors in the last 24Hrs Error statistics received during the during the last 24 hours.
Input Counters Number of cells and bytes received on the interface.
Output Counters Number of cells and bytes.

Related Commands Command Description

show interface cbr Displays the information about the CBR interface on the ATM-CES port
adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-182 78-11752-02
 show ces status

show ces status

To display the status of the ports on the ATM-CES port adapter, use the show ces status privileged
EXEC command.

show ces status

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show ces status command. This output shows the interface
name, the status of the interface, the administrative status of the interface, the port type, and the number
of channels in use on the interface. The status of the interface can be UP (in operation) or DOWN (not
in operation).
Router# show ces status

Interface IF Admin Port Channels in

Name Status Status Type use
------------- -------- --------- ----------- -----------
CBR0/0/0 UP UP T1 1-24
CBR0/0/1 UP UP T1 1-24
CBR0/0/2 UP UP T1 1-24
CBR0/0/3 UP UP T1

Related Commands Command Description

show ces circuit Displays detailed circuit information for the CBR interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-183
 show controllers atm

show controllers atm

To display information about an inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) group, use the show controllers
atm privileged EXEC command.

Cisco 2600 and 3600 Series

show controllers atm [slot/ima group-number]

Cisco 7200 Series

show controller atm [slot/port]

or

show controllers atm [slot/imagroup-number]

Cisco 7500 Series (physical port hardware information)

show controllers atm [slot/port-adapter/port]

Cisco 7500 Series (IMA group hardware information)

show controllers atm [slot/port-adapter/imagroup-number]

Syntax Description slot/ (Optional) ATM slot number.

ima (Optional) This keyword indicates an IMA group specification rather
than a port value for a UNI interface.
group-number (Optional) Enter an IMA group number from 0 to 3. If you specify the
group number, do not insert a space between ima and the number.
port (Optional) ATM port number.
port-adapter/ (Optional) ATM port adapter.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 GS This command was introduced.
12.0(5)T and 12.0(5)XK This command was modified to support IMA groups on Cisco 2600 and
3600 series routers.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100,7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated into
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to monitor and diagnose ATM IMA links and groups.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-184 78-11752-02
 show controllers atm

Examples Cisco 7100 or 7200 Series Example

On Cisco 7100 series or 7200 series routers, the following example displays detailed information about
IMA group hardware related information. It includes the configuration of IMA hardware and IMA
alarms.
Router# show controllers atm 1/ima0

Interface ATM1/ima0 is up
Hardware is IMA PA - DS1 (1Mbps)
Framer is PMC PM7344, SAR is LSI ATMIZER II
Firmware rev:G102, ATMIZER II rev:3
idb=0x61DE9F10, ds=0x6185C0A0, vc=0x6187D3C0, pa=0x6184AF40
slot 1, unit 9, subunit 0, fci_type 0x00BA, ticks 701720
400 rx buffers:size=512, encap=64, trailer=28, magic=4
Curr Stats:
rx_cell_lost=0, rx_no_buffer=0, rx_crc_10=0
rx_cell_len=0, rx_no_vcd=0, rx_cell_throttle=0, tx_aci_err=0
Rx Free Ring status:
base=0x3CFF0040, size=1024, write=320
Rx Compl Ring status:
base=0x338DCE40, size=2048, read=1275
Tx Ring status:
base=0x3CFE8040, size=8192, write=700
Tx Compl Ring status:
base=0x338E0E80, size=2048, read=344
BFD Cache status:
base=0x61878340, size=5120, read=5107
Rx Cache status:
base=0x61863D80, size=16, write=11
Tx Shadow status:
base=0x618641C0, size=8192, read=687, write=700
Control data:
rx_max_spins=12, max_tx_count=25, tx_count=13
rx_threshold=267, rx_count=11, tx_threshold=3840
tx bfd write indx=0x27, rx_pool_info=0x61863E20
Control data base address:
rx_buf_base = 0x038A15A0 rx_p_base = 0x6185CB40
rx_pak = 0x61863AF0 cmd = 0x6185C320
device_base = 0x3C800000 ima_pa_stats = 0x038E2FA0
sdram_base = 0x3CE00000 pa_cmd_buf = 0x3CFFFC00
vcd_base[0] = 0x3CE3C100 vcd_base[1] = 0x3CE1C000
chip_dump = 0x038E3D7C dpram_base = 0x3CD80000
sar_buf_base[0] = 0x3CE4C000 sar_buf_base[1] = 0x3CF22000
bfd_base[0] = 0x3CFD4000 bfd_base[1] = 0x3CFC0000
acd_base[0] = 0x3CE88360 acd_base[1] = 0x3CE5C200
pci_atm_stats = 0x038E2EC0
ATM1/ima0 is up
hwgrp number = 1
grp tx up reg= 0x5, grp rx up reg= 0x3, rx dcb reg= 0xD4 0x4, tx links grp reg=
0x3, scci reg= 0x3C, ima id reg= 0x0, group status reg= 0xA2, tx timing reg= 0x
20, tx test reg= 0x21, tx test pattern reg= 0x41, rx test pattern reg= 0x42, icp
cell link info reg= 0xFC, icp cell link info reg= 0xFC, icp cell link info r
eg= 0x0, icp cell link info reg= 0x0, icp cell link info reg= 0x0, icp cell li
nk info reg= 0x0, icp cell link info reg= 0x0, icp cell link info reg= 0x0

Cisco 2600 or 3600 Series Example

On a Cisco 2600 or 3600 series router, the following example displays detailed information about IMA

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-185
 show controllers atm

group 0 on ATM interface 2:

router# show controller atm 0/ima3

Interface ATM0/IMA3 is up
Hardware is ATM IMA
LANE client MAC address is 0050.0f0c.148b
hwidb=0x61C2E990, ds=0x617D498C
slot 0, unit 3, subunit 3
rs8234 base 0x3C000000, slave base 0x3C000000
rs8234 ds 0x617D498C
SBDs - avail 2048, guaranteed 3, unguaranteed 2045, starved 0
Seg VCC table 3C00B800, Shadow Seg VCC Table 617EF76C, VCD Table 61805798
Schedule table 3C016800, Shadow Schedule table 618087C4, Size 63D
RSM VCC Table 3C02ED80, Shadow RSM VCC Table 6180C994
VPI Index Table 3C02C300, VCI Index Table 3C02E980
Bucket2 Table 3C01E500, Shadow Bucket2 Table 6180A0E4
MCR Limit Table 3C01E900, Shadow MCR Table 617D2160
ABR template 3C01EB00, Shadow template 614DEEAC
RM Cell RS Queue 3C02C980
Queue TXQ Addr Pos StQ Addr Pos
0 UBR CHN0 3C028B00 0 03118540 0
1 UBR CHN1 3C028F00 0 03118D40 0
2 UBR CHN2 3C029300 0 03119540 0
3 UBR CHN3 3C029700 0 03119D40 0
4 VBR/ABR CHN0 3C029B00 0 0311A540 0
5 VBR/ABR CHN1 3C029F00 0 0311AD40 0
6 VBR/ABR CHN2 3C02A300 0 0311B540 0
7 VBR/ABR CHN3 3C02A700 0 0311BD40 0
8 VBR-RT CHN0 3C02AB00 0 0311C540 0
9 VBR-RT CHN1 3C02AF00 0 0311CD40 0
10 VBR-RT CHN2 3C02B300 0 0311D540 0
11 VBR-RT CHN3 3C02B700 0 0311DD40 0
12 SIG 3C02BB00 0 0311E540 0
13 VPD 3C02BF00 0 0311ED40 0

Queue FBQ Addr Pos RSQ Addr Pos

0 OAM 3C0EED80 255 0311F600 0
1 UBR CHN0 3C0EFD80 0 03120600 0
2 UBR CHN1 3C0F0D80 0 03121600 0
3 UBR CHN2 3C0F1D80 0 03122600 0
4 UBR CHN3 3C0F2D80 0 03123600 0
5 VBR/ABR CHN0 3C0F3D80 0 03124600 0
6 VBR/ABR CHN1 3C0F4D80 0 03125600 0
7 VBR/ABR CHN2 3C0F5D80 0 03126600 0
8 VBR/ABR CHN3 3C0F6D80 0 03127600 0
9 VBR-RT CHN0 3C0F7D80 0 03128600 0
10 VBR-RT CHN1 3C0F8D80 255 03129600 0
11 VBR-RT CHN2 3C0F9D80 0 0312A600 0
12 VBR-RT CHN3 3C0FAD80 0 0312B600 0
13 SIG 3C0FBD80 255 0312C600 0
SAR Scheduling channels: -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
ATM channel number is 1
link members are 0x7, active links are 0x0
Group status is blockedNe, 3 links configured,
Group Info: Configured links bitmap 0x7, Active links bitmap 0x0,
Tx/Rx IMA_id 0x3/0x63,
NE Group status is startUp,
frame length 0x80, Max Diff Delay 0,
1 min links, clock mode ctc, symmetry symmetricOperation, trl 0,
Group Failure status is startUpNe.
Test pattern procedure is disabled
SAR counter totals across all links and groups:
0 cells output, 0 cells stripped

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-186 78-11752-02
 show controllers atm

0 cells input, 0 cells discarded, 0 AAL5 frames discarded

0 pci bus err, 0 dma fifo full err, 0 rsm parity err
0 rsm syn err, 0 rsm/seg q full err, 0 rsm overflow err
0 hs q full err, 0 no free buff q err, 0 seg underflow err
0 host seg stat q full err

Related Commands Command Description

show controllers atm Displays information about an IMA group.
show ima interface atm Provides information about all configured IMA groups or a specific IMA
group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-187
 show dxi map

show dxi map

To display all the protocol addresses mapped to a serial interface, use the show dxi map EXEC
command.

show dxi map

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show dxi map command. It displays output for several
previously defined ATM-DXI maps that defined Apollo, IP, DECnet, CLNS, and AppleTalk protocol
addresses, various encapsulations, and broadcast traffic.
Router# show dxi map

Serial0 (administratively down): ipx 123.0000.1234.1234

DFA 69(0x45,0x1050), static, vpi = 4, vci = 5,
encapsulation: SNAP
Serial0 (administratively down): appletalk 2000.5
DFA 52(0x34,0xC40), static, vpi = 3, vci = 4,
encapsulation: NLPID
Serial0 (administratively down): ip 172.21.177.1
DFA 35(0x23,0x830), static,
broadcast, vpi = 2, vci = 3,
encapsulation: VC based MUX,
Linktype IP

Table 17 explains significant fields shown in the display.

Table 17 show dxi map Field Descriptions

Field Description
DFA Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Frame Address, similar to a data-link
connection identifier (DLCI) for Frame Relay. The DFA is shown in
decimal, hexadecimal, and DXI header format. The router computes this
address value from the virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual channel
identifier (VCI) values.
encapsulation Encapsulation type selected by the dxi pvc command. Displayed values can
be SNAP, NLPID, or VC based MUX.
Linktype Value used only with MUX encapsulation and therefore with only a single
network protocol defined for the permanent virtual circuit (PVC). Maps
configured on a PVC with MUX encapsulation must have the same link
type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-188 78-11752-02
 show dxi pvc

show dxi pvc

To display the permanent virtual circuit (PVC) statistics for a serial interface, use the show dxi pvc
EXEC command.

show dxi pvc

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show dxi pvc command. It displays output for ATM-DXI PVCs
previously defined for serial interface 0.
Router# show dxi pvc

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0 (ATM DXI)

DFA = 17, VPI = 1, VCI = 1, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0

DFA = 34, VPI = 2, VCI = 2, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0

DFA = 35, VPI = 2, VCI = 3, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0

Table 18 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 18 show dxi pvc Field Descriptions

Field Description
DFA Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Frame Address, similar to a data-link connection
identifier (DLCI) for Frame Relay. The DFA is shown in decimal, hexadecimal, and
DXI header format. The router computes this address value from the virtual path
identifier (VPI) and virtual channel identifier (VCI) values.
PVC STATUS = Only static maps are supported. Maps are not created dynamically.
STATIC
input pkts Number of packets received.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-189
 show dxi pvc

Table 18 show dxi pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
output pkts Number of packets transmitted.
in bytes Number of bytes in all packets received.
out bytes Number of bytes in all packets transmitted.
dropped pkts Should display a zero (0) value. A nonzero value indicates a configuration problem,
specifically that a PVC does not exist.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-190 78-11752-02
 show ima interface atm

show ima interface atm

To display information about all configured inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) groups or a specific
group, use the show ima interface atm privileged EXEC command.

Cisco 2600 and 3600 Series

show ima interface atm [slot/imagroup-number] [detail]

Cisco 7200 Series

show ima interface atm [slot/port] [detail]

or

show ima interface atm [slot/port-adapter/imagroup-number] [detail]

Cisco 7500 Series

show ima interface atm [slot/port-adapter/slot] [detail]

or

show ima interface atm [slot/port-adapter/imagroup-number] [detail]

Syntax Description slot/ (Optional) ATM slot number.

ima (Optional) This keyword indicates an IMA group specification rather
than a port value for a UNI interface.
group-number (Optional) Enter an IMA group number from 0 to 3. If you specify the
group number, do not insert a space between ima and the number.
port (Optional) ATM port number.
port-adapter/ (Optional) ATM port adapter.
detail (Optional) To obtain detailed information, use this keyword.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)XK This command was introduced.
12.0(5)XE Support for Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers was added.
12.0(7)XE1 Support for Cisco 7100 series routers was added.
12.1(5)T Support for Cisco 7100, 7200, and 7500 series routers was integrated in
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to monitor the status of IMA group links.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-191
 show ima interface atm

Examples On Cisco 7100 or 7200 series routers, the following example displays detailed information about IMA
group 0 on ATM interface 2. If you do not enter the detail keyword, you do not see the IMA MIB
information or the “Detailed Link Information” output.
Router# show ima interface atm 5/ima0 detail

ATM5/ima0 is up
ImaGroupState:NearEnd = operational, FarEnd = operational
ImaGroupFailureStatus = noFailure
IMA Group Current Configuration:
ImaGroupMinNumTxLinks = 2 ImaGroupMinNumRxLinks = 2
ImaGroupDiffDelayMax = 250 ImaGroupNeTxClkMode = common(ctc)
ImaGroupFrameLength = 128 ImaTestProcStatus = disabled
ImaGroupTestLink = 0 ImaGroupTestPattern = 0xFF
IMA MIB Information:
ImaGroupSymmetry = symmetricOperation
ImaGroupFeTxClkMode = common(ctc)
ImaGroupRxFrameLength = 128
ImaGroupTxTimingRefLink = 0 ImaGroupRxTimingRefLink = 0
ImaGroupTxImaId = 0 ImaGroupRxImaId = 0
ImaGroupNumTxCfgLinks = 2 ImaGroupNumRxCfgLinks = 2
ImaGroupNumTxActLinks = 2 ImaGroupNumRxActLinks = 2
ImaGroupLeastDelayLink = 0 ImaGroupDiffDelayMaxObs = 0
IMA group counters:
ImaGroupNeNumFailures = 1 ImaGroupFeNumFailures = 2
ImaGroupUnAvailSecs = 18 ImaGroupRunningSecs = 241
IMA Detailed Link Information:

ATM5/0 is up
ImaLinkRowStatus = active
ImaLinkIfIndex = 1 ImaLinkGroupIndex = 47
ImaLinkState:
NeTx = active
NeRx = active
FeTx = active
FeRx = active
ImaLinkFailureStatus:
NeRx = noFailure
FeRx = noFailure
ImaLinkTxLid = 0 ImaLinkRxLid = 0
ImaLinkRxTestPattern = 64 ImaLinkTestProcStatus = disabled
ImaLinkRelDelay = 0
IMA Link counters :
ImaLinkImaViolations = 1
ImaLinkNeSevErroredSec = 10 ImaLinkFeSevErroredSec = 10
ImaLinkNeUnavailSec = 7 ImaLinkFeUnAvailSec = 8
ImaLinkNeTxUnusableSec = 17 ImaLinkNeRxUnUsableSec = 16
ImaLinkFeTxUnusableSec = 17 ImaLinkFeRxUnusableSec = 16
ImaLinkNeTxNumFailures = 0 ImaLinkNeRxNumFailures = 2
ImaLinkFeTxNumFailures = 1 ImaLinkFeRxNumFailures = 1

ATM5/1 is up
ImaLinkRowStatus = active
ImaLinkIfIndex = 2 ImaLinkGroupIndex = 47
ImaLinkState:
NeTx = active
NeRx = active
FeTx = active
FeRx = active
ImaLinkFailureStatus:
NeRx = noFailure
FeRx = noFailure
ImaLinkTxLid = 1 ImaLinkRxLid = 1

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-192 78-11752-02
 show ima interface atm

ImaLinkRxTestPattern = 64 ImaLinkTestProcStatus = disabled

ImaLinkRelDelay = 0
IMA Link counters :
ImaLinkImaViolations = 1
ImaLinkNeSevErroredSec = 10 ImaLinkFeSevErroredSec = 10
ImaLinkNeUnavailSec = 7 ImaLinkFeUnAvailSec = 8
ImaLinkNeTxUnusableSec = 16 ImaLinkNeRxUnUsableSec = 16
ImaLinkFeTxUnusableSec = 16 ImaLinkFeRxUnusableSec = 16
ImaLinkNeTxNumFailures = 0 ImaLinkNeRxNumFailures = 2
ImaLinkFeTxNumFailures = 1 ImaLinkFeRxNumFailures = 1

On a Cisco 2600 or 3600 series router, the following example displays detailed information about IMA
group 0 on ATM interface 2. Without the detail keyword, only the information up to “Detailed group
Information:” appears.
Router# show ima interface atm 4/ima0 detail

Interface ATM2/IMA2 is up
Group index is 2
Ne state is operational, failure status is noFailure
active links bitmap 0x30
IMA Group Current Configuration:
Tx/Rx configured links bitmap 0x30/0x30
Tx/Rx minimum required links 1/1
Maximum allowed diff delay is 25ms, Tx frame length 128
Ne Tx clock mode CTC, configured timing reference link ATM2/4
Test pattern procedure is disabled
Detailed group Information:
Tx/Rx Ima_id 0x22/0x40, symmetry symmetricOperation
Number of Tx/Rx configured links 2/2
Number of Tx/Rx active links 2/2
Fe Tx clock mode ctc, Rx frame length 128
Tx/Rx timing reference link 4/4
Maximum observed diff delay 0ms, least delayed link 5
Running seconds 32
GTSM last changed 10:14:41 UTC Wed Jun 16 1999
IMA Group Current Counters (time elapsed 33 seconds):
3 Ne Failures, 3 Fe Failures, 4 Unavail Secs
IMA Group Total Counters (last 0 15 minute intervals):
0 Ne Failures, 0 Fe Failures, 0 Unavail Secs
Detailed IMA link Information:

Interface ATM2/4 is up
ifIndex 13, Group Index 2, Row Status is active
Tx/Rx Lid 4/4, relative delay 0ms
Ne Tx/Rx state active/active
Fe Tx/Rx state active/active
Ne Rx failure status is noFailure
Fe Rx failure status is noFailure
Rx test pattern 0x41, test procedure disabled
IMA Link Current Counters (time elapsed 35 seconds):
1 Ima Violations, 0 Oif Anomalies
1 Ne Severely Err Secs, 2 Fe Severely Err Secs
0 Ne Unavail Secs, 0 Fe Unavail Secs
2 Ne Tx Unusable Secs, 2 Ne Rx Unusable Secs
0 Fe Tx Unusable Secs, 2 Fe Rx Unusable Secs
0 Ne Tx Failures, 0 Ne Rx Failures
0 Fe Tx Failures, 0 Fe Rx Failures
IMA Link Total Counters (last 0 15 minute intervals):
0 Ima Violations, 0 Oif Anomalies
0 Ne Severely Err Secs, 0 Fe Severely Err Secs
0 Ne Unavail Secs, 0 Fe Unavail Secs
0 Ne Tx Unusable Secs, 0 Ne Rx Unusable Secs
0 Fe Tx Unusable Secs, 0 Fe Rx Unusable Secs

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-193
 show ima interface atm

0 Ne Tx Failures, 0 Ne Rx Failures
0 Fe Tx Failures, 0 Fe Rx Failures

Interface ATM2/5 is up
ifIndex 14, Group Index 2, Row Status is active
Tx/Rx Lid 5/5, relative delay 0ms
Ne Tx/Rx state active/active
Fe Tx/Rx state active/active
Ne Rx failure status is noFailure
Fe Rx failure status is noFailure
Rx test pattern 0x41, test procedure disabled
IMA Link Current Counters (time elapsed 46 seconds):
1 Ima Violations, 0 Oif Anomalies
1 Ne Severely Err Secs, 2 Fe Severely Err Secs
0 Ne Unavail Secs, 0 Fe Unavail Secs
2 Ne Tx Unusable Secs, 2 Ne Rx Unusable Secs
0 Fe Tx Unusable Secs, 2 Fe Rx Unusable Secs
0 Ne Tx Failures, 0 Ne Rx Failures
0 Fe Tx Failures, 0 Fe Rx Failures
IMA Link Total Counters (last 0 15 minute intervals):
0 Ima Violations, 0 Oif Anomalies
0 Ne Severely Err Secs, 0 Fe Severely Err Secs
0 Ne Unavail Secs, 0 Fe Unavail Secs
0 Ne Tx Unusable Secs, 0 Ne Rx Unusable Secs
0 Fe Tx Unusable Secs, 0 Fe Rx Unusable Secs
0 Ne Tx Failures, 0 Ne Rx Failures
0 Fe Tx Failures, 0 Fe Rx Failures

Related Commands Command Description

show controllers atm Displays information about an IMA group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-194 78-11752-02
 show interface cbr

show interface cbr

To display information about the constant bit rate (CBR) interface on the ATM-CES port adapter, use
the show interface cbr privileged EXEC command.

show interface cbr

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show interface cbr command.
Router# show interface cbr 6/0

CBR6/0 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware is DCU
MTU 0 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 0 usec, rely 255/255, load 248/255
Encapsulation ET_ATMCES_T1, loopback not set
Last input 00:00:00, output 00:00:00, output hang never
Last clearing of “show interface” counters never
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue 0/0, 0 drops; input queue 0/75, 0 drops
5 minute input rate 1507000 bits/sec, 3957 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 1507000 bits/sec, 3955 packets/sec
3025960 packets input, 142220120 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
3030067 packets output, 142413149 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out

Table 19 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 19 show interface cbr Field Descriptions

Field Description
CBR6/0 is... Type, slot, and port number of the interface and indicates whether the
interface hardware is currently active (whether carrier detect is present),
down, or if it has been taken down by an administrator.
line protocol is... Indicates whether the software processes that handle the line protocol
think the line is usable (that is, whether keepalives are successful). Values
are up, down, and administratively down.
Hardware is... Hardware type.
MTU Maximum transmission unit of the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-195
 show interface cbr

Table 19 show interface cbr Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
BW Bandwidth of the interface in kilobits per second.
DLY Delay of the interface, in microseconds.
rely Reliability of the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is 100%
reliability), calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes.
load Load on the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is completely
saturated), calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes. The
calculation uses the value from the bandwidth interface configuration
command.
Encapsulation Encapsulation method assigned to interface.
loopback not set Indicates whether or not loopback is set.
Last input Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was
successfully received by an interface. Useful for knowing when a dead
interface failed. This counter is updated only when packets are process
switched, not when packets are fast switched.
Last output Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was
successfully transmitted by an interface. This counter is updated only
when packets are process switched, not when packets are fast switched.
output hang Number of hours, minutes, and seconds (or never) since the interface was
last reset because of a transmission that took too long. When the number
of hours in any of the “last” fields exceeds 24 hours, the number of days
and hours is printed. If that field overflows, asterisks are printed.
Last clearing The time at which the counters that measure cumulative statistics (such as
number of bytes transmitted and received) shown in this report were last
reset to zero. Note that variables that might affect routing (for example,
load and reliability) are not cleared when the counters are cleared.
*** indicates that the elapsed time is too large to be displayed.
0:00:00 indicates that the counters were cleared more than 231ms (and less
than 232ms) ago.
Queueing strategy First-in, first-out queuing strategy (other queueing strategies you might
see are priority-list, custom-list, and weighted fair).
Output queue, drops Number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is followed
input queue, drops by a slash, the maximum size of the queue, and the number of packets
dropped due to a full queue.
5 minute input rate, Average number of bits and packets transmitted per second in the last
5 minute output rate 5 minutes.
packets input Total number of error-free packets received by the system.
bytes input Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in the
error-free packets received by the system.
no buffer Number of received packets discarded because there was no buffer space
in the main system. Compare with ignored count. Broadcast storms on
Ethernets and bursts of noise on serial lines are often responsible for no
input buffer events.
broadcasts Total number of broadcast or multicast packets received by the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-196 78-11752-02
 show interface cbr

Table 19 show interface cbr Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
runts Number of packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the
medium’s minimum packet size.
giants Number of packets that are discarded because they exceed the medium’s
maximum packet size.
input errors Total number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun, ignored,
and abort counts. Other input-related errors can also increment the count,
so that this sum may not balance with the other counts.
CRC Cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating LAN station or
far end device does not match the checksum calculated from the data
received. On a LAN, this usually indicates noise or transmission problems
on the LAN interface or the LAN bus itself. A high number of CRCs is
usually the result of collisions or a station transmitting bad data. On a
serial link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits or other transmission
problems on the data link.
frame Number of packets received incorrectly having a CRC error and a
noninteger number of octets.
overrun Number of times the serial receiver hardware was unable to hand received
data to a hardware buffer because the input rate exceeded the receiver’s
ability to handle the data.
ignored Number of received packets ignored by the interface because the interface
hardware ran low on internal buffers. These buffers are different than the
system buffers mentioned previously in the buffer description. Broadcast
storms and bursts of noise can cause the ignored count to be incremented.
abort Illegal sequence of one bits on the interface. This usually indicates a
clocking problem between the interface and the data link equipment.
packets output Total number of messages transmitted by the system.
bytes Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation,
transmitted by the system.
underruns Number of times that the transmitter has been running faster than the
router can handle. This may never be reported on some interfaces.
output errors Sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of datagrams out of
the interface being examined. Note that this may not balance with the sum
of the enumerated output errors, as some datagrams may have more than
one error, and others may have errors that do not fall into any of the
specifically tabulated categories.
collisions Because collisions do not occur on CBR interfaces, this statistic is always
zero.
interface resets Number of times an interface has been reset. The interface may be reset
by the administrator or automatically when an internal error occurs.
output buffer failures Number of no resource errors received on the output.
output buffers swapped Number of packets swapped to DRAM.
out

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-197
 show interface cbr

Related Commands Command Description

show ces interface cbr Displays detailed CBR port information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-198 78-11752-02
 show interfaces atm

show interfaces atm

To display information about the ATM interface, use the show interfaces atm privileged EXEC
command.

Cisco 7500 series with AIP; Cisco 7200 series with ATM, ATM-CES, and enhanced ATM port adapter; Cisco 2600
and 3600 series with 1-port ATM-25 network module

show interfaces atm [slot/port]

Cisco 7500 series routers with the ATM port adapter and enhanced ATM port adapter

show interfaces atm [slot/port-adapter/port]

Syntax Description slot/port (Optional) ATM slot number and port number. Use this format for the
following platform configurations:
• The AIP on Cisco 7500 series routers.
• The ATM port adapter, ATM-CES port adapter, or enhanced ATM port
adapter on Cisco 7200 series routers.
• The 1-port ATM-25 network module on Cisco 2600 and 3600 series
routers.
slot/port-adapter/port (Optional) ATM slot, port adapter, and port numbers. Use this format for the
ATM port adapter or enhanced ATM port adapter on Cisco 2600 and
3600 series routers.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show interfaces atm command:
Router# show interfaces atm 4/0

ATM4/0 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware is cxBus ATM
Internet address is 10.108.97.165, subnet mask is 255.255.255.0
MTU 4470 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255
ATM E164 Auto Conversion Interface
Encapsulation ATM, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec)
Encapsulation(s): AAL5, PVC mode
256 TX buffers, 256 RX buffers, 1024 Maximum VCs, 1 Current VCs
Signalling vc = 1, vpi = 0, vci = 5
ATM NSAP address: BC.CDEF.01.234567.890A.BCDE.F012.3456.7890.1234.13
Last input 0:00:05, output 0:00:05, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Output queue 0/40, 0 drops; input queue 0/75, 0 drops

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-199
 show interfaces atm

Five minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Five minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
144 packets input, 3148 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
154 packets output, 4228 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 1 interface resets, 0 restarts

The following is sample output from the show interfaces atm command for the ATM port adapter on a
Cisco 7500 series router:
Router# show interfaces atm 0/0/0

ATM0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware is cyBus ATM
Internet address is 10.1.1.1/24
MTU 4470 bytes, sub MTU 4470, BW 156250 Kbit, DLY 80 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255
Encapsulation ATM, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec)
Encapsulation(s): AAL5, PVC mode
256 TX buffers, 256 RX buffers,
2048 maximum active VCs, 1024 VCs per VP, 1 current VCCs
VC idle disconnect time: 300 seconds
Last input never, output 00:00:05, output hang never
Last clearing of “show interface” counters never
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue 0/40, 0 drops; input queue 0/75, 0 drops
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 1 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 1 packets/sec
5 packets input, 560 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
5 packets output, 560 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out

Table 20 describes the fields shown in both the displays.

Table 20 show interfaces atm Field Descriptions

Field Description
ATM... is {up | down| Indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active (whether carrier
administratively down} detect is present) and if it has been taken down by an administrator.
line protocol Indicates whether the software processes that handle the line protocol think
is {up | down | the line is usable (that is, whether keepalives are successful).
administratively down}
Hardware is Hardware type.
Internet address is Internet address and subnet mask.
MTU Maximum Transmission Unit of the interface.
sub MTU Maximum Transmission Unit of the subinterface.
BW Bandwidth of the interface in kilobits per second.
DLY Delay of the interface in microseconds.
rely Reliability of the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is 100% reliability),
calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-200 78-11752-02
 show interfaces atm

Table 20 show interfaces atm Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
load Load on the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is completely saturated),
calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes. The calculation uses
the value from the bandwidth interface configuration command.
ATM E164 Auto Indicates that ATM E164 auto conversion is enabled. When this field is not
Conversion Interface present, ATM E164 auto conversion is disabled.
Encapsulation Encapsulation method assigned to interface.
loopback Indicates whether the interface is configured for loopback testing.
keepalive Indicates whether keepalives are set or not.
Encapsulation(s) Type of encapsulation used on the interface (for example, AAL5, and either
PVC or SVC mode).
TX buffers Number of buffers configured with the atm txbuff command.
RX buffers Number of buffers configured with the atm rxbuff command.
Maximum active VCs Maximum number of virtual circuits.
VCs per VP Number of virtual circuits per virtual path (the default is 1024).
Current VCs Number of virtual circuit connections currently open.
VC idle disconnect time Number of seconds the SVC must be idle before the SVC is disconnected.
Signalling vc Number of the signaling PVC.
vpi Virtual path identifier number.
vci Virtual channel identifier number.
ATM NSAP address NSAP address of the ATM interface.
Last input Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was
successfully received by an interface. Useful for knowing when a dead
interface failed. This counter is updated only when packets are process
switched, not when packets are fast switched.
Last output Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was
successfully transmitted by an interface. This counter is updated only when
packets are process switched, not when packets are fast switched.
output hang Number of hours, minutes, and seconds (or never) since the interface was
last reset because of a transmission that took too long. When the number of
hours in any of the “last” fields exceeds 24 hours, the number of days and
hours is printed. If that field overflows, asterisks are printed.
Last clearing The time at which the counters that measure cumulative statistics (such as
number of bytes transmitted and received) shown in this report were last
reset to zero. Note that variables that might affect routing (for example, load
and reliability) are not cleared when the counters are cleared.
*** indicates that the elapsed time is too large to be displayed.
0:00:00 indicates that the counters were cleared more than 231ms (and less
than 232ms) ago.
Queueing strategy First-in, first-out queueing strategy (other queueing strategies you might see
are priority-list, custom-list, and weighted fair).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-201
 show interfaces atm

Table 20 show interfaces atm Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Output queue, drops Number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is followed by
input queue, drops a slash, the maximum size of the queue, and the number of packets dropped
due to a full queue.
5 minute input rate, Average number of bits and packets transmitted per second in the last
5 minute output rate 5 minutes.
packets input Total number of error-free packets received by the system.
bytes input Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in the error
free packets received by the system.
no buffer Number of received packets discarded because there was no buffer space in
the main system. Compare with ignored count. Broadcast storms on
Ethernets and bursts of noise on serial lines are often responsible for no
input buffer events.
Received broadcasts Total number of broadcast or multicast packets received by the interface.
runts Number of packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the
medium’s minimum packet size.
giants Number of packets that are discarded because they exceed the medium’s
maximum packet size.
input errors Total number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun, ignored, and
abort counts. Other input-related errors can also increment the count, so that
this sum may not balance with the other counts.
CRC Cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating LAN station or
far-end device does not match the checksum calculated from the data
received. On a LAN, this usually indicates noise or transmission problems
on the LAN interface or the LAN bus itself. A high number of CRCs is
usually the result of collisions or a station transmitting bad data. On a serial
link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits or other transmission problems
on the data link.
frame Number of packets received incorrectly having a CRC error and a
noninteger number of octets.
overrun Number of times the serial receiver hardware was unable to hand received
data to a hardware buffer because the input rate exceeded the receiver’s
ability to handle the data.
ignored Number of received packets ignored by the interface because the interface
hardware ran low on internal buffers. These buffers are different than the
system buffers mentioned previously in the buffer description. Broadcast
storms and bursts of noise can cause the ignored count to be incremented.
abort Illegal sequence of one bits the interface. This usually indicates a clocking
problem between the interface and the data link equipment.
packets output Total number of messages transmitted by the system.
bytes Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, transmitted
by the system.
underruns Number of times that the transmitter has been running faster than the router
can handle. This may never be reported on some interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-202 78-11752-02
 show interfaces atm

Table 20 show interfaces atm Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
output errors Sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of datagrams out of
the interface being examined. Note that this may not balance with the sum
of the enumerated output errors, as some datagrams may have more than one
error, and others may have errors that do not fall into any of the specifically
tabulated categories.
collisions This feature is not applicable for ATM interfaces.
interface resets Number of times an interface has been completely reset. This can happen if
packets queued for transmission were not sent within several seconds. On a
serial line, this can be caused by a malfunctioning modem that is not
supplying the transmit clock signal, or by a cable problem. If the system
notices that the carrier detect line of a serial interface is up, but the line
protocol is down, it periodically resets the interface in an effort to restart it.
Interface resets can also occur when an interface is looped back or shut
down.
output buffer failures Number of times that a packet was not output from the output hold queue
because of a shortage of MEMD shared memory.
output buffers Number of packets stored in main memory when the output queue is full;
swapped out swapping buffers to main memory prevents packets from being dropped
when output is congested. The number is high when traffic is bursty.
restarts Number of times the controller was restarted because of errors.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-203
 show network-clocks

show network-clocks
To display the current configured and active network clock sources, use the show network-clocks
privileged EXEC command.

show network-clocks

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to Voice over Frame Relay, Voice over ATM, and Voice over HDLC on the
Cisco MC3810.
The Cisco MC3810 has a background task that verifies whether a valid clocking configuration exists
every 120 seconds. If this task detects an error, you will be reminded every 120 seconds until the error
is corrected. A clocking configuration error may be generated for various reasons. Using the show
network-clocks command, you can display the clocking configuration status.

Examples The following is sample output from the show network-clocks EXEC command.
Router# show network-clocks

Priority 1 clock source: ATM3/0/0

Priority 2 clock source: System clock
Priority 3 clock source: System clock
Priority 4 clock source: System clock

Current clock source:ATM3/0/0, priority:1

The following is sample output from the show network-clocks command on the Cisco MC3810:
Router# show network-clocks

Priority 1 clock source(inactive config): T1 0

Priority 1 clock source(active config) : T1 0
Clock switch delay: 10
Clock restore delay: 10
T1 0 is clocking system bus for 9319 seconds.
Run Priority Queue: controller0

In this display, inactive configuration is the new configuration that has been established. Active
configuration is the run-time configuration. Should an error be made in the new configuration, the
inactive and active configurations will be different. In the above example, the clock priority
configuration is valid, and the system is being clocked as indicated.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-204 78-11752-02
 show network-clocks

The following is another sample output from the show network-clocks command:
Router# show network-clocks

Priority 1 clock source(inactive config) : T1 0

Priority 2 clock source(inactive config) : T1 1
Priority 1 clock source(active config) : T1 0
Clock switch delay: 10
Clock restore delay: 10
T1 0 is clocking system bus for 9319 seconds.
Run Priority Queue: controller0

In this display, the new clocking configuration has an error for controller T1 1. This is indicated by
checking differences between the last valid configuration (active) and the new proposed configuration
(inactive). The error may result from hardware (the system controller board or MFT) unable to support
this mode, or controller T1 1 is currently configured as “clock source internal.”
Since the active and inactive configurations are different, the system will periodically display the
warning message about the wrong configuration.

Related Commands Command Description

network-clock-select (ATM) Establishes the sources and priorities of the requisite clocking
signals for an ATM-CES port adapter.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-205
 show sscop

show sscop
To show Service-Specific Connection-Oriented Protocol (SSCOP) details for all ATM interfaces, use the
show sscop privileged EXEC command.

show sscop

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show sscop command:
Router# show sscop

SSCOP details for interface ATM4/0

Current State = Data Transfer Ready
Send Sequence Number: Current = 2, Maximum = 9
Send Sequence Number Acked = 3
Rcv Sequence Number: Lower Edge = 2, Upper Edge = 2, Max = 9
Poll Sequence Number = 1876, Poll Ack Sequence Number = 2
Vt(Pd) = 0
Connection Control: timer = 1000
Timer currently Inactive
Keep Alive Timer = 30000
Current Retry Count = 0, Maximum Retry Count = 10
Statistics -
Pdu's Sent = 0, Pdu's Received = 0, Pdu's Ignored = 0
Begin = 0/1, Begin Ack = 1/0, Begin Reject = 0/0
End = 0/0, End Ack = 0/0
Resync = 0/0, Resync Ack = 0/0
Sequenced Data = 2/0, Sequenced Poll Data = 0/0
Poll = 1591/1876, Stat = 0/1591, Unsolicited Stat = 0/0
Unassured Data = 0/0, Mgmt Data = 0/0, Unknown Pdu's = 0

Table 21 describes the fields shown in the display. Interpreting this output requires a good understanding
of the SSCOP; it is usually displayed by our technicians to help diagnose network problems.

Table 21 show sscop Field Descriptions

Field Description
SSCOP details for interface Interface slot and port.
Current State SSCOP state for the interface.
Send Sequence Number Current and maximum send sequence number.
Send Sequence Number Acked Sequence number of packets already acknowledged.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-206 78-11752-02
 show sscop

Table 21 show sscop Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Rcv Sequence Number Sequence number of packets received.
Poll Sequence Number Current poll sequence number.
Poll Ack Sequence Number Poll sequence number already acknowledged.
Vt(Pd) Number of sequenced data (SD) frames sent, which
triggers a sending of a Poll frame.
Connection Control Timer used for establishing and terminating SSCOP.
Keep Alive Timer Timer used to send keepalives on an idle link.
Current Retry Count Current count of the retry counter.
Maximum Retry Count Maximum value the retry counter can take.
Pdu’s Sent Total number of SSCOP frames sent.
Pdu’s Received Total number of SSCOP frames received.
Pdu’s Ignored Number of invalid SSCOP frames ignored.
Begin Number of Begin frames sent/received.
Begin Ack Number of Begin Ack frames sent/received.
Begin Reject Number of Begin Reject frames sent/received.
End Number of End frames sent/received.
End Ack Number of End Ack frames sent/received.
Resync Number of Resync frames sent/received.
Resync Ack Number of Resync Ack frames sent/received.
Sequenced Data Number of Sequenced Data frames sent/received.
Sequenced Poll Data Number of Sequenced Poll Data frames sent/received.
Poll Number of Poll frames sent/received.
Stat Number of Stat frames sent/received.
Unsolicited Stat Number of Unsolicited Stat frames sent/received.
Unassured Data Number of Unassured Data frames sent/received.
Mgmt Data Number of Mgmt Data frames sent/received.
Unknown Pdu’s Number of Unknown Pdu’s frames sent/received.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-207
 sscop cc-timer

sscop cc-timer
To change the connection control timer, use the sscop cc-timer interface configuration command. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop cc-timer seconds

no sscop cc-timer

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds between Begin messages.

Defaults 1 second

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The connection control timer determines the time between transmission of BGN (establishment), END
(release), or RS (resynchronization) protocol data units (PDUs) as long as an acknowledgment has not
been received.

Examples The following example sets the connection control timer 15 seconds:
sscop cc-timer 15

Related Commands Command Description

sscop max-cc Changes the SSCOP retry count of connection control.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-208 78-11752-02
 sscop keepalive-timer

sscop keepalive-timer
To change the keepalive timer, use the sscop keepalive-timer interface configuration command. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop keepalive-timer seconds

no sscop keepalive-timer seconds

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds the router waits between transmission of POLL PDUs when
no sequential data (SD) or SDP PDUs are queued for transmission or are
outstanding pending acknowledgments.

Defaults 5 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the keepalive timer to 15 seconds:

sscop keepalive-timer 15

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-209
 sscop max-cc

sscop max-cc
To change the retry count of connection control, use the sscop max-cc interface configuration command.
To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop max-cc retries

no sscop max-cc

Syntax Description retries Number of times that SSCOP will retry to transmit BGN (establishment), END
(release), or RS (resynchronization) PDUs as long as an acknowledgment has not
been received. Valid range is from 1 to 6000.

Defaults 10 retries

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the retry count of the connection control to 20:
sscop max-cc 20

Related Commands Command Description

sscop cc-timer Changes the SSCOP connection control timer.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-210 78-11752-02
 sscop poll-timer

sscop poll-timer
To change the poll timer, use the sscop poll-timer interface configuration command. To restore the
default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop poll-timer seconds

no sscop poll-timer

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds that the router waits between transmission of POLL PDUs.

Defaults 100 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The poll timer controls the maximum time between transmission of POLL PDUs when SD or SDP PDUs
are queued for transmission or are outstanding pending acknowledgments.

Examples The following example sets the poll timer to 15 seconds:

sscop poll-timer 15

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-211
 sscop receive-window

sscop receive-window
To change the receiver window, use the sscop receive-window interface configuration command. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop receive-window packets

no sscop receive-window

Syntax Description packets Number of packets the interface can receive before it must send an
acknowledgment to the ATM switch. Valid range is from 1 to 6000.

Defaults 7 packets

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the receiver’s window to 10 packets:

sscop rcv-window 10

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-212 78-11752-02
 sscop send-window

sscop send-window
To change the transmitter window, use the sscop send-window interface configuration command. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

sscop send-window packets

no sscop send-window

Syntax Description packets Number of packets the interface can send before it must receive an acknowledgment
from the ATM switch. Valid range is from 1 to 6000.

Defaults 7 packets

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the transmitter’s window to 10 packets:

sscop send-window 10

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-213
 svc

svc
To create an ATM switched virtual circuit (SVC) and specify the destination network service access
point (NSAP) address on a main interface or subinterface, use the svc interface configuration command.
To disable the SVC, use the no form of this command.

svc [name] [nsap address] [ces]

no svc [name] [nsap address] [ces]

Syntax Description name (Optional) The name of the SVC and map. The name can be up to
16 characters long. A name is required when creating passive a CES SVC.
nsap address (Optional) The destination ATM NSAP address. Must be exactly 40
hexadecimal digits long and in the correct format. See the “Usage Guidelines”
section. An NSAP address is required when creating an active CES SVC.
ces (Optional) Circuit Emulation Service encapsulation. This keyword is
available on the OC-3/STM-1 ATM Circuit Emulation Service network
module only.

Defaults No NSAP address is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.
12.1(2)T The ces keyword was added to configure CES encapsulation when using the
OC-3/STM-1 ATM Circuit Emulation Service network module on Cisco 2600
and Cisco 3600 series platform.
12.1(3)T This command was modified to allow an SVC to be created without having a
specific NSAP address associated with it.

Usage Guidelines After configuring the parameters for an ATM SVC, you must exit the interface-ATM-VC or
interface-CES-VC configuration mode in order to enable the SVC settings.
Once you specify a name for an SVC, you can reenter the interface-ATM-VC or interface-CES-VC
configuration mode by simply entering svc name.
You can remove an NSAP address and any associated parameters by entering no svc name or no svc
nsap address.
ACreating an SVC without a specific NSAP address will allow a router to accept calls from any ATM
address, and allow multiple VCs to be set up using the same configuration.
Use the ces keyword to configure an active or passive CES SVC. An active CES SVC can originate and
terminate SVC calls. A passive CES SVC can only terminate calls.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-214 78-11752-02
 svc

Examples SVC Example

The following example creates an SVC called “chicago” on ATM interface 2/0/0:
interface atm 2/0/0
svc chicago

SVC with NSAP Address Example

The following example creates an SVC with the name “lion” and specifies the 40-digit hexadecimal
destination ATM NSAP address:
svc lion nsap 47.0091.81.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.3333.3333.05

Active CES SVC Example

The following example creates an active CES SVC named "ces1":
interface atm 1/0
svc ces1 nsap 47.00.00.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.01.01.00 ces

Passive CES SVC Example

The following example creates a passive CES SVC named "ces2":
interface atm 1/0
svc ces2 ces

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-215
 ubr

ubr
To configure unspecified bit rate (UBR) quality of service (QoS) and specify the output peak cell rate
(PCR) for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), PVC range, switched virtual circuit (SVC), virtual
circuit (VC) class, or VC bundle member, use the ubr command in the appropriate command mode. To
remove the UBR parameter, use the no form of this command.

ubr output-pcr [input-pcr]

no ubr output-pcr [input-pcr]

Syntax Description output-pcr The output PCR in kbps.

input-pcr (Optional for SVCs only) The input peak cell rate (PCR) in kilobits per
second. If this value is omitted, the input-pcr will equal the output-pcr.

Defaults UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the physical interface.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle-vc configuration (for ATM VC bundle members)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T This command was enhanced to support selection of UBR QoS and configuration of
output PCR for ATM VC bundles and ATM VC bundle members.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines To configure ATM SVCs with an output PCR and an input PCR that differ from each other, you must
expressly configure an output value and an input value using the output-pcr and input-pcr arguments,
respectively.
Configure QoS parameters using the ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt command. The last command you enter will
apply to the PVC or SVC you are configuring.
If the ubr command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member, the VC
inherits the following default configuration (listed in order of next highest precedence):
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC or
SVC itself.
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM subinterface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-216 78-11752-02
 ubr

• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default: UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the PVC or SVC.
To use this command in VC-class configuration mode, enter the vc-class atm global configuration
command. This command has no effect if the VC class that contains the command is attached to a
standalone VC, that is, if the VC is not a bundle member.
To use this command in bundle-vc configuration mode, first enter the bundle command to specify the
bundle, then enter bundle configuration mode. Then enter the pvc-bundle configuration command to add
the VC to the bundle as a member of it and enter bundle-vc configuration mode.
VCs in a VC bundle are subject to the following configuration inheritance rules (listed in order of next
highest precedence):
• VC configuration in bundle-vc mode
• Bundle configuration in bundle mode (with effect of assigned VC-class configuration)
• Subinterface configuration in subinterface mode

Examples The following example specifies the output-pcr argument for an ATM PVC to be 100,000 kbps:
pvc 1/32
ubr 100000

The following example specifies the output-pcr and input-pcr arguments for an ATM SVC to be
10,000 kbps and 9,000 kbps, respectively:
svc lion nsap 47.0091.81.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.3333.3333.05
ubr 10000 9000

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or virtual circuit class.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
bump Configures the bumping rules for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle.
bundle Creates a bundle or modifies an existing bundle to enter bundle configuration
mode.
class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation Sets the encapsulation method used by the interface.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for a virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit
bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-217
 ubr

Command Description
precedence Configures precedence levels for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle and thus applied to all virtual circuit members of
that bundle.
protect Configures a virtual circuit class with protected group or protected virtual
circuit status for application to a virtual circuit bundle member.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
pvc-bundle Adds a PVC to a bundle as a member of the bundle and enters bundle-vc
configuration mode in order to configure that PVC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC
bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-218 78-11752-02
 ubr+

ubr+
To configure unspecified bit rate (UBR) quality of service (QoS) and specify the output peak cell rate
and output minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), PVC range,
switched virtual circuit (SVC), virtual circuit (VC) class, or VC bundle member, use the ubr+ command
in the appropriate command mode. To remove the UBR+ parameters, use the no form of this command.

ubr+ output-pcr output-mcr [input-pcr] [input-mcr]

no ubr+ output-pcr output-mcr [input-pcr] [input-mcr]

Syntax Description output-pcr The output peak cell rate (PCR) in kbps.
output-mcr The output minimum guaranteed cell rate in kbps.
input-pcr (Optional for SVCs only) The input PCR in kbps. If this value is omitted,
the input-pcr will equal the output-pcr.
input-mcr (Optional for SVCs only) The input minimum guaranteed cell rate in
kbps. If this value is omitted, the input-mcr will equal the output-mcr.

Defaults UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the physical interface.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle-vc configuration (for ATM VC bundle members)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T This command was enhanced to support selection of UBR+ QoS and
configuration of output PCR and output minimum guaranteed cell rate ATM
VC bundles, and VC bundle members.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range
configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines To configure ATM SVCs with an output PCR and an input PCR that differ from each other, you must
expressly configure an output value and an input value using the output-pcr, output-mcr, input-pcr, and
input-mcr arguments, respectively.
Configure QoS parameters using the ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt command. The last command you enter will
apply to the PVC or SVC that you are configuring.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-219
 ubr+

If the ubr+ command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC or SVC, the VC inherits the following
default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC or
SVC itself.
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default: UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the PVC or SVC.
To use this command in VC-class configuration mode, enter the vc-class atm global configuration
command before you enter the ubr+ command. This command has no effect if the VC class that contains
the command is attached to a standalone VC, that is, if the VC is not a bundle member.
To use this command in bundle-vc configuration mode, first enter the bundle command to specify the
bundle the VC member belongs to, then enter bundle configuration mode. Then enter the pvc-bundle
bundle configuration command to add the VC to the bundle as a member of it.
VCs in a VC bundle are subject to the following configuration inheritance rules (listed in order of next
highest precedence):
• VC configuration in bundle-vc mode
• Bundle configuration in bundle mode (with effect of assigned VC-class configuration)
• Subinterface configuration in subinterface mode

Examples The following example specifies the output-pcr argument for an ATM PVC to be 100,000 kbps and the
output-mcr to be 3000 kbps:
pvc 1/32
ubr+ 100000 3000

The following example specifies the output-pcr, output-mcr, input-pcr, and input-mcr arguments for an
ATM SVC to be 10,000 kbps, 3000 kbps, 9000 kbps, and 1000 kbps, respectively:
svc lion nsap 47.0091.81.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.3333.3333.05
ubr+ 10000 3000 9000 1000

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or virtual circuit class.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
bump Configures the bumping rules for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle.
bundle Creates a bundle or modifies an existing bundle to enter bundle configuration
mode.
class Assigns a VC-class to an ATM main interface, subinterface, PVC, SVC, VC
bundle, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation Sets the encapsulation method used by the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-220 78-11752-02
 ubr+

Command Description
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
loopback cell generation and OAM management for a virtual circuit class
that can be applied to a virtual circuit bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle.
precedence Configures precedence levels for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle and thus applied to all virtual circuit members of
that bundle.
protect Configures a virtual circuit class with protected group or protected virtual
circuit status for application to a virtual circuit bundle member.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
pvc-bundle Adds a PVC to a bundle as a member of the bundle and enters bundle-vc
configuration mode in order to configure that PVC bundle member.
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output peak cell rate, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC,
SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-221
 vbr-nrt

vbr-nrt
To configure the variable bit rate-nonreal time (VBR-NRT) quality of service (QoS) and specify output
peak cell rate (PCR), output sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM
permanent virtual circuit (PVC), PVC range, switched virtual circuit (SVC), VC class, or VC bundle
member, use the vbr-nrt command in the appropriate command mode. To remove the VBR-NRT
parameters, use the no form of this command.

vbr-nrt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs [input-pcr] [input-scr] [input-mbs]

no vbr-nrt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs [input-pcr] [input-scr] [input-mbs]

Syntax Description output-pcr The output PCR, in kbps.

output-scr The output SCR, in kbps.
output-mbs The output maximum burst cell size, expressed in number of cells.
input-pcr (Optional for SVCs only) The input PCR, in kbps.
input-scr (Optional for SVCs only) The input SCR, in kbps.
input-mbs (Optional for SVCs only) The input maximum burst cell size, expressed
in number of cells.

Defaults UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the physical interface.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration (for an ATM PVC or SVC)

VC-class configuration (for a VC class)
Bundle-vc configuration (for ATM VC bundle members)
PVC range configuration (for an ATM PVC range)
PVC-in-range configuration (for an individual PVC within a PVC range)

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.
12.0(3)T This command was enhanced to support configuration of VBR-NRT QoS and
specification of output PCR, output SCR, and output maximum burst cell size for ATM
bundles and VC bundle members.
12.1(5)T This command was made available in PVC range and PVC-in-range configuration modes.

Usage Guidelines Configure QoS parameters using the ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt command. The last command you enter will
apply to the PVC or SVC you are configuring.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-222 78-11752-02
 vbr-nrt

If the vbr-nrt command is not explicitly configured on an ATM PVC or SVC, the VC inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC or
SVC itself.
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM subinterface.
• Configuration of any QoS command (ubr, ubr+, or vbr-nrt) in a VC class assigned to the PVC’s or
SVC’s ATM main interface.
• Global default: UBR QoS at the maximum line rate of the PVC or SVC.
To use this command in VC-class configuration mode, enter the vc-class atm global configuration
command before you enter the vbr-nrt command. This command has no effect if the VC class that
contains the command is attached to a standalone VC, that is, if the VC is not a bundle member.
To use this command in bundle-vc configuration mode, first enter the pvc-bundle configuration
command to add the VC to the bundle as a member of it, then and enter bundle-vc configuration mode.
VCs in a VC bundle are subject to the following configuration inheritance rules (listed in order of
precedence):
• VC configuration in bundle-vc mode
• Bundle configuration in bundle mode (with effect of assigned VC-class configuration)
• Subinterface configuration in subinterface mode

Examples The following example specifies the output-pcr argument for an ATM PVC to be 100,000 kbps, the
output-scr argument to be 50,000 kbps, and the output-mbs to be 64:
pvc 1/32
vbr-nrt 100000 50000 64

The following example specifies the VBR-NRT output and input parameters for an ATM SVC:
svc lion nsap 47.0091.81.000000.0040.0B0A.2501.ABC1.3333.3333.05
vbr-nrt 10000 5000 32 20000 10000 64

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures output peak cell rate and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC or virtual circuit class.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM VC
class, PVC, SVC, or VC bundle.
bump Configures the bumping rules for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle.
bundle Creates a bundle or modifies an existing bundle to enter bundle configuration
mode.
class-int Assigns a VC class to an ATM main interface or subinterface.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member.
encapsulation Sets the encapsulation method used by the interface.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC, VC class, or VC
bundle.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-223
 vbr-nrt

Command Description
oam-bundle Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for a virtual circuit class that can be applied to a virtual circuit
bundle.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC, SVC,
VC class, or VC bundle.
precedence Configures precedence levels for a virtual circuit class that can be assigned
to a virtual circuit bundle and thus applied to all virtual circuit members of
that bundle.
protect Configures a virtual circuit class with protected group or protected virtual
circuit status for application to a virtual circuit bundle member.
protocol (ATM) Configures a static map for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle.
Enables Inverse ARP or Inverse ARP broadcasts on an ATM PVC by either
configuring Inverse ARP directly on the PVC, on the VC bundle, or in a VC
class (applies to IP and IPX protocols only).
pvc-bundle Adds a PVC to a bundle as a member of the bundle and enters bundle-vc
configuration mode in order to configure that PVC bundle member.
ubr Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate for an ATM
PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC bundle member.
ubr+ Configures UBR QoS and specifies the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC, SVC, VC class, or VC
bundle member.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-224 78-11752-02
 vc-class atm

vc-class atm
To create a virtual circuit (VC) class for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual
circuit (SVC), or ATM interface and enter vc-class configuration mode, use the vc-class atm global
configuration command. To remove a VC class, use the no form of this command.

vc-class atm name

no vc-class atm name

Syntax Description name Name of your VC class.

Defaults No VC class is defined.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If an SVC command (for example, the idle-timeout or oam-svc command) is applied on a PVC, the
command is ignored. This is also true if a PVC command is applied to an SVC.

Examples The following example creates a VC class named “pvc-qos”:

vc-class atm pvc-qos

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-225
 vc-class atm

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-226 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge
Encapsulation Commands

Use the commands described in this chapter to configure broadband access using PPP and routed bridge
encapsulation.
For information about configuring broadband access using PPP and routed bridge encapsulation, refer
to the chapter “Configuring Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation” in the Cisco IOS
Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-227
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
atm route-bridge

atm route-bridge
To configure an interface to use the ATM routed bridge encapsulation, use the atm route-bridge
interface configuration command.

atm route-bridge protocol

Syntax Description protocol Protocol to be route-bridged. IP is the only protocol that can be
route-bridged using ATM routed bridge encapsulation.

Defaults ATM routed bridge encapsulation is not configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)DC This command was introduced.
12.1(2)T This command was integrated in Cisco IOS Release 12.1(2)T.

Examples The following example configures ATM routed bridge encapsulation on an interface:
interface atm 4/0.100 point-to-point
ip address 172.16.5.9 255.255.255.0
pvc 0/32
atm route-bridge ip

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-228 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
class-range

class-range
To assign a virtual circuit (VC) class to an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) range, use the
class-range PVC range configuration command. To remove the VC class, use the no form of this
command.

class-range class-name

no class-range class-name

Syntax Description class-name Name of the VC class.

Defaults No VC class is assigned to the PVC range.

Command Modes PVC range configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When you create a VC class for an ATM PVC range, you can use the following commands to define your
parameters: abr, broadcast, cbr, encapsulation aal5, ilmi manage, inarp, oam-pvc, oam retry,
protocol, ubr, ubr+, vbr-nrt, and vbr-rt.
Parameters that are configured for a PVC range through discrete commands entered in PVC range
configuration mode supersede VC class parameters assigned to an ATM PVC range using the
class-range command.

Examples In the following example, a class called “classA” is created and then applied to an ATM PVC range
called “range-pppoa-1”:
! The following commands create the class classA:
vc-class atm classA
ubr 10000
encapsulation aal5snap

! The following commands apply classA to an ATM PVC range:

interface atm 6/0.110 multipoint
range range-pppoa-1 pvc 0/102 0/199
class-range classA

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-229
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
class-range

Related Commands Command Description

abr Selects ABR QoS and configures the output peak cell rate and output
minimum guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC.
broadcast Configures broadcast packet duplication and transmission for an ATM PVC.
cbr Configures the CBR for the ATM CES for an ATM PVC.
class-vc Assigns a VC class to an ATM PVC.
encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC.
ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
inarp Configures the Inverse ARP time period for an ATM PVC.
oam-pvc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM
management for an ATM PVC.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for an ATM PVC.
protocol (ATM) Configures a protocol for an ATM PVC. A PVC within a PVC range
supports only the protocols that do not require static map configuration.
shutdown Deactivates an individual PVC within a PVC range.
(PVC-in-range)
shutdown (PVC range) Deactivates an ATM PVC range.
ubr Configures an UBR QoS and specifies the output PCR for an ATM PVC
range.
ubr+ Configures an UBR QoS and specifies the output PCR and output minimum
guaranteed cell rate for an ATM PVC range.
vbr-nrt Configures the VBR-NRT QoS and specifies output PCR, output
sustainable cell rate, and output maximum burst cell size for an ATM PVC
range.
vbr-rt Configures the real-time VBR for an ATM PVC range.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-230 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
max bandwidth

max bandwidth
To specify the total amount of outgoing bandwidth available to SVCs in the current configuration, use
the max bandwidth interface-ATM-VC configuration command. To remove the current bandwidth
setting, use the no form of this command.

max bandwidth kbps

no max bandwidth kbps

Syntax Description kbps Total amount of outgoing bandwidth in kilobits per second available to all
SVCs in the current configuration.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Only the guaranteed cell rate of an SVC is counted toward the maximum bandwidth.

Examples In following example, an SVC called “anna” on ATM interface 2/0/0 is configured using the max
bandwidth command to allow a maximum of 50 Mbps of bandwidth to be used by all of the SVCs in
this configuration:
interface ATM 2/0/0
svc anna
encapsulation aal5auto
protocol ppp virtual-template 1
max bandwidth 50000

Related Commands Command Description

max vc Specifies the maximum number of SVCs that can be established using the
current configuration.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-231
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
max vc

max vc
To specify the maximum number of switched virtual circuits (SVCs) that can be established using the
current configuration, use the max vc interface-ATM-VC configuration command. To restore the
maximum number of SVCs to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

max vc number

no max vc number

Syntax Description number Maximum number of SVCs to be established using the current SVC
configuration.

Defaults 4096 SVCs

Command Modes Interface-ATM-VC configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Examples In following example, an SVC called “anna” on ATM interface 2/0/0 is configured using the max vc
command to allow a maximum of 100 SVCs to be established using this configuration:
interface ATM 2/0/0
svc anna
encapsulation aal5auto
protocol ppp virtual-template 1
max vc 100

Related Commands Command Description

max bandwidth Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth available to all SVCs in the
current configuration.
svc Creates an ATM SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-232 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
oam-range

oam-range
To enable end-to-end F5 Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) loopback cell generation
and OAM management for an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC) range, use the oam-range PVC
range configuration command. To disable generation of OAM loopback cells and OAM management,
use the no form of this command.

oam-range [manage] [frequency]

no oam-range [manage] [frequency]

Syntax Description manage (Optional) Enables OAM management.

frequency (Optional) Time delay (0 to 600 seconds) between transmissions of OAM loopback
cells.

Defaults 10 seconds

Command Modes PVC range configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If OAM management is enabled, further control of OAM management is configured using the oam retry
command.
If the oam-range command is not explicitly configured for an ATM PVC range, the range inherits the
following default configuration (listed in order of precedence):
• Configuration of the oam-range command in a VC class assigned to the range.
• Configuration of the oam-range command in a VC class assigned to the ATM subinterface for the
range.
• Configuration of the oam-range command in a VC class assigned to the ATM main interface for the
range.
• Global default: End-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management are disabled,
but if OAM cells are received, they are looped back. The default value for the frequency argument
is 10 seconds.

Examples The following example enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell transmission and OAM management
on an ATM PVC range called “range1” with a transmission frequency of 11 seconds:
interface atm 6/0.1
range range1 pvc 7/101 7/103
oam-range manage 11
oam retry 8 9 10

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-233
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
oam-range

Related Commands Command Description

ilmi manage Enables ILMI management on an ATM PVC.
oam-pvc Enables end-to-end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management for an
ATM PVC or VC class.
oam retry Configures parameters related to OAM management for ATM PVC, SVC, or VC class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-234 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe enable

pppoe enable
To enable PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) sessions on an Ethernet interface, use the pppoe enable interface
configuration command. To disable PPPoE, use the no form of this command.

pppoe enable

no pppoe enable

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults PPPoE is disabled by default.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was modified to enable PPPoE on IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulated virtual LAN (VLAN) interfaces.

Examples PPPoE on an 802.1Q VLAN Subinterface Example

The following example shows how to enable PPPoE on an 802.1Q VLAN subinterface:
interface FastEthernet0/0.10
encapsulation dot1Q 10
pppoe enable

PPPoE on an Ethernet Interface Example

The following example enables PPPoE sessions on Ethernet interface 1/0:
interface ethernet1/0
pppoe enable

Related Commands Command Description

debug vpdn pppoe-data Displays data packets of PPPoE sessions.
debug vpdn pppoe-error Displays PPPoE protocol errors that prevent a session from being
established or errors that cause an established session to be closed.
debug vpdn pppoe-events Displays PPPoE protocol messages about events that are part of
normal session establishment or shutdown.
pppoe limit per-mac Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be sourced from
a MAC address.
pppoe limit per-vlan Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions under each VLAN.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-235
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe limit per-mac

pppoe limit per-mac

To specify the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be sourced from a MAC address, use the pppoe
limit per-mac command in VPDN configuration mode.

pppoe limit per-mac number

Syntax Description number Maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be sourced from a MAC
address.

Defaults 100 sessions

Command Modes VPDN configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(1)T This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets a limit of 10 sessions to be sourced from a MAC address:
pppoe limit per-mac 10

Related Commands Command Description

pppoe limit per-vc Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be established
over a VC.
pppoe limit per-vlan Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions under each VLAN.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-236 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe limit per-vc

pppoe limit per-vc

To specify the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be established over a VC, use the pppoe limit
per-vc command in VPDN configuration mode.

pppoe limit per-vc number

Syntax Description number Maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established over an ATM
PVC.

Defaults 100 sessions

Command Modes VPDN configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(1)T This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets a limit of 10 sessions to be established over a VC:
pppoe limit per-vc 10

Related Commands Command Description

pppoe limit per-mac Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be sourced from
a MAC address.
pppoe limit per-vlan Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions under each VLAN.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-237
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe limit per-vlan

pppoe limit per-vlan

To specify the maximum number of PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) sessions permitted under each virtual
LAN (VLAN), use the pppoe limit per-vlan VPDN configuration command. To remove this
specification, use the no form of this command.

pppoe limit per-vlan number

no pppoe limit per-vlan

Syntax Description number Maximum number of PPP over Ethernet sessions permitted under each
VLAN.

Defaults 100 PPPoE sessions per VLAN

Command Modes VPDN configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If the pppoe max-session command is configured on a VLAN, that command will take precedence over
the pppoe limit per-vlan command. The pppoe limit per-vlan command applies to all VLANs on which
the pppoe max-session command has not been configured.
The pppoe limit per-vlan command must be configured after the accept dial-in VPDN group has been
configured using the accept-dialin VPDN configuration command.

Examples The following example shows a maximum of 200 PPPoE sessions configured for an 802.1Q VLAN
subinterface:
interface FastEthernet0/0.10
encapsulation dot1Q 10
pppoe enable
!
vpdn enable
vpdn-group 1
accept dialin
protocol pppoe
virtual-template 1
pppoe limit per-vlan 200

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-238 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe limit per-vlan

Related Commands Command Description

accept dial-in Creates an accept dial-in VPDN subgroup.
debug vpdn pppoe-data Displays data packets of PPPoE sessions.
debug vpdn pppoe-error Displays PPPoE protocol errors that prevent a session from being
established or errors that cause an established session to be closed.
debug vpdn pppoe-events Displays PPPoE protocol messages about events that are part of
normal session establishment or shutdown.
debug vpdn pppoe-packet Displays each PPPoE protocol packet exchanged.
pppoe enable Enables PPPoE sessions on an Ethernet interface.
pppoe limit per-mac Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be sourced from
a MAC address.
pppoe limit per-vc Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be established
over a VC.
pppoe max-session Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions permitted under a
VLAN.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-239
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe max-session

pppoe max-session
To specify the maximum number of PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) sessions permitted under a virtual LAN
(VLAN), use the pppoe max-session Ethernet subinterface configuration command. To remove this
specification, use the no form of this command.

pppoe max-session number

no pppoe max-session

Syntax Description number Maximum number of PPP over Ethernet sessions permitted under a VLAN.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Ethernet subinterface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the pppoe max-session command to specify the maximum number of PPPoE session under a
VLAN. The pppoe limit per-vlan global configuration command can also be used to specify the
maximum number of PPPoE sessions. If the pppoe max-session command and the pppoe limit per-vlan
command are both configured, the pppoe max-session command takes precedence on the VLAN.

Examples The following example shows a maximum of 200 PPPoE sessions configured for an 802.1Q VLAN
subinterface:
interface FastEthernet0/0.10
encapsulation dot1Q 10
pppoe enable
pppoe max-session 200

Related Commands Command Description

debug vpdn pppoe-data Displays data packets of PPPoE sessions.
debug vpdn pppoe-error Displays PPPoE protocol errors that prevent a session from being
established or errors that cause an established session to be closed.
debug vpdn pppoe-events Displays PPPoE protocol messages about events that are part of
normal session establishment or shutdown.
debug vpdn pppoe-packet Displays each PPPoE protocol packet exchanged.
pppoe enable Enables PPPoE sessions on an Ethernet interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-240 78-11752-02
Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pppoe max-session

Command Description
pppoe limit per-mac Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be sourced
from a MAC address.
pppoe limit per-vc Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions to be
established over a VC.
pppoe limit per-vlan Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions permitted
under each VLAN.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-241
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
pvc-in-range

pvc-in-range
To configure an individual permanent virtual circuit (PVC) within a PVC range, use the pvc-in-range
PVC range configuration command. To delete the individual PVC configuration, use the no form of this
command.

pvc-in-range [pvc-name] [vpi/vci]

no pvc-in-range [pvc-name] [vpi/vci]

Syntax Description pvc-name (Optional) Name given to the PVC. The PVC name can have a maximum of
15 characters.
vpi/ (Optional) ATM network virtual path identifier (VPI) for this PVC. In the
absence of the “/” and a vpi value, the vpi value defaults to 0. The vpi value
ranges from 0 to 255.
vci (Optional) ATM network virtual channel identifier (VCI) for this PVC. The
vci value ranges from 32 to 2047.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes PVC range configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The pvc-in-range command defines an individual PVC within a PVC range and enables PVC-in-range
configuration mode.

Examples In the following example, a PVC called “pppoa” is deactivated. The PVC “pppoa” is an individual PVC
within a configured PVC range.
pvc-in-range pppoa 0/130
shutdown

Related Commands Command Description

range pvc Defines a range of ATM PVCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-242 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
range pvc

range pvc
To define a range of ATM permanent virtual circuits (PVCs), use the range pvc subinterface
configuration command. To delete the range of ATM PVCs, use the no form of this command.

range [range-name] pvc start-vpi/start-vci end-vpi/end-vci

no range [range-name] pvc

Syntax Description range-name (Optional) Name of the range. The range name can be a maximum of 15
characters.
start-vpi/ Beginning value for a range of virtual path identifiers (VPIs). In the absence
of the “/” and a vpi value, the vpi value defaults to 0. The vpi value ranges
from 0 to 255.
start-vci/ Beginning value for a range of virtual channel identifiers (VCIs). The vci
value ranges from 32 to 65535.
end-vpi End value for a range of virtual path identifiers (VPIs). In the absence of an
end-vpi value, the end-vpi value defaults to the start-vpi value.The vpi value
ranges from 0 to 255.
end-vci End value for a range of virtual channel identifiers (VCIs). The vci value
ranges from 32 to 65535.

Defaults An ATM PVC range is not configured.

Command Modes Subinterface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The range pvc command defines a range of PVCs and enables PVC range configuration mode.
The number of PVCs in a range can be calculated using the following formula:
number of PVCs = (end-vpi – start-vpi + 1) x (end-vci – start-vci +1).
The start-vpi argument may be omitted if it is zero. The end_vpi argument may be omitted, but if it is omitted,
it is assigned the value of start-vpi. The end-vpi and end-vci arguments are always greater than or equal to
start-vpi and start-vci respectively.
When applied to multipoint subinterfaces, the range pvc command creates a range of ATM PVCs. When
applied to point-to-point subinterfaces, the range pvc command creates range of PVCs and a
corresponding range of point-to-point subinterfaces.
For point-to-point subinterfaces, subinterface numbering begins with the subinterface on which the PVC
range is configured and increases sequentially through the range.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-243
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
range pvc

Examples ATM PVC Range Example

In the following example, 100 PVCs with VCI values from 100 to 199 for each VPI value from 0 to 4
are created for a PVC range called “range-pppoa-1”. This configuration creates a total of 500 PVCs in
the range. PVC parameters are then configured for the range.
interface atm 6/0.110 multipoint
range range-pppoa-1 pvc 100 4/199
class-range class-pppoa-1
ubr 1000
encapsulation aal5snap
protocol ppp virtual-Template 2

Subinterface Grouping by PVC Range for Routed Bridge Encapsulation Example

In the following example, a PVC range called “range1” is created with a total of 100 PVCs in the range.
A point-to-point subinterface will be created for each PVC in the range. ATM routed bridge
encapsulation is also configured.
interface atm 6/0.200 point-to-point
ip unnumbered loopback 1
atm route-bridged ip
range range1 pvc 1/200 1/299
# end

Related Commands Command Description

pvc-in-range Configures an individual PVC within a PVC range.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-244 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
show atm svc ppp

show atm svc ppp

To display information about each switched virtual circuit (SVC) configured for PPP over ATM, use the
show atm svc ppp privileged EXEC command.

show atm svc ppp

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output for the show atm svc ppp command:
Router# show atm svc ppp

ATM Int. VCD/Name VPI VCI Type VCSt VA VASt

2/0.1 10 0 60 SVC UP 1 UP

Table 22 describes the fields shown in the displays.

Table 22 show atm svc ppp Field Descriptions

Field Description
ATM Int. Interface on which the SVC is configured.
VCD/Name Virtual circuit descriptor (VCD) or name associated with the SVC.
VPI Virtual path identifier.
VCI Virtual channel identifier.
Type Type of virtual circuit.
VCSt Virtual circuit state.
VA Virtual access interface number.
VASt Virtual access interface state.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-245
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
shutdown (PVC-in-range)

shutdown (PVC-in-range)
To deactivate an individual permanent virtual circuit (PVC) within a PVC range, use the shutdown
PVC-in-range configuration command. To reactivate an individual PVC within PVC range, use the no
form of this command.

shutdown

no shutdown

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The PVC is active.

Command Modes PVC-in-range configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Examples In the following example, “pvc1” within the PVC range called “range1” is deactivated:
interface atm 6/0.110 multipoint
range range1 pvc 100 4/199
pvc-in-range pvc1 7/104
shutdown

Related Commands Command Description

pvc-in-range Configures an individual PVC within a PVC range.
shutdown (PVC range) Deactivates a PVC range.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-246 78-11752-02
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
shutdown (PVC range)

shutdown (PVC range)

To deactivate a PVC range, use the shutdown PVC range configuration command. To reactivate a PVC
range, use the no form of this command.

shutdown

no shutdown

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults PVC range is active.

Command Modes PVC range configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(5)T This command was introduced.

Examples In the following example, a PVC range called “range1” is deactivated:

interface atm 6/0.110 multipoint
range range1 pvc 100 4/199
shutdown

Related Commands Command Description

range pvc Defines a range of ATM PVCs.
shutdown (PVC-in-range) Deactivates an individual PVC within a PVC range.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-247
 Broadband Access: PPP and Routed Bridge Encapsulation Commands
shutdown (PVC range)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-248 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands

Use the commands described in this chapter to configure access to Frame Relay networks.
For Frame Relay configuration information and examples, refer to the chapter “Configuring Frame
Relay” in the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.
For a description of the commands used to configure Frame Relay-ATM Interworking, refer to the
chapter “Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands” later in this book.
For information about how to configure FRF.5 Frame Relay-ATM Network Interworking and FRF.8
Frame Relay-ATM Service Interworking, refer to the chapter “Configuring Frame Relay-ATM
Interworking” of the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-249
 Frame Relay Commands
class (map-list)

class (map-list)
To associate a map class with a protocol-and-address combination, use the class map-list configuration
command.

protocol protocol-address class map-class [broadcast] [trigger] [ietf]

Syntax Description protocol Supported protocol, bridging, or logical link control keywords: appletalk,
bridging, clns, decnet, dlsw, ip, ipx, llc2, rsrb, vines, and xns.
protocol-address Protocol address. The bridge and clns keywords do not use protocol addresses.
map-class Name of the map class from which to derive quality of service (QoS)
information.
broadcast (Optional) Allows broadcasts on this SVC.
trigger (Optional) Enables a broadcast packet to trigger an SVC. If an SVC already
exists that uses this map class, the SVC will carry the broadcast. This keyword
can be configured only if broadcast is also configured.
ietf (Optional) Specifies RFC 1490 encapsulation. The default is Cisco
encapsulation.

Defaults No protocol, protocol address, and map class are defined. If the ietf keyword is not specified, the default
is Cisco encapsulation. If the broadcast keyword is not specified, no broadcasts are sent.

Command Modes Map-list configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used for Frame Relay switched virtual circuits (SVCs); the parameters within the map
class are used to negotiate for network resources. The class is associated with a static map that is
configured under a map list.

Examples In the following example, if IP triggers the call, the SVC is set up with the QoS parameters defined
within the class hawaii. However, if AppleTalk triggers the call, the SVC is set up with the QoS
parameters defined in the class rainbow. An SVC triggered by either protocol results in two SVC maps,
one for IP and one for AppleTalk. Two maps are set up because these protocol-and-address combinations
are heading for the same destination, as defined by the dest-addr keyword and the values following it
in the map-list command.
map-list bermuda source-addr E164 14085551212 dest-addr E164 15085551212
ip 131.108.177.100 class hawaii
appletalk 1000.2 class rainbow

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-250 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
class (map-list)

In the following example, the trigger keyword allows AppleTalk broadcast packets to trigger an SVC:
ip 172.21.177.1 class jamaica broadcast ietf
appletalk 1000.2 class jamaica broadcast trigger ietf

Related Commands Command Description

map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.
map-list Specifies a map group and link it to a local E.164 or X.121 source address
and a remote E.164 or X.121 destination address for Frame Relay SVCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-251
 Frame Relay Commands
class (virtual circuit)

class (virtual circuit)

To associate a map class with a specified data-link connection identifier (DLCI), use the class virtual
circuit configuration command. To remove the association between the DLCI and the map class, use the
no form of this command.

class name

no class name

Syntax Description name Name of map class to associate with this DLCI.

Defaults No map class is defined.

Command Modes Virtual circuit configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to DLCIs. The class parameter values are specified with the map-class
frame-relay command.

Examples The following example shows how to define map class “slow_vcs’ and apply it to DLCI 100:
interface serial 0.1 point-to-point
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class slow_vcs

map-class frame-relay slow_vcs

frame-relay cir out 9600

The following example shows how to apply a map class to a DLCI for which a frame-relay map
statement exists. The frame-relay interface-dlci command must also be used.
interface serial 0.2 point-to-multipoint
frame-relay map ip 131.26.13.2 100
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class slow_vcs

interface serial 0
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class fast_vc

map-class frame-relay fast_vc

frame-relay traffic-rate 56000 128000
frame-relay idle-timer 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-252 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
class (virtual circuit)

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay interface-dlci Assigns a DLCI to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the router
or access server.
frame-relay map Defines mapping between a destination protocol address and the DLCI
used to connect to the destination address.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-253
 Frame Relay Commands
clear frame-relay-inarp

clear frame-relay-inarp
To clear dynamically created Frame Relay maps, which are created by the use of Inverse Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP), use the clear frame-relay-inarp EXEC command.

clear frame-relay-inarp

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example clears dynamically created Frame Relay maps:
clear frame-relay-inarp

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay inverse-arp Reenables Inverse ARP on a specified interface or subinterface, if the
Inverse ARP was previously disabled on a router or access server
configured for Frame Relay.
show frame-relay map Displays the current map entries and information about the connections.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-254 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
connect (Frame Relay)

connect (Frame Relay)

To define connections between Frame Relay PVCs, use the connect global configuration command. To
remove connections, use the no form of this command.

connect connection-name interface dlci interface dlci

no connect connection-name interface dlci interface dlci

Syntax Description connection-name A name for this connection.

interface Interface on which a PVC connection will be defined.
dlci Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) number of the PVC that will be
connected.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When Frame Relay switching is enabled, the connect command creates switched PVCs in Frame Relay
networks.

Examples The following example shows how to enable Frame Relay switching and define a connection called
“one” between DLCI 16 on serial interface 0 and DLCI 100 on serial interface 1.
frame-relay switching
connect one serial0 16 serial1 100

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-255
 Frame Relay Commands
encapsulation frame-relay

encapsulation frame-relay
To enable Frame Relay encapsulation, use the encapsulation frame-relay interface configuration
command. To disable Frame Relay encapsulation, use the no form of this command.

encapsulation frame-relay [cisco | ietf]

no encapsulation frame-relay [ietf]

Syntax Description cisco (Optional) Uses Cisco’s own encapsulation, which is a 4-byte header,
with 2 bytes to identify the data-link connection identifier (DLCI)
and 2 bytes to identify the packet type.
ietf (Optional) Sets the encapsulation method to comply with the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard (RFC 1490). Use this
keyword when connecting to another vendor’s equipment across a
Frame Relay network.

Defaults The default is cisco encapsulation.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command with no keywords to restore the default Cisco encapsulation, which is a 4-byte header
with 2 bytes for the DLCI and 2 bytes to identify the packet type.
You should shut down the interface prior to changing encapsulation types. Although this is not required,
shutting down the interface ensures the interface is reset for the new encapsulation.

Examples The following example configures Cisco Frame Relay encapsulation on interface serial 1:
interface serial 1
encapsulation frame-relay

Use the ietf keyword if your router or access server is connected to another vendor’s equipment across
a Frame Relay network to conform with RFC 1490:
interface serial 1
encapsulation frame-relay ietf

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-256 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
fr-atm connect dlci

fr-atm connect dlci

To connect a Frame Relay data-link connection identifier (DLCI) to an ATM virtual circuit descriptor
for FRF.5 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking (currently only available for the Cisco MC 3810), use the
fr-atm connect dlci interface configuration command. The encapsulation type of the current interface
must be Frame Relay or Frame Relay 1490 Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). To remove the
DLCI-to-VCD connection, use the no form of this command.

fr-atm connect dlci dlci atm-interface [pvc name | [pvc vpi/]vci] [clp-bit {map-de | 0 | 1}] [de-bit
{no-map-clp | map-clp}]

no fr-atm connect dlci dlci atm-interface [pvc name | [pvc vpi/]vci] [clp-bit {map-de | 0 | 1}]
[de-bit {no-map-clp | map-clp}]

Syntax Description dlci Frame Relay DLCI number.

atm-interface The ATM interface connected to the DLCI.
pvc name (Optional) The ATM PVC name.
pvc vpi/vci (Optional) The ATM PVC virtual path identifier (VPI)/virtual channel
identifier (VCI). The default value for vpi is 0 if no value is entered.
When specifying the ATM PVC, enter one of the following PVC
designations:
• The name value
• The vpi value alone
• The vpi/vci combination
clp-bit {map-de | 0 | 1} (Optional) Sets the mode of Discard Eligibility/Cell Loss Priority
(DE/CLP) mapping in the Frame Relay to ATM direction. The default is
map-de.
map-de—Specifies Mode 1 (as described in section 4.4.2 of FRF.5).
0 or 1—Specifies Mode 2 (as described in section 4.4.2 of FRF.5).
de-bit {no-map-clp | (Optional) Sets the mode of DE/CLP mapping in the ATM to Frame
map-clp} Relay direction. The default is map-clp.
map-clp—Specifies Mode 1 (as described in section 4.4.2 of FRF.5).
no-map-clp—Specifies Mode 2 (as described in section 4.4.2 of FRF.5).

Defaults No Frame Relay-ATM connection is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 MA This command was introduced.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-257
 Frame Relay Commands
fr-atm connect dlci

Release Modification
12.0 PVC Management CLI support was added.
12.0(7)T This command was implemented in Cisco IOS Release 12.0 T. The clp-bit and
de-bit keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines This command only applies to Frame Relay-ATM Network Interworking (FRF.5) on the Cisco MC3810.

Note The Cisco MC3810 provides only network interworking (FRF.5). The Cisco MC3810 can be used
with service interworking (FRF.8), which is provided by the carrier’s ATM network equipment.

Examples The following example configures a Frame Relay-ATM Interworking connection on FR-ATM interface
20, in which Frame Relay DLCI 100 is connected to ATM VPI/VCI 100/200 for ATM interface 0:
interface fr-atm 20
fr-atm connect dlci 100 atm0 100/200 clp-bit map-de de-bit map-clp

The following example configures a Frame Relay-ATM Interworking connection on FR-ATM interface
10, in which Frame Relay DLCI 150 is connected to ATM VPI/VCI 0/150 for ATM interface 0:
interface fr-atm 10
fr-atm connect dlci 150 atm0 0/150 clp-bit map-de de-bit map-clp

Related Commands Command Description

interface fr-atm Creates a Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface on the Cisco MC3810
multiservice concentrator.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-258 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay accounting adjust

frame-relay accounting adjust

To enable byte count adjustment at the permanent virtual circuit (PVC) level so that the number of bytes
sent and received at the PVC corresponds to the actual number of bytes sent and received on the physical
interface, use the frame-relay accounting adjust command in interface configuration mode. To disable
byte count adjustment, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay accounting adjust

no frame-relay accounting adjust [frf9]

Syntax Description frf9 (Optional) Payload compression using the Stacker method.

Note Use the frf9 keyword only with the no form of this command.

Defaults Byte count adjustment is enabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to return the number of bytes shown at the PVC level back to the number of bytes
received at the PVC level without any adjustments. This command takes into consideration any dropped
packets as well as compression and decompression that may occur after initial processing.
If you use the no frame-relay accounting adjust frf9 command, then byte count includes dropped
packets and traffic shaping, but not compression and decompression savings from FRF.9.

Examples The following example enables Frame-Relay accounting adjustment:

Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface serial3/0
Router(config-if) frame-relay accounting adjust

The following example disables Frame-Relay accounting adjustment:

Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface serial3/0
Router(config-if) no frame-relay accounting adjust
Router(config-if)# end

The following example verifies that Frame-Relay accounting adjustment is disabled:

Router# show run interface serial3/0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-259
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay accounting adjust

Building configuration...

Current configuration :266 bytes

!
interface Serial3/0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
no frame-relay accounting adjust
end

Related Commands Command Description

show frame-relay pvc Displays the total input and output bytes for a PVC and an interface as
equal.
Note In order for the PVC and the interface input and output byte count
to be equal, no other PVCs or network traffic can be passing data.
Otherwise the interface shows aggregate totals for PVCs, the Local
Management Interface (LMI), and other network traffic.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-260 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay adaptive-shaping

frame-relay adaptive-shaping
To select the type of backward notification you want to use, use the frame-relay adaptive-shaping
map-class configuration command. To disable backward notification, use the no form of the command.

frame-relay adaptive-shaping {becn | foresight}

no frame-relay adaptive-shaping

Syntax Description becn Enables rate adjustment in response to backward explicit congestion
notification (BECN).
foresight Enables rate adjustment in response to ForeSight and BECN messages.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command replaces the frame-relay becn-response-enable command. If you use the frame-relay
becn-response-enable command in scripts, you should replace it with the frame-relay
adaptive-shaping command.
The frame-relay adaptive-shaping command configures a router to respond to either BECN or
ForeSight backward congestion notification messages. When BECN is enabled, Frame Relay traffic
shaping will adapt to BECN messages. When ForeSight is enabled, Frame Relay traffic shaping will
adapt to ForeSight and BECN messages.
Include this command in a map-class definition and apply the map class to either the main interface or
to a subinterface.

Examples This example shows the map-class definition for a router configured with traffic shaping and Router
ForeSight enabled:
interface Serial0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay traffic-shaping
frame-relay class control-A
map-class frame-relay control-A
frame-relay adaptive-shaping foresight
frame-relay cir 56000
frame-relay bc 64000

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-261
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay adaptive-shaping

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay Enables both traffic shaping and per-VC queueing for all PVCs and
traffic-shaping SVCs on a Frame Relay interface.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-262 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay address registration auto-address

frame-relay address registration auto-address

To enable a router to automatically select a management IP address for ELMI address registration, use
the frame-relay address registration auto-address global configuration command. To disable
automatic address selection, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay address registration auto-address

no frame-relay address registration auto-address

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Auto address selection is enabled.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines During system initialization, if no management IP address is configured, then the router automatically
selects the IP address of one of the interfaces. The router will choose an Ethernet interface first and then
serial and other interfaces. If you do not want the router to select a management IP address during system
initialization, you can store the no form of this command in the configuration.
When automatic address selection is disabled and an IP address has not been configured using the
frame-relay address registration ip global configuration command, the IP address for ELMI address
registration will be set to 0.0.0.0.
The no frame-relay address registration ip command will set the IP address to 0.0.0.0, even when
Frame Relay automatic address selection is enabled.
If you configure the IP address using the frame-relay address registration ip global configuration
command, the IP address you configure will overwrite the IP address chosen automatically by the router.
If you enable automatic address selection after configuring the IP address using the frame-relay
address registration ip global configuration command, the IP address chosen automatically by the
router will overwrite the IP address you originally configured.

Examples The following example shows ELMI enabled on serial interface 0. The automatic IP address selection
mechanism is disabled, and no other management IP address has been configured, so the device will
share a valid ifIndex and a management IP address of 0.0.0.0.
interface Serial 0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
frame-relay qos-autosense

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-263
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay address registration auto-address

!
no frame-relay address registration auto-address

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay address-reg enable Enables ELMI address registration on an interface.
frame-relay address registration ip Configures the IP address to be used for ELMI address
registration.
frame-relay qos-autosense Enables ELMI on the Cisco router.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-264 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay address registration ip

frame-relay address registration ip

To configure the IP address for ELMI address registration, use the frame-relay address registration ip
global configuration command. To set the IP address to 0.0.0.0, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay address registration ip address

no frame-relay address registration ip

Syntax Description address IP address to be used for ELMI address registration.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines A management IP address configured by using the frame-relay address registration ip command will
overwrite the IP address chosen by the router when automatic address selection is enabled.
The no frame-relay address registration ip command will disable automatic IP address selection and
set the management IP address to 0.0.0.0.
If you enable automatic address selection with the frame-relay address registration auto-address
global command after configuring the IP address using the frame-relay address registration ip global
configuration command, the IP address chosen automatically by the router will overwrite the IP address
you originally configured.

Examples The following example shows ELMI enabled on serial interface 0. The IP address to be used for ELMI
address registration is configured, so automatic IP address selection is disabled by default.
interface Serial 0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
frame-relay qos-autosense
!
frame-relay address registration ip address 139.85.242.195

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-265
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay address registration ip

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay address-reg enable Enables ELMI address registration on an interface.
frame-relay address registration Enables a router to automatically select the IP address to
auto-address be used for ELMI address registration.
frame-relay qos-autosense Enables ELMI on a Cisco router.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-266 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay address-reg enable

frame-relay address-reg enable

To enable ELMI address registration on an interface, use the frame-relay address-reg enable interface
configuration command. To disable ELMI address registration, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay address-reg enable

no frame-relay address-reg enable

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults ELMI address registration is enabled.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines ELMI address registration is enabled by default when ELMI is enabled.

Examples The following example shows ELMI address registration disabled on serial interface 0.
interface Serial 0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
frame-relay qos-autosense
no frame-relay address-reg enable

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay address registration Enables a router to automatically select the IP address to
auto-address be used for ELMI address registration.
frame-relay address registration ip Configures the IP address to be used for ELMI address
registration.
frame-relay qos-autosense Enables ELMI on a Cisco router.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-267
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay bc

frame-relay bc
To specify the incoming or outgoing committed burst size (Bc) for a Frame Relay virtual circuit, use the
frame-relay bc map-class configuration command. To reset the committed burst size to the default, use
the no form of this command.

frame-relay bc {in | out} bits

no frame-relay bc {in | out} bits

Syntax Description in | out Incoming or outgoing; if neither is specified, both in and out values are set.
bits Committed burst size, in bits.

Defaults 7000 bits

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The Frame Relay committed burst size is specified within a map class to request a certain burst rate for
the circuit. Although it is specified in bits, an implicit time factor is the sampling interval Tc on the
switch, which is defined as the burst size divided by the committed information rate (CIR).

Examples In the following example, the serial interface already has a basic configuration, and a map group called
“bermuda” has already been defined. The example shows a map-list configuration that defines the source
and destination addresses for bermuda, provides IP and IPX addresses, and ties the map list definition
to the map class called “jamaica”. Then traffic-shaping parameters are defined for the map class.
map-list bermuda local-addr X121 31383040703500 dest-addr X121 31383040709000
ip 172.21.177.26 class jamaica ietf
ipx 123.0000.0c07.d530 class jamaica ietf

map-class frame-relay jamaica

frame-relay cir in 2000000
frame-relay mincir in 1000000
frame-relay cir out 15000
frame-relay mincir out 10000
frame-relay bc in 15000
frame-relay bc out 9600
frame-relay be in 10000
frame-relay be out 10000
frame-relay idle-timer 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-268 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay bc

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay be Sets the incoming or outgoing excess burst size (Be) for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay VC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-269
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay be

frame-relay be
To set the incoming or outgoing excess burst size (Be) for a Frame Relay virtual circuit, use the
frame-relay be map-class configuration command. To reset the excess burst size to the default, use the
no form of this command.

frame-relay be {in | out} bits

no frame-relay be {in | out} bits

Syntax Description in | out Incoming or outgoing.

bits Excess burst size, in bits.

Defaults 7000 bits

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The Frame Relay excess burst size is specified within a map class to request a certain burst rate for the
circuit. Although it is specified in bits, an implicit time factor is the sampling interval Tc on the switch,
which is defined as the burst size divided by the committed information rate (CIR).

Examples In the following example, the serial interface already has a basic configuration, and a map group called
“bermuda” has already been defined. The example shows a map-list configuration that defines the source
and destination addresses for bermuda, provides IP and IPX addresses, and ties the map list definition
to the map class called “jamaica”. Then traffic-shaping parameters are defined for the map class.
map-list bermuda local-addr X121 31383040703500 dest-addr X121 31383040709000
ip 172.21.177.26 class jamaica ietf
ipx 123.0000.0c07.d530 class jamaica ietf

map-class frame-relay jamaica

frame-relay cir in 2000000
frame-relay mincir in 1000000
frame-relay cir out 15000
frame-relay mincir out 10000
frame-relay bc in 15000
frame-relay bc out 9600
frame-relay be in 10000
frame-relay be out 10000
frame-relay idle-timer 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-270 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay be

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing committed burst size (Bc) for a Frame Relay
VC.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay VC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-271
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay becn-response-enable

frame-relay becn-response-enable
This frame-relay becn-response-enable command has been replaced by the frame-relay
adaptive-shaping command. See the description of the frame-relay adaptive-shaping command for
more information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-272 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay broadcast-queue

frame-relay broadcast-queue
To create a special queue for a specified interface to hold broadcast traffic that has been replicated for
transmission on multiple data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs), use the frame-relay
broadcast-queue interface configuration command.

frame-relay broadcast-queue size byte-rate packet-rate

Syntax Description size Number of packets to hold in the broadcast queue.

byte-rate Maximum number of bytes to be sent per second.
packet-rate Maximum number of packets to be sent per second.

Defaults size—64 packets

byte-rate—256000 bytes per second
packet-rate—36 packets per second

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines For purposes of the Frame Relay broadcast queue, broadcast traffic is defined as packets that have been
replicated for transmission on multiple DLCIs. However, the broadcast traffic does not include the
original routing packet or service access point (SAP) packet, which passes through the normal queue.
Because of timing sensitivity, bridged broadcasts and spanning-tree packets are also sent through the
normal queue. The Frame Relay broadcast queue is managed independently of the normal interface
queue. It has its own buffers and a configurable service rate.
A broadcast queue is given a maximum transmission rate (throughput) limit measured in bytes per
second and packets per second. The queue is serviced to ensure that only this maximum is provided. The
broadcast queue has priority when transmitting at a rate below the configured maximum, and hence has
a guaranteed minimum bandwidth allocation. The two transmission rate limits are intended to avoid
flooding the interface with broadcasts. The actual limit in any second is the first rate limit that is reached.
Given the transmission rate restriction, additional buffering is required to store broadcast packets. The
broadcast queue is configurable to store large numbers of broadcast packets.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-273
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay broadcast-queue

The queue size should be set to avoid loss of broadcast routing update packets. The exact size will
depend on the protocol being used and the number of packets required for each update. To be safe, set
the queue size so that one complete routing update from each protocol and for each DLCI can be stored.
As a general rule, start with 20 packets per DLCI. Typically, the byte rate should be less than both of
the following:
• N/4 times the minimum remote access rate (measured in bytes per second), where N is the number
of DLCIs to which the broadcast must be replicated.
• 1/4 the local access rate (measured in bytes per second).
The packet rate is not critical if you set the byte rate conservatively. Set the packet rate at 250-byte
packets.

Examples The following example specifies a broadcast queue to hold 80 packets, to have a maximum byte
transmission rate of 240,000 bytes per second, and to have a maximum packet transmission rate of
160 packets per second:
frame-relay broadcast-queue 80 240000 160

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-274 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay cir

frame-relay cir
To specify the incoming or outgoing committed information rate (CIR) for a Frame Relay virtual circuit,
use the frame-relay cir map-class configuration command. To reset the CIR to the default, use the no
form of this command.

frame-relay cir {in | out} bps

no frame-relay cir {in | out} bps

Syntax Description in | out Incoming or outgoing.

bps CIR in bits per second.

Defaults 56000 bits per second

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to specify a CIR for an SVC. The specified CIR value is sent through the SETUP
message to the switch, which then attempts to provision network resources to support this value.

Examples The following example sets a higher committed information rate for incoming traffic than for outgoing
traffic (which is going out on a slow WAN line):
frame-relay cir in 2000000
frame-relay cir out 9600

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing committed burst size (Bc) for a Frame Relay
VC.
frame-relay be Sets the incoming or outgoing excess burst size (Be) for a Frame Relay VC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-275
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay class

frame-relay class
To associate a map class with an interface or subinterface, use the frame-relay class interface
configuration command. To remove the association between the interface or subinterface and the named
map class, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay class name

no frame-relay class name

Syntax Description name Name of the map class to associate with this interface or subinterface.

Defaults No map class is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command can apply to interfaces or subinterfaces.

All relevant parameters defined in the name map class are inherited by each virtual circuit created on the
interface or subinterface. For each virtual circuit, the precedence rules are as follows:
1. Use the map class associated with the virtual circuit if it exists.
2. If not, use the map class associated with the subinterface if the map class exists.
3. If not, use map class associated with interface if the map class exists.
4. If not, use the interface default parameters.

Examples The following example associates the slow_vcs map class with the serial 0.1 subinterface and the
slow_vcs map class is defined to have an outbound CIR value of 9600:
interface serial 0.1
frame-relay class slow_vcs

map-class frame-relay slow_vcs

frame-relay cir out 9600

If a virtual circuit exists on the serial 0.1 interface and is associated with some other map class, the
parameter values of the second map class override those defined in the slow_vc map class for that virtual
circuit.

Related Commands

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-276 78-11752-02
Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay class

Command Description
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-277
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion-management

frame-relay congestion-management
To enable Frame Relay congestion management functions on all switched permanent virtual circuits
(PVCs) on an interface, and to enter Frame Relay congestion management configuration mode, use the
frame-relay congestion-management interface configuration command. To disable Frame Relay
congestion management, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay congestion-management

no frame-relay congestion-management

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Frame Relay congestion management is not enabled on switched PVCs.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before you
can configure Frame Relay congestion management.
Frame Relay congestion management is supported only when the interface is configured with FIFO
queueing, weighted fair queueing (WFQ), or PVC interface priority queueing (PIPQ).

Examples In the following example, the frame-relay congestion-management command enables Frame Relay
congestion management on serial interface 1. The command also enters Frame Relay congestion
management configuration mode so that congestion threshold parameters can be configured.
interface serial1
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay intf-type dce
frame-relay congestion-management
threshold ecn be 0
threshold ecn bc 20
threshold de 40

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-278 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion-management

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay congestion threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets are
discarded from the traffic-shaping queue of a switched
PVC.
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits are set on
packets in the traffic-shaping queue of a switched PVC.
threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets are
discarded from switched PVCs on the output interface.
threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits are set on
packets in switched PVCs on the output interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-279
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion threshold de

frame-relay congestion threshold de

To configure the threshold at which discard-eligible (DE)-marked packets will be discarded from the
traffic-shaping queue of a switched permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the frame-relay congestion
threshold de map-class configuration command. To reconfigure the threshold, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay congestion threshold de percentage

no frame-relay congestion threshold de percentage

Syntax Description percentage Threshold at which DE-marked packets will be discarded, specified as a
percentage of the maximum queue size.

Defaults 100%

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The frame-relay congestion threshold de command applies only to default FIFO traffic-shaping
queues.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before
Frame Relay congestion management parameters will be effective on switched PVCs.

Examples The following example illustrates the configuration of the DE congestion threshold in the Frame Relay
map class called perpvc_congestion:
map-class frame-relay perpvc_congestion
frame-relay congestion threshold de 50

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay congestion-management Enables Frame Relay congestion management functions
on all switched PVCs on an interface, and enters
congestion management configuration mode.
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits are set on
packets in the traffic-shaping queue of a switched PVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-280 78-11752-02
Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion threshold de

Command Description
threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets are
discarded from switched PVCs on the output interface.
threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits are set on
packets in switched PVCs on the output interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-281
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn

frame-relay congestion threshold ecn

To configure the threshold at which explicit congestion notice (ECN) bits will be set on packets in the
traffic-shaping queue of a switched permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the frame-relay congestion
threshold ecn map-class configuration command. To reconfigure the threshold, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay congestion threshold ecn percentage

no frame-relay congestion threshold ecn percentage

Syntax Description percentage Threshold at which ECN bits will be set on packets, specified as a
percentage of the maximum queue size.

Defaults 100%

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The frame-relay congestion threshold ecn command applies only to default FIFO traffic-shaping
queues.
One ECN threshold applies to all traffic on a traffic-shaping queue. You cannot configure separate
thresholds for committed and excess traffic.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn command will be effective on switched PVCs.

Examples The following example illustrates the configuration of the ECN congestion threshold in the Frame Relay
map class called perpvc_congestion:
map-class frame-relay perpvc_congestion
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn 50

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay congestion-management Enables Frame Relay congestion management functions on
all switched PVCs on an interface, and enters congestion
management configuration mode.
frame-relay congestion threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets are
discarded from the traffic-shaping queue of a switched PVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-282 78-11752-02
Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn

Command Description
threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets are
discarded from switched PVCs on the output interface.
threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits are set on
packets in switched PVCs on the output interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-283
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay custom-queue-list

frame-relay custom-queue-list
To specify a custom queue to be used for the virtual circuit queueing associated with a specified map
class, use the frame-relay custom-queue-list map-class configuration command. To remove the
specified queueing from the virtual circuit and cause it to revert to the default first-come, first-served
queueing, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay custom-queue-list list-number

no frame-relay custom-queue-list list-number

Syntax Description list-number Custom queue list number.

Defaults If this command is not entered, the default queueing is first come, first served.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Definition of the custom queue takes place in the existing manner (through queue-list commands).
Only one form of queueing can be associated with a particular map class; subsequent definitions
overwrite previous ones.

Examples The following example configures a custom queue list for the fast_vcs map class:
map-class frame-relay fast_vcs
frame-relay custom-queue-list 1

queue-list 1 queue 4 byte-count 100

Related Commands Command Description

map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-284 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay de-group

frame-relay de-group
To specify the discard eligibility (DE) group number to be used for a specified data-link connection
identifier (DLCI), use the frame-relay de-group interface configuration command. To disable a
previously defined group number assigned to a specified DLCI, use the no form of the command with
the relevant keyword and arguments.

frame-relay de-group group-number dlci

no frame-relay de-group [group-number] [dlci]

Syntax Description group-number DE group number to apply to the specified DLCI number, between 1 and 10.
dlci DLCI number.

Defaults No DE group is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To disable all previously defined group numbers, use the no form of this command with no arguments.
This command requires that Frame Relay be enabled.
Frame Relay DE group functionality works on process-switched packets only.
The DE bit is not set or recognized by the Frame Relay switching code, but must be recognized and
interpreted by the Frame Relay network.

Examples The following example specifies that group number 3 will be used for DLCI 170:
frame-relay de-group 3 170

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay de-list Defines a DE list specifying the packets that have the DE bit set and thus are
eligible for discarding during congestion on the Frame Relay switch.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-285
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay de-list

frame-relay de-list
To define a discard eligibility (DE) list specifying the packets that have the DE bit set and thus are
eligible for discarding when congestion is experienced on the Frame Relay switch, use the frame-relay
de-list global configuration command. To delete a portion of a previously defined DE list, use the no
form of this command.

frame-relay de-list list-number {protocol protocol | interface type number} characteristic

no frame-relay de-list list-number {protocol protocol | interface type number} characteristic

Syntax Description list-number Number of the DE list.

protocol protocol One of the following keywords corresponding to a supported protocol or
device:
arp—Address Resolution Protocol
apollo—Apollo Domain
appletalk—AppleTalk
bridge—bridging device
clns—ISO Connectionless Network Service
clns_es—CLNS end systems
clns_is—CLNS intermediate systems.
compressedtcp—Compressed Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
decnet—DECnet
decnet_node—DECnet end node
decnet_router-L1—DECnet Level 1 (intra-area) router
decnet_router-L2—DECnet Level 2 (interarea) router
ip—Internet Protocol
ipx—Novell Internet Packet Exchange Protocol
vines—Banyan VINES
xns—Xerox Network Systems
interface type One of the following interface types: serial, null, or ethernet.
number Interface number.
characteristic One of the following:
fragments—Fragmented IP packets
gt bytes—Sets the DE bit for packets larger than the specified number of
bytes (including the 4 byte Frame Relay Encapsulation)
list access-list-number—Previously defined access list number
lt bytes—Sets the DE bit for packets smaller than the specified number of
bytes (including the 4 byte Frame Relay Encapsulation)
tcp port—TCP packets to or from a specified port
udp port—User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets to or from a specified
port

Defaults Discard eligibility is not defined.

Command Modes Global configuration

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-286 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay de-list

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To remove an entire DE list, use the no form of this command with no options and arguments.
This prioritizing feature requires that the Frame Relay network be able to interpret the DE bit as
indicating which packets can be dropped first in case of congestion, or which packets are less time
sensitive, or both.
When you calculate packet size, include the data packet size, the ICMP header, the IP header, and the
Frame Relay encapsulation bytes. For example, count 92 bytes of data, 8 bytes for the ICMP header,
20 bytes for the IP header, and 4 bytes for the Frame Relay encapsulation, which equals 124 bytes.

Examples The following example specifies that IP packets larger than 512 bytes (including the 4-byte Frame Relay
Encapsulation) will have the DE bit set:
frame-relay de-list 1 protocol ip gt 512

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-287
 Frame Relay Commands
frame-relay de-list

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-288 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold

To modify the keepalive error threshold value, use the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
error-threshold map-class configuration command. To reset the error threshold value to its default, use
the no form of this command.

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold {send | receive} count

no frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold {send | receive}

Syntax Description send Number of send-side errors in the event window before keepalive status goes from up
to down.
receive Number of receive-side errors in the event window before keepalive status goes from
up to down.
count Number of errors required. The maximum value is 32.

Defaults The default value for both the send and receive error threshold is 2.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The send-side value can only be configured in bidirectional and request modes. The receive-side value
can only be configured in bidirectional and reply modes. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
mode command. When you configure the error threshold, you will also want to configure the event
window. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window command.

Examples The following example shows increasing the receive-side error threshold to 4 and changing the event
window to 7:
map-class frame-relay olga
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive reply
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold receive 4
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window receive 7

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window Modifies the keepalive event window value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode Enables Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events Modifies the keepalive success events value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer Modifies the keepalive timer.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-289
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold

Command Description
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive Displays statistics about Frame Relay
end-to-end keepalive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-290 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window

To modify the keepalive event window value, use the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window
map-class configuration command. To reset the default event window size, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window {send | receive} size

no frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window {send | receive}

Syntax Description send The size of the send-side event window.

receive The size of the receive-side event window.
size Number of events in the event window. The maximum value is 32.

Defaults The default value for both the send and receive event windows is 3.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The send-side value can only be configured in bidirectional and request modes. The receive-side value
can only be configured in bidirectional and reply modes. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
mode command. When you configure the event window, you will also want to configure the
error-threshold. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold command.

Examples The following example shows increasing the receive-side error threshold to 4 and changing the event
window to 7:
map-class frame-relay olga
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive reply
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold receive 4
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window receive 7

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold Modifies the keepalive error threshold value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode Enables Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events Modifies the keepalive success events value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer Modifies the keepalive timer.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-291
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window

Command Description
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive Displays statistics about Frame Relay
end-to-end keepalive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-292 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

To enable Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives, use the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode
map-class configuration command. To disable Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives, use the no form of
this command.

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode {bidirectional | request | reply | passive-reply}

no frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

Syntax Description bidirectional Enables bidirectional mode.

request Enables request mode.
reply Enables reply mode.
passive-reply Enables passive reply mode.

Defaults When a Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive mode is enabled, default values depend on which mode is
selected. For the meaning of the parameters, see the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer,
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window, frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
error-threshold, and frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events commands.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To enable Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives, Frame Relay must be configured. In addition, a map-class
must be associated and a DLCI assigned to an interface, subinterface, VC or PVC. For more information
on associating a frame-relay class with an interface, subinterface, VC or PVC, see the frame-relay class
command. For more information on assigning a DLCI to an interface, subinterface, VC or PVC, see the
frame-relay interface-dlci command.
In bidirectional mode, both ends of a virtual circuit (VC) send keepalive requests and respond to
keepalive requests. If one end of the VC is configured in the bidirectional mode, the other end must also
be configured in the bidirectional mode.
In request mode, the router sends keepalive requests and expects replies from the other end of the VC.
If one end of a VC is configured in the request mode, the other end must be configured in the reply or
passive-reply mode.
In reply mode, the router does not send keepalive requests, but waits for keepalive requests from the
other end of the VC and replies to them. If no keepalive request has arrived within the timer interval, the
router times out and increments the error counter by 1. If one end of a VC is configured in the reply
mode, the other end must be configured in the request mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-293
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

In passive-reply mode, the router does not send keepalive requests, but waits for keepalive requests from
the other end of the VC and replies to them. No timer is set when in this mode, and the error counter is
not incremented. If one end of a VC is configured in the passive-reply mode, the other end must be
configured in the request mode.
Table 23 displays parameter values for send- and receive-sides in bidirectional mode

Table 23 Bidirectional Mode

Parameter Send-Side Receive-Side

Timer 10 seconds 15 seconds
Event window 3 3
Error threshold 2 2
Success events 2 2

Table 24 displays parameter values for send- and receive-sides in request mode.

Table 24 Request Mode

Parameter Send-Side Receive-Side

Timer 10 seconds no value set
Event window 3 no value set
Error threshold 2 no value set
Success events 2 no value set

Table 25 displays parameter values for send- and receive-sides in reply mode.

Table 25 Reply Mode

Parameter Send-Side Receive-Side

Timer no value set 15 seconds
Event window no value set 3
Error threshold no value set 2
Success events no value set 2

Passive-Reply Mode
In passive-reply mode, no values are set.

Examples The following example configures one end of a VC so that a DLCI is assigned to a Frame Relay serial
interface, a map class is associated with the interface, and Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive is
configured in bidirectional mode using default values:
router1(config) interface serial 0/0.1 point-to-point
router1(config-if) ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
router1(config-if) frame-relay interface-dlci 16
router1(config-if) frame-relay class vcgrp1
router1(config-if) exit
!

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-294 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

router1(config)# map-class frame-relay vcgrp1

router1(config-map-class)# frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode bidirectional

The following example configures one end of a VC to reply to keepalive requests and to increment its
error counter if no keepalive requests are received 30 seconds after the latest request:
router1(config)# map-class frame-relay oro34
router1(config-map-class)# frame-relay end-to-end keepalive reply
router1(config-map-class)# frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer receive 30

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold Modifies the keepalive error threshold value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window Modifies the keepalive event window value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events Modifies the keepalive success events value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer Modifies the keepalive timer.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive Displays statistics about Frame Relay
end-to-end keepalive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-295
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events

To modify the keepalive success events value, use the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
success-events map-class configuration command. To reset the success events value to its default, use
the no form of this command.

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events {send | receive} count

no frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events {send | receive}

Syntax Description send The number of consecutive send-side success events required to change the
keepalive state from down to up.
receive The number of consecutive receive-side success events required to change the
keepalive state from down to up.
count Number of consecutive success events required. The maximum value is 32.

Defaults The default value for both the send and receive success events is 2.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The send-side value can only be configured in bidirectional and request modes. The receive-side value
can only be configured in the bidirectional and reply modes. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
mode command.
If the success events value is set to a low value at the same time that a low value is set for the error
threshold value of the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold command, the keepalive
state of the VC may flap from state to state.

Examples The following example shows how to increase the success events value:
map-class frame-relay vcgrp4
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive request
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events send 4

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold Modifies the keepalive error threshold value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window Modifies the keepalive event window value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode Enables Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-296 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events

Command Description
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer Modifies the keepalive timer.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive Displays statistics about Frame Relay
end-to-end keepalive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-297
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer

To modify the keepalive timer value, use the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer map-class
configuration command. To reset the timer value to its default, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer {send | receive} interval

no frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer {send | receive}

Syntax Description send How frequently to send a keepalive request.

receive How long before the receive-side error counter is incremented if no request is received.
interval Time in seconds for the timer to expire.

Defaults The default value for the send timer is 10 seconds. The default value for the receive timer is 15 seconds.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The send-side value can only be configured in bidirectional and request modes. The receive-side value
can only be configured in the bidirectional and reply modes. See the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive
mode command.
The send-side timer expires if a reply has not been received interval seconds after a request is sent. The
receive-side timer expires if a request has not been received interval seconds after the previous request.

Examples The following example shows how to set up one end of a virtual circuit (VC) to send a keepalive request
every 15 seconds and increment the error counter if more than 22 seconds elapse between receiving
keepalive responses:
map-class frame-relay vcgrp1
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive bidirectional
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer send 15
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer receive 22

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold Modifies the keepalive error threshold value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window Modifies the keepalive event window value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode Enables Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events Modifies the keepalive success events value.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-298 78-11752-02
 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer

Command Description
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive Displays statistics about Frame Relay
end-to-end keepalive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-299
 frame-relay fair-queue

frame-relay fair-queue
To enable weighted fair queueing for one or more Frame Relay permanent virtual circuits (PVCs), use
the frame-relay fair-queue map-class configuration command in conjunction with the map-class
frame-relay command. To disable weighted fair queueing for a Frame Relay map class, use the no form
of this command.

frame-relay fair-queue [congestive_discard_threshold [number_dynamic_conversation_queues

[number_reservable_conversation_queues [max_buffer_size_for_fair_queues]]]]

no frame-relay fair-queue [congestive_discard_threshold

[number_dynamic_conversation_queues [number_reservable_conversation_queues
[max_buffer_size_for_fair_queues]]]]

Syntax
Description congestive_discard_threshold (Optional) Specifies the number of messages allowed in
each queue. The range is from 1 to 4096 messages; the
default is 64.
number_dynamic_conversation_ queues (Optional) Specifies the number of dynamic queues to be
used for best-effort conversations—normal
conversations not requiring any special network services.
Valid values are 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048,
and 4096; the default is 16.
number_reservable_conversation_queues (Optional) Specifies the number of reserved queues to be
used for carrying voice traffic. The range is from 0 to
100; the default is 0. (The command-line interface (CLI)
will not allow a value of less than 2 if fragmentation is
configured for the Frame Relay map-class.)
max_buffer_size_for_fair_queues (Optional) Specifies the maximum buffer size in bytes
for all of the fair queues. The range is from 0 to 4096
bytes; the default is 600.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)XG This command was introduced.
12.0(4)T This command was implemented in Cisco IOS Release 12.0 T.

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must first associate a Frame Relay map class with a specific data-link
connection identifier (DLCI), and then enter map-class configuration mode and enable or disable
weighted fair queueing for that map class.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-300 78-11752-02
 frame-relay fair-queue

When Frame Relay fragmentation is enabled, weighted fair queueing is the only queueing strategy
allowed.
If this command is entered without any accompanying numbers, the default values for each of the four
parameters will be set. If you desire to alter only the value of the first parameter (congestive_discard_
threshold), you only need to enter the desired value for that parameter. If you desire to alter only the
value of the second, third, or fourth parameters, you must enter values for the preceding parameters as
well as for the parameter you wish to change.

Examples The following example shows how to enable weighted fair queueing and set the default parameter values
for the “vofr” Frame Relay map class on a Cisco 2600 series, 3600 series, or 7200 series router or on a
Cisco MC3810:
interface serial 1/1
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class vofr
exit
map-class frame-relay vofr
frame-relay fair-queue

The following example shows how to enable weighted fair queueing and set the congestive_discard_
threshold parameter to a value other than the default value for the “vofr” Frame Relay map class on a
Cisco 2600 series, 3600 series, or 7200 series router or on an MC3810 concentrator:
interface serial 1/1
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class vofr
exit
map-class frame-relay vofr
frame-relay fair-queue 255

The following example shows how to enable weighted fair queueing and set thenumber_reservable_
conversation_queues to a value of 25 for the “vofr” Frame Relay map class on a Cisco 2600 series,
3600 series, or 7200 series router or on a Cisco MC3810:
interface serial 1/1
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class vofr
exit
map-class frame-relay vofr
frame-relay fair-queue 64 256 25

Related Commands Command Description

class (virtual circuit) Associates a map class with a specified DLCI.
frame-relay fragment Enables fragmentation for a Frame Relay map class.
frame-relay interface-dlci Assigns a DLCI to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the
router or access server.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-301
 frame-relay fragment

frame-relay fragment
To enable fragmentation of Frame Relay frames for a Frame Relay map class, use the frame-relay
fragment map-class configuration command. To disable Frame Relay fragmentation, use the no form
of this command.

frame-relay fragment fragment_size [switched]

no frame-relay fragment

Syntax Description fragment_size Specifies the number of payload bytes from the original Frame Relay frame that
will go into each fragment. This number excludes the Frame Relay header of the
original frame.
All the fragments of a Frame Relay frame except the last will have a payload size
equal to fragment_size; the last fragment will have a payload less than or equal
to fragment_size. Valid values are from 16 to 1600 bytes; the default is 53.
switched (Optional) Specifies that fragmentation will be enabled on a switched permanent
virtual circuit (PVC).

Defaults Fragmentation is disabled.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)XG This command was introduced.
12.0(4)T This command was implemented in Cisco IOS Release 12.0 T.
12.1(2)T This command was modified to extend end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation
support to additional platforms and to switched Frame Relay PVCs.
12.1(2)E This command was introduced for Cisco 7500 series routers with a Versatile
Interface Processor.
12.1(5)T This command was introduced for Cisco 7500 series routers with a Versatile
Interface Processor running Cisco IOS Release 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines You should enable fragmentation for low-speed links (meaning those operating at less than 768 kbps).
Frame Relay fragmentation is enabled on a per-PVC basis. Before enabling Frame Relay fragmentation,
you must first associate a Frame Relay map class with a specific data-link connection identifier (DLCI),
and then enter map-class configuration mode and enable or disable fragmentation for that map class. In
addition, you must enable Frame Relay traffic shaping on the interface in order for fragmentation to
work.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-302 78-11752-02
 frame-relay fragment

Selecting a Fragmentation Format

Frame Relay frames are fragmented using one of the following formats, depending on how the PVC is
configured:
• Pure end-to-end FRF.12 format
• FRF.11 Annex C format
• Cisco proprietary format
Only pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation can be configured on switched PVCs.
Cisco recommends pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation on PVCs that are carrying VoIP packets and
on PVCs that are sharing the link with other PVCs carrying Voice over Frame Relay (VoFR) traffic.
In pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation, Frame Relay frames having a payload less than the fragment
size configured for that PVC are transmitted without the fragmentation header.
FRF.11 Annex C and Cisco proprietary fragmentation are used when VoFR frames are transmitted on a
PVC. When fragmentation is enabled on a PVC, FRF.11 Annex C format is implemented when vofr is
configured on that PVC; Cisco proprietary format is implemented when vofr cisco is configured.
In FRF.11 Annex C and Cisco proprietary fragmentation, VoFR frames are never fragmented, and all
data packets (including VoIP packets) contain the fragmentation header regardless of the payload size.

Selecting a Fragment Size

You should set the fragment size based on the lowest port speed between the routers. For example, for a
hub-and-spoke Frame Relay topology where the hub has a T1 speed and the remote routers have 64 kbps
port speeds, the fragmentation size must be set for the 64 kbps speed on both routers. Any other PVCs
that share the same physical interface must use the same fragmentation size used by the voice PVC.
With pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation, you should select a fragment size that is larger than the
voice packet size.
Table 26 shows the recommended fragmentation sizes for a serialization delay of 10 ms.

Table 26 Recommended Fragment Size for 10 ms Serialization Delay

Lowest Link Speed in Path Recommended Fragment Size

56 kbps 70 bytes
64 kbps 80 bytes
128 kbps 160 bytes
256 kbps 320 bytes
512 kbps 640 bytes
768 kbps 1000 bytes
1536 kbps 1600 bytes

Examples FRF.12 Fragmentation on a Switched PVC Example

The following example shows how to configure pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation in the map class
“data.” The map class is associated with switched PVC 20 on serial interface 3/3.
Router(config)# frame-relay switching
!
Router(config)# interface Serial3/2
Router(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-303
 frame-relay fragment

Router(config-if)# frame-relay intf-type dce

!
Router(config)# interface Serial3/3
Router(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay
Router(config-if)# frame-relay traffic-shaping
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 20 switched
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class data
Router(config-if)# frame-relay intf-type dce
!
Router(config)# map-class frame-relay data
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 80 switched
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay cir 64000
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay bc 640
!
Router(config)# connect data Serial3/2 16 Serial3/3 20

End-to-End FRF.12 Fragmentation Examples

The following example shows how to enable pure end-to-end FRF.12 fragmentation for the “frag” map
class. The fragment payload size is set to 40 bytes. Frame Relay traffic shaping is required on the PVC;
the only queueing type supported on the PVC when fragmentation is configured is weighted fair
queueing (WFQ).
Router(config)# interface serial 1/0/0
Router(config-if)# frame-relay traffic-shaping
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay cir 128000
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay bc 1280
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 160
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fair-queue
The following example is for the same configuration on a VIP-enabled Cisco 7500 series router:
Router(config)# class-map frf
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol vofr
Router(config-cmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq
Router(config-pmap)# class frf
Router(config-pmap-c)# priority 2000
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq-shape
Router(config-pmap)# class class-default
Router(config-pmap-c)# shape average 1000 128000
Router(config-pmap-c)# service-policy llq
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit

Router(config)# interface serial 1/0/0.1

Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 40
Router(config-map-class)# service-policy llq-shape
Router(config-map-class)#

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-304 78-11752-02
 frame-relay fragment

FRF.11 Annex C Fragmentation Configuration Examples

The following example shows how to enable FRF.11 Annex C fragmentation for data on a
Cisco MC3810 PVC configured for VoFR. Note that fragmentation must be configured if a VoFR PVC
is to carry data. The fragment payload size is set to 40 bytes. Frame Relay traffic shaping is required on
the PVC; the only queueing type supported on the PVC when fragmentation is configured is weighted
fair queueing (WFQ).
Router(config)# interface serial 1/1
Router(config-if)# frame-relay traffic-shaping
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 101
Router(config-fr-dlci)# vofr
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay cir 128000
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay bc 1280
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 160
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fair-queue
Router(config-map-class)#

The following example is for the same configuration on a VIP-enabled Cisco 7500 series router:
Router(config)# class-map frf
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol vofr
Router(config-cmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq
Router(config-pmap)# class frf
Router(config-pmap-c)# priority 2000
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq-shape
Router(config-pmap)# class class-default
Router(config-pmap-c)# shape average 1000 128000
Router(config-pmap-c)# service-policy llq
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit
Router(config)# interface serial 1/1/0.1
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 101
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 40
Router(config-map-class)# service-policy llq-shape
Router(config-map-class)#

Cisco-Proprietary Fragmentation Examples

The following example shows how to enable Cisco-proprietary Frame Relay fragmentation for the “frag”
Frame Relay map class on a Cisco 2600 series, 3600 series, or 7200 series router, starting from global
configuration mode. The fragment payload size is set to 40 bytes. Frame Relay traffic shaping is required
on the PVC; the only queueing type supported on the PVC when fragmentation is configured is weighted
fair queueing (WFQ).
Router(config)# interface serial 2/0/0
Router(config-if)# frame-relay traffic-shaping
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 102
Router(config-fr-dlci)# vofr cisco
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-305
 frame-relay fragment

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay cir 128000
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay bc 1280
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 160
Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fair-queue

The following example is for the same configuration on a VIP-enabled Cisco 7500 series router:
Router(config)# class-map frf
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol vofr
Router(config-cmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq
Router(config-pmap)# class frf
Router(config-pmap-c)# priority 2000
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit
Router(config)# policy-map llq-shape
Router(config-pmap)# class class-default
Router(config-pmap-c)# shape average 1000 128000
Router(config-pmap-c)# service-policy llq
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
Router(config-pmap)# exit

Router(config)# interface serial 2/0/0.1

Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 102
Router(config-fr-dlci)# class frag
Router(config-fr-dlci)# exit

Router(config)# map-class frame-relay frag

Router(config-map-class)# frame-relay fragment 40
Router(config-map-class)# service-policy llq-shape

Related Commands Command Description

class (virtual circuit) Associates a map class with a specified DLCI.
debug frame-relay Displays information related to Frame Relay fragmentation on a PVC.
fragment
frame-relay fair-queue Enables weighted fair queueing for one or more Frame Relay PVCs.
frame-relay interface-dlci Assigns a DLCI to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the router
or access server.
frame-relay traffic-shaping Enables traffic shaping and per-virtual circuit queueing for all PVCs
and SVCs on a Frame Relay interface.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-306 78-11752-02
 frame-relay holdq

frame-relay holdq
To configure the maximum size of a traffic-shaping queue on a switched PVC, use the frame-relay
holdq map-class configuration command. To reconfigure the size of the queue, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay holdq queue-size

no frame-relay holdq queue-size

Syntax Description queue-size Size of the traffic-shaping queue, as specified in maximum number of
packets. The range is from 1 to 512.

Defaults 40 packets

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay traffic shaping, using the frame-relay traffic-shaping interface
command, before frame-relay holdq and other traffic-shaping map-class commands will be effective.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
frame-relay holdq command will be effective on switched PVCs.
The frame-relay holdq command can be applied to switched PVCs that use FIFO default queueing.

Examples The following example illustrates the configuration of the maximum size of the traffic-shaping queue on
a switched PVC. The queue size is configured in a map class called perpvc_congestion:
map-class frame-relay perpvc_congestion
frame-relay holdq 100

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.
frame-relay traffic-shaping Enables both traffic shaping and per-PVC queueing for all PVCs
and SVCs on a Frame Relay interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-307
 frame-relay idle-timer

frame-relay idle-timer
To specify the idle timeout interval for a switched virtual circuit (SVC), use the frame-relay idle-timer
map-class configuration command. To reset the idle timer to its default interval, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay idle-timer [in | out] seconds

no frame-relay idle-timer seconds

Syntax Description in (Optional) timeout interval applies to inbound packet activity.

out (Optional) timeout interval applies to outbound packet activity.
seconds Time interval, in seconds, with no frames exchanged on a switched
virtual circuit, after which the SVC is released.

Defaults 120 seconds

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.
11.3 The following keywords were added:
• in
• out

Usage Guidelines The frame-relay idle-timer command applies to switched virtual circuits that are associated with the
map class where the idle-timer is defined.
The idle timer must be tuned for each application. Routing protocols such as Routing Information
Protocol (RIP) might keep the SVC up indefinitely because updates go out every 10 seconds.
Beginning in Release 11.3, if in and out are not specified in the command, the timeout interval applies
to both timers. In Release 11.2, the timeout interval applies to the outbound timer.

Examples The following example defines the traffic rate and idle timer for the fast_vcs map class and applies those
values to DLCI 100, which is associated with that map class:
interface serial 0
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class fast_vc

map-class frame-relay fast_vcs

frame-relay traffic-rate 56000 128000
frame-relay idle-timer 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-308 78-11752-02
 frame-relay idle-timer

Related Commands Command Description

map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-309
 frame-relay interface-dlci

frame-relay interface-dlci
To assign a data-link connection identifier (DLCI) to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the router
or access server, or to assign a specific permanent virtual circuit (PVC) to a DLCI, or to apply a virtual
template configuration for a PPP session, use the frame-relay interface-dlci interface configuration
command. To remove this assignment, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay interface-dlci dlci [ietf | cisco] [voice-cir cir] [ppp virtual-template-name]

no frame-relay interface-dlci dlci [ietf | cisco] [voice-cir cir] [ppp virtual-template-name]

BOOTP server only

frame-relay interface-dlci dlci [protocol ip ip-address]

Syntax Description dlci DLCI number to be used on the specified subinterface.

ietf | cisco (Optional) Encapsulation type: Internet Engineering Task Force
(IETF) Frame Relay encapsulation or Cisco Frame Relay
encapsulation.
voice-cir cir (Optional; supported on the Cisco MC3810 only.) Specifies the upper
limit on the voice bandwidth that may be reserved for this DLCI. The
default is the committed information rate (CIR) configured for the
Frame Relay map class. For more information, see the “Usage
Guidelines” section.
ppp (Optional) Enables the circuit to use the PPP in Frame Relay
encapsulation.
virtual-template-name (Optional) Specifies which virtual template interface to apply the
PPP connection to.
protocol ip ip-address (Optional) Indicates the IP address of the main interface of a new
router or access server onto which a router configuration file is to be
automatically installed over a Frame Relay network. Use this option
only when this device will act as the BOOTP server for automatic
installation over Frame Relay.

Defaults No DLCI is assigned.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3(1)MA The voice-encap option was added for the Cisco MC3810.
12.0(1)T The ppp keyword and virtual-template-name argument were introduced.
12.0(2)T The voice-cir option was added for the Cisco MC3810.
12.0(3)T The keyword x25 profile was introduced.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-310 78-11752-02
 frame-relay interface-dlci

Release Modification
12.0(4)T Usage guidelines for the Cisco MC3810 were added.
12.0(7)XK The voice-encap keyword for the Cisco MC3810 was removed. This
keyword is no longer supported.
12.1(2)T The voice-encap keyword for the Cisco MC3810 was removed. This
keyword is no longer supported.

Usage Guidelines This command is typically used for subinterfaces; however, it can also be used on main interfaces. Using
the frame-relay interface-dlci command on main interfaces will enable the use of routing protocols on
interfaces that use Inverse ARP. The frame-relay interface-dlci command on a main interface is also
valuable for assigning a specific class to a single PVC where special characteristics are desired.
Subinterfaces are logical interfaces associated with a physical interface. You must specify the interface
and subinterface before you can use this command to assign any DLCIs and any encapsulation or
broadcast options. See the “Examples” section for the sequence of commands.
This command is required for all point-to-point subinterfaces; it is also required for multipoint
subinterfaces for which dynamic address resolution is enabled. It is not required for multipoint
subinterfaces configured with static address mappings.
Use the protocol ip ip-address option only when this router or access server will act as the BOOTP
server for autoinstallation over Frame Relay.
By issuing the frame-relay interface-dlci interface configuration command, you enter Frame Relay
DLCI interface configuration mode (see the first example below). This gives you the following command
options, which must be used with the relevant class or X.25-profile names you previously assigned:
• class name—Assigns a mapclass to a DLCI.
• default—Sets a command to its defaults.
• no {class name | x25-profile name}—Cancels the relevant class or X.25 profile.
• x25-profile name—Assigns an X.25 profile to a DLCI. (Annex G).
A Frame Relay DLCI configured for Annex G can be thought of as a single logical X.25/LAPB interface.
Therefore, any number of X.25 routes may be configured to route X.25 calls to that logical interface.
The voice-cir option on the Cisco MC3810 provides call admission control; it does not provide traffic
shaping. A call setup will be refused if the unallocated bandwidth available at the time of the request is
not at least equal to the value of the voice-cir option.
When configuring the voice-cir option on the Cisco MC3810 for Voice over Frame Relay, do not set the
value of this option to be higher than the physical link speed. If Frame Relay traffic shaping is enabled
for a PVC sharing voice and data, do not configure the voice-cir option to be higher than the value set
with the frame-relay mincir command.

Note On the Cisco MC3810 only, the voice-cir option performs the same function as the frame-relay
voice bandwidth map-class configuration command introduced in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(3)XG.

For more information about automatically installing router configuration files over a Frame Relay
network, see the “Loading and Maintaining System Images” chapter in the Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-311
 frame-relay interface-dlci

Examples The following example assigns DLCI 100 to serial subinterface 5.17:
! Enter interface configuration and begin assignments on interface serial 5
interface serial 5
! Enter subinterface configuration by assigning subinterface 17
interface serial 5.17
! Now assign a DLCI number to subinterface 5.17
frame-relay interface-dlci 100

The following example specifies DLCI 26 over subinterface serial 1.1 and assigns the characteristics
under virtual-template 2 to this PPP connection:
Router(config)# interface serial1.1 point-to-point
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 26 ppp virtual-template2

The following example shows an Annex G connection being created by assigning the X.25 profile
“NetworkNodeA” to the Frame Relay DLCI interface 20 on interface serial 1 (having enabled Frame
Relay encapsulation on that interface):
Router(config)# interface serial1
Router(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 20
Router(config-fr-dlci)# x25-profile NetworkNodeA

The following example assigns DLCI 100 to serial subinterface 5.17:

Router(config)# interface serial 5
Router(config-if)# interface serial 5.17
Router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100

The following example assigns DLCI 100 to a serial interface, starting from global configuration mode:
router(config)# interface serial 1/1
router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100
router(config-fr-dlci)#

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay class Associates a map class with an interface or subinterface.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.
show interface Displays P1024B/C information.
vofr Configures subchannels and enables Voice over Frame Relay for a specific
DLCI.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-312 78-11752-02
 frame-relay interface-dlci switched

frame-relay interface-dlci switched

To indicate that a Frame Relay data-link connection identifier (DLCI) is switched, use the frame-relay
interface-dlci switched interface configuration command. To remove this assignment, use the no form
of this command.

frame-relay interface-dlci dlci switched

no frame-relay interface-dlci dlci switched

Syntax Description dlci DLCI number to be used on the specified interface or subinterface.

Defaults No DLCI is assigned.

The default PVC type is terminated.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the frame-relay interface-dlci switched command to allow a map class to be associated with a
switched permanent virtual circuit (PVC).
You cannot change an existing PVC from terminated to switched or vice versa. You must delete the PVC
and recreate it in order to change the type.
Use the frame-relay interface-dlci switched command to create switched PVCs for configuring Frame
Relay-ATM network interworking (FRF.5) and Frame Relay-ATM service interworking (FRF.8).
By issuing the frame-relay interface-dlci switched interface configuration command, you enter Frame
Relay DLCI interface configuration mode (see the example below).

Examples In the following example, DLCI 16 on serial interface 0 is identified as a switched PVC and is associated
with a map class called “shape256K.”
Router(config) # interface serial0
Router(config-if) # encapsulation frame-relay
Router(config-if) # frame-relay interface-dlci 16 switched
Router(config-fr-dlci) # class shape256K

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-313
 frame-relay interface-dlci switched

Related Commands Command Description

connect (Frame Relay) Defines connections between Frame Relay PVCs.
frame-relay class Associates a map class with an interface or subinterface.
frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-314 78-11752-02
 frame-relay intf-type

frame-relay intf-type
To configure a Frame Relay switch type, use the frame-relay intf-type interface configuration
command. To disable the switch, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay intf-type [dce | dte | nni]

no frame-relay intf-type [dce | dte | nni]

Syntax Description dce (Optional) Router or access server functions as a switch connected to a router.
dte (Optional) Router or access server is connected to a Frame Relay network.
nni (Optional) Router or access server functions as a switch connected to a switch—supports
Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) connections.

Defaults dte

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command can be used only if Frame Relay switching has previously been enabled globally by
means of the frame-relay switching command.

Examples The following example configures a DTE switch type:

frame-relay switching
!
interface serial 2
frame-relay intf-type dte

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-315
 frame-relay inverse-arp

frame-relay inverse-arp
To reenable Inverse Address Resolution Protocol (Inverse ARP) on a specified interface or subinterface
if the Inverse ARP was previously disabled on a router or access server configured for Frame Relay, use
the frame-relay inverse-arp interface configuration command. To disable this feature, use the no form
of this command.

frame-relay inverse-arp [protocol] [dlci]

no frame-relay inverse-arp [protocol] [dlci]

Syntax Description protocol (Optional) Supported protocols: appletalk, decnet, ip, ipx, vines, and xns.
dlci (Optional) One of the DLCI numbers used on the interface. Acceptable
numbers are integers in the range from 16 through 1007.

Defaults Enabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To enable Inverse ARP for all protocols that were enabled before the prior no frame-relay inverse-arp
command was issued, use the frame-relay inverse-arp command without arguments. To disable Inverse
ARP for all protocols of an interface, use the no frame-relay inverse-arp command without arguments.
To enable or disable Inverse ARP for a specific protocol and DLCI pair, use both the protocol and dlci
arguments. To enable or disable Inverse ARP for all protocols on a DLCI, use only the dlci argument. To
enable or disable Inverse ARP for a protocol for all DLCIs on the specified interface or subinterface, use
only the protocol argument.
This implementation of Inverse ARP is based on RFC 1293. It allows a router or access server running
Frame Relay to discover the protocol address of a device associated with the virtual circuit.
In Frame Relay, permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) are identified by a DLCI, which is the equivalent of
a hardware address. By exchanging signaling messages, a network announces a new virtual circuit, and
with Inverse ARP, the protocol address at the other side of the circuit can be discovered.
The show frame-relay map command displays the word “dynamic” to flag virtual circuits that are
created dynamically by Inverse ARP.

Examples The following example sets Inverse ARP on an interface running AppleTalk:
interface serial 0
frame-relay inverse-arp appletalk 100

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-316 78-11752-02
 frame-relay inverse-arp

Related Commands Command Description

clear frame-relay-inarp Clears dynamically created Frame Relay maps, which are created by the
use of Inverse ARP.
show frame-relay map Displays the current map entries and information about the connections.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-317
 frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections

frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections

To specify the maximum number of TCP header compression connections that can exist on a Frame
Relay interface, use the frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections interface configuration
command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections number

no frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections

Syntax Description number Maximum number of TCP header compression connections. The range is
from 3 to 256.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Before you can configure the maximum number of connections, TCP header compression must be
configured on the interface using the frame-relay ip tcp header-compression command.
The number of TCP header compression connections must be set to the same value at each end of the
connection.

Examples The following example shows the configuration of a maximum of 150 TCP header compression
connections on serial interface 0:
interface serial 0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay ip tcp header-compression
frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections 150

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay ip tcp Enables TCP header compression for all Frame Relay maps on a
header-compression physical interface.
frame-relay map ip compress Enables both RTP and TCP header compression on a link.
frame-relay map ip tcp Assigns header compression characteristics to an IP map that differ
header-compression from the compression characteristics of the interface with which the
IP map is associated.
show frame-relay ip tcp Displays statistics and TCP/IP header compression information for
header-compression the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-318 78-11752-02
 frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

To configure an interface to ensure that the associated permanent virtual circuit (PVC) will always carry
outgoing TCP/IP headers in compressed form, use the frame-relay ip tcp header-compression
interface configuration command. To disable compression of TCP/IP packet headers on the interface, use
the no form of this command.

frame-relay ip tcp header-compression [passive]

no frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

Syntax Description passive (Optional) Compresses the outgoing TCP/IP packet header only if an incoming packet
had a compressed header.

Defaults Active TCP/IP header compression; all outgoing TCP/IP packets are subjected to header compression.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to interfaces that support Frame Relay encapsulation, specifically serial ports and
High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI).
Frame Relay must be configured on the interface before this command can be used.
TCP/IP header compression and Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) encapsulation are mutually
exclusive. If an interface is changed to IETF encapsulation, all encapsulation and compression
characteristics are lost.
When you use this command to enable TCP/IP header compression, every IP map inherits the
compression characteristics of the interface, unless header compression is explicitly rejected or modified
by use of the frame-relay map ip tcp header compression command.
We recommend that you shut down the interface prior to changing encapsulation types. Although this is
not required, shutting down the interface ensures the interface is reset for the new type.

Examples The following example configures serial interface 1 to use the default encapsulation (cisco) and passive
TCP header compression:
interface serial 1
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay ip tcp header-compression passive

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-319
 frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay map ip tcp header-compression Assigns header compression characteristics to an IP
map different from the compression characteristics
of the interface with which the IP map is associated.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-320 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lapf frmr

frame-relay lapf frmr

To resume the default setting of sending the Frame Reject (FRMR) frame at the Link Access Procedure
for Frame Relay (LAPF) Frame Reject procedure after having set the option of not sending the frame,
use the frame-relay lapf frmr command. To set the option of not sending the Frame Reject (FRMR)
frame at the LAPF Frame Reject procedure, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lapf frmr

no frame-relay lapf frmr

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Send FRMR during the Frame Reject procedure.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If the Frame Relay switch does not support FRMR, use the no form of this command to suppress the
transmission of FRMR frames.

Examples The following example suppresses the transmission of FRMR frames:

no frame-relay lapf frmr

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-321
 frame-relay lapf k

frame-relay lapf k
To set the Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF) window size k, use the frame-relay lapf k
interface configuration command. To reset the maximum window size k to the default value, use the no
form of this command.

frame-relay lapf k number

no frame-relay lapf k [number]

Syntax Description number Maximum number of Information frames that either are outstanding for
transmission or are transmitted but unacknowledged, in the range from
1 through 127.

Defaults 7 frames

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used to tune Layer 2 system parameters to work well with the Frame Relay switch.
Normally, you do not need to change the default setting.
Manipulation of Layer 2 parameters is not recommended if you do not know well the resulting functional
change. For more information, refer to the ITU-T Q.922 specification for LAPF.

Examples The following example resets the LAPF window size k to the default value:
no frame-relay lapf k

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay lapf t203 Sets the LAPF link idle timer value T203 of DLCI 0.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-322 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lapf n200

frame-relay lapf n200

To set the Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF) maximum retransmission count N200, use
the frame-relay lapf n200 interface configuration command. To reset the maximum retransmission
count to the default of 3, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lapf n200 retries

no frame-relay lapf n200 [retries]

Syntax Description retries Maximum number of retransmissions of a frame.

Defaults 3 retransmissions

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used to tune Layer 2 system parameters to work well with the Frame Relay switch.
Normally, you do not need to change the default setting.
Manipulation of Layer 2 parameters is not recommended if you do not know well the resulting functional
change. For more information, refer to the ITU-T Q.922 specification for LAPF.

Examples The following example resets the N200 maximum retransmission count to the default value:
no frame-relay lapf n200

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-323
 frame-relay lapf n201

frame-relay lapf n201

To set the Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF) N201 value (the maximum length of the
Information field of the LAPF I frame), use the frame-relay lapf n201 interface configuration
command. To reset the maximum length of the Information field to the default of 260 bytes (octets), use
the no form of this command.

frame-relay lapf n201 bytes

no frame-relay lapf n201 [bytes]

Syntax Description bytes Maximum number of bytes in the Information field of the LAPF I frame, between 1 and
16384.

Defaults 260 bytes

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used to tune Layer 2 system parameters to work well with the Frame Relay switch.
Normally, you do not need to change the default setting.
Manipulation of Layer 2 parameters is not recommended if you do not know well the resulting functional
change. For more information, refer to the ITU-T Q.922 specification for LAPF.

Examples The following example resets the N201 maximum information field length to the default value:
no frame-relay lapf n201

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-324 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lapf t200

frame-relay lapf t200

To set the Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF) retransmission timer value T200, use the
frame-relay lapf t200 interface configuration command. To reset the T200 timer to the default value of
15, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lapf t200 tenths-of-a-second

no frame-relay lapf t200

Syntax Description tenths-of-a-second Time, in tenths of a second, in the range from 1 through 100.

Defaults 15 tenths of a second (1.5 seconds)

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The retransmission timer value T200 should be less than the link idle timer value T203 (using the same
time unit).
This command is used to tune Layer 2 system parameters to work well with the Frame Relay switch.
Normally, you do not need to change the default setting.
Manipulation of Layer 2 parameters is not recommended if you do not know well the resulting functional
change. For more information, refer to the ITU-T Q.922 specification for LAPF.

Examples The following example resets the T200 timer to the default value:
no frame-relay lapf t200

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay lapf t203 Sets the LAPF link idle timer value T203 of DLCI 0.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-325
 frame-relay lapf t203

frame-relay lapf t203

To set the Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF) link idle timer value T203 of data-link
connection identifier (DLCI) 0, use the frame-relay lapf t203 interface configuration command. To
reset the link idle timer to the default value, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lapf t203 seconds

no frame-relay lapf t203

Syntax Description seconds Maximum time allowed with no frames exchanged, in the range from 1 through 65535
seconds.

Defaults 30 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The frame-relay lapf t203 command applies to the link; that is, it applies to DLCI 0. Circuits other than
DLCI 0 are not affected.
The link idle timer value T203 should be greater than the retransmission timer value T200 (using the
same time unit).
This command is used to tune Layer 2 system parameters to work well with the Frame Relay switch.
Normally, you do not need to change the default setting.
Manipulation of Layer 2 parameters is not recommended if you do not know well the resulting functional
change. For more information, refer to the ITU-T Q.922 specification for LAPF.

Examples The following example resets the T203 idle link timer to the default value:
no frame-relay lapf t203

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-326 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lmi-n391dte

frame-relay lmi-n391dte
To set a full status polling interval, use the frame-relay lmi-n391dte interface configuration command.
To restore the default interval value, assuming that a Local Management Interface (LMI) has been
configured, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-n391dte keep-exchanges

no frame-relay lmi-n391dte keep-exchanges

Syntax Description keep-exchanges Number of keep exchanges to be done before requesting a full status message.
Acceptable value is a positive integer in the range from 1 through 255.

Defaults 6 keep exchanges

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command when the interface is configured as data terminal equipment (DTE) or a
Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) as a means of setting the full status message polling interval.

Examples In the following example, one out of every four status inquiries generated will request a full status
response from the switch. The other three status inquiries will request keepalive exchanges only.
interface serial 0
frame-relay intf-type DTE
frame-relay lmi-n391dte 4

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-327
 frame-relay lmi-n392dce

frame-relay lmi-n392dce
To set the data communications equipment (DCE) and the Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) error
threshold, use the frame-relay lmi-n392dce interface configuration command. To remove the current
setting, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-n392dce threshold

no frame-relay lmi-n392dce threshold

Syntax Description threshold Error threshold value. Acceptable value is a positive integer in the range from 1
through 10.

Defaults 2 errors

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines In Cisco’s implementation, N392 errors must occur within the number defined by the N393 event count
in order for the link to be declared down. Therefore, the threshold value for this command must be less
than the count value defined in the frame-relay lmi-n393dce command.

Examples The following example sets the LMI failure threshold to 3. The router acts as a Frame Relay DCE or NNI
switch.
interface serial 0
frame-relay intf-type DCE
frame-relay lmi-n392dce 3

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay lmi-n393dce Sets the DCE and NNI monitored events count.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-328 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lmi-n392dte

frame-relay lmi-n392dte
To set the error threshold on a data terminal equipment (DTE) or network-to-network interface (NNI)
interface, use the frame-relay lmi-n392dte interface configuration command. To remove the current
setting, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-n392dte threshold

no frame-relay lmi-n392dte threshold

Syntax Description threshold Error threshold value. Acceptable value is a positive integer in the range from
1 through 10.

Defaults 3 errors

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the Loca Management Interface (LMI) failure threshold to 3. The router
acts as a Frame Relay DTE or NNI switch.
interface serial 0
frame-relay intf-type DTE
frame-relay lmi-n392dte 3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-329
 frame-relay lmi-n393dce

frame-relay lmi-n393dce
To set the data communications equipment (DCE) and Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) monitored
events count, use the frame-relay lmi-n393dce interface configuration command. To remove the current
setting, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-n393dce events

no frame-relay lmi-n393dce events

Syntax Description events Value of monitored events count. Acceptable value is a positive integer in the range from
1 through 10.

Defaults 2 events

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command and the frame-relay lmi-n392dce command define the condition that causes the link to
be declared down. In Cisco’s implementation, N392 errors must occur within the events argument count
in order for the link to be declared down. Therefore, the events value defined in this command must be
greater than the threshold value defined in the frame-relay lmi-n392dce command.

Examples The following example sets the Local Management Interface (LMI) monitored events count to 3. The
router acts as a Frame Relay DCE or NNI switch.
interface serial 0
frame-relay intf-type DCE
frame-relay lmi-n393dce 3

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay lmi-n392dce Sets the DCE and the NNI error threshold.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-330 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lmi-n393dte

frame-relay lmi-n393dte
To set the monitored event count on a data terminal equipment (DTE) or Network-to-Network Interface
(NNI) interface, use the frame-relay lmi-n393dte interface configuration command. To remove the
current setting, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-n393dte events

no frame-relay lmi-n393dte events

Syntax Description events Value of monitored events count. Acceptable value is a positive integer in the range from
1 through 10.

Defaults 4 events

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the Local Management Interface (LMI) monitored events count to 3. The
router acts as a Frame Relay DTE or NNI switch.
interface serial 0
frame-relay intf-type DTE
frame-relay lmi-n393dte 3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-331
 frame-relay lmi-t392dce

frame-relay lmi-t392dce
To set the polling verification timer on a data communications equipment (DCE) or Network-to-Network
Interface (NNI) interface, use the frame-relay lmi-t392dce interface configuration command. To
remove the current setting, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-t392dce seconds

no frame-relay lmi-t392dce seconds

Syntax Description seconds Polling verification timer value from 5 to 30 seconds.

Defaults 15 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The value for the timer must be greater than the DTE or NNI keepalive timer.

Examples The following example indicates a polling verification timer on a DCE or NNI interface set to
20 seconds:
interface serial 3
frame-relay intf-type DCE
frame-relay lmi-t392dce 20

Related Commands Command Description

keepalive (LMI) Enables the LMI mechanism for serial lines using Frame Relay
encapsulation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-332 78-11752-02
 frame-relay lmi-type

frame-relay lmi-type
To select the Local Management Interface (LMI) type, use the frame-relay lmi-type interface
configuration command. To return to the default LMI type, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay lmi-type {ansi | cisco | q933a}

no frame-relay lmi-type {ansi | q933a}

Syntax Description ansi Annex D defined by American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard T1.617.
cisco LMI type defined jointly by Cisco and three other companies.
q933a ITU-T Q.933 Annex A.

Defaults LMI autosense is active and determines the LMI type by communicating with the switch.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Cisco’s implementation of Frame Relay supports three LMI types: Cisco, ANSI Annex D, and ITU-T
Q.933 Annex A.
The LMI type is set on a per-interface basis and is shown in the output of the show interfaces EXEC
command.
If you want to deactivate LMI autosense, use this command and the keepalive command to configure the
LMI. For more information about LMI autosense and configuring the LMI, refer to the chapter
“Configuring Frame Relay" in the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Examples The following is an example of the commands you might enter to configure an interface for the ANSI
Annex D LMI type:
interface Serial1
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
keepalive 15

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-333
 frame-relay local-dlci

frame-relay local-dlci
To set the source data-link connection identifier (DLCI) for use when the Local Management Interface
(LMI) is not supported, use the frame-relay local-dlci interface configuration command. To remove the
DLCI number, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay local-dlci number

no frame-relay local-dlci

Syntax Description number Local (source) DLCI number to be used.

Defaults No source DLCI is set.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If LMI is supported and the multicast information element is present, the network server sets its local
DLCI based on information provided via the LMI.

Note The frame-relay local-dlci command is provided mainly to allow testing of the Frame Relay
encapsulation in a setting where two servers are connected back-to-back. This command is not
required in a live Frame Relay network.

Examples The following example specifies 100 as the local DLCI:

interface serial 4
frame-relay local-dlci 100

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-334 78-11752-02
 frame-relay map

frame-relay map
To define the mapping between a destination protocol address and the data-link connection identifier
(DLCI) used to connect to the destination address, use the frame-relay map interface configuration
command. To delete the map entry, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay map protocol protocol-address dlci [broadcast] [ietf | cisco] [payload-compress

{packet-by-packet | frf9 stac [hardware-options] | data-stream stac [hardware-options]}]

no frame-relay map protocol protocol-address

Syntax Description protocol Supported protocol, bridging, or logical link control keywords:
appletalk, decnet, dlsw, ip, ipx, llc2, rsrb, vines, and xns.
protocol-address Destination protocol address.
dlci DLCI number used to connect to the specified protocol address on the
interface.
broadcast (Optional) Forwards broadcasts to this address when multicast is not
enabled (see the frame-relay multicast-dlci command for more
information about multicasts). This keyword also simplifies the
configuration of Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) (see the “Usage
Guidelines” section for more detail).
ietf (Optional) Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) form of Frame
Relay encapsulation. Used when the router or access server is
connected to the equipment of another vendor across a Frame Relay
network.
cisco (Optional) Cisco encapsulation method.
payload-compress (Optional) Enables payload compression.
packet-by-packet (Optional) Packet-by-packet payload compression using the Stacker
method.
frf9 stac (Optional) FRF.9 compression using the Stacker method:
• If the router contains a compression service adapter (CSA),
compression is performed in the CSA hardware (hardware
compression).
• If the CSA is not available, compression is performed in the
software installed on the VIP2 (distributed compression).
• If the second-generation Versatile Interface Processor (VIP2) is
not available, compression is performed in the main processor of
the router (software compression).
data-stream stac (Optional) Data-stream compression using the Stacker method:
• If the router contains a CSA, compression is performed in the
CSA hardware (hardware compression).
• If the CSA is not available, compression is performed in the main
processor of the router (software compression).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-335
 frame-relay map

hardware-options Choose one of the following hardware options:

• (Optional) distributed. Specifies that compression is
implemented in the software that is installed in a VIP2. If the
VIP2 is not available, compression is performed in the main
processor of the router (software compression). This option
applies only to the Cisco 7500 series routers. This option is not
supported with data-stream compression.
• (Optional) software. Specifies that compression is implemented
in the Cisco IOS software installed in the main processor of the
router.
• (Optional) csa csa_number. Specifies the CSA to use for a
particular interface. This option applies only to Cisco 7200 series
routers.

Defaults No mapping is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 The payload-compress frf9 stac keyword was added.
12.1(5)T The payload-compress data-stream stac keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines Many DLCIs can be known by a router or access server and can send data to many different places, but
they are all multiplexed over one physical link. The Frame Relay map defines the logical connection
between a specific protocol and address pair and the correct DLCI.
The optional ietf and cisco keywords allow flexibility in the configuration. If no keywords are specified,
the map inherits the attributes set with the encapsulation frame-relay command. You can also use the
encapsulation options to specify that, for example, all interfaces use IETF encapsulation except one,
which needs the original Cisco encapsulation method and can be configured through use of the cisco
keyword with the frame-relay map command.
Data-stream compression is supported on interfaces and virtual circuits (VCs) using Cisco proprietary
encapsulation. When the data-stream stac keyword is specified, Cisco encapsulation is automatically
enabled. FRF.9 compression is supported on IETF-encapsulated VCs and interfaces. When the frf9 stac
keyword is specified, IETF encapsulation is automatically enabled.
Packet-by-packet compression is Cisco-proprietary and will not interoperate with routers of other
manufacturers.
You can disable payload compression by entering the no frame-relay map payload command and then
entering the frame-relay map command again with one of the other encapsulation keywords (ietf or
cisco).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-336 78-11752-02
 frame-relay map

Use the frame-relay map command to enable or disable payload compression on multipoint interfaces.
Use the frame-relay payload-compress command to enable or disable payload compression on
point-to-point interfaces.
We recommend that you shut down the interface before changing encapsulation types. Although shutting
down the interface is not required, it ensures that the interface is reset for the new encapsulation.
The broadcast keyword provides two functions: it forwards broadcasts when multicasting is not
enabled, and it simplifies the configuration of OSPF for nonbroadcast networks that will use Frame
Relay.
The broadcast keyword might also be required for some routing protocols—for example,
AppleTalk—that depend on regular routing table updates, especially when the router at the remote end
is waiting for a routing update packet to arrive before adding the route.
By requiring selection of a designated router, OSPF treats a nonbroadcast, multiaccess network such as
Frame Relay in much the same way as it treats a broadcast network. In previous releases, selection of a
designated router required manual assignment in the OSPF configuration using the neighbor interface
router command. When the frame-relay map command (with the broadcast keyword) and the ip ospf
network command (with the broadcast keyword) are configured, there is no need to configure any
neighbors manually. OSPF will now automatically run over the Frame Relay network as a broadcast
network. (See the ip ospf network interface command for more detail.)

Note The OSPF broadcast mechanism assumes that IP class D addresses are never used for regular traffic
over Frame Relay.

Examples IP Address Mapping Example

The following example maps the destination IP address 172.16.123.1 to DLCI 100:
interface serial 0
frame-relay map ip 172.16.123.1 100 broadcast

OSPF will use DLCI 100 to broadcast updates.

FRF.9 Compression Example

The following example shows FRF.9 compression configuration using the frame-relay map command:
interface serial2/0/1
ip address 172.16.1.4 255.255.255.0
no ip route-cache
encapsulation frame-relay ietf
no keepalive
shutdown
frame-relay map ip 172.16.1.1 105 ietf payload-compress frf9 stac

Data-Stream Compression Example

The following example shows data-stream compression configuration using the frame-relay map
command:
interface serial0/0
frame-relay map ip 10.0.0.1 100 payload-compress data-stream stac

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-337
 frame-relay map

Related Commands Command Description

encapsulation frame-relay Enables Frame Relay encapsulation.
frame-relay Enables Stacker payload compression on a specified point-to-point
payload-compress interface or subinterface.
ip ospf network Configures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default
for a given medium.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-338 78-11752-02
 frame-relay map bridge

frame-relay map bridge

To specify that broadcasts are to be forwarded during bridging, use the frame-relay map bridge
interface configuration command. To delete the map entry, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay map bridge dlci [broadcast] [ietf]

no frame-relay map bridge dlci

Syntax Description dlci DLCI number to be used for bridging on the specified interface or subinterface.
broadcast (Optional) Broadcasts are forwarded when multicast is not enabled.
ietf (Optional) IETF form of Frame Relay encapsulation. Use when the router or access
server is connected to another vendor's equipment across a Frame Relay network.

Defaults No broadcasts are forwarded.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example uses DLCI 144 for bridging:

interface serial 0
frame-relay map bridge 144 broadcast

The following example sets up separate point-to-point links over a subinterface and runs transparent
bridging over it:
interface serial 0
bridge-group 1
encapsulation frame-relay
interface serial 0.1
bridge-group 1
frame-relay map bridge 42 broadcast
interface serial 0.2
bridge-group 1
frame-relay map bridge 64 broadcast
interface serial 0.3
bridge-group 1
frame-relay map bridge 73 broadcast

DLCI 42 is used as the link; refer to the section “Frame Relay Configuration Examples” in the Cisco IOS
Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide for more examples of subinterfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-339
 frame-relay map clns

frame-relay map clns

To forward broadcasts when Connectionless Network Service (CLNS) is used for routing, use the
frame-relay map clns interface configuration command. To delete the map entry, use the no form of this
interface configuration command.

frame-relay map clns dlci [broadcast]

no frame-relay map clns dlci

Syntax Description dlci DLCI number to which CLNS broadcasts are forwarded on the specified
interface.
broadcast (Optional) Broadcasts are forwarded when multicast is not enabled.

Defaults No broadcasts are forwarded.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example uses DLCI 125 for CLNS routing:
interface serial 0
frame-relay map clns 125 broadcast

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-340 78-11752-02
 frame-relay map ip tcp header-compression

frame-relay map ip tcp header-compression

To assign to an IP map header compression characteristics that differ from the compression
characteristics of the interface with which the IP map is associated, use the frame-relay map ip tcp
header-compression interface configuration command.

frame-relay map ip ip-address dlci [broadcast] tcp header-compression [active | passive]

[connections number]

Syntax Description ip-address IP address of the destination or next hop.

dlci Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) number.
broadcast (Optional) Forwards broadcasts to the specified IP address.
active (Optional) Compresses the header of every outgoing TCP/IP packet.
passive (Optional) Compresses the header of an outgoing TCP/IP packet only if an
incoming TCP/IP packet had a compressed header.
connections number (Optional) Specifies the maximum number of TCP header compression
connections. The range is from 3 to 256.

Defaults The default maximum number of TCP header compression connections is 256.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
12.1(2)T This command was modified to enable the configuration of the maximum
number of header compression connections.

Usage Guidelines If you do not specify the number of TCP header compression connections, the map will inherit the
current value from the interface.
IP maps inherit the compression characteristics of the associated interface unless this command is used
to provide different characteristics. This command can also reconfigure an IP map that existed before
TCP header compression was configured on the associated interface.
When IP maps at both ends of a connection inherit passive compression, the connection will never
transfer compressed traffic because neither side will generate a packet that has a compressed header.
If you change the encapsulation characteristics of the interface to Internet Engineering Task Force
(IETF) encapsulation, you lose the TCP header compression configuration of the associated IP map.
The frame-relay map ip ip-address dlci tcp header-compression active command can also be entered
as frame-relay map ip ip-address dlci active tcp header-compression.
We recommend that you shut down the interface before changing encapsulation types. Although shutting
down the interface is not required, it ensures that the interface is reset for the new encapsulation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-341
 frame-relay map ip tcp header-compression

Examples The following example illustrates a command sequence for configuring an IP map associated with serial
interface 1 to enable active TCP/IP header compression:
interface serial 1
encapsulation frame-relay
ip address 10.108.177.170 255.255.255.0
frame-relay map ip 10.108.177.180 190 tcp header-compression active

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay ip tcp Specifies the maximum number of TCP header
compression-connections compression connections that can exist on a Frame Relay
interface.
frame-relay ip tcp Enables TCP header compression for all Frame Relay maps
header-compression on a physical interface.
frame-relay map ip compress Enables both RTP and TCP header compression on a link.
show frame-relay ip tcp Displays statistics and TCP/IP header compression
header-compression information for the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-342 78-11752-02
 frame-relay mincir

frame-relay mincir
To specify the minimum acceptable incoming or outgoing committed information rate (CIR) for a Frame
Relay virtual circuit, use the frame-relay mincir map-class configuration command. To reset the
minimum acceptable CIR to the default, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay mincir {in | out} bps

no frame-relay mincir

Syntax Description in | out Incoming or outgoing.

bps Committed information rate, in bits per second.

Defaults 56000 bps

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Rate values greater than 2048 must be entered with trailing zeros. For example, 2048000 and 5120000.
The network uses the mincir value when allocating resources for the SVC. If the mincir value cannot
be supported, the call is cleared.

Examples The following example defines the peak and average traffic rate, the minimum CIR, and the idle timer
for the fast_vcs map class and applies those values to DLCI 100, which is associated with that map class:
interface serial 0
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class fast_vc

map-class frame-relay fast_vc

frame-relay traffic-rate 56000 128000
frame-relay idle-timer 30
frame-relay mincir out 48000

Related Commands Command Description

map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-343
 frame-relay multicast-dlci

frame-relay multicast-dlci
To define the data-link connection identifier (DLCI) to be used for multicasts, use the frame-relay
multicast-dlci interface configuration command. To remove the multicast group, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay multicast-dlci number

no frame-relay multicast-dlci

Syntax Description number Multicast DLCI.

Defaults No DLCI is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command when the multicast facility is not supported. Network transmissions (packets) sent to
a multicast DLCI are delivered to all network servers defined as members of the multicast group.

Note The frame-relay multicast-dlci command is provided mainly to allow testing of the Frame Relay
encapsulation in a setting where two servers are connected back-to-back. This command is not
required in a live Frame Relay network.

Examples The following example specifies 1022 as the multicast DLCI:

interface serial 0
frame-relay multicast-dlci 1022

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-344 78-11752-02
 frame-relay payload-compress

frame-relay payload-compress
To enable Stacker payload compression on a specified point-to-point interface or subinterface, use the
frame-relay payload-compress interface configuration command. To disable payload compression on
a specified point-to-point interface or subinterface, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay payload-compress {packet-by-packet | frf9 stac [hardware-options] | data-stream

stac [hardware-options]}

no frame-relay payload-compress {packet-by-packet | frf9 stac | data-stream stac}

Syntax Description packet-by-packet Packet-by-packet payload compression using the Stacker method.
frf9 stac Enables FRF.9 compression using the Stacker method.
• If the router contains a CSA1, compression is performed in the
CSA hardware (hardware compression).
• If the CSA is not available, compression is performed in the
software installed on the VIP22 (distributed compression).
• If the VIP2 is not available, compression is performed in the
main processor of the router (software compression).
hardware-options Choose one of the following hardware options:
• (Optional) distributed. Specifies that compression is
implemented in the software that is installed in a VIP2. If the
VIP2 is not available, compression is performed in the main
processor of the router (software compression). This option
applies only to the Cisco 7500 series routers. This option is not
supported with data-stream compression.
• (Optional) software. Specifies that compression is implemented
in the Cisco IOS software installed in the main processor of the
router.
• (Optional) csa csa_number. Specifies the CSA to use for a
particular interface. This option applies only to Cisco 7200 series
routers.
data-stream stac Enables data-stream compression using the Stacker method.
• If the router contains a CSA, compression is performed in the
CSA hardware (hardware compression).
• If the CSA is not available, compression is performed in the main
processor of the router (software compression).
1. CSA = compression service adapter
2. VIP2 = second-generation Versatile Interface Processor

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-345
 frame-relay payload-compress

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.
11.2 The packet-by-packet keyword was added.
11.3 The frf9 stac keyword was added.
12.1(5)T The data-stream stac keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines Use the frame-relay payload-compress command to enable or disable payload compression on a
point-to-point interface or subinterface. Use the frame-relay map command to enable or disable
payload compression on a multipoint interface or subinterface.
We recommend that you shut down the interface before changing encapsulation types. Although
shutting down the interface is not required, it ensures that the interface is reset for the new
encapsulation.
Data-stream hardware compression is supported on interfaces and virtual circuits (VCs) using Cisco
proprietary encapsulation. When the data-stream stac keyword is specified, Cisco encapsulation is
automatically enabled. FRF.9 compression is supported on VCs and interfaces that using Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) encapsulation type. When the frf9 stac keyword is specified, IETF
encapsulation is automatically enabled.

Examples FRF.9 Compression Example

The following example configures FRF.9 compression for subinterfaces:
interface serial2/0/0
no ip address
no ip route-cache
encapsulation frame-relay
ip route-cache distributed
no keepalive
shutdown
!
interface serial2/0/0.500 point-to-point
ip address 172.16.1.4 255.255.255.0
no cdp enable
frame-relay interface-dlci 500 ietf
frame-relay payload-compress frf9 stac

Data-Stream Compression Example

The following example shows the configuration of data-stream compression using the frame-relay
payload-compress command:
interface serial1/0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay traffic-shaping
!
interface serial1/0.1 point-to-point
ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
frame-relay payload-compress data-stream stac

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay map Defines mapping between a destination protocol address and the DLCI used
to connect to the destination address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-346 78-11752-02
 frame-relay policing

frame-relay policing
To enable Frame Relay policing on all switched PVCs on the interface, use the frame-relay policing
interface configuration command. To disable Frame Relay policing, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay policing

no frame-relay policing

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Frame Relay policing is not enabled on switched PVCs.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay policing on the incoming interface before you can configure
traffic-policing parameters.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
frame-relay policing command will be effective on switched PVCs.

Examples The following example shows the configuration of Frame Relay policing on serial interface 0:
interface serial0
frame-relay policing

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing Bc for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay be Specifies the incoming or outgoing Be for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.
frame-relay tc Specifies the measurement interval for policing incoming traffic when the
CIR is zero.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-347
 frame-relay priority-dlci-group

frame-relay priority-dlci-group
To prioritize multiple data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs) according to the type of Frame Relay
traffic, use the frame-relay priority-dlci-group interface configuration command.

frame-relay priority-dlci-group group-number high-dlci medium-dlci normal-dlci low-dlci

Syntax Description group-number Specific group number.

high-dlci DLCI that is to have highest priority level.
medium-dlci DLCI that is to have medium priority level.
normal-dlci DLCI that is to have normal priority level.
low-dlci DLCI that is to have lowest priority level.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applied at the interface or subinterface level. Levels in descending order are high,
medium, normal, and low.
This command allows you to define different DLCIs for different categories of traffic based on traffic
priorities. This command does not itself define priority queueing, but it can be used in conjunction with
priority queueing.
A global priority list must be defined, and the associated DLCIs must already be applied to the
configuration before you enable this command.
Associate the DLCIs to their prospective groups and define their priority levels. This command is used
for multiple DLCIs, where the source and destination endpoints are the same (parallel paths). This
command should not be used on a main interface, or point-to-point subinterface, where only a single
DLCI is configured.
A DLCI can only be affiliated with a single priority-group; however, there can be multiple groups per
interface or subinterface.
You must configure the high-priority and medium-priority DLCI values. If you do not explicitly
associate a DLCI for the normal-dlci and low-dlci priority levels, the last DLCI specified in the
command line is used as the value of the remaining arguments. For example, the following two
commands are equivalent:
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 1 40 50
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 1 40 50 50 50

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-348 78-11752-02
 frame-relay priority-dlci-group

When you configure static map entries using frame-relay map commands or use Inverse Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP), the high-level DLCI is the only DLCI that is mapped. In the example, DLCI
40 is defined as having the highest priority. Therefore, DLCI 40 is the only DLCI that should be included
in the frame-relay map command. DLCI 50 should not be included in a frame-relay map command.

Examples The following example shows the frame-relay priority-dlci-group command configured on a main
interface with a static Frame Relay map entry. Note that DLCI 40 is the high-priority DLCI as defined
in the frame-relay priority-dlci-group command and the only DLCI included in the frame-relay map
command.
interface serial 1
ip address 172.21.177.1 255.255.255.0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 1 40
frame-relay map ip 172.21.177.2 40 broadcast

The following example shows the frame-relay priority-dlci-group command configured on

subinterfaces where multiple priority groups are defined. DLCI 40 is the high-priority DLCI in group 1,
and DLCI 80 is the high-priority DLCI in group 2.

interface Serial3
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
!
interface Serial3.2 multipoint
ip address 172.21.177.1 255.255.255.0
frame-relay interface-dlci 40
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 1 40

!
interface Serial3.3 multipoint
ip address 131.108.177.180 255.255.255.0
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 2 80 90 100 100
frame-relay interface-dlci 80
!
interface Serial 4
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
!
interface serial4.1 multipoint
ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 3 200 210 300 300
frame-relay priority-dlci-group 4 400 410 410 410
frame-relay interface-dlci 200
frame-relay interface-dlci 400

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay map Defines mapping between a destination protocol address and the DLCI used
to connect to the destination address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-349
 frame-relay priority-group

frame-relay priority-group
To assign a priority queue to virtual circuits associated with a map class, use the frame-relay
priority-group map-class configuration command. To remove the specified queueing from the virtual
circuit and cause it to revert to the default first-come, first-served queueing, use the no form of this
command.

frame-relay priority-group list-number

no frame-relay priority-group list-number

Syntax Description list-number Priority-list number to be associated with the specified map class.

Defaults If this command is not entered, the default is first-come, first-served queueing.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Definition of the priority queue takes place in the existing manner (through priority-list commands).
Because only one form of queueing can be associated with a particular map class, subsequent definitions
overwrite previous ones.

Examples The following example configures a map class for a specified DLCI, specifies a priority list for the map
class, and then defines the priority list:
interface serial 0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class pri_vc

map-class frame-relay pri_vc

frame-relay priority-group 1

priority-list 1 protocol ip high

Related Commands Command Description

class (virtual circuit) Associates a map class with a specified DLCI.
frame-relay interface-dlci Assigns a DLCI to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the
router or access server.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-350 78-11752-02
 frame-relay pvc

frame-relay pvc
To configure Frame Relay permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) for FRF.8 Frame Relay-ATM Service
Interworking, use the frame-relay pvc interface configuration command. To remove the PVC, use the
no form of the command.

frame-relay pvc dlci service {transparent | translation} [clp-bit {0 | 1 | map-de}][de-bit

{0 | 1 | map-clp}][efci-bit {0 | 1 | map-fecn}] interface atm0 {vpi/vci | vcd}

no frame-relay pvc dlci service {transparent | translation} [clp-bit {0 | 1 | map-de}][de-bit

{0 | 1 | map-clp}][efci-bit {0 | 1 | map-fecn}] interface atm0 {vpi/vci | vcd}

Syntax Description dlci A value ranging from 16 to 1007 for the PVC’s data-link connection
identifier (DLCI). Use this label when you associate a Frame Relay
PVC with an ATM PVC.
service {transparent | In the transparent mode of Service Interworking, encapsulations are
translation} sent unaltered. In translation mode, mapping and translation take
place. There is no default.
clp-bit {0 | 1 | map-de} (Optional) Sets the mode of DE/CLP mapping in Frame Relay to the
ATM direction. The default is map-de.
• map-de—Specifies Mode 1 (see section 4.2.1 of FRF.8)
• 0 or 1—Specifies Mode 2 (see section 4.2.1 of FRF.8)
de-bit {0 | 1 | map-clp} (Optional) Sets the mode of DE/CLP mapping in the ATM-to-Frame
Relay direction. The default is map-clp.
• map-clp—Specifies Mode 1 (see section 4.2.1 of FRF.8)
• 0 or 1—Specifies Mode 2 (see section 4.2.1 of FRF.8)
efci-bit {0 | 1 | map-fecn} (Optional) Sets FECN and the ATM EFCI in the Frame
Relay-to-ATM direction. map-fecn is the default.
• 0—Sets a constant value rather than mapping.
• 1—Sets a constant value rather than mapping.
• map-fecn—Adheres to Mode 1 and maps the FECN indicators
to EFCI indicators.
interface atm0 {vpi/vci | vcd} Maps the Frame Relay PVC to an ATM PVC specified by slot number
(0 is the only option for ATM on the Cisco MC3810) and either one
of the following labels:
• vpi/vci—The virtual path identifier-virtual channel identifier
(VPI-VCI) pair for the ATM PVC
• vcd—The ATM virtual circuit descriptor (VCD) for the ATM
PVC

Defaults See the defaults listed in the “Syntax Description” section.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-351
 frame-relay pvc

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies only to Frame Relay-ATM Service Interworking (FRF.8) on the Cisco MC3810.
Use this command to create Frame Relay PVCs for association with ATM PVCs when you are
configuring FRF.8 Frame Relay-ATM Service Interworking on the Cisco MC3810 multiservice access
concentrator.

Examples The following example shows two Frame Relay PVCs configured on a serial interface of a
Cisco MC3810:
frame-relay pvc 222 service translation clp-bit map-de de-bit map-clp efci-bit map-fecn
interface ATM0 222/222
frame-relay pvc 925 service transparent clp-bit map-de de-bit map-clp efci-bit map-fecn
interface ATM0 92/92

Related Commands Command Description

pvc Creates an ATM PVC on a main interface or subinterface; assigns a name to
an ATM PVC; specifies ILMI, QSAAL, or SMDS as the encapsulation type
on an ATM PVC; or enters interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-352 78-11752-02
 frame-relay qos-autosense

frame-relay qos-autosense
To enable Enhanced Local Management Interface on the Cisco router, use the frame-relay
qos-autosense interface configuration command. To disable Enhanced Local Management Interface on
the Cisco router, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay qos-autosense

no frame-relay qos-autosense

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Enhanced Local Management Interface must be configured on both the Cisco router and the Cisco
switch.
Traffic shaping is optional with Enhanced Local Management Interface. Configure traffic shaping on the
interface if you want QoS information to be used by the router for traffic rate enforcement.

Examples This configuration example shows a Frame Relay interface enabled to receive Enhanced Local
Management Interface messages from the Cisco switch that is also configured with Enhanced Local
Management Interface enabled. Traffic shaping is also configured on the interface for traffic rate
enforcement and dynamic rate throttling. This allows the router to adjust its output rate based on
congestion information it receives from the switch.
interface serial0
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
frame-relay traffic-shaping
frame-relay qos-autosense

interface serial0.1 point-to-point

no ip address
frame-relay interface-dlci 101

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-353
 frame-relay qos-autosense

Related Commands Command Description

encapsulation frame-relay Enables Frame Relay encapsulation.
frame-relay adaptive-shaping Selects the type of backward notification you want to use.
frame-relay traffic-shaping Enables both traffic shaping and per-VC queueing for all PVCs and
SVCs on a Frame Relay interface.
show frame-relay Displays the QoS values sensed from the switch.
qos-autosense

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-354 78-11752-02
 frame-relay route

frame-relay route
To specify the static route for permanent virtual circuit (PVC) switching, use the frame-relay route
interface configuration command. To remove a static route, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay route in-dlci interface out-interface-type out-interface-number out-dlci

[voice-encap size]

no frame-relay route in-dlci interface out-interface-type out-interface-number out-dlci

[voice-encap size]

Syntax Description in-dlci DLCI on which the packet is received on the interface.
interface Interface that the router or access server uses to transmit the packet.
out-interface-type
out-interface-number
out-dlci DLCI that the router or access server uses to transmit the packet over the
interface specified by the out-interface argument.
voice encap size (Optional) (Supported on the Cisco MC3810 only.) Specifies that data
segmentation will be used to support Voice over Frame Relay. Note that
the voice encapsulation applies only to the input DLCI side. The valid
range is from 8 to 1600.

Defaults No static route is specified.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When used with voice, the frame-relay route command is applied on both interfaces. If the voice-encap
option is specified on one interface, then the incoming frames on that interface are defragmented before
being routed to the other interface. The outgoing frames on that interface are then fragmented after being
routed from the other interface, and before transmission out the interface.

Note Static routes cannot be configured over tunnel interfaces on the Cisco 800 series, 1600 series, and
1700 series platforms. Static routes can only be configured over tunnel interfaces on platforms that
have the Enterprise feature set.

Examples The following example configures a static route that allows packets in DLCI 100 and sends packets out
over DLCI 200 on interface serial 2:
frame-relay route 100 interface Serial2 200

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-355
 frame-relay route

The following example illustrates the commands you enter for a complete configuration that includes
two static routes for PVC switching between interface serial 1 and interface serial 2:
interface Serial1
no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay
keepalive 15
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
frame-relay intf-type dce
frame-relay route 100 interface Serial2 200
frame-relay route 101 interface Serial2 201
clockrate 2000000

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-356 78-11752-02
 frame-relay svc

frame-relay svc
To enable Frame Relay switched virtual circuit (SVC) operation on the specified interface, use the
frame-relay svc interface configuration command. To disable SVC operation on the specified interface,
use the no form of this command.

frame-relay svc

no frame-relay svc

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines SVC operation can be enabled at the interface level only. Once it is enabled at the interface level, it is
enabled on all subinterfaces on the interface. One signalling channel, DLCI 0, is set up for the interface,
and all SVCs are controlled from the physical interface.
The first use of this command on the router starts all SVC-related processes on the router. If they are
already up and running because SVCs are enabled on another interface, no additional action is taken.
These processes are not removed once they are created.

Examples The following example enables Frame Relay SVC operation on serial interface 0 and starts SVC-related
processes on the router:
interface serial 0
ip address 172.68.3.5 255.255.255.0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay lmi-type q933a
frame-relay svc

Related Commands Command Description

encapsulation frame-relay Enables Frame Relay encapsulation.
frame-relay lmi-type Selects the LMI type.
interface serial Specifies a serial interface created on a channelized E1 or channelized
T1 controller (for ISDN PRI, CAS, or robbed bit signalling).
ip address Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-357
 frame-relay switching

frame-relay switching
To enable permanent virtual switching (PVC) switching on a Frame Relay DCE device or a
Network-to-Network Interface (NNI), use the frame-relay switching global configuration command. To
disable switching, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay switching

no frame-relay switching

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must add this command to the configuration file before configuring the routes.

Examples The following example shows the simple command that is entered in the configuration file before the
Frame Relay configuration commands to enable switching:
frame-relay switching

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-358 78-11752-02
 frame-relay tc

frame-relay tc
To set the measurement interval for policing incoming traffic when the committed information rate (CIR)
is zero, use the frame-relay tc map-class configuration command. To reset the measurement interval for
policing, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay tc milliseconds

no frame-relay tc milliseconds

Syntax Description milliseconds Time interval from 10 ms to 10,000 ms, during which incoming traffic
cannot exceed committed burst size (Bc) plus excess burst size (Be).

Defaults 1000 ms

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay policing on the incoming interface, using the frame-relay policing
interface command, before you can configure traffic-policing parameters.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
frame-relay tc command will be effective on switched PVCs.
When the CIR is greater than 0, Tc is equal to Bc divided by the CIR.

Examples The following example shows how to configure a policing measurement interval of 800 milliseconds
within a map class called “police”:
map-class frame-relay police
frame-relay tc 800

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing Bc for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay be Specifies the incoming or outgoing Be for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay virtual circuit.
frame-relay policing Enables Frame Relay policing on all switched PVCs on an interface.
frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-359
 frame-relay traffic-rate

frame-relay traffic-rate
To configure all the traffic-shaping characteristics of a virtual circuit (VC) in a single command, use the
frame-relay traffic-rate command in map-class configuration mode. To remove the specified traffic
shaping from the map class, use the no form of this command.

frame-relay traffic-rate average [peak]

no frame-relay traffic-rate average [peak]

Syntax Description average Average rate, in bits per second; equivalent to specifying the
contracted committed information rate (CIR).
peak (Optional) Peak rate, in bits per second; equivalent to
CIR + Be/Tc = CIR (1 + Be/Bc) = CIR + EIR. If the peak value is not
configured, the peak rate will default to the configured average value.

Defaults If the peak rate is omitted, the default value used is the average rate configured.

Command Modes Map-class configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The configured peak and average rates are converted to the equivalent CIR, excess burst size (Be), and
committed burst size (Bc) values for use by the VC. When the values are translated, the average rate is
used as the CIR. This value is assumed to be for one second. The generated Bc value is 1/8 the CIR value
with an interval of 125 milliseconds.
The Be value is derived from the peak rate by subtracting by the average rate. The value of the peak rate
minus average rate is assumed to be for one second. The generated Be value is 1/8 the peak rate minus
the average rate with an interval of 125 milliseconds. If the peak value is not configured, the peak rate
will default to the configured average value, and the Be value will equal 0.
For example, entering the frame-relay traffic-rate 64000 96000 command will result in a CIR of
64000 bps. Assuming 8 intervals of 125 milliseconds, the Bc is 64000/8 or 8000 bits. The Be value is
calculated by subtracting 64000 from 96000, so the one-second value is 32000 bits. For each
125-millisecond interval, the Be value is 4000 bits.
Note that the show frame-relay pvc command displays Be and Bc values based on an interval of one
second. Internally the values being used are based on an interval of 125 milliseconds. The configuration
examples below include the frame-relay traffic-rate command and corresponding show frame-relay
pvc command output.
The frame-relay traffic-rate command lets you configure all the traffic-shaping characteristics of a
virtual circuit in a single command. Using it is simpler than the alternative of entering the three
commands frame-relay cir out, frame-relay be out and frame-relay bc out, but offers slightly less
flexibility.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-360 78-11752-02
 frame-relay traffic-rate

Examples The following example associates a map class with specified data-link connection identifier (DLCI) and
then sets a traffic rate for the map class (and thus for the DLCI):
interface serial 0
frame-relay interface-dlci 100
class fast_vc

map-class frame-relay fast_vc

frame-relay traffic-rate 64000 96000

The following sample output for the show frame-relay pvc command is for the PVC configured in the
preceding example. Note that the display shows values for Be and Bc that are based on an interval of one
second. Internally the values being used are based on an interval of 125 milliseconds, which means that
the actual Be value being used is 4000 bits and the actual Bc value being used is 8000 bits.
Router# show frame-relay pvc 100

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0.100

input pkts 0 output pkts 2314 in bytes 0

out bytes 748080 dropped pkts 0 in pkts dropped 0
out pkts dropped 0 out bytes dropped 0
in FECN pkts 0 in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0
out BECN pkts 0 in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 2308 out bcast bytes 747792
pvc create time 1d16h, last time pvc status changed 1d16h
cir 64000 bc 64000 be 32000 byte limit 5000 interval 125
mincir 32000 byte increment 1000 Adaptive Shaping none
pkts 12 bytes 3888 pkts delayed 0 bytes delayed 0
shaping inactive
traffic shaping drops 0
Queueing strategy:fifo
Output queue 0/40, 0 drop, 0 dequeued

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing Bc for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay be Sets the incoming or outgoing Be for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay VC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-361
 frame-relay traffic-shaping

frame-relay traffic-shaping
To enable both traffic shaping and per-virtual circuit queueing for all permanent virtual circuits (PVCs)
and switched virtual circuits (SVCs) on a Frame Relay interface, use the frame-relay traffic-shaping
interface configuration command. To disable traffic shaping and per-virtual circuit queueing, use the no
form of this command.

frame-relay traffic-shaping

no frame-relay traffic-shaping

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines For virtual circuits (VCs) for which no specific traffic-shaping or queueing parameters are specified, a
set of default values are used. The default queueing is performed on a first-come, first-served basis.
The default committed information rate (CIR) of 56K will apply in the following situations:
• When traffic shaping is enabled (by using the frame-relay traffic-shaping command), but a map
class is not assigned to the VC
• When traffic shaping is enabled (by using the frame-relay traffic-shaping command) and a map
class is assigned to the VC, but traffic-shaping parameters have not been defined in the map class
Frame Relay traffic shaping is not effective for Layer 2 PVC switching using the frame-relay route
command.

Examples The following example enables both traffic shaping and per-virtual circuit queueing:
frame-relay traffic-shaping

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay class Associates a map class with an interface or subinterface.
frame-relay Specifies a custom queue to be used for the VC queueing associated
custom-queue-list with a specified map class.
frame-relay priority-group Assigns a priority queue to VCs associated with a map class, rather
than the default first-come-first-served queueing.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-362 78-11752-02
 frame-relay traffic-shaping

Command Description
frame-relay traffic-rate Configures all the traffic shaping characteristics of a VC in a single
command.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-363
 interface fr-atm

interface fr-atm
To create a Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface on the Cisco MC3810 and to enter
Frame Relay-ATM Interworking configuration mode, use the interface fr-atm global configuration
command. To delete the Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface, use the no form of this command.

interface fr-atm number

no interface fr-atm number

Syntax Description number The Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface number. Valid range is from
0 to 20.

Defaults Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface 20 is configured by default.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 MA This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command applies to Frame Relay-ATM Interworking on the Cisco MC3810 only.
Use the interface fr-atm command to enter Frame Relay-ATM interworking interface configuration
mode. When you issue this command for the first time, an interface number is created dynamically. You
can configure up to 21 Frame Relay-ATM interworking interfaces.

Note The Cisco MC3810 provides only network interworking (FRF.5). The Cisco MC3810 can be used
with service interworking (FRF.8), which is provided by the carrier’s ATM network equipment.

Examples The following example configures Frame Relay-ATM Interworking interface number 20:
interface fr-atm 20

Related Commands Command Description

fr-atm connect dlci Maps a Frame Relay DLCI to an ATM virtual circuit descriptor for
FRF.5 Frame Relay-ATM internetworking.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-364 78-11752-02
 keepalive (LMI)

keepalive (LMI)
To enable the Local Management Interface (LMI) mechanism for serial lines using Frame Relay
encapsulation, use the keepalive interface configuration command. To disable this capability, use the no
form of this command.

keepalive number

no keepalive

Syntax Description number Number of seconds that defines the keepalive interval. The interval must be set as
a positive integer that is less than the interval set on the switch; see the
frame-relay lmi-t392dce command description earlier in this chapter.

Defaults 10 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The keepalive command enables the keepalive sequence, which is part of the LMI protocol.

Note When booting from a network server over Frame Relay, you might need to disable keepalives.

Examples The following example sets the keepalive timer on the server for a period that is two or three seconds
faster (has a shorter interval) than the interval set on the keepalive timer of the Frame Relay switch. The
difference in keepalive intervals ensures proper synchronization between the Cisco server and the Frame
Relay switch.
interface serial 3
keepalive 8

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay lmi-t392dce Sets the polling verification timer on a DCE or NNI interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-365
 keepalive (LMI)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-366 78-11752-02
 map-class frame-relay

map-class frame-relay
To specify a map class to define quality of service (QoS) values for a switched virtual circuit (SVC),
use the map-class frame-relay global configuration command.

map-class frame-relay map-class-name

Syntax Description map-class-name Name of this map class.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines After you specify the named map class, you can specify the QoS parameters—such as incoming and
outgoing committed information rate (CIR), committed burst rate, excess burst rate, and the idle
timer—for the map class.
To specify the protocol-and-address combination to which the QoS parameters are to be applied,
associate this map class with the static maps under a map list.

Examples The following example specifies a map class called “hawaii” and defines three QoS parameters for it.
The “hawaii” map class is associated with a protocol-and-address static map defined under the map-list
command.
map-list bermuda source-addr E164 123456 dest-addr E164 654321
ip 10.108.177.100 class hawaii
appletalk 1000.2 class hawaii

map-class frame-relay hawaii

frame-relay cir in 2000000
frame-relay cir out 56000
frame-relay be out 9000

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing Bc for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay be Sets the incoming or outgoing Be for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay idle-timer Specifies the idle timeout interval for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-367
 map-group

map-group
To associate a map list with a specific interface, use the map-group interface configuration command.

map-group group-name

Syntax Description group-name Name used in a map-list command.

Defaults Disabled. No map group name is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines A map-group association with an interface is required for switched virtual circuit (SVC) operation. In
addition, a map list must be configured.
The map-group command applies to the interface or subinterface on which it is configured. The
associated E.164 or X.121 address is defined by the map-list command, and the associated protocol
addresses are defined by using the class command under the map-list command.

Examples The following example configures a physical interface, applies a map group to the physical interface,
and then defines the map group:
interface serial 0
ip address 172.10.8.6
encapsulation frame-relay
map-group bermuda
frame-relay lmi-type q933a
frame-relay svc

map-list bermuda source-addr E164 123456 dest-addr E164 654321

ip 131.108.177.100 class hawaii
appletalk 1000.2 class rainbow

Related Commands Command Description

class (map-list) Associates a map class with a protocol-and-address combination.
map-list Specifies a map group and link it to a local E.164 or X.121 source
address and a remote E.164 or X.121 destination address for Frame
Relay SVCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-368 78-11752-02
 map-list

map-list
To specify a map group and link it to a local E.164 or X.121 source address and a remote E.164 or X.121
destination address for Frame Relay switched virtual circuits (SVCs), use the map-list global
configuration command. To delete a previous map-group link, use the no form of this command.

map-list map-group-name source-addr {e164 | x121} source-address dest-addr {e164 | x121}

destination-address

no map-list map-group-name source-addr {e164 | x121} source-address dest-addr {e164 | x121}

destination-address

Syntax Description map-group-name Name of the map group. This map group must be associated with a
physical interface.
source-addr {e164 | x121} Type of source address.
source-address Address of the type specified (E.164 or X.121).
dest-addr {e164 | x121} Type of destination address.
destination-address Address of the type specified (E.164 or X.121).

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the map-class command and its subcommands to define quality of service (QoS) parameters—such
as incoming and outgoing committed information rate (CIR), committed burst rate, excess burst rate, and
the idle timer—for the static maps defined under a map list.
Each SVC needs to use a source and destination number, in much the same way that a public telephone
network needs to use source and destination numbers. These numbers allow the network to route calls
from a specific source to a specific destination. This specification is done through map lists.
Depending on switch configuration, addressing can take either of two forms: E.164 or X.121.
An X.121 address number is 14 digits long and has the following form:
Z CC P NNNNNNNNNN

Table 27 describes the codes in an X.121 address number form.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-369
 map-list

Table 27 X.121 Address Numbers

Code Meaning Value

Z Zone code 3 for North America
C Country code 10–16 for the United States
P Public data network (PDN) Provided by the PDN
code
N 10-digit number Set by the network for the specific
destination

An E.164 number has a variable length; the maximum length is 15 digits. An E.164 number has the fields
shown in Figure 2 and described in Table 28.

Figure 2 E.164 Address Format

National
Subscriber ISDN
CountryCode Destination

S4806
Number Subaddress
Code

Table 28 E.164 Address Field Descriptions

Field Description
Country code Can be 1, 2, or 3 digits long. Some current
values are the following:
• Code 1—United States of America
• Code 44—United Kingdom
• Code 61—Australia
National destination code + subscriber number Referred to as the National ISDN number; the
maximum length is 12, 13, or 14 digits, based
on the country code.
ISDN subaddress Identifies one of many devices at the
termination point. An ISDN subaddress is
similar to an extension on a PBX.

Examples In the following SVC example, if IP or AppleTalk triggers the call, the SVC is set up with the QoS
parameters defined within the class “hawaii”. An SVC triggered by either protocol results in two SVC
maps, one for IP and one for AppleTalk. Two maps are set up because these protocol-and-address
combinations are heading for the same destination, as defined by the dest-addr keyword and the values
following it in the map-list command.
map-list bermuda source-addr E164 123456 dest-addr E164 654321
ip 131.108.177.100 class hawaii
appletalk 1000.2 class hawaii

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-370 78-11752-02
 map-list

Related Commands Command Description

class (map-list) Associates a map class with a protocol-and-address combination.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-371
 show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive

show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive

To display statistics about Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive, use the show frame-relay end-to-end
keepalive EXEC command.

show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive [interface [DLCI]]

Syntax Description interface (Optional) Interface to display.

DLCI (Optional) DLCI to display.

Defaults If no interface is specified, show all interfaces.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to display the keepalive status of an interface.

Examples The following example shows output from the show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive command:
Router# show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive interface s1

End-to-end Keepalive Statistics for Interface Serial1 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, VC STATUS = STATIC (EEK UP)

SEND SIDE STATISTICS

Send Sequence Number: 86, Receive Sequence Number: 87
Configured Event Window: 3, Configured Error Threshold: 2
Total Observed Events: 90, Total Observed Errors: 34
Monitored Events: 3, Monitored Errors: 0
Successive Successes: 3, End-to-end VC Status: UP

RECEIVE SIDE STATISTICS

Send Sequence Number: 88, Receive Sequence Number: 87
Configured Event Window: 3, Configured Error Threshold: 2
Total Observed Events: 90, Total Observed Errors: 33
Monitored Events: 3, Monitored Errors: 0
Successive Successes: 3, End-to-end VC Status: UP

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold Modifies the keepalive error threshold value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window Modifies the keepalive event window value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode Enables Frame Relay end-to-end keepalives.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-372 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive

Command Description
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events Modifies the keepalive success events value.
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer Modifies the keepalive timer.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for
an SVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-373
 show frame-relay fragment

show frame-relay fragment

To display information about the Frame Relay fragmentation, use the show frame-relay fragment
command in privileged EXEC mode.

show frame-relay fragment [interface interface [DLCI]]

Syntax Description interface (Optional) Indicates a specific interface for which Frame Relay fragmentation
information will be displayed.
interface (Optional) Interface number containing the DLCI(s) for which you wish to
display fragmentation information.
DLCI (Optional) Specific DLCI for which you wish to display fragmentation
information.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(4)T This command was introduced.
12.1(2)E Support was added for Cisco 7500 series routers with Versatile Interface
Processors.
12.1(5)T Support was added for Cisco 7500 series routers with Versatile Interface
Processors running 12.1(5)T.

Usage Guidelines When no parameters are specified with this command, the output displays a summary of each data-link
connection identifier (DLCI) configured for fragmentation. The information displayed includes the
fragmentation type, the configured fragment size, and the number of fragments transmitted, received,
and dropped.
When a specific interface and DLCI are specified, additional details are displayed.

Examples The following is sample output for the show frame-relay fragment command without any parameters
specified:
Router# show frame-relay fragment

interface dlci frag-type frag-size in-frag out-frag dropped-frag

Serial0 108 VoFR-cisco 100 1261 1298 0
Serial0 109 VoFR 100 0 243 0
Serial0 110 end-to-end 100 0 0 0

The following is sample output for the show frame-relay fragment command when an interface and
DLCI are specified:
Router# show frame-relay fragment interface Serial1/0 16

fragment-size 45 fragment type end-to-end

in fragmented pkts 0 out fragmented pkts 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-374 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay fragment

in fragmented bytes 0 out fragmented bytes 0

in un-fragmented pkts 0 out un-fragmented pkts 0
in un-fragmented bytes 0 out un-fragmented bytes 0
in assembled pkts 0 out pre-fragmented pkts 0
in assembled bytes 0 out pre-fragmented bytes
in dropped reassembling pkts 0 out dropped fragmenting pkts 0
in timeouts 0
in out-of-sequence fragments 0
in fragments with unexpected B bit set 0
out interleaved packets 0

Table 29 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 29 show frame-relay fragment Field Descriptions

Field Description
interface Subinterface containing the DLCI for which the fragmentation
information pertains.
dlci Data-link connection identifier for which the displayed fragmentation
information applies.
frag-type Type of fragmentation configured on the designated DLCI. Supported
types are end-to-end, VoFR, and VoFR-cisco.
frag-size Configured fragment size in bytes.
in-frag Total number of fragments received by the designated DLCI.
out-frag Total number of fragments sent by the designated DLCI.
dropped-frag Total number of fragments dropped by the designated DLCI.
in/out fragmented pkts Total number of frames received/sent by this DLCI that have a
fragmentation header.
in/out fragmented bytes Total number of bytes, including those in the Frame Relay headers,
that have been received/sent by this DLCI.
in/out un-fragmented pkts Number of frames received/sent by this DLCI that do not require
reassembly, and therefore do not contain the FRF.12 header. These
counters can be incremented only when the end-to-end fragmentation
type is set.
in/out un-fragmented bytes Number of bytes received/sent by this DLCI that do not require
reassembly, and therefore do not contain the FRF.12 header. These
counters can be incremented only when the end-to-end fragmentation
type is set.
in assembled pkts Total number of fully reassembled frames received by this DLCI,
including the frames received without a Frame Relay fragmentation
header (in unfragmented packets). This counter corresponds to the
frames viewed by the upper-layer protocols.
out pre-fragmented pkts Total number of fully reassembled frames transmitted by this DLCI,
including the frames transmitted without a Frame Relay fragmentation
header (out un-fragmented pkts).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-375
 show frame-relay fragment

Table 29 show frame-relay fragment Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
in assembled bytes Number of bytes in the fully reassembled frames received by this
DLCI, including the frames received without a Frame Relay
fragmentation header (in un-fragmented bytes). This counter
corresponds to the total number of bytes viewed by the upper-layer
protocols.
out pre-fragmented bytes Number of bytes in the fully reassembled frames transmitted by this
DLCI, including the frames sent without a Frame Relay fragmentation
header (out un-fragmented bytes). This counter corresponds to the
total number of bytes viewed by the upper-layer protocols.
in dropped reassembling pkts Number of fragments received by this DLCI that are dropped for
reasons such as running out of memory, receiving segments out of
sequence, receiving an unexpected frame with a B bit set, or timing out
on a reassembling frame.
out dropped fragmenting pkts Number of fragments that are dropped by this DLCI during
transmission because of running out of memory.
in timeouts Number of reassembly timeouts that have occurred on incoming
frames to this DLCI. (A frame that does not fully reassemble within
two minutes is dropped, and the timeout counter is incremented.)
in out-of-sequence fragments Number of fragments received by this DLCI that have an unexpected
sequence number.
in fragments with unexpected Number of fragments received by this DLCI that have an unexpected
B bit set B bit set. When this occurs, all fragments being reassembled are
dropped and a new frame is begun with this fragment.
out interleaved packets Number of packets leaving this DLCI that have been interleaved
between segments.

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay fragment Enables fragmentation of Frame Relay frames for a Frame Relay map
class.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.
show frame-relay vofr Displays details about FRF.11 subchannels being used on Voice over
Frame Relay DLCIs.
show interfaces serial Displays information about a serial interface.
show traffic-shape queue Displays information about the elements queued at a particular time at
the VC level.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-376 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

To display statistics and TCP/IP header compression information for the interface, use the show
frame-relay ip tcp header-compression EXEC command.

show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression command:
Router# show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

DLCI 200 Link/Destination info: ip 10.108.177.200

Interface Serial0:
Rcvd: 40 total, 36 compressed, 0 errors
0 dropped, 0 buffer copies, 0 buffer failures
Sent: 0 total, 0 compressed
0 bytes saved, 0 bytes sent
Connect: 16 rx slots, 16 tx slots, 0 long searches, 0 misses, 0% hit ratio
Five minute miss rate 0 misses/sec, 0 max misses/sec

Table 30 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 30 show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression Field Descriptions

Field Description
Rcvd: Table of details concerning received packets.
total Sum of compressed and uncompressed packets
received.
compressed Number of compressed packets received.
errors Number of errors caused by errors in the header fields
(version, total length, or IP checksum).
dropped Number of packets discarded. Seen only after line
errors.
buffer copies Number of times that a new buffer was needed to put
the uncompressed packet in.
buffer failures Number of times that a new buffer was needed but was
not obtained.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-377
 show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression

Table 30 show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Sent: Table of details concerning sent packets.
total Sum of compressed and uncompressed packets sent.
compressed Number of compressed packets sent.
bytes saved Number of bytes reduced because of the compression.
bytes sent Actual number of bytes transmitted.
Connect: Table of details about the connections.
rx slots, tx slots Number of states allowed over one TCP connection. A
state is recognized by a source address, a destination
address, and an IP header length.
long searches Number of times that the connection ID in the
incoming packet was not the same as the previous one
that was processed.
misses Number of times that a matching entry was not found
within the connection table and a new entry had to be
entered.
hit ratio Percentage of times that a matching entry was found
in the compression tables and the header was
compressed.
Five minute miss rate Miss rate computed over the most recent 5 minutes
and the maximum per-second miss rate during that
period.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-378 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay lapf

show frame-relay lapf

To display information about the status of the internals of Frame Relay Layer 2 (LAPF) if switched
virtual circuits (SVCs) are configured, use the show frame-relay lapf EXEC command.

show frame-relay lapf

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay lapf command.
Router# show frame-relay lapf

Interface = Serial1 (up), LAPF state = TEI_ASSIGNED (down)

SVC disabled, link down cause = LMI down, #link-reset = 0
T200 = 1.5 sec., T203 = 30 sec., N200 = 3, k = 7, N201 = 260
I xmt = 0, I rcv = 0, I reXmt = 0, I queued = 0
I xmt dropped = 0, I rcv dropped = 0, Rcv pak dropped = 0
RR xmt = 0, RR rcv = 0, RNR xmt = 0, RNR rcv = 0
REJ xmt = 0, REJ rcv = 0, FRMR xmt = 0, FRMR rcv = 0
DM xmt = 0, DM rcv = 0, DISC xmt = 0, DISC rcv = 0
SABME xmt = 0, SABME rcv = 0, UA xmt = 0, UA rcv = 0
V(S) = 0, V(A) = 0, V(R) = 0, N(S) = 0, N(R) = 0
Xmt FRMR at Frame Reject

Table 31 describes significant fields in this output.

Table 31 show frame-relay lapf Field Descriptions

Field Description
Interface Identifies the interface and indicates the line status (up, down,
administratively down).
LAPF state A LAPF state of MULTIPLE FRAME ESTABLISHED or
RIMER_RECOVERY indicates that Layer 2 is functional. Others,
including TEI_ASSIGNED, AWAITING_ESTABLISHMENT, and
AWAITING_RELEASE, indicate that Layer 2 is not functional.
SVC disabled Indicates whether SVCs are enabled or disabled.
link down cause Indicates the reason that the link is down. For example, N200 error,
memory out, peer disconnect, LMI down, line down, and SVC disabled.
Many other causes are described in the Q.922 specification.
#link-reset Number of times the Layer 2 link has been reset.
T200, T203, N200, k, N201 Values of Layer 2 parameters.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-379
 show frame-relay lapf

Table 31 show frame-relay lapf Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
I xmt, I rcv, I reXmt, Number of I frames sent, received, retransmitted, and queued for
I queued transmission, respectively.
I xmt dropped Number of sent I frames that were dropped.
I rcv dropped Number of I frames received over DLCI 0 that were dropped.
Rcv pak dropped Number of received packets that were dropped.
RR xmt, RR rcv Number of RR frames sent; number of RR frames received.
RNR xmt, RNR rcv Number of RNR frames sent; number of RNR frames received.
REJ xmt, REJ rcv Number of REJ frames sent; number of REJ frames received.
FRMR xmt, FRMR rcv Number of FRMR frames sent; number of FRMR frames received.
DM xmt, DM rcv Number of DM frames sent; number of DM frames received.
DISC xmt, DISC rcv Number of DISC frames sent; number of DISC frames received.
SABME xmt, SABME rcv Number of SABME frames sent; number of SABME frames received.
UA xmt, UA rcv Number of UA frames sent; number of UA frames received.
V(S) 0, V(A) 0, V(R) 0, Layer 2 sequence numbers.
N(S) 0, N(R) 0
Xmt FRMR at Frame Indicates whether the FRMR frame is sent at Frame Reject.
Reject

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-380 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay lmi

show frame-relay lmi

To display statistics about the Local Management Interface (LMI), use the show frame-relay lmi EXEC
command.

show frame-relay lmi [type number]

Syntax Description type (Optional) Interface type; it must be serial.

number (Optional) Interface number.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Enter the command without arguments to obtain statistics about all Frame Relay interfaces.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay lmi command when the interface is a data
terminal equipment (DTE) device:
Router# show frame-relay lmi

LMI Statistics for interface Serial1 (Frame Relay DTE) LMI TYPE = ANSI
Invalid Unnumbered info 0 Invalid Prot Disc 0
Invalid dummy Call Ref 0 Invalid Msg Type 0
Invalid Status Message 0 Invalid Lock Shift 0
Invalid Information ID 0 Invalid Report IE Len 0
Invalid Report Request 0 Invalid Keep IE Len 0
Num Status Enq. Sent 9 Num Status msgs Rcvd 0
Num Update Status Rcvd 0 Num Status Timeouts 9

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay lmi command when the interface is a
Network-to-Network Interface (NNI):
Router# show frame-relay lmi

LMI Statistics for interface Serial3 (Frame Relay NNI) LMI TYPE = CISCO
Invalid Unnumbered info 0 Invalid Prot Disc 0
Invalid dummy Call Ref 0 Invalid Msg Type 0
Invalid Status Message 0 Invalid Lock Shift 0
Invalid Information ID 0 Invalid Report IE Len 0
Invalid Report Request 0 Invalid Keep IE Len 0
Num Status Enq. Rcvd 11 Num Status msgs Sent 11
Num Update Status Rcvd 0 Num St Enq. Timeouts 0
Num Status Enq. Sent 10 Num Status msgs Rcvd 10
Num Update Status Sent 0 Num Status Timeouts 0

Table 32 describes significant fields shown in the output.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-381
 show frame-relay lmi

Table 32 show frame-relay lmi Field Descriptions

Field Description
LMI Statistics Signalling or LMI specification: CISCO, ANSI, or ITU-T.
Invalid Unnumbered info Number of received LMI messages with invalid unnumbered information
field.
Invalid Prot Disc Number of received LMI messages with invalid protocol discriminator.
Invalid dummy Call Ref Number of received LMI messages with invalid dummy call references.
Invalid Msg Type Number of received LMI messages with invalid message type.
Invalid Status Message Number of received LMI messages with invalid status message.
Invalid Lock Shift Number of received LMI messages with invalid lock shift type.
Invalid Information ID Number of received LMI messages with invalid information identifier.
Invalid Report IE Len Number of received LMI messages with invalid Report IE Length.
Invalid Report Request Number of received LMI messages with invalid Report Request.
Invalid Keep IE Len Number of received LMI messages with invalid Keep IE Length.
Num Status Enq. Sent Number of LMI status inquiry messages sent.
Num Status Msgs Rcvd Number of LMI status messages received.
Num Update Status Rcvd Number of LMI asynchronous update status messages received.
Num Status Timeouts Number of times the status message was not received within the keepalive
time value.
Num Status Enq. Rcvd Number of LMI status enquiry messages received.
Num Status Msgs Sent Number of LMI status messages sent.
Num Status Enq. Number of times the status enquiry message was not received within the
Timeouts T392 DCE timer value.
Num Update Status Sent Number of LMI asynchronous update status messages sent.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-382 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay map

show frame-relay map

To display the current map entries and information about the connections, use the show frame-relay
map EXEC command.

show frame-relay map

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay map command:
Router# show frame-relay map

Serial 1 (administratively down): ip 10.108.177.177

dlci 177 (0xB1,0x2C10), static,
broadcast,
CISCO
TCP/IP Header Compression (inherited), passive (inherited)

Table 33 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 33 show frame-relay map Field Descriptions

Field Description
Serial 1 (administratively down) Identifies a Frame Relay interface and its status
(up or down).
ip 131.108.177.177 Destination IP address.
dlci 177 (0xB1,0x2C10) DLCI that identifies the logical connection being
used to reach this interface. This value is
displayed in three ways: its decimal value (177),
its hexadecimal value (0xB1), and its value as it
would appear on the wire (0x2C10).
static Indicates whether this is a static or dynamic
entry.
CISCO Indicates the encapsulation type for this map;
either CISCO or IETF.
TCP/IP Header Compression (inherited), Indicates whether the TCP/IP header
passive (inherited) compression characteristics were inherited from
the interface or were explicitly configured for the
IP map.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-383
 show frame-relay map

Related Commands Command Description

show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-384 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

show frame-relay pvc

To display statistics about permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) for Frame Relay interfaces, use the show
frame-relay pvc privileged EXEC command.

show frame-relay pvc [interface interface] [dlci]

Syntax Description interface (Optional) Indicates a specific interface for which PVC information will be
displayed.
interface (Optional) Interface number containing the data-link connection identifiers
(DLCIs) for which you wish to display PVC information.
dlci (Optional) A specific DLCI number used on the interface. Statistics for the
specified PVC are displayed when a DLCI is also specified.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
12.0(1)T This command was modified to display statistics about virtual access
interfaces used for PPP connections over Frame Relay.
12.0(3)XG This command was modified to include the fragmentation type and size
associated with a particular PVC when fragmentation is enabled on the PVC.
12.0(4)T This command was modified to include the fragmentation type and size
associated with a particular PVC when fragmentation is enabled on the PVC.
12.0(5)T This command was modified to include information on the special voice
queue that is created using the queue keyword of the frame-relay voice
bandwidth command.
12.1(2)T This command was modified to display the following information:
• Details about the policy map attached to a specific PVC.
• The priority configured for PVCs within Frame Relay PIPQ.
• Details about Frame Relay traffic shaping and policing on switched
PVCs.
12.0(12)S This command was modified to display reasons for packet drops and
complete status information for switched NNI PVCs.
12.1(5)T This command was modified to display the following information:
• The number of packets in the post-hardware-compression queue.
• The reasons for packet drops and complete status information for
switched NNI PVCs.
12.0(17)S This command was modified to display the number of outgoing packets
dropped and the number of outgoing bytes dropped because of QoS policy.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-385
 show frame-relay pvc

Release Modification
12.2 T This command was modified to show that when payload compression is
configured for a PVC, the throughput rate reported by the PVC is equal to
the rate reported by the interface.
12.2(11)T This command was modified to display the number of outgoing packets
dropped and the number of outgoing bytes dropped because of QoS policy.

Usage Guidelines Use this command to monitor the PPP link control protocol (LCP) state as being open with an “up” state,
or closed with a “down” state.
When “vofr” or “vofr cisco” has been configured on the PVC, and a voice bandwidth has been allocated
to the class associated with this PVC, configured voice bandwidth and used voice bandwidth are also
displayed.

Statistics Reporting
To obtain statistics about PVCs on all Frame Relay interfaces, use this command with no arguments.
When you use the show frame-relay pvc command with no arguments or with the interface argument, a
table will display that shows the number of PVCs in the various states.
To obtain statistics about a PVC that include policy-map configuration or the priority configured for that
PVC, use this command with the dlci argument.
Per-VC counters are not incremented at all when either autonomous or silicon switching engine (SSE)
switching is configured; therefore, PVC values will be inaccurate if either switching method is used.

Traffic Shaping
Congestion control mechanisms are currently not supported on terminated PVCs nor on PVCs over
ISDN. Where congestion control mechanisms are supported, the switch passes forward explicit
congestion notification (FECN) bits, backward explicit congestion notification (BECN) bits, and discard
eligible (DE) bits unchanged from entry to exit points in the network.

Examples The displays in this section show sample output for a variety of PVCs. Some of the PVCs carry data only;
some carry a combination of voice and data.

Frame Relay Generic Configuration Example

The following sample output shows a generic Frame Relay configuration on DLCI 100:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 100

PVC Statistics for interface Serial4/0/1:0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE (EEK UP), INTERFACE = Serial4/0/1:0.1

input pkts 4360 output pkts 4361 in bytes 146364

out bytes 130252 dropped pkts 3735 in pkts dropped 0
out pkts dropped 3735 out bytes dropped 1919790
late-dropped out pkts 3735 late-dropped out bytes 1919790
in FECN pkts 0 in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0
out BECN pkts 0 in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 337 out bcast bytes 102084
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
pvc create time 05:34:06, last time pvc status changed 05:33:38

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-386 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

Multiple Frame Relay PVCs Example

The following is sample output for the show frame-relay pvc command with no arguments. Statistics
for all of the PVCs on all of the interfaces are displayed.
PVC Statistics for interface Serial2/1 (Frame Relay DTE)

Active Inactive Deleted Static

Local 115 0 0 0
Switched 0 0 0 0
Unused 0 0 0 0

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial2/1

input pkts 12 output pkts 7 in bytes 4406

out bytes 1366 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 7 out bcast bytes 1366
pvc create time 1d04h, last time pvc status changed 00:30:32
--More--

Frame Relay Fragmentation and Hardware Compression Example

The following is sample output for the show frame-relay pvc command for a PVC configured with
Cisco-proprietary fragmentation and hardware compression:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 110

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0/0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 110, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0/0

input pkts 409 output pkts 409 in bytes 3752

out bytes 4560 dropped pkts 1 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
pvc create time 3d00h, last time pvc status changed 2d22h
Service type VoFR-cisco
Voice Queueing Stats: 0/100/0 (size/max/dropped)
Post h/w compression queue: 0
Current fair queue configuration:
Discard Dynamic Reserved
threshold queue count queue count
64 16 2
Output queue size 0/max total 600/drops 0
configured voice bandwidth 16000, used voice bandwidth 0
fragment type VoFR-cisco fragment size 100
cir 64000 bc 640 be 0 limit 80 interval 10
mincir 32000 byte increment 80 BECN response no
frags 428 bytes 4810 frags delayed 24 bytes delayed 770
shaping inactive
traffic shaping drops 0
ip rtp priority parameters 16000 32000 20000

Switched PVC Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command for a switched Frame Relay
PVC. This output displays detailed information about NNI status and why packets were dropped from
switched PVCs.
Router# show frame-relay pvc

PVC Statistics for interface Serial2/2 (Frame Relay NNI)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-387
 show frame-relay pvc

DLCI = 16, DLCI USAGE = SWITCHED, PVC STATUS = INACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial2/2
LOCAL PVC STATUS = INACTIVE, NNI PVC STATUS = INACTIVE

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
switched pkts0
Detailed packet drop counters:
no out intf 0 out intf down 0 no out PVC 0
in PVC down 0 out PVC down 0 pkt too big 0
shaping Q full 0 pkt above DE 0 policing drop 0
pvc create time 00:00:07, last time pvc status changed 00:00:07

Frame Relay Congestion Management on a Switched PVC Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command that shows the statistics for a
switched PVC on which Frame Relay congestion management is configured:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 200

PVC Statistics for interface Serial3/0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 200, DLCI USAGE = SWITCHED, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial3/0

input pkts 341 output pkts 390 in bytes 341000

out bytes 390000 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 390
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0 Num Pkts Switched 341

pvc create time 00:10:35, last time pvc status changed 00:10:06
Congestion DE threshold 50
shaping active
cir 56000 bc 7000 be 0 byte limit 875 interval 125
mincir 28000 byte increment 875 BECN response no
pkts 346 bytes 346000 pkts delayed 339 bytes delayed 339000
traffic shaping drops 0
Queueing strategy:fifo
Output queue 48/100, 0 drop, 339 dequeued

Frame Relay Policing on a Switched PVC Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command that shows the statistics for a
switched PVC on which Frame Relay policing is configured:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 100

PVC Statistics for interface Serial1/0 (Frame Relay DCE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = SWITCHED, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial1/0

input pkts 1260 output pkts 0 in bytes 1260000

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0 Num Pkts Switched 1260

pvc create time 00:03:57, last time pvc status changed 00:03:19
policing enabled, 180 pkts marked DE
policing Bc 6000 policing Be 6000 policing Tc 125 (msec)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-388 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

in Bc pkts 1080 in Be pkts 180 in xs pkts 0

in Bc bytes 1080000 in Be bytes 180000 in xs bytes 0

Frame Relay PVC Priority Queueing Example

The following is sample output for a PVC that has been assigned high priority:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 100

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial0

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
pvc create time 00:00:59, last time pvc status changed 00:00:33
priority high

Low Latency Queueing for Frame Relay Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command for a PVC shaped to a 64K
committed information rate (CIR) with fragmentation. A policy map is attached to the PVC and is
configured with a priority class for voice, two data classes for IP precedence traffic, and a default class
for best-effort traffic. Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) is used as the drop policy on one of
the data classes.
Router# show frame-relay pvc 100

PVC Statistics for interface Serial1/0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 100, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = INACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial1/0.1

input pkts 0 output pkts 0 in bytes 0

out bytes 0 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
pvc create time 00:00:42, last time pvc status changed 00:00:42
service policy mypolicy
Class voice
Weighted Fair Queueing
Strict Priority
Output Queue: Conversation 72
Bandwidth 16 (kbps) Packets Matched 0
(pkts discards/bytes discards) 0/0
Class immediate-data
Weighted Fair Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 73
Bandwidth 60 (%) Packets Matched 0
(pkts discards/bytes discards/tail drops) 0/0/0
mean queue depth: 0
drops: class random tail min-th max-th mark-prob
0 0 0 64 128 1/10
1 0 0 71 128 1/10
2 0 0 78 128 1/10
3 0 0 85 128 1/10
4 0 0 92 128 1/10
5 0 0 99 128 1/10
6 0 0 106 128 1/10
7 0 0 113 128 1/10
rsvp 0 0 120 128 1/10

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-389
 show frame-relay pvc

Class priority-data
Weighted Fair Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 74
Bandwidth 40 (%) Packets Matched 0 Max Threshold 64 (packets)
(pkts discards/bytes discards/tail drops) 0/0/0
Class class-default
Weighted Fair Queueing
Flow Based Fair Queueing
Maximum Number of Hashed Queues 64 Max Threshold 20 (packets)
Output queue size 0/max total 600/drops 0
fragment type end-to-end fragment size 50
cir 64000 bc 640 be 0 limit 80 interval 10
mincir 64000 byte increment 80 BECN response no
frags 0 bytes 0 frags delayed 0 bytes delayed 0
shaping inactive
traffic shaping drops 0

PPP over Frame Relay Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command that shows the PVC statistics
for serial interface 5 (slot 1 and DLCI 55 are up) during a PPP session over Frame Relay:
Router# show frame-relay pvc 55

PVC Statistics for interface Serial5/1 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 55, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = ACTIVE, INTERFACE = Serial5/1.1
input pkts 9 output pkts 16 in bytes 154
out bytes 338 dropped pkts 6 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
pvc create time 00:35:11, last time pvc status changed 00:00:22
Bound to Virtual-Access1 (up, cloned from Virtual-Template5)

Voice over Frame Relay Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command for a PVC carrying Voice over
Frame Relay (VoFR) traffic configured via the vofr cisco command. The frame-relay voice bandwidth
command has been configured on the class associated with this PVC, as has fragmentation. The
fragmentation employed is proprietary to Cisco.
A sample configuration for this scenario is shown first, followed by the output for the show frame-relay
pvc command.
interface serial 0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay traffic-shaping
frame-relay interface-dlci 108
vofr cisco
class vofr-class
map-class frame-relay vofr-class
frame-relay fragment 100
frame-relay fair-queue
frame-relay cir 64000
frame-relay voice bandwidth 25000

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-390 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

Router# show frame-relay pvc 108

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 108, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0
input pkts 1260 output pkts 1271 in bytes 95671
out bytes 98604 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 1271 out bcast bytes 98604
pvc create time 09:43:17, last time pvc status changed 09:43:17
Service type VoFR-cisco
configured voice bandwidth 25000, used voice bandwidth 0
voice reserved queues 24, 25
fragment type VoFR-cisco fragment size 100
cir 64000 bc 64000 be 0 limit 1000 interval 125
mincir 32000 byte increment 1000 BECN response no
pkts 2592 bytes 205140 pkts delayed 1296 bytes delayed 102570
shaping inactive
shaping drops 0
Current fair queue configuration:
Discard Dynamic Reserved
threshold queue count queue count
64 16 2
Output queue size 0/max total 600/drops 0

FRF.12 Fragmentation Example

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command for an application employing
pure FRF.12 fragmentation. A sample configuration for this scenario is shown first, followed by the
output for the show frame-relay pvc command.
interface serial 0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay traffic-shaping
frame-relay interface-dlci 110
class frag
map-class frame-relay frag
frame-relay fragment 100
frame-relay fair-queue
frame-relay cir 64000

Router# show frame-relay pvc 110

PVC Statistics for interface Serial0 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 110, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial0
input pkts 0 output pkts 243 in bytes 0
out bytes 7290 dropped pkts 0 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 243 out bcast bytes 7290
pvc create time 04:03:17, last time pvc status changed 04:03:18
fragment type end-to-end fragment size 100
cir 64000 bc 64000 be 0 limit 1000 interval 125
mincir 32000 byte increment 1000 BECN response no
pkts 486 bytes 14580 pkts delayed 243 bytes delayed 7290
shaping inactive
shaping drops 0
Current fair queue configuration:
Discard Dynamic Reserved
threshold queue count queue count
64 16 2
Output queue size 0/max total 600/drops 0

Note that when voice is not configured, voice bandwidth output is not displayed.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-391
 show frame-relay pvc

PVC Transporting Voice and Data

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay pvc command for a PVC carrying voice and
data traffic, with a special queue specifically for voice traffic created using the frame-relay voice
bandwidth command queue keyword:
Router# show frame-relay pvc interface serial 1 45

PVC Statistics for interface Serial1 (Frame Relay DTE)

DLCI = 45, DLCI USAGE = LOCAL, PVC STATUS = STATIC, INTERFACE = Serial1

input pkts 85 output pkts 289 in bytes 1730

out bytes 6580 dropped pkts 11 in FECN pkts 0
in BECN pkts 0 out FECN pkts 0 out BECN pkts 0
in DE pkts 0 out DE pkts 0
out bcast pkts 0 out bcast bytes 0
pvc create time 00:02:09, last time pvc status changed 00:02:09
Service type VoFR
configured voice bandwidth 25000, used voice bandwidth 22000
fragment type VoFR fragment size 100
cir 20000 bc 1000 be 0 limit 125 interval 50
mincir 20000 byte increment 125 BECN response no
fragments 290 bytes 6613 fragments delayed 1 bytes delayed 33
shaping inactive
traffic shaping drops 0
Voice Queueing Stats: 0/100/0 (size/max/dropped)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Current fair queue configuration:
Discard Dynamic Reserved
threshold queue count queue count
64 16 2
Output queue size 0/max total 600/drops 0

Table 34 describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions

Field Description
DLCI One of the DLCI numbers for the PVC.
DLCI USAGE Lists SWITCHED when the router or access server is used as a switch, or
LOCAL when the router or access server is used as a DTE device.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-392 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
PVC STATUS Status of the PVC. The DCE device reports the status, and the DTE device
receives the status. When you disable the Local Management Interface
(LMI) mechanism on the interface (by using the no keepalive command),
the PVC status is STATIC. Otherwise, the PVC status is exchanged using
the LMI protocol:
• STATIC—LMI is disabled on the interface.
• ACTIVE— The PVC is operational and can transmit packets.
• INACTIVE—The PVC is configured, but down.
• DELETED—The PVC is not present (DTE device only), which
means that no status is received from the LMI protocol.
If the frame-relay end-to-end keepalive command is used, the
end-to-end keepalive (EEK) status is reported in addition to the LMI
status. For example:
• ACTIVE (EEK UP) —The PVC is operational according to LMI and
end-to-end keepalives.
• ACTIVE (EEK DOWN)—The PVC is operational according to LMI,
but end-to-end keepalive has failed.
INTERFACE Specific subinterface associated with this DLCI.
1
LOCAL PVC STATUS Status of PVC configured locally on the NNI interface.
1
NNI PVC STATUS Status of PVC learned over the NNI link.
input pkts Number of packets received on this PVC.
output pkts Number of packets sent on this PVC.
in bytes Number of bytes received on this PVC.
out bytes Number of bytes sent on this PVC.
dropped pkts Number of incoming and outgoing packets dropped by the router at the
Frame Relay level.
in pkts dropped Number of incoming packets dropped. Incoming packets may be dropped
for a number of reasons, including the following:
• inactive PVC
• policing
• pkts received above DE discard level
• dropped fragments
• memory allocation failures
• configuration problems
out pkts dropped Number of outgoing packets dropped, including shaping drops and late
drops.
out bytes dropped Number of outgoing bytes dropped.
late-dropped out pkts Number of outgoing packets dropped because of QoS policy (such as with
VC queuing or Frame Relay traffic shaping). This field is not displayed
when the value is zero.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-393
 show frame-relay pvc

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
late-dropped out bytes Number of outgoing bytes dropped because of QoS policy (such with as
VC queuing or Frame Relay traffic shaping). This field is not displayed
when the value is zero.
in FECN pkts Number of packets received with the FECN bit set.
in BECN pkts Number of packets received with the BECN bit set.
out FECN pkts Number of packets sent with the FECN bit set.
out BECN pkts Number of packets sent with the BECN bit set.
in DE pkts Number of DE packets received.
out DE pkts Number of DE packets sent.
out bcast pkts Number of output broadcast packets.
out bcast bytes Number of output broadcast bytes.
switched pkts Number of switched packets.
no out intf2 Number of packets dropped because there is no output interface.
2
out intf down Number of packets dropped because the output interface is down.
2
no out PVC Number of packets dropped because the outgoing PVC is not configured.
2
in PVC down Number of packets dropped because the incoming PVC is inactive.
2
out PVC down Number of packets dropped because the outgoing PVC is inactive.
2
pkt too big Number of packets dropped because the packet size is greater than media
MTU3.
shaping Q full2 Number of packets dropped because the Frame Relay traffic-shaping
queue is full.
pkt above DE2 Number of packets dropped because they are above the DE level when
Frame Relay congestion management is enabled.
policing drop2 Number of packets dropped because of Frame Relay traffic policing.
pvc create time Time at which the PVC was created.
last time pvc status Time at which the PVC changed status.
changed
VC-Bundle PVC bundle of which the PVC is a member.
priority Priority assigned to the PVC.
pkts marked DE Number of packets marked DE because they exceeded the Bc.
policing Bc Committed burst size.
policing Be Excess burst size.
policing Tc Measurement interval for counting Bc and Be.
in Bc pkts Number of packets received within the committed burst.
in Be pkts Number of packets received within the excess burst.
in xs pkts Number of packets dropped because they exceeded the combined burst.
in Bc bytes Number of bytes received within the committed burst.
in Be bytes Number of bytes received within the excess burst.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-394 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
in xs bytes Number of bytes dropped because they exceeded the combined burst.
Congestion DE threshold PVC queue percentage at which packets with the DE bit are dropped.
Congestion ECN PVC queue percentage at which packets are set with the BECN and FECN
threshold bits.
Service type Type of service performed by this PVC. Can be VoFR or VoFR-cisco.
Post h/w compression Number of packets in the post-hardware-compression queue when
queue hardware compression and Frame Relay fragmentation are configured.
configured voice Amount of bandwidth in bits per second (bps) reserved for voice traffic on
bandwidth this PVC.
used voice bandwidth Amount of bandwidth in bps currently being used for voice traffic.
service policy Name of the output service policy applied to the VC.
Class Class of traffic being displayed. Output is displayed for each configured
class in the policy.
Output Queue The WFQ4 conversation to which this class of traffic is allocated.
Bandwidth Bandwidth in kbps or percentage configured for this class.
Packets Matched Number of packets that matched this class.
Max Threshold Maximum queue size for this class when WRED is not used.
pkts discards Number of packets discarded for this class.
bytes discards Number of bytes discarded for this class.
tail drops Number of packets discarded for this class because the queue was full.
mean queue depth Average queue depth, based on the actual queue depth on the interface and
the exponential weighting constant. It is a moving average. The minimum
and maximum thresholds are compared against this value to determine
drop decisions.
drops: WRED parameters.
class IP precedence value.
random Number of packets randomly dropped when the mean queue depth is
between the minimum threshold value and the maximum threshold value
for the specified IP precedence value.
tail Number of packets dropped when the mean queue depth is greater than the
maximum threshold value for the specified IP precedence value.
min-th Minimum WRED threshold in number of packets.
max-th Maximum WRED threshold in number of packets.
mark-prob Fraction of packets dropped when the average queue depth is at the
maximum threshold.
Maximum Number of (Applies to class default only) Number of queues available for
Hashed Queues unclassified flows.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-395
 show frame-relay pvc

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
fragment type Type of fragmentation configured for this PVC. Possible types are as
follows:
• end-to-end—Fragmented packets contain the standard FRF.12 header
• VoFR—Fragmented packets contain the FRF.11 Annex C header
• VoFR-cisco—Fragmented packets contain the Cisco proprietary
header
fragment size Size of the fragment payload in bytes.
adaptive active/inactive Indicates whether Frame Relay voice-adaptive fragmentation is active or
inactive.
time left Number of seconds left on the Frame Relay voice-adaptive fragmentation
deactivation timer. When this timer expires, Frame Relay fragmentation
turns off.
cir Current CIR in bps.
bc Current committed burst (Bc) size, in bits.
be Current excess burst (Be) size, in bits.
limit Maximum number of bytes sent per internal interval (excess plus
sustained).
interval Interval being used internally (may be smaller than the interval derived
from Bc/CIR; this happens when the router determines that traffic flow
will be more stable with a smaller configured interval).
mincir Minimum CIR for the PVC.
byte increment Number of bytes that will be sustained per internal interval.
BECN response Indication that Frame Relay has BECN adaptation configured.
pkts Number of packets associated with this PVC that have gone through the
traffic-shaping system.
frags Total number of fragments shaped on this VC.
bytes Number of bytes associated with this PVC that have gone through the
traffic-shaping system.
pkts delayed Number of packets associated with this PVC that have been delayed by the
traffic-shaping system.
frags delayed Number of fragments delayed in the shaping queue before being sent.
bytes delayed Number of bytes associated with this PVC that have been delayed by the
traffic-shaping system.
shaping Indication that shaping will be active for all PVCs that are fragmenting
data; otherwise, shaping will be active if the traffic being sent exceeds the
CIR for this circuit.
shaping drops Number of packets dropped by the traffic-shaping process.
Queueing strategy Per-VC queueing strategy.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-396 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay pvc

Table 34 show frame-relay pvc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Output queue State of the per-VC queue.
48/100 • Number of packets enqueued/size of the queue
0 drop • Number of packets dropped
300 dequeued • Number of packets dequeued
Voice Queueing Stats Statistics showing the size of packets, the maximum number of packets,
and the number of packets dropped in the special voice queue created
using the frame-relay voice bandwidth command queue keyword.
Discard threshold Maximum number of packets that can be stored in each packet queue.
Additional packets received after a queue is full will be discarded.
Dynamic queue count Number of packet queues reserved for best-effort traffic.
Reserved queue count Number of packet queues reserved for voice traffic.
Output queue size Size in bytes of each output queue.
max total Maximum number of packets of all types that can be queued in all queues.
drops Number of frames dropped by all output queues.
1. The LOCAL PVC STATUS and NNI PVC STATUS fields are displayed only for PVCs configured on Frame Relay NNI
interface types. These fields are not displayed if the PVC is configured on DCE or DTE interface types.
2. The detailed packet drop fields are displayed for switched Frame Relay PVCs only. These fields are not displayed for
terminated PVCs.
3. MTU = maximum transmission unit
4. WFQ = weighted fair queueing

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay accounting Enables byte count adjustment at the PVC level so that the number of
adjust bytes sent and received at the PVC corresponds to the actual number
of bytes sent and received on the physical interface.
frame-relay interface-queue Enables FR PIPQ on a Frame Relay interface and assigns priority to
priority a PVC within a Frame Relay map class.
frame-relay pvc Configures Frame Relay PVCs for FRF.8 Frame Relay-ATM Service
Interworking.
service-policy Attaches a policy map to an input interface or VC, or an output
interface or VC, to be used as the service policy for that interface or
VC.
show dial-peer voice Displays configuration information and call statistics for dial peers.
show frame-relay fragment Displays Frame Relay fragmentation details.
show frame-relay vofr Displays details about FRF.11 subchannels being used on VoFR
DLCIs.
show interfaces serial Displays information about a serial interface.
show policy-map interface Displays the configuration of classes configured for service policies
on the specified interface or PVC.
show traffic-shape queue Displays information about the elements queued at a particular time
at the VC (DLCI) level.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-397
 show frame-relay qos-autosense

show frame-relay qos-autosense

To display the quality of service (QoS) values sensed from the switch, use the show frame-relay
qos-autosense EXEC command.

show frame-relay qos-autosense [interface number]

Syntax Description interface number (Optional) Indicates the number of the physical interface for which you
want to display QoS information.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.
12.1(3)T This command was modified to display information about Enhanced Local
Management Interface (ELMI) address registration.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay qos-autosense command when ELMI and
ELMI address registration are enabled.
Router# show frame-relay qos-autosense

ELMI information for interface Serial1

IP Address used for Address Registration:9.2.7.9 My Ifindex:4
ELMI AR status : Enabled.
Connected to switch:hgw1 Platform:2611 Vendor:cisco
Sw side ELMI AR status: Enabled
IP Address used by switch for address registration :9.2.6.9 Ifindex:5
ELMI AR status : Enabled.
(Time elapsed since last update 00:00:40)

The following is sample output from the show frame-relay qos-autosense command when ELMI and
traffic shaping are enabled:
Router# show frame-relay qos-autosense

ELMI information for interface Serial1

Connected to switch:FRSM-4T1 Platform:AXIS Vendor:cisco
(Time elapsed since last update 00:00:30)

DLCI = 100
OUT: CIR 64000 BC 50000 BE 25000 FMIF 4497
IN: CIR 32000 BC 25000 BE 12500 FMIF 4497
Priority 0 (Time elapsed since last update 00:00:12)

DLCI = 200
OUT: CIR 128000 BC 50000 BE 5100 FMIF 4497
IN: CIR Unknown BC Unknown BE Unknown FMIF 4497
Priority 0 (Time elapsed since last update 00:00:13)

Table 35 describes the significant fields in the output display.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-398 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay qos-autosense

Table 35 show frame-relay qos-autosense Field Descriptions

Field Description
IP Address used for Management IP address of the data terminal equipment (DTE) interface.
Address Registration
My ifIndex ifIndex of the DTE interface on which ELMI is running.
ELMI AR status Indicates whether ELMI is enabled or disabled on the interface.
Connected to switch Name of neighboring switch.
Platform Platform information about neighboring switch.
Vendor Vendor information about neighboring switch.
Sw side ELMI AR status Indicates whether ELMI is enabled or disabled on the neighboring
switch.
IP Address used by switch IP address of DCE. If ELMI is not supported or is disabled, this value
for address registration will be 0.0.0.0.
ifIndex ifIndex of DCE.
DLCI Value that indicates which PVC statistics are being reported.
Out: Values reporting settings configured for the outgoing Committed Infor-
mation Rate, Burst Size, Excess Burst Size, and FMIF.
In: Values reporting settings configured for the incoming Committed Infor-
mation Rate, Burst Size, Excess Burst Size, and FMIF.
Priority Value indicating priority level (currently not used).

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay qos-autosense Enables ELMI on the Cisco router.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-399
 show frame-relay route

show frame-relay route

To display all configured Frame Relay routes, along with their status, use the show frame-relay route
EXEC command.

show frame-relay route

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay route command:
Router# show frame-relay route

Input Intf Input Dlci Output Intf Output Dlci Status

Serial1 100 Serial2 200 active
Serial1 101 Serial2 201 active
Serial1 102 Serial2 202 active
Serial1 103 Serial3 203 inactive
Serial2 200 Serial1 100 active
Serial2 201 Serial1 101 active
Serial2 202 Serial1 102 active
Serial3 203 Serial1 103 inactive

Table 36 describes significant fields shown in the output.

Table 36 show frame-relay route Field Descriptions

Field Description
Input Intf Input interface and unit.
Input Dlci Input DLCI number.
Output Intf Output interface and unit.
Output Dlci Output DLCI number.
Status Status of the connection: active or inactive.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-400 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay svc maplist

show frame-relay svc maplist

To display all the switched virtual circuits (SVCs) under a specified map list, use the show frame-relay
svc maplist EXEC command.

show frame-relay svc maplist name

Syntax Description name Name of the map list.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example shows, first, the configuration of the shank map list and, second, the
corresponding output of the show frame-relay svc maplist command. The following lines show the
configuration:
map-list shank local-addr X121 87654321 dest-addr X121 12345678
ip 172.21.177.26 class shank ietf
ipx 123.0000.0c07.d530 class shank ietf
!
map-class frame-relay shank
frame-relay incir 192000
frame-relay min-incir 19200
frame-relay outcir 192000
frame-relay min-outcir 19200
frame-relay incbr(bytes) 15000
frame-relay outcbr(bytes) 15000

The following lines show the output of the show frame-relay svc maplist command for the preceding
configuration:
Router# show frame-relay svc maplist shank

Map List : shank

Local Address : 87654321 Type: X121
Destination Address: 12345678 Type: X121

Protocol : ip 172.21.177.26
Protocol : ipx 123.0000.0c07.d530
Encapsulation : IETF
Call Reference : 1 DLCI : 501

Configured Frame Mode Information Field Size :

Incoming : 1500 Outgoing : 1500
Frame Mode Information Field Size :
Incoming : 1500 Outgoing : 1500
Configured Committed Information Rate (CIR) :
Incoming : 192 * (10**3) Outgoing : 192 * (10**3)
Committed Information Rate (CIR) :
Incoming : 192 * (10**3) Outgoing : 192 * (10**3)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-401
 show frame-relay svc maplist

Configured Minimum Acceptable CIR :

Incoming : 192 * (10**2) Outgoing : 192 * (10**2)
Minimum Acceptable CIR :
Incoming : 0 * (10**0) Outgoing : 0 * (10**0)
Configured Committed Burst Rate (bytes) :
Incoming : 15000 Outgoing : 15000
Committed Burst Rate (bytes) :
Incoming : 15000 Outgoing : 15000
Configured Excess Burst Rate (bytes) :
Incoming : 16000 Outgoing : 1200
Excess Burst Rate (bytes) :
Incoming : 16000 Outgoing : 1200

Table 37 describes significant fields in the output.

Table 37 show frame-relay svc maplist Field Descriptions

Field Description
Map List Name of the configured map-list.
Local Address...Type Configured source address type (E.164 or X.121)
for the call.
Destination Address...Type Configured destination address type (E.164 or
X.121) for the call.
Protocol : ip ... Destination protocol addresses configured for the
Protocol: ipx ... map-list.
Encapsulation Configured encapsulation type (CISCO or IETF)
for the specified destination protocol address.
Call Reference Call identifier.
DLCI: 501 Number assigned by the switch as the DLCI for the
call.
Configured Frame Mode Information Lines that contrast the configured and actual frame
Field Size: mode information field size settings used for the
Incoming: Outgoing: calls.
Frame Mode Information Field Size:
Incoming: 1500 Outgoing: 1500
Configured Committed Information Rate Lines that contrast the configured and actual
(CIR): committed information rate (CIR) settings used for
Incoming: 192 * (10**3) the calls.
Outgoing: 192 * (10**3)
Committed Information Rate (CIR):
Incoming: 192 * (10**3)
Outgoing: 192 * (10**3)
Configured Minimum Acceptable CIR: Lines that contrast the configured and actual
Incoming: 192 * (10**2) minimum acceptable CIR settings used for the
Outgoing: 192 * (10**2) calls.
Minimum Acceptable CIR:
Incoming: 0 * (10**0)
Outgoing: 0 * (10**0)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-402 78-11752-02
 show frame-relay svc maplist

Table 37 show frame-relay svc maplist Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Configured Committed Burst Rate (bytes): Lines that contrast the configured and actual
Incoming: 15000 Outgoing: 15000 committed burst rate (bytes) settings used for the
calls.
Committed Burst Rate (bytes):
Incoming: 15000 Outgoing: 15000
Configured Excess Burst Rate (bytes): Lines that contrast the configured and actual excess
Incoming: 16000 Outgoing: 1200 burst rate (bytes) settings used for the calls.
Excess Burst Rate (bytes):
Incoming: 16000 Outgoing: 1200

Related Commands Command Description

class (map-list) Associates a map class with a protocol-and-address combination.
frame-relay bc Specifies the incoming or outgoing Bc for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay cir Specifies the incoming or outgoing CIR for a Frame Relay VC.
frame-relay mincir Specifies the minimum acceptable incoming or outgoing CIR for
a Frame Relay VC.
map-class frame-relay Specifies a map class to define QoS values for an SVC.
map-list Specifies a map group and link it to a local E.164 or X.121 source
address and a remote E.164 or X.121 destination address for
Frame Relay SVCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-403
 show frame-relay traffic

show frame-relay traffic

To display the global Frame Relay statistics since the last reload, use the show frame-relay traffic
EXEC command.

show frame-relay traffic

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show frame-relay traffic command:
Router# show frame-relay traffic

Frame Relay statistics:

ARP requests sent 14, ARP replies sent 0
ARP request recvd 0, ARP replies recvd 10

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-404 78-11752-02
 threshold de

threshold de
To configure the threshold at which discard eligible (DE)-marked packets will be discarded from
switched permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) on the output interface, use the threshold de Frame Relay
congestion management configuration command. To remove the threshold configuration, use the no
form of this command.

threshold de percentage

no threshold de percentage

Syntax Description percentage Threshold at which DE-marked packets will be discarded, specified as a
percentage of maximum queue size.

Defaults 100%

Command Modes Frame Relay congestion management configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay congestion management on the interface before congestion management
parameters will be effective. To enable Frame Relay congestion management and to enter Frame Relay
congestion management configuration mode, use the frame-relay congestion-management interface
command.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
threshold de command will be effective on switched PVCs.

Examples The following example shows how to configure a DE threshold of 40% on serial interface 1.
interface serial1
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay congestion-management
threshold de 40

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay congestion-management Enables Frame Relay congestion management functions on
all switched PVCs on an interface, and enters congestion
management configuration mode.
frame-relay congestion threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets will
be discarded from the traffic-shaping queue of a switched
PVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-405
 threshold de

Command Description
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits will be set on
packets in the traffic-shaping queue of a switched PVC.
frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.
threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits will be set on
packets in switched PVCs on the output interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-406 78-11752-02
 threshold ecn

threshold ecn
To configure the threshold at which ECN bits will be set on packets in switched PVCs on the output
interface, use the threshold ecn Frame Relay congestion management configuration command. To
remove the threshold configuration, use the no form of this command.

threshold ecn {bc | be} percentage

no threshold ecn {bc | be} percentage

Syntax Description bc Specifies threshold for committed traffic.

be Specifies threshold for excess traffic.
percentage Threshold at which ECN bits will be set on packets, specified as a
percentage of maximum queue size.

Defaults 100%

Command Modes Frame Relay congestion management

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You must enable Frame Relay congestion management on the interface before congestion management
parameters will be effective. To enable Frame Relay congestion management and to enter Frame Relay
congestion management configuration mode, use the frame-relay congestion-management interface
command.
You must enable Frame Relay switching, using the frame-relay switching global command, before the
threshold ecn command will be effective on switched PVCs.
You can configure separate queue thresholds for committed and excess traffic.
Configure the Be ECN threshold so that it is greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the
Bc ECN threshold. Configure the Bc ECN threshold so that it is less than or equal to 100.

Examples The following example shows how to configure a Be threshold of 0 and a Bc threshold of 20% on serial
interface 1.
interface serial1
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay congestion-management
threshold ecn be 0
threshold ecn bc 20

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-407
 threshold ecn

Related Commands Command Description

frame-relay congestion-management Enables Frame Relay congestion management functions on
all switched PVCs on an interface, and enters congestion
management configuration mode.
frame-relay congestion threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets will
be discarded from the traffic-shaping queue of a switched
PVC.
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn Configures the threshold at which ECN bits will be set on
packets in the traffic-shaping queue of a switched PVC.
frame-relay switching Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay DCE or NNI.
threshold de Configures the threshold at which DE-marked packets will
be discarded from switched PVCs on the output interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-408 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands

Use the commands described in this chapter to configure FRF.5 Frame Relay-ATM Network
Interworking and FRF.8 Frame Relay-ATM Service Interworking.
For Frame Relay-ATM configuration information and examples, refer to the “Configuring Frame
Relay-ATM Interworking” chapter in the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-409
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
clp-bit

clp-bit
To set the ATM cell loss priority (CLP) field in the ATM cell header, use the clp-bit connect submode
command. To disable ATM CLP bit mapping, use the no form of this command.

clp-bit {0 | 1 | map-de}

no clp-bit {0 | 1 | map-de}

Syntax Description 0 The CLP field in the ATM cell header is always set to 0.
1 The CLP field in the ATM cell header is always set to 1.
map-de The discard eligible (DE) field in the Frame Relay header is mapped to the
CLP field in the ATM cell header.

Defaults The default is set to map-de.

Command Modes FRF.5 connect submode

FRF.8 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command maps from Frame Relay to ATM.

Examples FRF.5 Example

The following example sets the CLP field in the ATM header to 1 for FRF.5:
Router(config)# connect network-1 vc-group network-1 ATM3/0 1/35
Router(config-frf5)# clp-bit 1

FRF.8 Example
The following example sets the CLP field in the ATM header to 1 for FRF.8:
C3640(config)# connect service-1 Serial1/0 16 ATM3/0 1/32 service-interworking
C3640(config-frf8)# clp-bit 1

Related Commands Command Description

connect (FRF.5) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI or VC group to an ATM PVC.
de-bit map-clp Sets the Frame Relay DE bit field in the Frame Relay cell header.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-410 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
connect (FRF.5)

connect (FRF.5)
To configure an FRF.5 one-to-one connection between two Frame Relay end users over an intermediate
ATM network, or an FRF.5 many-to-one connection between two Frame Relay end users over an
intermediate ATM network, use the connect global configuration command. To remove a connection,
use the no form of this command.

connect connection-name {vc-group group-name | FR-interface FR-DLCI} ATM-interface

ATM-VPI/VCI network-interworking

no connect connection-name {vc-group group-name | FR-interface FR-DLCI} ATM-interface

ATM-VPI/VCI network-interworking

Syntax Description connection-name Specifies a connection name. Enter as a 15-character maximum string.
vc-group group-name Specifies a VC group name for a many-to-one FRF.5 connection. Enter as
an 11- character maximum string.
FR-interface Specifies the Frame Relay interface type and number, for example,
serial1/0.
FR-DLCI Specifies the Frame Relay data-link connection identifier (DLCI) in the
range from 16 to 1007.
ATM-interface Specifies the ATM interface type and number, for example, atm1/0.
ATM-VPI/VCI Specifies the ATM virtual path identifier/virtual channel identifier
(VPI/VCI). If a VPI is not specified, the default VPI is 0.
network-interworking Specifies FRF.5 network interworking. Not a valid keyword if the vc-group
keyword is specified.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the connect command to connect a group of Frame Relay DLCIs to an ATM PVC.
To disconnect the FRF.5 interworking connection, use the shutdown connect subcommand.

Examples The following example shows how to create an FRF.5 one-to-one connection:
router(config)# interface serial0
router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100 switched
router(config-if)# interface atm3/0
router(config-if)# pvc 0/32

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-411
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
connect (FRF.5)

router(config-if-atm-vc)# encapsulation aal5mux frame-relay

router(config)# connect serial0 100 atm3/0 0/32 network-interworking
router(config-frf5)# clp-bit 1
router(config-frf5)# de-bit map-clp

The following example shows how to create an FRF.5 many-to-one connection:

router(config)# interface serial0
router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100 switched
router(config)# vc-group friends
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 16 16
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 17 17
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 18 18
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 19 19
router(config)# interface atm3/0
router(config-if)# pvc 0/32
router(config-if-atm-vc)# encapsulation aal5mux frame-relay
router(config)# connect vc-group friends atm3/0 0/32
router(config-frf5)# de-bit map-clp

Related Commands Command Description

encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
pvc Creates an ATM PVC on a main interface or subinterface; enters
interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.
vc-group Assigns multiple Frame Relay DLCIs to a VC group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-412 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
connect (FRF.8)

connect (FRF.8)
To configure an FRF.8 one-to-one mapping between a Frame Relay data-link connection identifier
(DLCI) and an ATM permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the connect global configuration command.
To remove a connection, use the no form of this command.

connect connection-name FR-interface FR-DLCI ATM-interface ATM-VPI/VCI

service-interworking

no connect connection-name FR-interface FR-DLCI ATM-interface ATM-VPI/VCI

service-interworking

Syntax Description connection-name Specifies a connection name. Enter as a 15-character maximum string.
FR-interface Specifies the Frame Relay interface type and number, for example,
serial1/0.
FR-DLCI Specifies the Frame Relay data-link connection identifier (DLCI) in the
range 16 to 1007.
ATM-interface Specifies the ATM interface type and number, for example atm1/0.
ATM-VPI/VCI Specifies the ATM virtual path identifier/virtual channel identifier
(VPI/VCI). If a VPI is not specified, the default VPI is 0.
service-interworking Specifies FRF.8 service interworking.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the connect command to connect a Frame Relay DLCI to an ATM PVC.
To disconnect the FRF.8 interworking connection, use the shutdown connect subcommand.

Examples The following example shows how to create an FRF.8 connection:

router(config)# interface serial0
router(config-if)# frame-relay interface-dlci 100 switched
router(config-if)# interface atm1/0
router(config-if)# pvc 0/32
router(config-if-atm-vc)# encapsulation aal5mux fr-atm-srv
router(config)# connect service-1 Serial0 100 ATM1/0 0/32 service-interworking
router(config-frf8)# efci-bit map-fecn

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-413
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
connect (FRF.8)

Related Commands Command Description

clp-bit Sets the ATM CLP field in the ATM cell header.
de-bit map-clp Sets the EFCI bit field in the ATM cell header.
encapsulation aal5 Configures the AAL and encapsulation type for an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC
class.
pvc Creates an ATM PVC on a main interface or subinterface; enters
interface-ATM-VC configuration mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-414 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
de-bit

de-bit
To set the Frame Relay discard eligible (DE) bit field in the Frame Relay cell header for FRF.8 service
interworking, use the de-bit connect submode command. To disable or reset Frame Relay DE bit
mapping, use the no form of this command.

de-bit {0 | 1 | map-clp}

no de-bit {0 | 1 | map-clp}

Syntax Description 0 The DE field in the Frame Relay header is always set to 0.
1 The DE field in the Frame Relay header is always set to 1.
map-clp The DE field is set to 1 when one or more cells belonging to a frame has its
cell loss priority (CLP) field set.

Defaults The default is set to map-clp.

Command Modes FRF.8 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command maps from ATM to Frame Relay.

Examples The following example sets the DE bit field in the Frame Relay cell header to 1:
Router(config)# connect service-1 serial1/0 16 atm3/0 1/32 service-interworking
Router(config-frf8)# de-bit 1

Related Commands Command Description

clp-bit Sets the ATM CLP field in the ATM cell header.
connect (FRF.8) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI to an ATM PVC.
de-bit map-clp Sets the EFCI bit field in the ATM cell header.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-415
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
de-bit map-clp

de-bit map-clp
To set Frame Relay discard eligible (DE) bit mapping for FRF.5 network interworking, use the de-bit
map-clp connect submode command. To disable or reset Frame Relay DE bit mapping, use the no form
of this command.

de-bit map-clp

no de-bit map-clp

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes FRF.5 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines In the default state, the DE bit in the Frame Relay header is set to 1 when one or more ATM cells
belonging to a frame has its cell loss priority (CLP) field set to 1, or when the DE field of the Frame
Relay service specific convergence sublayer (FR-SSCS) protocol data unit (PDU) is set to 1.
When the no de-bit map-clp command is entered, the FR-SSCS PDU DE field is copied unchanged to
the Q.922 core frame DE field, independent of CLP indications received at the ATM layer.

Examples The following example creates a connection that connects the virtual circuit (VC) group named friends
to ATM PVC 0/32 and configures FR DE field mapping to match the ATM CLP field:
router(config)# vc-group friends
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 16 16
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 17 17
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 18 18
router(config-vc-group)# serial0 19 19
router(config)# interface atm3/0
router(config-if)# pvc 0/32
router(config-if-atm-vc)# encapsulation aal5mux frame-relay
router(config)# connect vc-group friends atm3/0 0/32
router(config-frf5)# de-bit map-clp

Related Commands Command Description

clp-bit Sets the ATM CLP field in the ATM cell header.
connect (FRF.5) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI or VC group to an ATM PVC.
vc-group Assigns multiple Frame Relay DLCIs to a VC group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-416 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
efci-bit

efci-bit
To set the explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI) bit field in the ATM cell header for FRF.8
service interworking, use the efci-bit connect submode command. To disable or reset this bit, use the no
form of this command.

efci-bit {0 | map-fecn}

no efci-bit {0 | map-fecn}

Syntax Description 0 The EFCI field in the ATM cell header is set to 0.
map-fecn The EFCI field in the ATM cell header is set to 1 when the forward explicit
congestion notification (FECN) field in the Frame Relay header is set.

Defaults The default is 0.

Command Modes FRF.8 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command maps from Frame Relay to ATM.

Examples The following example creates a connection that connects Frame Relay DLCI 100 to ATM PVC 0/32,
and sets the EFCI field in the ATM cell header to 1 when the FECN field in the Frame Relay header is set:
router(config)# interface atm1/0
router(config-if)# pvc 0/32
router(config-if)# encapsulation aal5mux fr-atm-srv
router(config)# connect serial0 100 atm1/0 0/32 service-interworking
router(config-frf8)# efci-bit map-fecn

Related Commands Command Description

clp-bit Sets the ATM CLP field in the ATM cell header.
connect (FRF.8) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI to an ATM PVC.
connect (FRF.5) Sets the Frame Relay DE bit field in the Frame Relay cell header.
service translation Allows mapping between encapsulated ATM PDUs and encapsulated Frame
Relay PDUs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-417
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
service translation

service translation
To enable upper layer user protocol encapsulation for Frame Relay-to-ATM Service Interworking
(FRF.8) feature, which allows mapping between encapsulated ATM protocol data units (PDUs) and
encapsulated Frame Relay PDUs, use the service translation command in FRF.8 connection mode. To
disable upper layer user protocol encapsulation, use the no form of this command.

service translation

no service translation

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The default state is service translation.

Command Modes FRF.8 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The no service translation command disables mapping between encapsulated ATM PDUs and
encapsulated Frame Relay PDUs.

Examples The following example shows an FRF.8 configuration with service translation disabled:
Router# show running:configuration

Building configuration...

Current configuration:

connect service-1 Serial1/0 16 ATM3/0 1/32 service-interworking

no service translation
efci-bit map-fecn

The following example shows how to configure service translation on the connection named service-1:
Router(config)# connect service-1 serial1/0 16 ATM3/0 1/32 service-interworking
Router(config-frf8)# service translation

Related Commands Command Description

clp-bit Sets the ATM CLP field in the ATM cell header.
connect (FRF.5) Sets the Frame Relay DE bit field in the Frame Relay cell header.
de-bit map-clp Sets the EFCI bit field in the ATM cell header.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-418 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
show connect (FR-ATM)

show connect (FR-ATM)

To display statistics and other information about Frame-Relay-to-ATM Network Interworking (FRF.5)
and Frame Relay-to-ATM Service Interworking (FRF.8) connections, use the show connect EXEC
command.

show connect [all | element | id ID | name | port port]

Syntax Description all (Optional) Displays information about all Frame Relay-to-ATM
connections.
element (Optional) Displays information about the specified connection element.
id ID (Optional) Displays information about the specified connection identifier.
name (Optional) Displays information about the specified connection name.
port port (Optional) Displays information about all connections on an interface.

Defaults Default state is show connect all.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Examples FRF.5 Examples

The following example displays information about all FRF.5 connections:
C3640# show connect all

ID Name Segment 1 Segment 2 State

========================================================================
5 network-1 VC-Group network-1 ATM3/0 1/34 UP

The following example displays information about the specified FRF.5 connection identifier:
C3640# show connect id 5

FR/ATM Network Interworking Connection: network-1

Status - UP
Segment 1 - VC-Group network-1
Segment 2 - ATM3/0 VPI 1 VCI 34
Interworking Parameters -
de-bit map-clp
clp-bit map-de

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-419
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
show connect (FR-ATM)

FRF.8 Examples
The following example displays information about the specified FRF.8 connection identifier:
C3640# show connect id 10

FR/ATM Service Interworking Connection: service-1

Status - UP
Segment 1 - Serial1/0 DLCI 16
Segment 2 - ATM3/0 VPI 1 VCI 32
Interworking Parameters -
service translation
efci-bit 0
de-bit map-clp
clp-bit map-de

The following example displays information about the FRF.8 connection on an interface:
C3640# show connect port atm3/0

ID Name Segment 1 Segment 2 State

========================================================================
10 service-1 Serial1/0 16 ATM3/0 1/32 UP

Table 38 describes the fields seen in these displays.

Table 38 show connect Field Descriptions

Display Description
ID Arbitrary connection identifier assigned by the operating system.
Name Assigned connection name.
Segment 1 or 2 Frame Relay or ATM interworking segments.
State or Status Status of the connection, UP, DOWN, or ADMIN DOWN.

Related Commands Command Description

connect (FRF.8) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI to an ATM PVC.
show atm pvc Displays all ATM PVCs, SVCs, and traffic information.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about Frame Relay interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-420 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
show vc-group

show vc-group
To display the names of all virtual circuit (VC) groups, use the show vc-group EXEC command.

show vc-group [group-name]

Syntax Description group-name (Optional) Name defined by the vc-group command. If this argument is not
specified, the names of all VC groups in the system are displayed.

Defaults The names of all VC groups in the system are displayed.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Examples The following example shows the default display of the show vc-group EXEC command:
Router# show vc-group

Name of All VC Groups:

======================
network-1

Related Commands Command Description

show atm pvc Displays all ATM PVCs, SVCs, and traffic information.
show frame-relay pvc Displays statistics about Frame Relay interfaces.
vc-group Assigns multiple Frame Relay DLCIs to a VC group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-421
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
shutdown (FR-ATM)

shutdown (FR-ATM)
To shut down a Frame Relay-ATM Network Interworking (FRF.5) connection or a Frame Relay-ATM
Service Interworking (FRF.8) connection, use the shutdown connect submode command. To disable
disconnection, use the no form of this command.

shutdown

no shutdown

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes FRF.5 connect submode

FRF.8 connect submode

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines An FRF.5 or FRF.8 connection must be manually shut down once the interworking connection is created
by use of the shutdown connect subcommand.

Examples FRF.5 Shutdown Example

The following example shows how to shut down an FRF.5 connection:
Router(config)# connect network-2 interface serial0/1 16 atm3/0 0/32 network-interworking
. . .
Router(config-frf5)# shutdown

FRF.8 Shutdown Example

The following example shows how to shut down an FRF.8 connection:
Router(config)# connect serial0 100 atm3/0 1/35 service-interworking
. . .
Router(config-frf8)# shutdown

Related Commands Command Description

connect (FRF.5) Connects a Frame Relay DLCI or VC group to an ATM PVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-422 78-11752-02
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
vc-group

vc-group
To assign multiple Frame Relay data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs) to a virtual circuit (VC) group
for Frame Relay-to-ATM Network Interworking (FRF.5), use the vc-group global configuration mode
command. To disable the VC group assignments, use the no form of this command.

vc-group group-name

no vc-group group-name

The vc-group command requires the use of the following command in VC-group configuration mode to
provide a map between Frame Relay DLCIs and Frame Relay-SSCS DLCIs:

FR-interface-name FR-DLCI [FR-SSCS-DLCI]

Syntax Description group-name A VC group name entered as an 11-character maximum string.

The following syntax description applies to the VC-group entries:

FR-interface-name Frame Relay interface; for example, serial0/0.

FR-DLCI Frame Relay DLCI number in the range 16 to 1007.
FR-SSCS-DLCI (Optional) Frame Relay SSCS DLCI number in the range of 16 to 991.
Default is 1022.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.1(2)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command specifies the Frame Relay DLCIs in the VC group and maps them to the Frame
Relay-SSCS DLCIs. If the optional FR-SSCS DLCI value is not specified, its value is the same as the
Frame Relay DLCI.

Examples The following example shows how to configure an FRF.5 many-to-one connection. The vc-group
command maps Frame Relay DLCI 16, 17, 18, and 19 to a VC group named “friends”:
Router(config)# vc-group friends
Router(config-vc-group)# serial0 16 16
Router(config-vc-group)# serial0 17 17
Router(config-vc-group)# serial0 18 18
Router(config-vc-group)# serial0 19 19

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-423
 Frame Relay-ATM Interworking Commands
vc-group

Related Commands Command Description

show vc-group Displays the names of all VC groups.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-424 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands

Use the commands in this chapter to configure Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), a
wide-area networking service offered by some regional Bell operating companies (RBOCs) and MCI.
For SMDS configuration information and examples, refer to the “Configuring SMDS” chapter in the
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-425
 SMDS Commands
arp

arp
To enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries for static routing over the Switched Multimegabit
Data Service (SMDS) network, use the following variation of the arp global configuration command. To
disable this capability, use the no form of this command.

arp ip-address smds-address smds

no arp ip-address smds-address smds

Syntax Description ip-address IP address of the remote router.

smds-address 12-digit SMDS address in the dotted notation nnnn.nnnn.nnnn (48 bits long).
smds Enables ARP for SMDS.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command requires a 12-digit (48-bit) dotted-format SMDS address. It does not support 15-digit
SMDS addresses.

Examples The following example creates a static ARP entry that maps the IP address 172.20.173.28 to the SMDS
address C141.5797.1313 on interface serial 0:
interface serial 0
arp 172.20.173.28 C141.5797.1313 smds

Related Commands Command Description

smds enable-arp Enables dynamic ARP. The multicast address for ARP must be set before this
command is issued.
smds static-map Configures a static map between an individual SMDS address and a
higher-level protocol address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-426 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
encapsulation smds

encapsulation smds
To enable Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) on the desired interface, use the encapsulation
smds interface configuration command.

encapsulation smds

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The interface to which this command applies must be a serial interface. All subsequent SMDS
configuration commands apply only to an interface with encapsulation SMDS.

Note The maximum packet size allowed in the SMDS specifications (TA-772) is 9188. This is larger than
the packet size used by servers with most media. The Cisco default maximum transmission unit
(MTU) size is 1500 bytes to be consistent with Ethernet. However, on the High Speed Serial Interface
(HSSI), the default MTU size is 4470 bytes. If a larger MTU is used, the mtu command must be
entered before the encapsulation smds command.

Caution The Cisco MCI card has buffer limitations that prevent setting the MTU size higher than 2048, and
the HSSI card has buffer limitations that prevent setting the MTU size higher than 4500. Configuring
higher settings can cause inconsistencies and performance problems.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the SMDS service on serial interface 0:
interface serial 0
encapsulation smds

Related Commands Command Description

mtu Adjusts the maximum packet size or MTU size.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-427
 SMDS Commands
interface serial multipoint

interface serial multipoint

To define a logical subinterface on a serial interface to support multiple logical IP subnetworks over
Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), use the interface serial multipoint interface
configuration command.

interface serial {interface | slot/port}.subinterface multipoint

Syntax Description interface Interface number.

slot/port Slot and port number related to specified subinterface (for Cisco 7000 and 7500
series routers).
.subinterface Number for this subinterface; values in the range 0 to 255.

Defaults This command has no default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use this command only for routers that need knowledge of multiple IP networks. Other routers can be
configured with information only about their own networks. A period must be used to separate the
interface or slot/port from the subinterface.

Examples The following example configures serial interface 2 with multipoint logical subinterface 1:
interface serial 2.1 multipoint

The following example configures slot 2 port 0 with multipoint logical subinterface 1:
interface serial 2/0.1 multipoint

Related Commands Command Description

ip address Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
smds address Specifies the SMDS individual address for a particular interface.
smds enable-arp Enables dynamic ARP.The multicast address for ARP must be set before this
command is issued.
smds multicast Assigns a multicast SMDS E.164 address to a higher-level protocol.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-428 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
show smds addresses

show smds addresses

To display the individual addresses and the interface they are associated with, use the show smds
addresses privileged EXEC command.

show smds addresses

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show smds addresses command:
Router# show smds addresses

SMDS address - Serial0 c141.5555.1212.FFFF

Table 39 describes the fields shown in the display.

Table 39 show smds addresses Field Descriptions

Field Description
Serial0 Interface to which this SMDS address has been assigned.
c141.5555.1212 SMDS address that has been assigned to the interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-429
 SMDS Commands
show smds map

show smds map

To display all Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) addresses that are mapped to higher-level
protocol addresses, use the show smds map privileged EXEC command.

show smds map

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show smds map command:
Router# show smds map

Serial0: ARP maps to e180.0999.9999.FFFF multicast

Serial0: IP maps to e180.0999.9999.FFFF 172.16.42.112 255.255.255.0 multicast
Serial0: XNS 1006.AA00.0400.0C55 maps to c141.5688.1212.FFFF static [broadcast]
Serial0: IPX 1ABC.000.0c00.d8db maps to c111.1111.1111.1111 -- dynamic, TTL: 4 min

Table 40 describes the fields shown in the output.

Table 40 show smds map Field Descriptions

Field Description
Serial0 Name of interface on which SMDS has been enabled.
ARP maps to Higher-level protocol address that maps to this particular
SMDS address.
e180.0999.9999.FFFF SMDS address. Includes all SMDS addresses entered with
either the smds static-map command (static) or smds
multicast command (multicast).
172.16.42.112 IP address.
255.255.255.0 Subnet mask for the IP address.
static/dynamic The address was obtained from a static map or dynamic map.
TTL Time to live.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-430 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
show smds traffic

show smds traffic

To display statistics about Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) packets the router has received,
use the show smds traffic privileged EXEC command.

show smds traffic

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show smds traffic command:
Router# show smds traffic

624363 Input packets

759695 Output packets
2 DXI heartbeat sent
0 DXI heartbeat received
0 DXI DSU polls received
0 DXI DSU polls sent
0 DXI invalid test frames
0 Bad BA size errors
0 Bad Header extension errors
65 Invalid address errors
1 Bad tag errors

Table 41 describes the fields shown in the output.

Table 41 show smds traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
Input packets Number of input packets.
Output packets Number of output packets.
DXI heartbeat sent Number of Data Exchange Interface (DXI) heartbeat polls transmitted.
DXI heartbeat received Number of DXI heartbeat polls received.
DXI DSU polls sent Number of DXI Data Service Unit (DSU) polls sent.
DXI DSU polls received Number of DXI DSU polls received.
DXI invalid test frames Number of invalid test frames seen.
Bad BA size errors Number of packets that have a size less than 32 or greater than
9188 bytes.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-431
 SMDS Commands
show smds traffic

Table 41 show smds traffic Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
DXI Header extension Number of extended SMDS Interface Protocol (SIP) Layer 3 header
errors errors.
DXI Invalid address errors Number of address errors.
Bad tag errors Status indicating the number of errors that occur when there is a
mismatch between the Tag value in the header and the BeTag value in
the trailer of an SMDS frame. This usually indicates that there is a
misconfiguration (that is, a DXI is connected to a non-DXI) or that the
SMDS data service unit (SDSU) is scrambling the Layer 2 protocol data
units (PDUs).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-432 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds address

smds address
To specify the Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) individual address for a particular interface,
use the smds address interface configuration command. To remove the address from the configuration
file, use the no form of this command.

smds address smds-address

no smds address smds-address

Syntax Description smds-address Individual address provided by the SMDS service provider. It is protocol
independent.

Defaults No address is specified.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines All addresses for SMDS service are assigned by the service provider, and can be assigned to individuals
and groups.
Addresses are entered in the Cisco SMDS configuration software using an E prefix for multicast
addresses and a C prefix for unicast addresses. Cisco IOS software expects the addresses to be entered
in E.164 format, which is 64 bits. The first 4 bits are the address type, and the remaining 60 bits are the
address. If the first 4 bits are 1100 (0xC), the address is a unicast SMDS address, which is the address
of an individual SMDS host. If the first 4 bits are 1110 (0xE), the address is a multicast SMDS address,
which is used to broadcast a packet to multiple end points. The 60 bits of the address are in binary-coded
decimal (BCD) format. Each 4 bits of the address field presents a single telephone number digit,
allowing for up to 15 digits. At a minimum, you must specify at least 11 digits (44 bits). Unused bits at
the end of this field are filled with ones.

Note If bridging is enabled on any interface, the SMDS address is erased and must be reentered.

Examples The following example specifies an individual address in Ethernet-style notation:

interface serial 0
smds address c141.5797.1313.FFFF

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-433
 SMDS Commands
smds dxi

smds dxi
To enable the Data Exchange Interface (DXI) version 3.2 support, use the smds dxi interface
configuration command. To disable the DXI 3.2 support, use the no form of this command.

smds dxi

no smds dxi

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Enabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Adding this command to the configuration enables the DXI version 3.2 mechanism and encapsulates
SMDS packets in a DXI frame before they are transmitted. DXI 3.2 adds an additional 4 bytes to the
SMDS packet header to communicate with the SMDS data service unit (SDSU). These bytes specify the
frame type. The interface expects all packets to arrive with DXI encapsulation.
The DXI 3.2 support also includes the heartbeat process as specified in the SIG-TS-001/1991 standard,
revision 3.2. The heartbeat (active process) is enabled when both DXI and keepalives are enabled on the
interface. The echo (passive process) is enabled when DXI is enabled on the interface. The heartbeat
mechanism automatically generates a heartbeat poll frame every 10 seconds. This default value can be
changed with the keepalive (LMI) command.
Fast switching of DXI frames is supported, but Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) is not.

Note If you are running serial lines back-to-back, disable keepalive on SMDS interfaces. Otherwise, DXI
declares the link down.

Note Switching in or out of DXI mode causes the IP cache to be cleared. This clearing process is necessary
to remove all cached IP entries for the serial line being used. Stale entries must be removed to allow
the new MAC header with or without DXI framing to be installed in the cache. This clearing process
is not frequently done and is not considered to be a major performance penalty.

Examples The following example enables DXI 3.2 on interface HSSI 0:

interface hssi 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-434 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds dxi

encapsulation smds
smds dxi
smds address C120.1111.2222.FFFF
ip address 172.20.1.30 255.255.255.0
smds multicast ip E180.0999.9999
smds enable-arp

Related Commands Command Description

keepalive (LMI) Enables the LMI mechanism for serial lines using Frame Relay
encapsulation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-435
 SMDS Commands
smds enable-arp

smds enable-arp
To enable dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), use the smds enable-arp interface
configuration command. The multicast address for ARP must be set before this command is issued. To
disable the interface once ARP has been enabled, use the no form of this command.

smds enable-arp

no smds enable-arp

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example enables the dynamic ARP routing table:
interface serial 0
ip address 172.20.1.30 255.255.255.0
smds multicast IP E180.0999.9999.2222
smds enable-arp

Related Commands Command Description

arp Enables ARP entries for static routing over the SMDS network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-436 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds glean

smds glean
To enable dynamic address mapping for Internet Packet Exchange (IPX) over Switched Multimegabit
Data Service (SMDS), use the smds glean interface configuration command. To disable dynamic
address mapping for IPX over SMDS, use the no form of this command.

smds glean protocol [timeout-value] [broadcast]

no smds glean protocol

Syntax Description protocol Protocol type. Only IPX is supported.

timeout-value (Optional) Time to live (TTL) value. Value can be from 1 to 65535 minutes. The
default is 5 minutes. This value indicates how long a gleaned dynamic map is stored
in the SMDS map table.
broadcast (Optional) Marks the gleaned protocol address as a candidate for broadcast packets.
All broadcast requests are sent to the unicast SMDS address.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The smds glean command uses incoming packets to dynamically map SMDS addresses to higher-level
protocol addresses. Therefore the need for static map configuration for the IPX protocol is optional
rather than mandatory. However, any static map configuration overrides the dynamic maps.
If a map is gleaned and it already exists as a dynamic map, the timer for the dynamic map is reset to the
default value or the user-specified value.

Examples The following example enables dynamic address mapping for IPX on interface serial 0 and sets the time
to live (TTL) to 14 minutes:
interface serial 0
encapsulation smds
smds address c141.5797.1313.FFFF
smds multicast ipx e1800.0999.9999.FFFF
smds glean ipx 14

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-437
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast

smds multicast
To assign a multicast Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) E.164 address to a higher-level
protocol, use the smds multicast interface configuration command. To remove an assigned multicast
address, use the no form of this command with the appropriate address.

smds multicast protocol smds-address

no smds multicast protocol smds-address

Syntax Description protocol Protocol type. See Table 42 for a list of supported protocols and their keywords.
smds-address SMDS address. Because SMDS does not incorporate broadcast addressing, a
group address for a particular protocol must be defined to serve the broadcast
function.

Defaults No mapping is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When configuring DECnet, you must enter all four DEC keywords (decnet, decnet_router-L1,
decnet_router-L2, and decnet_node) in the configuration.
Table 42 lists the high-level protocols supported by the smds multicast command.

Table 42 smds multicast Supported Protocols

Keyword Protocol
aarp AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol
appletalk AppleTalk
arp Address Resolution Protocol
bridge Transparent bridging
clns International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
Connectionless Network Service (CLNS)
clns_es Multicast address for all CLNS end systems
clns_is Multicast address for all CLNS intermediate systems
decnet DECnet
decnet_node DECnet multicast address for all end systems
decnet_router-L1 DECnet multicast address for all Level 1 (intra-area) routers

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-438 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast

Table 42 smds multicast Supported Protocols (continued)

Keyword Protocol
decnet_router-L2 DECnet multicast address for all Level 2 (interarea) routers
ip Internet Protocol (IP)
ipx Novell IPX
vines Banyan VINES
xns Xerox Network Systems (XNS)

For IP, the IP NETwork and MASK fields are no longer required. The Cisco IOS software accepts these
arguments, but ignores the values. These were required commands for the previous multiple logical IP
subnetworks configuration. The software continues to accept the arguments to allow for backward
compatibility, but ignores the contents.

Examples The following example maps the IP broadcast address to the SMDS group address E180.0999.9999:
interface serial 0
smds multicast IP E180.0999.9999.FFFF

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-439
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast arp

smds multicast arp

To map the Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) address to a multicast address, use the smds
multicast arp interface configuration command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this
command.

smds multicast arp smds-address [ip-address mask]

no smds multicast arp smds-address [ip-address mask]

Syntax Description smds-address SMDS address in E.164 format.

ip-address (Optional) IP address.
mask (Optional) Subnet mask for the IP address.

Defaults No mapping is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is used only when an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) server is present on a network.
When broadcast ARPs are sent, SMDS first attempts to send the packet to all multicast ARP SMDS
addresses. If none exist in the configuration, broadcast ARPs are sent to all multicast IP SMDS multicast
addresses. If the optional ARP multicast address is missing, each entered IP multicast command is used
for broadcasting.

Examples The following example configures broadcast ARP messages:

interface serial 0
smds multicast arp E180.0999.9999.2222

Related Commands Command Description

smds multicast ip Maps an SMDS group address to a secondary IP address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-440 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast bridge

smds multicast bridge

To enable spanning-tree updates, use the smds multicast bridge interface configuration command. To
disable this function, use the no form of this command.

smds multicast bridge smds-address

no smds multicast bridge smds-address

Syntax Description smds-address SMDS multicast address in E.164 format.

Defaults No multicast SMDS address is defined. Spanning tree updates are disabled for transparent bridging
across SMDS networks.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines To allow transparent bridging of packets across serial and High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI ) interfaces
in an SMDS network, the SMDS interface must be added to an active bridge group. Also, standard
bridging commands are necessary to enable bridging on an SMDS interface.
When the smds multicast bridge command is added to the configuration, broadcast packets are
encapsulated with the specified SMDS multicast address configured for bridging. Two broadcast
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets are sent to the multicast address. One is sent with a standard
(SMDS) ARP encapsulation, while the other is sent with the ARP packet encapsulated in an 802.3 MAC
header. The native ARP is sent as a regular ARP broadcast.
Cisco’s implementation of IEEE 802.6i transparent bridging for SMDS supports 802.3, 802.5, and FDDI
frame formats. The router can accept frames with or without frame check sequence (FCS). Fast-switched
transparent bridging is the default and is not configurable. If a packet cannot be fast switched, it is
process switched.
In Cisco IOS Release 10.2 software (or earlier), bridging over multiple logical IP subnetworks is not
supported. Bridging of IP packets in a multiple logical IP subnetworks environment is unpredictable.

Examples In the following example, all broadcast bridge packets are sent to the configured SMDS multicast
address:
interface hssi 0
encapsulation smds
smds address C120.1111.2222.FFFF
ip address 172.16.0.0 255.255.255.0
smds multicast bridge E180.0999.9999.FFFF
bridge-group 5

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-441
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast bridge

Related Commands Command Description

bridge-group Assigns each network interface to a bridge group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-442 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast ip

smds multicast ip
To map a Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) group address to a secondary IP address, use the
smds multicast ip interface configuration command. To remove the address map, use the no form of this
command.

smds multicast ip smds-address [ip-address mask]

no smds multicast ip smds-address [ip-address mask]

Syntax Description smds-address SMDS address in E.164 format.

ip-address (Optional) IP address.
mask (Optional) Subnet mask for the IP address.

Defaults The IP address and mask default to the primary address of the interface if they are left out of the
configuration.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command allows a single SMDS interface to be treated as multiple logical IP subnetworks. If taking
advantage of the multiple logical IP subnetworks support in SMDS, you can use more than one multicast
address on the SMDS interface (by entering multiple commands). However, each smds multicast ip
command entry must be associated with a different IP address on the SMDS interface.
Broadcasts can be sent on the SMDS interface by means of the multicast address. By sending broadcasts
in this manner, the router is not required to replicate broadcasts messages to every remote host.
In addition, the higher-level protocols such as Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) and Intermediate
System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) can use the multicast capability by sending one update packet or
routing packet to the multicast address.
If the optional IP address and mask arguments are not present, the SMDS address and multicast address
are associated with the primary IP address of the interface. This association allows the command to be
backward compatible with earlier versions of the software.
If an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) multicast address is missing, each entered IP multicast
command is used for broadcasting. The ARP multicast command has the same format as the IP multicast
command and is typically used only when an ARP server is present in the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-443
 SMDS Commands
smds multicast ip

Note All routers at the other end of the SMDS cloud must have the multiple logical IP subnetworks
capability enabled. If you allocate a different SMDS subinterface for each logical IP subnetwork on
the SMDS interface, you do not have to configure secondary IP addresses.

Examples The following example configures an interface with two subinterfaces to support two different IP subnets
with different multicast addresses to each network:
interface serial 2/0
encapsulation smds
smds address C120.1111.2222.4444

interface serial 2/0.1 multipoint

smds addr c111.3333.3333.3333
ip address 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
smds multicast ip e222.2222.2222.2222
smds enable-arp

interface serial 2/0.2 multipoint

smds addr c111.2222.3333.3333.3333
ip address 2.3.3.3 255.0.0.0
smds multicast ip E180.0999.9999.FFFF
smds enable-arp

Related Commands Command Description

smds multicast arp Maps the SMDS address to a multicast address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-444 78-11752-02
 SMDS Commands
smds static-map

smds static-map
To configure a static map between an individual Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) address
and a higher-level protocol address, use the smds static-map interface configuration command. To
remove the map, use the no form of this command with the appropriate arguments.

smds static-map protocol protocol-address smds-address [broadcast]

no smds static-map protocol protocol-address smds-address [broadcast]

Syntax Description protocol Higher-level protocol. It can be one of the following values: appletalk, clns,
decnet, ip, ipx, vines, or xns.
protocol-address Address of the higher-level protocol.
smds-address SMDS address, to complete the mapping.
broadcast (Optional) Marks the specified protocol address as a candidate for broadcast
packets. All broadcast requests are sent to the unicast SMDS address.

Defaults No mapping is defined.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The smds static-map command provides pseudobroadcasting by allowing the use of broadcasts on those
hosts that cannot support SMDS multicast addresses.

Examples The following example illustrates how to enable pseudobroadcasting. The router at address
C120.4444.9999 will receive a copy of the broadcast request because the broadcast keyword is specified
with the smds static-map command. The host at address 172.16.1.15 is incapable of receiving multicast
packets. The multicasting is simulated with this feature.
interface hssi 0
encapsulation smds
smds address C120.1111.2222.FFFF
ip address 172.16.1.30 255.255.255.0
smds static-map ip 172.16.1.15 C120.4444.9999.FFFF broadcast
smds enable-arp

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-445
 SMDS Commands
smds static-map

The following example illustrates how to enable multicasting. In addition to IP and ARP requests to
E100.0999.9999, the router at address C120.4444.9999 will also receive a copy of the multicast request.
The host at address 172.16.1.15 is incapable of receiving broadcast packets.
interface hssi 0
encapsulation smds
smds address C120.1111.2222.FFFF
ip address 172.16.1.30 255.255.255.0
smds multicast ip E100.0999.999.FFFF
smds static-map ip 172.16.1.15 C120.4444.9999.FFFF
smds enable-arp

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-446 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands

Use the commands in this chapter to configure the following:

• Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB)
• X.25 services (X.25, X.25 over TCP [XOT] and Connection-Mode Network Service [CMNS])
• Defense Data Network (DDN) X.25
• Blacker Front End (BFE).
X.25 provides remote terminal access and bridging. X.25 also provides encapsulation for the following
protocols:
• IP
• DECnet
• Xerox Network Services (XNS)
• International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Connectionless Network Service (CLNS)
AppleTalk
• Novell IPX
• Banyan VINES
• Apollo Domain
X.25 virtual circuits can be switched as follows:
• Between interfaces—for local routing
• Between two routers—for remote routing using X.25-over-TCP (XOT)
• Over nonserial media—for Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS)
To translate between X.25 and another protocol, refer to the chapter “Configuring Protocol Translation
and Virtual Asynchronous Devices” in the Cisco IOS Terminal Services Configuration Guide.
For X.25 and LAPB configuration information and examples, refer to the “Configuring X.25 and LAPB”
chapter in the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-447
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
access-class (X.25)

access-class (X.25)
To configure an incoming access class on virtual terminals, use the access-class (X.25) line
configuration command.

access-class access-list-number in

Syntax Description access-list-number An integer from 1 to 199 that you select for the access list.
in Restricts incoming connections between a particular access server and the
addresses in the access list.

Defaults No incoming access class is defined.

Command Modes Line configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The access list number is used for both incoming Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) access and
incoming packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) access.
In the case of TCP access, the access server uses the IP access list defined with the access-list command.
For incoming PAD connections, the same numbered X.29 access list is referenced. If you only want to
have access restrictions on one of the protocols, you can create an access list that permits all addresses
for the other protocol.

Examples The following example configures an incoming access class on virtual terminal line 4. For information
on the line vty command see the publication Configuring the Route Processor for the Catalyst 8540 and
Using Flash Memory Cards.
line vty 4
access-class 4 in

Related Commands Command Description

access-list Configures the access list mechanism for filtering frames by protocol type or
vendor code.
x29 access-list Limits access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-448 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
bfe

bfe
This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-449
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
clear x25

clear x25
To restart an X.25 service or Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS), to clear a switched virtual
circuit (SVC), or to reset a permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the clear x25 privileged EXEC
command.

clear x25 {serial number | {ethernet | fastethernet | tokenring | fddi} number mac-address}
[vc-number] | [dlci number]

Syntax Description serial number Local serial interface being used for X.25 service.
ethernet | fastethernet | Local CMNS interface (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Token Ring, or
tokenring | fddi number FDDI interface) and MAC address of the remote device; this
mac-address information identifies a CMNS service.
vc-number (Optional) SVC or PVC number, in the range 1 to 4095. If
specified, the SVC is cleared or the PVC is reset. If not specified,
the X.25 or CMNS service is restarted.
dlci number (Optional) When combined with a serial interface number, it
triggers a restart event for an Annex G logical X.25 VC.

Command Modes Privileged EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced. This command replaces the clear x25-vc
command, which first appeared in Cisco IOS Release 8.3.
12.0(3)T Annex G restart or clear options were added.

Usage Guidelines This command form is used to disrupt service forcibly on an individual circuit or on all circuits using a
specific X.25 service or CMNS service.
If this command is used without the vc-number value, a restart event is initiated, which implicitly clears
all SVCs and resets all PVCs.
This command allows the option of restarting an Annex G connection per data-link connection identifier
(DLCI) number, clearing all X.25 connections, or clearing a specific X.25 logical circuit number on that
Annex G link.

Examples The following example clears the SVC or resets the PVC specified:
clear x25 serial 0 1

The following example forces an X.25 restart, which implicitly clears all SVCs and resets all PVCs using
the interface:
clear x25 serial 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-450 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
clear x25

The following example restarts the specified CMNS service (if active), which implicitly clears all SVCs
using the service:
clear x25 ethernet 0 0001.0002.0003

The following example clears the specified DLCI Annex G connection (40) from the specified interface:
clear x25 serial 1 40

Related Commands Command Description

clear xot Clears an XOT SVC or resets an XOT PVC.
frame-relay interface-dlci Assigns a DLCI to a specified Frame Relay subinterface on the router
or access server.
show x25 context Displays details of an Annex G DLCI link.
show x25 services Displays information about X.25 services.
show x25 vc Displays information about active X.25 virtual circuits.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-451
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
clear x25-vc

clear x25-vc
This command is replaced by the clear x25 command. See the description of the clear x25 command
earlier in this chapter for more information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-452 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
clear xot

clear xot
To clear an X.25 over TCP (XOT) switched virtual circuit (SVC) or reset an XOT permanent virtual
circuit (PVC), use the clear xot EXEC command.

clear xot remote ip-address port local ip-address port

Syntax Description remote ip-address port Remote IP address and port number of an XOT connection ID.
local ip-address port Local IP address and port number of an XOT connection ID.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Each SVC or PVC supported by the XOT service uses a TCP connection to communicate X.25 packets.
A TCP connection is uniquely identified by the data quartet: remote IP address, remote TCP port, local
IP address, and local TCP port. This command form is used to forcibly disrupt service on an individual
XOT circuit.
XOT connections are sent to TCP port 1998, so XOT connections originated by the router will have that
remote port number, and connections received by the router will have that local port number.

Examples The following command will clear or reset, respectively, the SVC or PVC using the TCP connection
identified:
clear xot remote 10.1.1.1 1998 local 172.2.2.2 2000

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 services Displays information pertaining to the X.25 services.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-453
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
cmns enable

cmns enable
To enable the Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS) on a nonserial interface, use the cmns enable
interface configuration command. To disable this capability, use the no form of this command.

cmns enable

no cmns enable

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Each nonserial interface must be explicitly configured to use CMNS.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines After this command is processed on the LAN interfaces—Ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface
(FDDI), and Token Ring—all the X.25-related interface configuration commands are made available.

Examples The following example enables CMNS on Ethernet interface 0:

interface ethernet 0
cmns enable

Related Commands Command Description

x25 route Creates an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for forwarding
incoming calls and for placing outgoing PAD or protocol translation calls).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-454 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
encapsulation lapb

encapsulation lapb
To exchange datagrams over a serial interface using Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB)
encapsulation, use the encapsulation lapb interface configuration command.

encapsulation lapb [dte | dce] [multi | protocol]

Syntax Description dte (Optional) Specifies operation as a data terminal equipment (DTE) device. This is the
default LAPB mode.
dce (Optional) Specifies operation as a data communications equipment (DCE) device.
multi (Optional) Specifies use of multiple local-area network (LAN) protocols to be carried
on the LAPB line.
protocol (Optional) A single protocol to be carried on the LAPB line. A single protocol can be
one of the following: apollo, appletalk, clns (ISO CLNS), decnet, ip, ipx (Novell
IPX), vines, and xns. IP is the default protocol.

Defaults The default serial encapsulation is High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC). You must explicitly
configure a LAPB encapsulation method.
DTE operation is the default LAPB mode. IP is the default protocol.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
10.3 The following keywords and argument were introduced:
• dte
• dce
• multi
• protocol

Usage Guidelines LAPB encapsulations are appropriate only for private connections, where you have complete control
over both ends of the link. Connections to X.25 networks should use an X.25 encapsulation
configuration, which operates the X.25 Layer 3 protocol above a LAPB Layer 2.
One end of the link must be a logical DCE device, and the other end a logical DTE device. (This
assignment is independent of the interface’s hardware DTE or DCE identity.)
Both ends of the LAPB link must specify the same protocol encapsulation.
LAPB encapsulation is supported on serial lines configured for dial-on-demand routing (DDR). It can
be configured on DDR synchronous serial and ISDN interfaces and on DDR dialer rotary groups. It is
not supported on asynchronous dialer interfaces.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-455
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
encapsulation lapb

A single-protocol LAPB encapsulation exchanges datagrams of the given protocol, each in a separate
LAPB information frame. You must configure the interface with the protocol-specific parameters
needed—for example, a link that carries IP traffic will have an IP address defined for the interface.
A multiprotocol LAPB encapsulation can exchange any or all of the protocols allowed for a LAPB
interface. It exchanges datagrams, each in a separate LAPB information frame. Two bytes of protocol
identification data precede the protocol data. You need to configure the interface with all the
protocol-specific parameters needed for each protocol carried.
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 11.0, multiprotocol LAPB encapsulation supports transparent
bridging. This feature requires use of the encapsulation lapb multi command followed by the
bridge-group command, which identifies the bridge group associated with multiprotocol LAPB
encapsulation. This feature does not support use of the encapsulation lapb protocol command with a
bridge keyword.
Beginning with Release 10.3, LAPB encapsulation supports the priority and custom queueing features.

Examples The following example sets the operating mode as DTE and specifies that AppleTalk protocol traffic will
be carried on the LAPB line:
interface serial 1
encapsulation lapb dte appletalk

Related Commands Command Description

bridge-group Assigns each network interface to a bridge group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-456 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
encapsulation x25

encapsulation x25
To specify a serial interface’s operation as an X.25 device, use the encapsulation x25 interface
configuration command.

encapsulation x25 [dte | dce] [ddn | bfe] | [ietf]

no encapsulation x25 [dte | dce] [ddn | bfe] | [ietf]

Syntax Description dte (Optional) Specifies operation as a data terminal equipment (DTE). This is the default
X.25 mode.
dce (Optional) Specifies operation as a data communications equipment (DCE).
ddn (Optional) Specifies Defense Data Network (DDN) encapsulation on an interface using
DDN X.25 Standard Service.
bfe (Optional) Specifies Blacker Front End (BFE) encapsulation on an interface attached to a
BFE device.
ietf (Optional) Specifies that the interface’s datagram encapsulation defaults to use of the
Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard method, as defined by RFC 1356.

Defaults The default serial encapsulation is High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC). You must explicitly
configure an X.25 encapsulation method.
DTE operation is the default X.25 mode. Cisco’s traditional X.25 encapsulation method is the default.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
10.3 The following keywords were added:
• dte
• dce
• ddn
• bfe
• ietf

Usage Guidelines One end of an X.25 link must be a logical DCE device and the other end a logical DTE device. (This
assignment is independent of the interface’s hardware DTE or DCE identity.) Typically, when
connecting to a public data network (PDN), the customer equipment acts as the DTE device and the PDN
attachment acts as the DCE.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-457
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
encapsulation x25

Cisco has long supported the encapsulation of a number of datagram protocols, using a standard means
when available and a proprietary means when necessary. More recently the IETF adopted a standard,
RFC 1356, for encapsulating most types of datagram traffic over X.25. X.25 interfaces use Cisco’s
traditional method unless explicitly configured for IETF operation; if the ietf keyword is specified, that
standard is used unless Cisco’s traditional method is explicitly configured. For details see the x25 map
command.
You can configure a router attaching to the DDN or to a BFE device to use their respective algorithms
to convert between IP and X.121 addresses by using the ddn or bfe option, respectively. An IP address
must be assigned to the interface, from which the algorithm will generate the interface’s X.121 address.
For proper operation, this X.121 address must not be modified.
A router DDN attachment can operate as either a DTE or a DCE device. A BFE attachment can operate
only as a DTE device. The ietf option is not available if either the ddn or bfe option is selected.

Examples The following example configures the interface for connection to a BFE device:
interface serial 0
encapsulation x25 bfe

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-458 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb interface-outage

lapb interface-outage
To specify the period for which a link will remain connected, even if a brief hardware outage occurs
(partial Link Access Procedure, Balanced [LAPB] T3 timer functionality), use the lapb
interface-outage interface configuration command.

lapb interface-outage milliseconds

Syntax Description milliseconds Number of milliseconds (ms) a hardware outage can last without the protocol
disconnecting the service.

Defaults 0 ms, which disables this feature.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If a hardware outage lasts longer than the LAPB hardware outage period you select, normal protocol
operations will occur. The link will be declared down, and when it is restored, a link setup will be
initiated.

Examples The following example sets the interface outage period to 100 ms. The link remains connected for
outages equal to or shorter than that period.
encapsulation lapb dte ip
lapb interface-outage 100

Related Commands Command Description

lapb n1 Sets the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (LAPB N1 parameter).
lapb n2 Specifies the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (LAPB N2
parameter).
lapb t1 Sets the retransmission timer period (LAPB T1 parameter).
lapb t2 Sets the explicit acknowledge deferral timer (LAPB T2 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-459
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb k

lapb k
To specify the maximum permissible number of outstanding frames, called the window size, use the lapb
k interface configuration command.

lapb k window-size

Syntax Description window-size Frame count. It can be a value from 1 to the modulo size minus 1 (the
maximum is 7 if the modulo size is 8; it is 127 if the modulo size is 128).

Defaults 7 frames

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If the window size is changed while the protocol is up, the new value takes effect only when the protocol
is reset. You will be informed that the new value will not take effect immediately.
When using the Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) modulo 128 mode (extended mode), you must
increase the window parameter k to send a larger number of frames before acknowledgment is required.
This increase is the basis for the router’s ability to achieve greater throughput on high-speed links that
have a low error rate.
This configured value must match the value configured in the peer X.25 switch. Nonmatching values will
cause repeated LAPB reject (REJ) frames.

Examples The following example sets the LAPB window size (the k parameter) to 10 frames:
interface serial 0
lapb modulo
lapb k 10

Related Commands Command Description

lapb modulo Specifies the LAPB basic (modulo 8) or extended (modulo 128) protocol
mode.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-460 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb modulo

lapb modulo
To specify the Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) basic (modulo 8) or extended (modulo 128)
protocol mode, use the lapb modulo interface configuration command.

lapb modulo modulus

Syntax Description modulus Either 8 or 128. The value 8 specifies LAPB’s basic mode; the value 128 specifies
LAPB’s extended mode.

Defaults Modulo 8

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The modulo parameter determines which of LAPB’s two modes is to be used. The modulo values derive
from the fact that basic mode numbers information frames between 0 and 7, whereas extended mode
numbers them between 0 and 127. Basic mode is widely available and is sufficient for most links.
Extended mode is an optional LAPB feature that may achieve greater throughput on high-speed links
that have a low error rate.
The LAPB operating mode may be set on X.25 links as well as LAPB links. The X.25 modulo is
independent of the LAPB layer modulo. Both ends of a link must use the same LAPB mode.
When using modulo 128 mode, you must increase the window parameter k to send a larger number of
frames before acknowledgment is required. This increase is the basis for the router’s ability to achieve
greater throughput on high-speed links that have a low error rate.
If the modulo value is changed while the protocol is up, the new value takes effect only when the protocol
is reset. You will be informed that the new value will not take effect immediately.

Examples The following example configures a high-speed X.25 link to use LAPB’s extended mode:
interface serial 1
encapsulation x25
lapb modulo 128
lapb k 40
clock rate 2000000

Related Commands Command Description

lapb k Specifies the maximum permissible number of outstanding frames, called the window
size.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-461
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb n1

lapb n1
To specify the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (the Link Access Procedure, Balanced [LAPB]
N1 parameter), use the lapb n1 interface configuration command.

lapb n1 bits

Syntax Description bits Maximum number of bits in multiples of eight. The minimum and maximum range is
dynamically set. Use the question mark (?) to view the range.

Defaults The largest (maximum) value available for the particular interface is the default. The Cisco IOS software
dynamically calculates N1 whenever you change the maximum transmission unit (MTU), the L2/L3
modulo, or compression on a LAPB interface.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The Cisco IOS software uses the following formula to determine the minimum N1 value:
(128 (default packet size) + LAPB overhead + X.25 overhead + 2 bytes of CRC) * 8
The Cisco IOS software uses the following formula to determine for the maximum N1 value:
(hardware MTU + LAPB overhead + X.25 overhead + 2 bytes of CRC) * 8
LAPB overhead is 2 bytes for modulo 8 and 3 bytes for modulo 128.
X.25 overhead is 3 bytes for modulo 8 and 4 bytes for modulo 128.
You need not set N1 to an exact value to support a particular X.25 data packet size. The N1 parameter
prevents the processing of any huge frames that result from a “jabbering” interface, an unlikely event.
In addition, the various standards bodies specify that N1 be given in bits rather than bytes. While some
equipment can be configured in bytes or will automatically adjust for some of the overhead information
present, Cisco devices are configured using the true value, in bits, of N1.
You cannot set the N1 parameter to a value less than that required to support an X.25 data packet size of
128 bytes. All X.25 implementations must be able to support 128-byte data packets. Moreover, if you
configure N1 to be less than 2104 bits, you receive a warning message that X.25 might have problems
because some nondata packets can use up to 259 bytes.
You cannot set the N1 parameter to a value larger than the default unless the hardware MTU size is first
increased.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-462 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb n1

The X.25 software accepts default packet sizes and calls that specify maximum packet sizes greater than
those the LAPB layer supports, but negotiates the calls placed on the interface to the largest value that
can be supported. For switched calls, the packet size negotiation takes place end-to-end through the
router so the call will not have a maximum packet size that exceeds the capability of either of the two
interfaces involved.

Caution The LAPB N1 parameter provides little benefit beyond the interface MTU and can easily cause link
failures if misconfigured. Cisco recommends that this parameter be left at its default value.

Examples The following example shows how to use the question mark (?) command to display the minimum and
maximum N1 value. In this example, X.25 encapsulation has both the LAPB and X.25 modulo set to 8.
Any violation of this N1 range results in an “Invalid input” error message.
router(config)# interface serial 1
router(config-if)# lapb n1 ?

<1080-12056> LAPB N1 parameter (bits; multiple of 8)

The following example sets the N1 bits to 16440:

router(config)# interface serial 0
router(config-if)# lapb n1 16440
router(config-if)# mtu 2048

Related Commands Command Description

lapb interface-outage Partial LAPB T3 timer function that sets the time-length a link will remain
connected during a hardware outage.
lapb n2 Specifies the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (LAPB N2
parameter).
lapb t1 Sets the retransmission timer period (LAPB T1 parameter).
lapb t2 Sets the explicit acknowledge deferral timer (LAPB T2 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.
mtu Adjusts the maximum packet size or MTU size.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-463
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb n2

lapb n2
To specify the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (the Link Access Procedure, Balanced
[LAPB] N2 parameter), use the lapb n2 interface configuration command.

lapb n2 tries

Syntax Description tries Transmission count. It can be a value from 1 to 255.

Defaults 20 transmissions

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the N2 tries to 50:

interface serial 0
lapb n2 50

Related Commands Command Description

lapb interface-outage Partial LAPB T3 timer function that sets the time-length a link will remain
connected during a hardware outage.
lapb n1 Sets the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (LAPB N1 parameter).
lapb t1 Sets the retransmission timer period (LAPB T1 parameter).
lapb t2 Sets the explicit acknowledge deferral timer (LAPB T2 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-464 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb protocol

lapb protocol
The lapb protocol command has been replaced by the [protocol | multi] option of the encapsulation
lapb command. See the description of the [protocol | multi] option of the encapsulation lapb command
earlier in this chapter for more information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-465
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb t1

lapb t1
To set the retransmission timer period (the Link Access Procedure, Balanced [LAPB] T1 parameter), use
the lapb t1 interface configuration command.

lapb t1 milliseconds

Syntax Description milliseconds Time in milliseconds. It can be a value from 1 to 64000.

Defaults 3000 ms

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The retransmission timer determines how long a transmitted frame can remain unacknowledged before
the LAPB software polls for an acknowledgment. The design of the LAPB protocol specifies that a frame
is presumed to be lost if it is not acknowledged within T1; a T1 value that is too small may result in
duplicated control information, which can severely disrupt service.
To determine an optimal value for the retransmission timer, use the ping privileged EXEC command to
measure the round-trip time of a maximum-sized frame on the link. Multiply this time by a safety factor
that takes into account the speed of the link, the link quality, and the distance. A typical safety factor is
1.5. Choosing a larger safety factor can result in slower data transfer if the line is noisy. However, this
disadvantage is minor compared to the excessive retransmissions and effective bandwidth reduction
caused by a timer setting that is too small.

Examples The following example sets the T1 retransmission timer to 2000 ms:
interface serial 0
lapb t1 2000

Related Commands Command Description

lapb interface-outage Partial LAPB T3 timer function that sets the time-length a link will remain
connected during a hardware outage.
lapb n1 Sets the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (LAPB N1 parameter).
lapb n2 Specifies the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (LAPB N2
parameter).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-466 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb t1

Command Description
lapb t2 Sets the explicit acknowledge deferral timer (LAPB T2 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-467
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb t2

lapb t2
To set the explicit acknowledge deferral timer (the Link Access Procedure, Balanced [LAPB] T2
parameter), use the lapb t2 interface configuration command.

lapb t2 milliseconds

Syntax Description milliseconds Time in milliseconds. It can be a value from 1 to 32000. Default is 0 ms
(disabled) and the recommended setting.

Defaults 0 ms (disabled), which means that the software will send an acknowledgement as quickly as possible.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The explicit acknowledge deferral timer determines the time that the software waits before sending an
explicit acknowledgement. The acknowledgement is piggybacked with the data, unless there is no data
and then an explicit acknowledgement is sent when the timer expires.

Caution It is usually not necessary (or recommended) to set the LAPB T2 timer, but if there is a requirement,
it must be set to a value smaller than that set for the LAPB T1 timer; see the ITU X.25 specifications
for details.

Related Commands Command Description

lapb interface-outage Partial LAPB T3 timer function that sets the time-length a link will remain
connected during a hardware outage.
lapb n1 Sets the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (LAPB N1 parameter).
lapb n2 Specifies the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (LAPB N2
parameter).
lapb t1 Sets the retransmission timer period (LAPB T1 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-468 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
lapb t4

lapb t4
To set the T4 idle timer, after which the Cisco IOS software sends out a Poll packet to determine whether
the link has suffered an unsignaled failure, use the lapb t4 interface configuration command.

lapb t4 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds between receipt of the last frame and transmission of the
outgoing poll.

Defaults 0 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Any non-zero T4 duration must be greater than T1, the Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB)
retransmission timer period.

Examples The following example will poll the other end of an active link if it has been 10 seconds since the last
frame was received. If the far host has failed, the service will be declared down after n2 tries are timed
out.
interface serial0
encapsulation x25
lapb t4 10

Related Commands Command Description

lapb interface-outage Partial LAPB T3 timer function that sets the time-length a link will remain
connected during a hardware outage.
lapb n1 Sets the maximum number of bits a frame can hold (LAPB N1 parameter).
lapb n2 Specifies the maximum number of times a data frame can be sent (LAPB N2
parameter).
lapb t1 Sets the retransmission timer period (LAPB T1 parameter).
lapb t4 Sets the LAPB T4 idle timer, after which time a poll packet is sent to
determine state of an unsignaled failure on the link.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-469
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
service pad

service pad
To enable all packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) commands and connections between PAD devices
and access servers, use the service pad global configuration command. To disable this service, use the
no form of this command.

service pad [cmns][from-xot][to-xot]

no service pad [cmns][from-xot][to-xot]

Syntax Description cmns (Optional) Specifies sending and receiving PAD calls over CMNS.
from-xot (Optional) Accepts XOT to PAD connections.
to-xot (Optional) Allows outgoing PAD calls over XOT.

Defaults All PAD commands and associated connections are enabled. PAD services over XOT or CMNS are not
enabled.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 The cmns keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines The options from-xot and to-xot enable PAD calls to destinations that are not reachable over physical
X.25 interfaces, but instead over TCP tunnels. This feature is known as PAD over XOT (X.25 over TCP).

Examples If service pad is disabled, the EXEC pad command and all PAD related configurations, such as X.29,
are unrecognized, as shown in the following example:
Router(config)# no service pad
Router(config)# x29 ?
% Unrecognized command
Router(config)# exit
Router# pad ?
% Unrecognized command

If service pad is enabled, the EXEC pad command and access to an X.29 configuration are granted as
shown in the following example:
Router# config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Router(config)# service pad
Router(config)# x29 ?
access-list Define an X.29 access list
inviteclear-time Wait for response to X.29 Invite Clear message
profile Create an X.3 profile

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-470 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
service pad

Router# pad ?
WORD X121 address or name of a remote system

In the following example, PAD services over CMNS are enabled:

! Enable CMNS on a nonserial interface
interface ethernet0
cmns enable
!
!Enable inbound and outbound PAD over CMNS service
service pad cmns
!
! Specify an X.25 route entry pointing to an interface’s CMNS destination MAC address
x25 route ^2193330 interface Ethernet0 mac 00e0.b0e3.0d62

Router# show x25 vc

SVC 1, State: D1, Interface: Ethernet0

Started 00:00:08, last input 00:00:08, output 00:00:08

Line: 0 con 0 Location: console Host: 2193330

connected to 2193330 PAD <--> CMNS Ethernet0 00e0.b0e3.0d62

Window size input: 2, output: 2

Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 2 PR: 3 ACK: 3 Remote PR: 2 RCNT: 0 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 0
data bytes 54/19 packets 2/3 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Related Commands Command Description

cmns enable Enables the CMNS on a nonserial interface.
show x25 vc Displays information about active SVCs and PVCs.
x29 access-list Limits access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts.
x29 profile Creates a PAD profile script for use by the translate command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-471
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
service pad from-xot

service pad from-xot

To permit incoming X.25 over TCP (XOT) calls to be accepted as a packet assembler/disassembler
(PAD) session, use the service pad from-xot global configuration command. To disable this service, use
the no form of this command.

service pad from-xot

no service pad from-xot

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Incoming XOT connections are ignored.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If service pad from-xot is enabled, the calls received using the XOT service may be accepted for
processing a PAD session.

Examples The following example prevents incoming XOT calls from being accepted as a PAD session:
no service pad from-xot

Related Commands Command Description

x25 route Creates an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for forwarding
incoming calls and for placing outgoing PAD or protocol translation calls).
x29 access-list Limits access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts.
x29 profile Creates a PAD profile script for use by the translate command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-472 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
service pad to-xot

service pad to-xot

To permit outgoing PAD sessions to use routes to an XOT destination, use the service pad to-xot global
configuration command. To disable this service, use the no form of this command.

service pad to-xot

no service pad to-xot

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults XOT routes pointing to XOT are not considered.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Examples If service pad to-xot is enabled, the configured routes to XOT destinations may be used when the router
determines where to send a PAD Call, as shown in the following example:
service pad to-xot

Related Commands Command Description

x25 route Creates an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for forwarding
incoming calls and for placing outgoing PAD or protocol translation calls).
x29 access-list Limits access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts.
x29 profile Creates a PAD profile script for use by the translate command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-473
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show cmns

show cmns
Effective with Cisco IOS Release 11.3, this command is no longer available.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-474 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 context

show x25 context

To view operating configuration status details of an X.25 link, use the show x25 context EXEC
command.

show x25 context [interface number dlci number]

Syntax Description interface number (Optional) Specific logical X.25 virtual circuit interface.
dlci number (Optional) Specific DLCI link.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was modified to display information about X.25 Failover.

Examples The following is sample output from the show x25 context command:
Router# show x25 context

Serial1 DLCI 20
PROFILE DCE, address <none>, state R1, modulo 8, timer 0
Defaults: idle VC timeout 0
input/output window sizes 2/2, packet sizes 128/128
Timers: T10 60, T11 180, T12 60, T13 60
Channels: Incoming-only none, Two-way 1-1024, Outgoing-only none
RESTARTs 1/0 CALLs 0+0/0+0/0+0 DIAGs 0/0
LAPB DCE, state CONNECT, modulo 8, k 7, N1 12056, N2 20
T1 3000, T2 0, interface outage (partial T3) 0, T4 0
VS 7, VR 6, tx NR 6, Remote VR 7, Retransmissions 0
Queues: U/S frames 0, I frames 0, unack. 0, reTx 0
IFRAMEs 111/118 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 SABM/Es 14/1 FRMRs 0/0 DISCs 0/0

The following is sample output from the show x25 context command when the X.25 Failover feature is
configured. The “Fail-over delay” field appears when the primary interface has gone down and come
back up again. The number of seconds indicates the time remaining until the secondary interface will
reset.
Router# show x25 context

Serial1 DLCI 33
PROFILE dxe/DCE, address 3032, state R1, modulo 8, timer 0
Defaults:idle VC timeout 0
input/output window sizes 2/2, packet sizes 128/128
Timers:T20 180, T21 200, T22 180, T23 180
Channels:Incoming-only none, Two-way 1-4095, Outgoing-only none
RESTARTs 12/0 CALLs 5+4/0+0/0+0 DIAGs 0/0
Fail-over delay:16 seconds remaining on Dialer0
LAPB dxe/DCE, state CONNECT, modulo 8, k 7, N1 12056, N2 20
T1 3000, T2 0, interface outage (partial T3) 0, T4 0
VS 1, VR 1, tx NR 1, Remote VR 1, Retransmissions 0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-475
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 context

Queues:U/S frames 0, I frames 0, unack. 0, reTx 0

IFRAMEs 97/88 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 SABM/Es 55490/12 FRMRs 186/0 DISCs
Table 43 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 43 show x25 context Field Descriptions

Field Description
address Address to which the interface is connected.
state State of the interface. Possible values are:
R1- normal ready state
R2 - DTE restarting state
R3 - DCE restarting state
If state is R2 or R3, the interface is awaiting acknowledgment of a Restart
packet.
modulo Modulo packet sequence numbering scheme.
timer Interface timer value (zero unless the interface state is R2 or R3).
Defaults: idle VC timeout Inactivity time before clearing VC.
input/output window sizes Default window sizes (in packets) for the interface. The x25 facility
interface configuration command can be used to override these default
values for the switched virtual circuits originated by the router.
packet sizes Default maximum packet sizes (in bytes) for the interface. The
x25 facility interface configuration command can be used to override
these default values for the switched virtual circuits originated by the
router.
Timers Values of the X.25 timers:
T10 through T13 for a DCE device
T20 through T23 for a DTE device
Channels Virtual circuit ranges for this interface.
RESTARTs Restart packet statistics for the interface using the format Sent/Received.
CALLs (Number of successful calls sent + calls failed)/(calls received + calls
failed)/(calls forwarded + calls failed). Calls forwarded are counted as
calls sent.
DIAGs Number of diagnostic messages sent and received.
Fail-over delay Number of seconds remaining until secondary interface resets.

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 profile Displays information about configured X.25 profiles.
show x25 vc Displays information about active X.25 virtual circuits.
x25 profile Configures an X.25 profile without allocating any hardware-specific
information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-476 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 cug

show x25 cug

To display information about all closed user groups (CUGs) or specific CUGs (defined by the local or
network CUG number), use the show x25 cug EXEC command.

show x25 cug {local-cug number | network-cug number}

Syntax Description local-cug Locally significant CUG identifier.

number Local CUG number (0 to 9999).
network-cug Network translated CUG identifier.
number Network CUG number (0 to 9999).

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T This command was modified to show information about CUG selection
facility suppression.

Usage Guidelines You must designate either the local-cug or the network-cug keyword with this command. Within these
designations you can view all CUGs or a specific CUG defined by its local or network CUG identifier.

Examples CUG Selection Facility Suppress Option Example

The following is sample output for the show x25 cug command when CUG selection facility is
suppressed for all CUGs on serial interface 1/2 and for the preferential CUG on the X.25 profile named
“cug”.
Router# show x25 cug local-cug

X.25 Serial1/2, 2 CUGs subscribed with no public access

CUG selection facility suppressed for all CUGs
local-cug 100 <-> network-cug 10
local-cug 1 <-> network-cug 11
PROFILE cug, 2 CUGs subscribed with incoming public access
CUG selection facility suppressed for preferential CUG
local-cug 0 <-> network-cug 0 , preferential
local-cug 100 <-> network-cug 100
local-cug 200 <-> network-cug 200

Local CUG Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 cug local-cug command, displaying information
about all local CUGs on X.25 serial interface 0. Four CUGs have been subscribed to on serial interface
0, and they all have been configured for incoming and outgoing public access.
Router# show x25 cug local-cug

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-477
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 cug

X.25 Serial0, 4 CUGs subscribed with incoming and outgoing public access
local-cug 100 <-> network-cug 11
local-cug 200 <-> network-cug 22
local-cug 300 <-> network-cug 33
local-cug 5000 <-> network-cug 55, preferential

Network CUG Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 cug network-cug command specifically for network
number 33 showing that local CUG 300 is associated with it.
Router# show x25 cug network-cug 33

X.25 Serial1/2, 5 CUGs subscribed with no public access

network-cug 33 <-> local-cug 300

Table 44 describes the fields shown in the display for the show x25 cug command.

Table 44 show x25 cug Field Descriptions

Field Description
X.25 Serial 0 DCE interface with X.25 CUG service subscription.
local-cug Local CUG details.
network-cug Network CUG details.
preferential Identifies which CUG, if any, is preferential. A single CUG listed for an
interface is assumed to be preferential.

Related Commands Command Description

x25 subscribe cug-service Enables and controls standard CUG behavior on an X.25 DCE interface.
x25 subscribe local-cug Configures a DCE X.25 interface for a specific CUG subscription.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-478 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 hunt-group

show x25 hunt-group

To display hunt groups and view detailed interface statistics and distribution methods, use the show x25
hunt-group EXEC command.

show x25 hunt-group [name]

Syntax Description name (Optional) Displays the specific hunt group named.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.
12.0(5)T The command output status field was modified to include “unoperational” as
a type of interface status.

Usage Guidelines Use the clear counters or the clear x25 commands in EXEC mode to clear the count of VCs in use in
the “status” field and the number of bytes of data transmitted and received in the “traffic” field. Since
the "uses" field is a hunt-group-specific counter, it will not be cleared using the clear counters or
clear x25 commands. The “uses” field is only cleared at boot time or when the hunt group is defined.

Examples The following is sample output from the show x25 hunt-group command:
Router# show x25 hunt-group

ID Type Target uses status traffic(out/in)

=================================================================================
HG1 rotary Serial1 2 next 1158/1691
Serial2 2 next 1328/2146
xot 172.17.125.54 2 last_used 137/3154
xot 172.17.125.34 1 next 137/3154

HG2 vc-count Serial2 4 5 VCs 6921/1364

Serial3 2 1 VC 70/1259

Table 45 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 45 show x25 hunt-group Field Descriptions

Field Description
ID Hunt group name.
Type Method of load balancing (rotary or vc-count).
Target Range of interfaces that a call within the hunt group can go to.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-479
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 hunt-group

Table 45 show x25 hunt-group Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
uses Total number of call attempts (failed plus successful) made to the
interface.
status State of interface at that moment. The status of an interface may be
one of the following:
• next—Interface will be used next for rotary distribution
method.
• last used—Interface was just used for rotary distribution
method.
• unavailable—Interface is shutdown.
• full—All logical channels on the interface are in use.
• # VC—(vc-count only) Number of VCs currently in use on the
interface.
• unoper— All VCs on the interface are unoperational.
traffic (out/in) Number of data bytes transmitted through the interface.

Related Commands Command Description

clear x25 Restarts an X.25 or CMNS service, clears an SVC, or resets a PVC.
x25 hunt-group Creates and maintains a hunt group.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-480 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 interface

show x25 interface

To display information about virtual circuits (VCs) that use an X.25 interface and, optionally, about a
specified virtual circuit, use the show x25 interface EXEC command.

show x25 interface [serial number | cmns-interface mac mac-address]

Syntax Description serial number (Optional) Keyword serial and number of the serial interface used for X.25.
cmns-interface mac (Optional) Local CMNS interface type and number, plus the MAC address
mac-address of the remote device. CMNS interface types are Ethernet, Token Ring, or
FDDI. The interface numbering scheme depends on the router interface
hardware.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Examples The following show x25 interface sample output displays X.25 information about VCs on serial
interface 0:
Router# show x25 interface serial 0

SVC 1, State: D1, Interface: Serial0

Started 00:13:52, last input 00:00:05, output never
Connects 3334 <-> ip 3.3.3.4
Call PID ietf, Data PID none
Window size input: 7, output: 7
Packet size input: 512, output: 512
PS: 0 PR: 6 ACK: 1 Remote PR: 0 RCNT: 5 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 0
data bytes 0/2508 packets 0/54 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0
SVC 32, State: D1, Interface: Serial0.11
Started 00:16:53, last input 00:00:37, output 00:00:28
Connects 3334 <-> clns
Call PID cisco, Data PID none
Window size input: 7, output: 7
Packet size input: 512, output: 512
PS: 5 PR: 4 ACK: 4 Remote PR: 4 RCNT: 0 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 0
data bytes 378/360 packets 21/20 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-481
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 map

show x25 map

To display information about configured address maps, use the show x25 map EXEC command.

show x25 map

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The show x25 map command shows information about the following:
• Configured maps (defined by the x25 map command)
• Maps implicitly defined by encapsulation permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) (defined by the
encapsulating version of the x25 pvc command)
• Dynamic maps (from the X.25 Defense Data Network [DDN] or Blacker Front End [BFE]
operations)
• Temporary maps (from unconfigured Connection-Mode Network Service [CMNS] endpoints)

Examples The following is sample output from the show x25 map command:
Router# show x25 map

Serial0: X.121 1311001 <--> ip 172.20.170.1

PERMANENT, BROADCAST, 2 VCS: 3 4*
Serial0: X.121 1311005 <--> appletalk 128.1
PERMANENT
Serial1: X.121 2194441 cud hello <--> pad
PERMANENT, windowsize 5 5, accept-reverse, idle 5
Serial1: X.121 1311005 <--> bridge
PERMANENT, BROADCAST
Serial2: X.121 001003 <--> apollo 1.3,
appletalk 1.3,
ip 172.20.1.3,
decnet 1.3,
novell 1.0000.0c04.35df,
vines 00000001:0003,
xns 1.0000.0c04.35df,
clns
PERMANENT, NVC 8, 1 VC: 1024

The display shows that four maps have been configured for a router: two for serial interface 0, one for
serial interface 1, and one for the serial interface 2 (which maps eight protocols to the host).
Table 46 describes fields shown in the display.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-482 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 map

Table 46 show x25 map Field Descriptions

Field Description
Serial0 Interface on which this map is configured.
X.121 1311001 X.121 address of the mapped encapsulation host.
ip 172.20.170.1 Type and address of the higher-level protocol(s) mapped to the remote
host. Bridge maps do not have a higher-level address; all bridge
datagrams are sent to the mapped X.121 address. Connectionless
Network Service (CLNS) maps refer to a configured neighbor as
identified by the X.121 address.
PERMANENT Address-mapping type that has been configured for the interface in
this entry. Possible values include the following:
• CONSTRUCTED—Derived with the DDN or BFE address
conversion scheme.
• PERMANENT—Map was entered with the x25 map interface
configuration command.
• PVC—Map was configured with the x25 pvc interface command.
• TEMPORARY—A temporary map was created for an incoming
unconfigured CMNS connection.
BROADCAST If any options are configured for an address mapping, they are listed;
the example shows a map that is configured to forward datagram
broadcasts to the mapped host.
2 VCs: If the map has any active virtual circuits, they are identified.
3 4* Identifies the circuit number of the active virtual circuits. The asterisk
(*) marks the virtual circuit last used to send data.
Note that a single protocol virtual circuit can be associated with a
multiprotocol map.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-483
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 profile

show x25 profile

To view details of X.25 profiles on your router, use the show x25 profile command in EXEC mode.

show x25 profile [name]

Syntax Description name (Optional) Name of X.25 profile.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.

Examples The following is sample output from the show x25 profile command, showing all profiles configured on
the same interface. When the X.25 profile name is not specified, the output shows all configured profiles
for that interface.
Router# show x25 profile

X.25 profile name:NetworkNodeA

Number of references:2
In use by:
Annex G:Serial1 DLCI 20
Annex G:Serial1 DLCI 30
PROFILE DCE, address <none>, state R/Inactive, modulo 128, timer 0
Defaults:idle VC timeout 5
input/output window sizes 2/2, packet sizes 128/128
Timers:T10 60, T11 180, T12 60, T13 60
Channels:Incoming-only none, Two-way 1-128, Outgoing-only none
LAPB DCE, modulo 8, k 7, N1 default, N2 20
T1 3000, T2 0, interface outage (partial T3) 0, T4 0

X.25 profile name:NetworkNodeB

Number of references:1
In use by:
Annex G:Serial1 DLCI 40
PROFILE DTE, address 1111, state R/Inactive, modulo 8, timer 0
Defaults:idle VC timeout 0
input/output window sizes 2/2, packet sizes 128/128
Timers:T20 180, T21 200, T22 180, T23 180
Channels:Incoming-only none, Two-way 1-1024, Outgoing-only none
LAPB DTE, modulo 8, k 7, N1 default, N2 20
T1 3000, T2 0, interface outage (partial T3) 0, T4 0

Table 47 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-484 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 profile

Table 47 show x25 profile Field Descriptions

Field Description
Number of references Number of X.25 connections using this profile.
In use by Shows the interface and X.25 service using this profile.
address Address to which interface is connected.
state State of the interface. Possible values are
R1 - normal ready state.
R2 - data terminal equipment (DTE) restarting state.
R3 - data communications equipment (DCE) restarting state.
If state is R2 or R3, the interface is awaiting acknowledgment of a
Restart packet.
modulo Value that determines the packet sequence numbering scheme used.
timer Interface timer value (zero unless the interface state is R2 or R3).
Defaults: idle VC timeout Inactivity time before clearing virtual circuit (VC).
input/output window sizes Default window sizes (in packets) for the interface. The x25 facility
interface configuration command can be used to override these default
values for the switched virtual circuits originated by the router.
packet sizes Default maximum packet sizes (in bytes) for the interface. The
x25 facility interface configuration command can be used to override
these default values for the switched virtual circuits originated by the
router.
Timers Values of the X.25 timers:
T10 through T13 for a DCE device.
T20 through T23 for a DTE device.
Channels: Virtual circuit ranges for this interface.

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 context Displays details of an Annex G DLCI link.
show x25 vc Displays information about active X.25 virtual circuits.
x25 profile Configures an X.25 profile without allocating any hardware-specific
information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-485
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 remote-red

show x25 remote-red

This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-486 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 route

show x25 route

To display the X.25 routing table, use the show x25 route EXEC command.

show x25 route

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
12.0(5)T The dns keyword was added.

Examples The following example shows output from the show x25 route command:
Router# show x25 route

# Match Substitute Route To

1 dest ^1311001$ Serial0, 0 uses
2 dest ^1311002$ xot 172.20.170.10
3 dest 444 xot dns \0
4 dest 555 xot dns \0

Table 48 describes significant fields shown in the display.

Table 48 show x25 route Field Descriptions

Field Description
# Number identifying the entry in the X.25 routing table.
Match The match criteria and patterns associated with this entry.
Route To Destination to which the router will forward a call; X.25
destinations identify an interface; CMNS destinations identify an
interface and host MAC address; XOT destinations either identify
up to six IP addresses (#2), or the x25 route pattern for retrieving
up to six IP addresses from the DNS (#3 and #4).

Related Commands Command Description

x25 route Creates an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for forwarding
incoming calls and for placing outgoing PAD or protocol translation calls).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-487
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 services

show x25 services

To display information pertaining to the X.25 services, use the show x25 services EXEC command.

show x25 services

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is the default form of the show x25 command.

Examples The following is sample output from the show x25 services command:
Router# show x25 services

X.25 software, Version 3.0.0.

3 configurations supporting 3 active contexts
VCs allocated, freed and in use: 7 - 0 = 7
VCs active and idle: 4, 3
XOT software, Version 2.0.0.
VCs allocated, freed and in use: 2 - 1 = 1
connections in-progress: 0 outgoing and 0 incoming
active VCs: 1, connected to 1 remote hosts

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 interface Displays information about VCs that use an X.25 interface and, optionally,
about a specified VC.
show x25 map Displays information about configured address maps.
show x25 route Displays the X.25 routing table.
show x25 vc Displays information about active SVCs and PVCs.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-488 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

show x25 vc
To display information about active switched virtual circuits (SVCs) and permanent virtual circuits
(PVCs), use the show x25 vc EXEC command.

show x25 vc [lcn]

Syntax Description lcn (Optional) Logical channel number (LCN).

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

8.3 This command was introduced in a release prior to Release 8.3.

Usage Guidelines To examine a particular virtual circuit number, add an LCN argument to the show x25 vc command.
This command displays information about virtual circuits. Virtual circuits may be used for a number of
purposes, such as the following:
• Encapsulation traffic
• Traffic switched between X.25 services (X.25, Connection-Mode Network Service [CMNS] and
X.25 over TCP/IP [XOT])
• PAD traffic
• QLLC traffic
The connectivity information displayed will vary according to the traffic carried by the virtual circuit.
For multiprotocol circuits, the output varies depending on the number and identity of the protocols
mapped to the X.121 address and the encapsulation method selected for the circuit.

Examples Encapsulated Traffic Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 vc command used on an encapsulated traffic circuit:
Router# show x25 vc 1024

SVC 1024, State: D1, Interface: Serial0

Started 0:00:31, last input 0:00:31, output 0:00:31
Connects 170090 <-->
compressedtcp 172.20.170.90
ip 172.20.170.90
Call PID multi, Data PID ietf
Reverse charged
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 5 PR: 5 ACK: 4 Remote PR: 5 RCNT: 1 RNR: FALSE
Window is closed
P/D state timeouts: 0 Timer (secs): 0
data bytes 505/505 packets 5/5 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-489
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Table 49 describes the fields shown in the sample output that are typical for virtual circuits.

Table 49 show x25 vc Field Descriptions

Field Description
SVC n or PVC n Identifies the type of virtual circuit (switched or permanent) and its LCN (also
called its “virtual circuit number”).
State State of the virtual circuit (which is independent of the states of other virtual
circuits); D1 is the normal ready state. See the International Telecommunication
Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T)1 X.25
Recommendation for a description of virtual circuit states.
Interface Interface or subinterface on which the virtual circuit is established.
Started Time elapsed since the virtual circuit was created.
last input Time of last input.
output Shows time of last output.
Connects...<-->.. Describes the traffic-specific connection information. See Table 50, Table 51,
Table 52, and Table 53 for more information.
D-bit permitted Indicates that the X.25 D-bit (Delivery Confirmation) may be used on this circuit
(displayed as needed).
Fast select VC Indicates that the Fast Select facility was present on the incoming call (displayed
as needed).
Reverse charged Indicates reverse charged virtual circuit (displayed as needed).
Window size Window sizes for the virtual circuit.
Packet size Maximum packet sizes for the virtual circuit.
PS Current send sequence number.
PR Current receive sequence number.
ACK Last acknowledged incoming packet.
Remote PR Last receive sequence number received from the other end of the circuit.
RCNT Count of unacknowledged input packets.
RNR State of the Receiver Not Ready flag; this field is true if the network sends a
Receiver-not-Ready packet.
Window is closed This line appears if the router cannot transmit any more packets until the X.25
Layer 3 peer has acknowledged some outstanding packets.
P/D state timeouts Number of times a supervisory packet (Reset or Clear) has been retransmitted.
Timer A nonzero time value indicates that a control packet has not been acknowledged
yet or that the virtual circuit is being timed for inactivity.
Reassembly Number of bytes received and held for reassembly. Packets with the M-bit set are
reassembled into datagrams for encapsulation virtual circuits; switched X.25
traffic is not reassembled (displayed only when values are non-zero).
Held Number of X.25 data fragments to transmit to complete an outgoing datagram,
Fragments/Packets and the number of datagram packets waiting for transmission (displayed only
when values are non-zero).
data bytes m/n Total number of data bytes sent (m), data bytes received (n), data packets sent (p),
packets p/q and data packets received (q) since the circuit was established.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-490 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Table 49 show x25 vc Field Descriptions (continued)

Field Description
Resets t/r Total number of Reset packets transmitted/received since the circuit was
established.
RNRs t/r Total number of Receiver Not Ready packets transmitted/received since the
circuit was established.
REJs t/r Total number of Reject packets transmitted/received since the circuit was
established.
INTs t/r Total number of Interrupt packets transmitted/received since the circuit was
established.
1. The ITU-T carries out the functions of the former Consultative Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone
(CCITT).

Table 50 describes the connection fields specific for encapsulation traffic.

Table 50 show x25 vc Encapsulation Traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
170090 The X.121 address of the remote host.
ip 172.20.170.90 The higher-level protocol and address values that are mapped to the virtual
circuit.
Call PID Identifies the method used for protocol identification (PID) in the Call User
Data (CUD) field. Because PVCs are not set up using a Call packet, this field
is not displayed for encapsulation PVCs. The available methods are as follows:
• cisco—Cisco’s traditional method was used to set up a single protocol
virtual circuit.
• ietf—The IETF’s standard RFC 1356 method was used to set up a single
protocol virtual circuit.
• snap—The IETF’s Subnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP) method for IP
encapsulation was used.
• multi—the IETF’s multiprotocol encapsulation method was used.
Data PID Identifies the method used for PID when sending datagrams. The available
methods are as follows:
• none—The virtual circuit is a single-protocol virtual circuit; no PID is
used.
• ietf—The IETF’s standard RFC 1356 method for identifying the protocol
is used.
• snap—The IETF’s SNAP method for identifying IP datagrams is used.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-491
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Locally Switched X.25 Traffic Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 vc command used on a virtual circuit carrying locally
switched X.25 traffic:
Router# show x25 vc

PVC 1, State: D1, Interface: Serial2

Started 0:01:26, last input never, output never
PVC <--> Serial1 PVC 1, connected
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 0 PR: 0 ACK: 0 Remote PR: 0 RCNT: 0 RNR: FALSE
P/D state timeouts: 0 Timer (secs): 0
data bytes 0/0 packets 0/0 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

SVC 5, State: D1, Interface: Serial2

Started 0:00:16, last input 0:00:15, output 0:00:15
Connects 170093 <--> 170090 from Serial1 VC 5
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 5 PR: 5 ACK: 4 Remote PR: 5 RCNT: 1 RNR: FALSE
P/D state timeouts: 0 Timer (secs): 0
data bytes 505/505 packets 5/5 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Table 51 describes the connection fields for virtual circuits carrying locally switched X.25 traffic.

Table 51 show x25 vc Local Traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
PVC <--> Indicates a switched connection between two PVCs.
Serial1 PVC 1 Identifies the other half of a local PVC connection.
connected Identifies connection status for a switched connection between two PVCs. See
Table 54 for PVC status messages.
170093 Identifies the Calling (source) Address of the connection. If a Calling Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed. If the source host
is a CMNS host, its MAC address is also displayed.
170090 Identifies the Called (destination) Address of the connection. If a Called Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed. If the destination
host is a CMNS host, its MAC address is also displayed.
from Serial1 Indicates the direction of the call and the connecting interface.
VC 5 Identifies the circuit type and LCN for the connecting interface. VC indicates an
SVC, and PVC indicates a PVC. If the connecting host is a CMNS host, its MAC
address is also displayed.

Locally Switched X.25 Traffic Between PVCs and SVCs Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 vc command used on a virtual circuit carrying locally
switched PVC to SVC X.25 traffic:
Router# show x25 vc

PVC 5, State: D1, Interface: Serial0

Started 4d21h, last input 00:00:14, output 00:00:14
Connects 101600 <--> 201700 from Serial2 VC 700
D-bit permitted
Window size input: 2, output: 2

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-492 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Packet size input: 128, output: 128

PS: 5 PR: 5 ACK: 4 Remote PR: 5 RCNT: 1 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 0
data bytes 1000/1000 packets 10/10 Resets 1/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

SVC 700, State: D1, Interface: Serial2

Started 00:00:16, last input 00:00:16, output 00:00:16
Connects 101600 <--> 201700 from Serial0 PVC 5
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 5 PR: 5 ACK: 5 Remote PR: 4 RCNT: 0 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 103
data bytes 500/500 packets 5/5 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Table 52 describes the connection fields for virtual circuits carrying locally switched X.25 traffic
between PVCs and SVCs.

Table 52 show x25 vc Locally Switched PVC to SVC Traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
101600 Identifies the Calling (source) Address of the connection. If a Calling Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed. If the source host
is a CMNS host, its MAC address is also displayed.
201700 Identifies the Called (destination) Address of the connection. If a Called Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed. If the destination
host is a CMNS host, its MAC address is also displayed.
from Serial2 Indicates the direction of the call and the connecting interface.
VC 700 Identifies the circuit type and LCN for the connecting interface. VC indicates an
SVC and PVC indicates a PVC. If the remote host is a CMNS host, its MAC address
is also displayed.

Remotely Switched X.25 Traffic Example

The following is sample output from the show x25 vc command used on a virtual circuit carrying
remotely switched X.25 traffic:
Router# show x25 vc

PVC 2, State: D1, Interface: Serial2

Started 0:01:25, last input never, output never
PVC <--> [172.20.165.92] Serial2/0 PVC 1 connected
XOT between 171.20.165.91, 1998 and 172.20.165.92, 27801
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 0 PR: 0 ACK: 0 Remote PR: 0 RCNT: 0 RNR: FALSE
P/D state timeouts: 0 Timer (secs): 0 Reassembly (bytes): 0
Held Fragments/Packets: 0/0
data bytes 0/0 packets 0/0 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

SVC 6, State: D1, Interface: Serial2

Started 0:00:04, last input 0:00:04, output 0:00:04
Connects 170093 <--> 170090 from
XOT between 172.20.165.91, 1998 and 172.20.165.92, 27896
Window size input: 2, output: 2
Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 5 PR: 5 ACK: 4 Remote PR: 5 RCNT: 1 RNR: FALSE
P/D state timeouts: 0 Timer (secs): 0 Reassembly (bytes): 0
Held Fragments/Packets: 0/0
data bytes 505/505 packets 5/5 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-493
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Table 53 describes the connection fields for virtual circuits carrying remotely switched X.25 traffic.

Table 53 show x25 vc Remote X.25 Traffic Field Descriptions

Field Description
PVC Flags PVC information.
[172.20.165.92] Indicates the IP address of the router remotely connecting the PVC.
Serial 2/0 PVC 1 Identifies the remote interface and PVC number.
connected Identifies connection status for a switched connection between two PVCs. See
Table 54 for PVC status messages.
170093 Identifies the Calling (source) Address of the connection. If a Calling Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed.
170090 Identifies the Called (destination) Address of the connection. If a Called Address
Extension was encoded in the call facilities, it is also displayed.
from Indicates the direction of the call.
XOT between... Identifies the IP addresses and port numbers of the X.25-over-TCP (XOT)
connection.

Table 54 lists the PVC states that can be reported. These states are also reported by the debug x25
command in PVC-SETUP packets (for remote PVCs only) as well as in the PVCBAD system error
message. Some states apply only to remotely switched PVCs.

Table 54 X.25 PVC States

Status Message Description

awaiting PVC-SETUP reply A remote PVC has initiated an XOT TCP connection and is
waiting for a reply to the setup message.
can’t support flow control values The window sizes or packet sizes of the PVC cannot be
supported by one of its two interfaces.
connected The PVC is up.
dest. disconnected The other end disconnected the PVC.
dest interface is not up The target interface’s X.25 service is down.
dest PVC config mismatch The targeted PVC is already connected.
mismatched flow control values The configured flow control values do not match.
no such dest. interface The remote destination interface was reported to be in error
by the remote router.
no such dest. PVC The targeted PVC does not exist.
non-X.25 dest. interface The target interface is not configured for X.25.
PVC/TCP connect timed out A remote PVC XOT TCP connection attempt timed out.
PVC/TCP connection refused A remote PVC XOT TCP connection was tried and refused.
PVC/TCP routing error A remote PVC XOT TCP connection routing error was
reported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-494 78-11752-02
X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 vc

Table 54 X.25 PVC States (continued)

Status Message Description

trying to connect via TCP A remote PVC XOT TCP connection is established and is in
the process of connecting.
waiting to connect The PVC is waiting to be processed for connecting.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-495
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
show x25 xot

show x25 xot

To display information for all X.25 over TCP (XOT) virtual circuits that match a given criterion, use the
show x25 xot EXEC command.

show x25 xot [local ip-address [port port]] [remote ip-address [port port]]

Syntax Description local ip-address [port port] (Optional) Local IP address and optional port number.
remote ip-address [port port] (Optional) Remote IP address and optional port number.

Command Modes EXEC

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Examples The following show x25 xot sample output displays information about all XOT virtual circuits:
Router> show x25 xot

SVC 11, State: D1, Interface: [10.2.2.2,1998/10.2.2.1,11002]

Started 00:00:08, last input 00:00:08, output 00:00:08

Line: 0 con 0 Location: Host: 5678

111 connected to 5678 PAD <--> XOT 2.2.2.2,1998

Window size input: 2, output: 2

Packet size input: 128, output: 128
PS: 2 PR: 3 ACK: 3 Remote PR: 2 RCNT: 0 RNR: no
P/D state timeouts: 0 timer (secs): 0
data bytes 54/18 packets 2/3 Resets 0/0 RNRs 0/0 REJs 0/0 INTs 0/0

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 interface Displays information about VCs that use an X.25 interface and, optionally,
about a specified VC.
show x25 services Displays information pertaining to the X.25 services.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-496 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
x25 accept-reverse

x25 accept-reverse
To configure the Cisco IOS software to accept all reverse-charge calls, use the x25 accept-reverse
interface configuration command. To disable this facility, use the no form of this command.

x25 accept-reverse

no x25 accept-reverse

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command causes the interface to accept reverse-charge calls by default. You can also configure this
behavior for each peer with the x25 map interface configuration command.

Examples The following example sets acceptance of reverse-charge calls:

interface serial 0
x25 accept-reverse

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-497
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
x25 address

x25 address
To set the X.121 address of a particular network interface, use the x25 address interface configuration
command.

x25 address x121-address

Syntax Description x121-address Variable-length X.121 address. It is assigned by the X.25 network service
provider.

Defaults Defense Data Network (DDN) and Blacker Front End (BFE) encapsulations have a default interface
address generated from the interface IP address. For proper DDN or BFE operation, this generated X.121
address must not be changed. Standard X.25 encapsulations do not have a default.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When you are connecting to a public data network (PDN), the PDN administrator will assign the X.121
address to be used. Other applications (for example, a private X.25 service), may assign arbitrary X.121
addresses as required by the network and service design. X.25 interfaces that engage in X.25 switching
only do not need to assign an X.121 address.

Examples The following example sets the X.121 address for the interface:
interface serial 0
encapsulation x25
x25 address 00000123005

The address must match that assigned by the X.25 network service provider.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-498 78-11752-02
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
x25 alias

x25 alias
To configure an interface alias address that will allow this interface to accept calls with other destination
addresses, use the x25 alias interface configuration command.

x25 alias {destination-pattern | x121-address-pattern} [cud cud-pattern]

Syntax Description destination-pattern Regular expression used to match against the destination address of a received
call.
x121-address-pattern Alias X.121 address for the interface, allowing it to act as destination host for
calls having different destination address.
cud cud-pattern (Optional) Call user data (CUD) pattern, a regular expression of ASCII text.
The CUD field might be present in a call packet. The first few bytes (commonly
4 bytes long) identify a protocol; the specified pattern is applied to any user
data after the protocol identification.

Defaults No alias is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced. It replaces the functionality that was
provided by the alias keyword of the x25 route command.

Usage Guidelines Encapsulation, packet assembler/disassembler (PAD), and Qualified Logical Link Control (QLLC) calls
are normally accepted when the destination address is that of the interface (or the zero-length address).
Those calls will also be accepted when the destination address matches a configured alias.

Examples An X.25 call may be addressed to the receiving interface; calls addressed to the receiving interface are
eligible for acceptance as a datagram encapsulation, PAD or QLLC connection, and may not be routed.
In the following example, serial interface 0 is configured with a native address of 0000123 and a
destination alias for any address that starts with 1111123. That is, serial interface 0 can accept its own
calls and calls for any destination that starts with 1111123.
interface serial 0
encapsulation x25
x25 address 0000123
x25 alias ^1111123.*

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-499
 X.25 and LAPB Commands
x25 alias

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-500 78-11752-02
 x25 bfe-decision

x25 bfe-decision
This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-501
 x25 bfe-emergency

x25 bfe-emergency
This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-502 78-11752-02
 x25 default

x25 default
To set a default protocol that Cisco IOS software will assume applies to incoming calls with unknown
or missing protocol identifier in the call user data (CUD), use the x25 default interface configuration
command. To remove the default protocol specified, use the no form of this command.

x25 default protocol

no x25 default protocol

Syntax Description protocol Specifies the protocol to assume; may be ip or pad.

Defaults No default protocol is specified.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command specifies the protocol assumed by the Cisco IOS software for incoming calls with
unknown or missing protocol identifier in the call user data (CUD). If you do not use the x25 default
interface configuration command, the software clears any incoming calls with unrecognized CUD.

Examples The following example establishes IP as the default protocol for X.25 calls:
interface serial 0
x25 default ip

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-503
 x25 facility

x25 facility
To force facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router (switched calls are not affected),
use the x25 facility interface configuration command. To disable a facility, use the no form of this
command.

x25 facility option value

no x25 facility option value

Syntax Description option Set of user facilities options. See Table 55 for a list of supported facilities and their
values.
value Option value. See Table 55 for a list of supported facilities and their values.

Defaults No facility is sent.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Table 55 lists the set of x25 facility command user facilities options.

Table 55 x25 facility User Facilities Options

User Facilities
Option Description
cug number Specifies a closed user group (CUG) number; CUGs numbered from 1 to 9999
are allowed. CUGs can be used by a public data network (PDN) to create a
virtual private network within the larger network and to restrict access.
packetsize in-size Proposes input maximum packet size (in-size) and output maximum packet
out-size size (out-size) for flow control parameter negotiation. Both values must be one
of the following values: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
windowsize in-size Proposes the packet count for input windows (in-size) and output windows
out-size (out-size) for flow control parameter negotiation. Both values must be in the
range 1 to 127 and must not be greater than or equal to the value set for the x25
modulo command.
reverse Specifies reverses charging on all calls originated by the interface.
throughput in out Sets the requested throughput class negotiation values for input (in) and output
(out) throughput across the network. Values for in and out are in bits per second
(bps) and range from 75 to 48000 bps.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-504 78-11752-02
 x25 facility

Table 55 x25 facility User Facilities Options (continued)

User Facilities
Option Description
transit-delay value Specifies a network transit delay to request for the duration of outgoing calls
for networks that support transit delay. The transit delay value can be between
0 and 65534 milliseconds.
roa name Specifies the name defined by the x25 roa command for a list of transit
Recognized Operation Agencies (ROAs) to use in outgoing Call Request
packets.

Examples The following example specifies a transit delay value in an X.25 configuration:
interface serial 0
x25 facility transit-delay 24000

The following example sets an ROA name and then sends the list via the X.25 user facilities:
x25 roa green_list 23 35 36
interface serial 0
x25 facility roa green_list

Related Commands Command Description

x25 suppress-called-address Omits the destination address in outgoing calls.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-505
 x25 fail-over

x25 fail-over
To configure a secondary interface and set the number of seconds for which a primary interface must be
up before the secondary interface resets, use the x25 fail-over command in the appropriate configuration
mode. To prevent the secondary interface from resetting, use the no form of this command.

x25 fail-over seconds interface type number [dlci | mac-address]

no x25 fail-over seconds interface type number [dlci | mac-address]

Syntax Description seconds Number of seconds for which the primary interface must be up before the
secondary interface resets.
interface Secondary interface.
type Interface type.
number Interface number.
dlci (Optional) DLCI number.
mac-address (Optional) MAC address.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

Release 12.1(1)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The x25 fail-over command can be configured on a primary X.25 interface or an X.25 profile only.

Examples In the following example, X.25 failover is configured on a network that is also configured for Annex G.
If data-link connection identifier (DLCI) 13 or DLCI 14 on serial interface 1/0 goes down, dialer
interface 1 will serve as the secondary interface. After DLCI 13 or 14 comes back up and remains up for
20 seconds, dialer interface 1 will reset, sending all calls back to the primary interface.
interface serial1/0
encapsulation frame-relay
frame-relay interface-dlci 13
x25-profile frame1
exit
frame-relay interface-dlci 14
x25-profile frame1 dte
exit
!
interface dialer1
encapsulation x25

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-506 78-11752-02
 x25 fail-over

exit

x25 route ^1234 interface serial1/0 dlci 13

x25 route ^1234 interface serial1/0 dlci 14
x25 route ^1234 interface dialer1
!
x25 profile frame1
x25 fail-over 20 interface dialer1
exit
!

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 context Displays information about X.25 links.
x25 profile Configures an X.25 profile without specifying any hardware-specific
information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-507
 x25 hic

x25 hic
To set the highest incoming-only virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 hic interface configuration
command.

x25 hic circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no incoming-only VC range.

Defaults 0

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable only if you have the X.25 switch configured for an incoming-only VC range.
Incoming is from the perspective of the X.25 data terminal equipment (DTE). If you do not want any
outgoing calls from your DTE, configure both ends to disable the two-way range (set the values of x25
ltc and x25 htc to 0) and configure an incoming-only range. Any incoming-only range must come before
(that is, must be numerically less than) any two-way range. Any two-way range must come before any
outgoing-only range.

Examples The following example sets a valid incoming-only VC range of 1 to 5:

interface serial 0
x25 lic 1
x25 hic 5

Related Commands Command Description

x25 lic Sets the lowest incoming-only VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-508 78-11752-02
 x25 hoc

x25 hoc
To set the highest outgoing-only virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 hoc interface configuration
command.

x25 hoc circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no incoming-only VC range.

Defaults 0

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable only if you have the X.25 switch configured for an outgoing-only VC range.
Outgoing is from the perspective of the X.25 data terminal equipment (DTE). If you do not want any
incoming calls on your DTE, disable the two-way range (set the values of x25 ltc and x25 htc to 0) and
configure an outgoing-only range. Any outgoing-only range must come after (that is, be numerically
greater than) any other range.

Examples The following example sets a valid outgoing-only VC range of 2000 to 2005:
interface serial 0
x25 loc 2000
x25 hoc 2005

Related Commands Command Description

x25 loc Sets the lowest outgoing-only VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-509
 x25 hold-queue

x25 hold-queue
To set the maximum number of packets to hold until a virtual circuit (VC) is able to send, use the x25
hold-queue interface configuration command. To remove this command from the configuration file and
restore the default value, use the no form of this command without an argument.

x25 hold-queue packets

no x25 hold-queue [packets]

Syntax Description packets Number of packets. A hold queue value of 0 allows an unlimited number of packets in
the hold queue.

Defaults 10 packets

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines If you set the queue-size argument to 0 when using the no x25 hold-queue command, there will be no
hold queue limit. While this setting will prevent drops until the router runs out of memory, it is only
rarely appropriate. A VC hold queue value is determined when it is created; changing this parameter will
not affect the hold queue limits of the existing virtual circuits.

Examples The following example sets the X.25 hold queue to hold 25 packets:
interface serial 0
x25 hold-queue 25

Related Commands Command Description

ip mtu Sets the MTU size of IP packets sent on an interface.
x25 ips Sets the interface default maximum input packet size to match that of the network.
x25 ops Sets the interface default maximum output packet size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-510 78-11752-02
 x25 hold-vc-timer

x25 hold-vc-timer
To start the timer that prevents additional calls to a destination for a given period of time (thus preventing
overruns on some X.25 switches caused by Call Request packets), use the x25 hold-vc-timer interface
configuration command. To restore the default value for the timer, use the no form of this command.

x25 hold-vc-timer minutes

no x25 hold-vc-timer

Syntax Description minutes Number of minutes that calls to a previously failed destination will be
prevented. Incoming calls are still accepted.

Defaults 0 minutes

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Only Call Requests that the router originates are held down; routed X.25 Call Requests are not affected
by this parameter.
Upon receiving a Clear Request for an outstanding Call Request, the X.25 support code immediately
tries another Call Request if it has more traffic to send, and this action might cause overrun problems.

Examples The following example sets this timer to 3 minutes:

interface serial 0
x25 hold-vc-timer 3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-511
 x25 host

x25 host
To define a static host name-to-address mapping, use the x25 host global configuration command. To
remove the host name, use the no form of the command.

x25 host name x121-address [cud call-user-data]

no x25 host name

Syntax Description name Host name.

x121-address The X.121 address.
cud call-user-data (Optional) Sets the Call User Data (CUD) field in the X.25 Call Request
packet.

Defaults No static host name-to-address mapping is defined.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command permits you to map an X.121 address to an easily recognizable name. You can later use
this host name instead of the X.121 address when you issue the translate command for X.25.

Examples The following example specifies a static address mapping:

x25 host Willard 4085551212

The following example removes a static address mapping:

no x25 host Willard

The following example specifies static address mapping from the X.121 address 12345678 to the host
name “ocean”. It then uses the name “ocean” in the translate command in place of the X.121 address
when translating from the X.25 host to the PPP host with address 10.0.0.2.
x25 host ocean 12345678
translate x25 ocean ppp 10.0.0.2 routing

Related Commands Command Description

translate x25 When an X.25 connection request to a particular destination address is
received, the Cisco router can automatically translate the request to another
outgoing protocol connection type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-512 78-11752-02
 x25 htc

x25 htc
To set the highest two-way virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 htc interface configuration
command.

x25 htc circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no two-way VC range.

Defaults 1024 for X.25 network service interfaces; 4095 for CMNS network service interfaces.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable if the X.25 switch is configured for a two-way VC range. Any two-way VC
range must come after (that is, be numerically larger than) any incoming-only range, and must come
before any outgoing-only range.

Examples The following example sets a valid two-way VC range of 5 to 25:

interface serial 0
x25 ltc 5
x25 htc 25

Related Commands Command Description

cmns enable Enables the CMNS on a nonserial interface.
x25 ltc Sets the lowest two-way VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-513
 x25 hunt-group

x25 hunt-group
To create and maintain a hunt group, use the x25 hunt-group global configuration command. To delete
this hunt group, use the no form of this command.

x25 hunt-group name {rotary | vc-count}

no x25 hunt-group name

Syntax Description name Name you assign to the particular hunt group.
rotary Each call steps to the next interface.
vc-count Each call is placed on the interface with most available logical channels.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Only one load-balancing distribution method can be selected for a hunt group, although one interface
can participate in one or more hunt groups.
The rotary distribution method sends every call to the next available interface regardless of line speed
and the number of available VCs on that interface.
The vc-count distribution method sends calls to the interface with the largest number of available logical
channels. This method ensures a good load balance when you have lines of equal speed. If the line
speeds are unequal, the vc-count method will favor the line with the higher speed. In cases where
interfaces have the same line speed, the call is sent to the interface that is defined earliest in the hunt
group.
To distribute calls equally among interfaces regardless of line speed, configure each interface with the
same number of VCs.
With the vc-count distribution method, if a hunt group does not contain an operational interface, the call
will be forwared to the next route if one was specified. If a session is terminated on an interface within
the hunt group, that interface now has more available VCs and it will be chosen next.

Examples X.25 Load Balancing Using VC-Count Distribution Method Example

In the following example, the vc-count distribution method is used on a hunt group that contains two
serial interfaces that have different numbers of VCs. Assuming no sessions are being terminated at this
time, the first 450 calls will be sent to Serial1, and subsequent calls will alternate between Serial0 and
Serial1 until the interfaces are full.
interface serial0
description 56k link supporting 50 virtual circuits
x25 htc 50
!

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-514 78-11752-02
 x25 hunt-group

interface serial1
description T1 line supporting 500 virtual circuits
x25 htc 500
!
x25 hunt-group hg-vc vc-count
interface serial0
interface serial1
!

Hunt Group Configuration Example

The following example shows the creation of hunt group “HG1” with serial interfaces 1 and 2 and two
specific XOT target IP addresses (172.17.125.54 and 172.17.125.34). Hunt group "HG1" is configured
to use rotary distribution method. The example also shows the creation of hunt group “HG2” with serial
interfaces 0 and 3. Hunt group "HG2" will use vc-count distribution method.
x25 hunt-group HG1 rotary
interface serial 1
interface serial 2
xot 172.17.125.54
xot 172.17.125.34
exit
x25 hunt-group HG2 vc-count
interface serial 0
interface serial 3

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 hunt-group Displays X.25 hunt groups, detailed interface statistics, and distribution
methods.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-515
 x25 idle

x25 idle
To define the period of inactivity after which the router can clear a switched virtual circuit (SVC), use
the x25 idle interface configuration command.

x25 idle minutes

Syntax Description minutes Idle period in minutes.

Defaults 0 (the SVC is kept open indefinitely)

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Calls originated and terminated by the router are cleared; packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) and
switched virtual circuits are not affected. To clear one or all virtual circuits at once, use the clear x25
privileged EXEC command.

Examples The following example sets a 5-minute wait period before an idle circuit is cleared:
interface serial 2
x25 idle 5

Related Commands Command Description

clear x25 Restarts an X.25 or CMNS service, to clear an SVC, or to reset a PVC.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-516 78-11752-02
 x25 ip-precedence

x25 ip-precedence
To enable the Cisco IOS software to use the IP precedence value when it opens a new virtual circuit (VC),
use the x25 ip-precedence interface configuration command. To cause the Cisco IOS software to ignore
the precedence value when opening VCs, use the no form of this command.

x25 ip-precedence

no x25 ip-precedence

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The router opens one VC for all types of service.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This feature is useful only for Defense Data Network (DDN) or Blacker Front End (BFE) encapsulations
because only these methods have an IP precedence facility defined to allow the source and destination
devices to both use the VC for traffic of the given IP priority.
Verify that your host does not send nonstandard data in the IP type of service (TOS) field because it can
cause multiple wasteful virtual circuits to be created.
Four VCs may be opened based on IP precedence to encapsulate routine, priority, immediate, and all
higher precedences.
The x25 map nvc limit or the default x25 nvc limit still applies.

Examples The following example allows new IP encapsulation VCs based on the IP precedence:
interface serial 3
x25 ip-precedence

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-517
 x25 ips

x25 ips
To set the interface default maximum input packet size to match that of the network, use the x25 ips
interface configuration command.

x25 ips bytes

Syntax Description bytes Byte count. It can be one of the following values: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048,
or 4096.

Defaults 128 bytes

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines X.25 network connections have a default maximum input packet size set by the network administrator.
Larger packet sizes require less overhead processing. To send a packet larger than the X.25 packet size
over an X.25 virtual circuit, the Cisco IOS software must break the packet into two or more X.25 packets
with the more data bit (M-bit) set. The receiving device collects all packets with the M-bit set and
reassembles the original packet.

Note Set the x25 ips and x25 ops commands to the same value unless your network supports asymmetric
input and output packet sizes.

Examples The following example sets the default maximum packet sizes to 512:
interface serial 1
x25 ips 512
x25 ops 512

Related Commands Command Description

x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router (switched calls
are not affected).
x25 ops Sets the interface default maximum output packet size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-518 78-11752-02
 x25 lic

x25 lic
To set the lowest incoming-only virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 lic interface configuration
command.

x25 lic circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no incoming-only VC range.

Defaults 0

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable only if you have the X.25 switch configured for an incoming-only VC range.
Incoming is from the perspective of the X.25 DTE device. If you do not want any outgoing calls on your
DTE device, disable the two-way range (set the values of x25 ltc and x25 htc to 0).
The following example sets a valid incoming-only VC range of 1 to 5, and sets the lowest two-way VC
number:
interface serial 0
x25 lic 1
x25 hic 5
x25 ltc 6

Related Commands Command Description

x25 hic Sets the highest incoming-only VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-519
 x25 linkrestart

x25 linkrestart
To force X.25 Level 3 (packet level) to restart when Level 2 (Link Access Procedure, Balanced [LAPB],
the link level) resets, use the x25 linkrestart interface configuration command. To disable this function,
use the no form of this command.

x25 linkrestart

no x25 linkrestart

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Forcing packet-level restarts is the default and is necessary for networks that expect this behavior.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example disables the link-level restart:

interface serial 3
no x25 linkrestart

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-520 78-11752-02
 x25 loc

x25 loc
To set the lowest outgoing-only virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 loc interface configuration
command.

x25 loc circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no outgoing-only VC range.

Defaults 0

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable only if you have the X.25 switch configured for an outgoing-only VC range.
Outgoing is from the perspective of the X.25 DTE device. If you do not want any incoming calls from
your DTE device, configure the values of x25 loc and x25 hoc and set the values of x25 ltc and x25 htc
to 0.

Examples The following example sets a valid outgoing-only virtual circuit range of 2000 to 2005:
interface serial 0
x25 loc 2000
x25 hoc 2005

Related Commands Command Description

x25 hoc Sets the highest outgoing-only VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-521
 x25 ltc

x25 ltc
To set the lowest two-way virtual circuit (VC) number, use the x25 ltc interface configuration command.

x25 ltc circuit-number

Syntax Description circuit-number VC number from 1 to 4095, or 0 if there is no two-way VC range.

Defaults 1

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command is applicable if you have the X.25 switch configured for a two-way virtual circuit range.
Any two-way virtual circuit range must come after (that is, be numerically larger than) any
incoming-only range, and must come before any outgoing-only range.

Examples The following example sets a valid two-way virtual circuit range of 5 to 25:
interface serial 0
x25 ltc 5
x25 htc 25

Related Commands Command Description

x25 htc Sets the highest two-way VC number.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-522 78-11752-02
 x25 map

x25 map
To set up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping, use the x25 map interface configuration
command. To retract a prior mapping, use the no form of this command with the appropriate network
protocols and X.121 address argument.

x25 map protocol address [protocol2 address2 [...[protocol9 address9]]] x121-address [option]

no x25 map protocol address x121-address

Syntax Description protocol Protocol type, entered by keyword. Supported protocols are entered by
keyword, as listed in Table 56. As many as nine protocol and address pairs can
be specified in one command line.
address Protocol address.
x121-address X.121 address of the remote host.
option (Optional) Additional functionality that can be specified for originated calls.
Can be any of the options listed in Table 57.

Defaults No LAN protocol-to-remote host mapping is set up.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Because no defined protocol can dynamically determine LAN protocol-to-remote host mappings, you
must enter all the information for each host with which the router may exchange X.25 encapsulation
traffic.
Two methods are available to encapsulate traffic: Cisco’s long-available encapsulation method and the
Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard method (defined in RFC 1356); the latter allows hosts
to exchange several protocols over a single virtual circuit. Cisco’s encapsulation method is the default
(for backward compatibility) unless the interface configuration command specifies the ietf keyword.
When you configure multiprotocol maps, you can specify a maximum of nine protocol and address pairs
in an x25 map command. However, you can specify a protocol only once. For example, you can specify
the IP protocol and an IP address, but you cannot specify another IP address. If the compressedtcp and
ip keywords are both specified, the same IP address must be used.
Bridging is supported only if you are using Cisco’s traditional encapsulation method. For correct
operation, bridging maps must specify the broadcast option.
Since most datagram routing protocols rely on broadcasts or multicasts to send routing information to
their neighbors, the broadcast keyword is needed to run such routing protocols over X.25.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-523
 x25 map

Encapsulation maps might also specify that traffic between the two hosts should be compressed, thus
increasing the effective bandwidth between them at the expense of memory and computation time.
Because each compression virtual circuit requires memory and computation resources, compression
must be used with care and monitored to maintain acceptable resource usage and overall performance.
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Protocol treats a nonbroadcast, multiaccess network such as X.25 in
much the same way as it treats a broadcast network by requiring the selection of a designated router. In
previous releases, this required manual assignment in the OSPF configuration using the neighbor router
configuration command. When the x25 map command is included in the configuration with the
broadcast, and the ip ospf network command (with the broadcast keyword) is configured, there is no
need to configure any neighbors manually. OSPF will now run over the X.25 network as a broadcast
network. (Refer to the ip ospf network interface configuration command for more detail.)

Note The OSPF broadcast mechanism assumes that IP class D addresses are never used for regular traffic
over X.25.

You can modify the options of an x25 map command by restating the complete set of protocols and
addresses specified for the map, followed by the desired options. To delete a map command, you must
also specify the complete set of protocols and addresses; the options can be omitted when deleting a
map.
Once defined, a map’s protocols and addresses cannot be changed. This requirement exists because the
Cisco IOS software cannot determine whether you want to add to, delete from, or modify an existing
map’s protocol and address specification, or simply mistyped the command. To change a map’s protocol
and address specification, you must delete it and create a new map.
A given protocol-address pair cannot be used in more than one map on the same interface.
Table 56 lists the protocols supported by X.25.

Table 56 Protocols Supported by X.25

Keyword Protocol
apollo Apollo Domain
appletalk AppleTalk
bridge Bridging1
clns ISO Connectionless Network Service
compressedtcp TCP/IP header compression
decnet DECnet
ip IP
ipx Novell IPX
pad PAD links2
qllc System Network Architecture (SNA) encapsulation
in X.253
vines Banyan VINES
xns XNS
1. Bridging traffic is supported only for Cisco’s traditional encapsulation method, so a bridge map
cannot specify other protocols.
2. Packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) maps are used to configure session and protocol translation
access, therefore, this protocol is not available for multiprotocol encapsulation.
3. Qualified Logical Link Control (QLLC) is not available for multiprotocol encapsulation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-524 78-11752-02
 x25 map

Note The Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS) map form is obsolete; its function is replaced by
the enhanced x25 route command.

Table 57 lists the map options supported by X.25 using the x25 map command.

Table 57 x25 map Options

Option Description
accept-reverse Causes the Cisco IOS software to accept incoming
reverse-charged calls. If this option is not present, the Cisco IOS
software clears reverse-charged calls unless the interface accepts
all reverse-charged calls.
broadcast Causes the Cisco IOS software to direct any broadcasts sent
through this interface to the specified X.121 address. This option
also simplifies the configuration of OSPF; see “Usage
Guidelines” for more detail.
cug group-number Specifies a closed user group (CUG) number (from 1 to 9999) for
the mapping in an outgoing call.
compress Specifies that X.25 payload compression be used for mapping the
traffic to this host. Each virtual circuit established for compressed
traffic uses a significant amount of memory (for a table of learned
data patterns) and for computation (for compression and
decompression of all data). Cisco recommends that compression
be used with careful consideration of its impact on overall
performance.
idle minutes Specifies an idle timeout for calls other than the interface default;
0 minutes disables the idle timeout.
method {cisco | ietf | snap | Specifies the encapsulation method. The choices are as follows:
multi}
• cisco—Cisco’s proprietary encapsulation; not available if
more than one protocol is to be carried.
• ietf—Default RFC 1356 operation: protocol identification of
single-protocol virtual circuits and protocol identification
within multiprotocol virtual circuits use the standard
encoding, which is compatible with RFC 877. Multiprotocol
virtual circuits are used only if needed.
• snap—RFC 1356 operation where IP is identified with SNAP
rather than the standard IETF method (the standard method is
compatible with RFC 877).
• multi—Forces a map that specifies a single protocol to set up
a multiprotocol virtual circuit when a call is originated; also
forces a single-protocol PVC to use multiprotocol data
identification methods for all datagrams sent and received.
no-incoming Use the map only to originate calls.
no-outgoing Do not originate calls when using the map.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-525
 x25 map

Table 57 x25 map Options (continued)

Option Description
nudata string Specifies the network user identification in a format determined
by the network administrator (as allowed by the standards). This
option is provided for connecting to non-Cisco equipment that
requires an NUID facility. The string should not exceed
130 characters and must be enclosed in quotation marks (“ ”) if
there are any spaces present. This option only works if the router
is configured as an X.25 DTE.
nuid username password Specifies that a network user ID (NUID) facility be sent in the
outgoing call with the specified TACACS username and password
(in a format defined by Cisco). This option should be used only
when connecting to another Cisco router. The combined length of
the username and password should not exceed 127 characters.
This option only works if the router is configured as an X.25 data
terminal equipment (DTE).
nvc count Sets the maximum number of virtual circuits for this map or host.
The default count is the x25 nvc setting of the interface. A
maximum number of eight virtual circuits can be configured for
each map. Compressed TCP may use only 1 virtual circuit.
packetsize in-size out-size Proposes maximum input packet size (in-size) and maximum
output packet size (out-size) for an outgoing call. Both values
typically are the same and must be one of the following values:
16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
passive Specifies that the X.25 interface should send compressed
outgoing TCP datagrams only if they were already compressed
when they were received. This option is available only for
compressed TCP maps.
reverse Specifies reverse charging for outgoing calls.
roa name Specifies the name defined by the x25 roa command for a list of
transit Recognized Operating Agencies (ROAs, formerly called
Recognized Private Operating Agencies, or RPOAs) to use in
outgoing Call Request packets.
throughput in out Sets the requested throughput class values for input (in) and
output (out) throughput across the network for an outgoing call.
Values for in and out are in bits per second (bps) and range from
75 to 48000 bps.
transit-delay milliseconds Specifies the transit delay value in milliseconds (0 to 65534) for
an outgoing call, for networks that support transit delay.
windowsize in-size out-size Proposes the packet count for input window (in-size) and output
window (out-size) for an outgoing call. Both values typically are
the same, must be in the range 1 to 127, and must be less than the
value set by the x25 modulo command.

Examples The following example maps IP address 172.20.2.5 to X.121 address 000000010300. The broadcast
keyword directs any broadcasts sent through this interface to the specified X.121 address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-526 78-11752-02
 x25 map

interface serial 0
x25 map ip 171.20.2.5 000000010300 broadcast

The following example specifies an ROA name to be used for originating connections:
x25 roa green_list 23 35 36
interface serial 0
x25 map ip 172.20.170.26 10 roa green_list

The following example specifies an NUID facility to send on calls originated for the address map:
interface serial 0
x25 map ip 172.20.174.32 2 nudata “Network User ID 35”

Strings can be quoted, but quotation marks are not required unless embedded blanks are present.

Related Commands Command Description

ip ospf network Configures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default
for a given medium.
show x25 map Displays information about configured address maps.
x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router
(switched calls are not affected).
x25 map bridge Configures an Internet-to-X.121 address mapping for bridging over
X.25.
x25 map compressedtcp Maps compressed TCP traffic to an X.121 address.
x25 map pad Configures an X.121 address mapping for PAD access over X.25.
x25 route Creates an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for
forwarding incoming calls and for placing outgoing PAD or
protocol translation calls).
x25 suppress-called-address Omits the destination address in outgoing calls.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-527
 x25 map bridge

x25 map bridge

To configure an Internet-to-X.121 address mapping for bridging of packets in X.25 frames, use the x25
map bridge interface configuration command. Use the no form of this command to disable the
Internet-to-X.121 address mapping.

x25 map bridge x121-address broadcast [option]

Syntax Description x121-address The X.121 address.

broadcast Required keyword for bridging over X.25.
option (Optional) Services that can be added to this map (same options as the
x25 map command). See Table 6 for more details.

Defaults No bridging over X.25 is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The X.25 bridging software uses the same spanning-tree algorithm as the other bridging functions, but
allows packets to be encapsulated in X.25 frames and transmitted across X.25 media. This command
specifies IP-to-X.121 address mapping and maintains a table of both the Ethernet and X.121 addresses.
Table 58 lists x25 map bridge options.

Table 58 x25 map bridge Options

Option Description
accept-reverse Causes the Cisco IOS software to accept incoming
reverse-charged calls. If this option is not present, the
Cisco IOS software clears reverse-charged calls unless the
interface accepts all reverse-charged calls.
broadcast Causes the Cisco IOS software to direct any broadcasts sent
through this interface to the specified X.121 address. This
option also simplifies the configuration of Open Shortest Path
First (OSPF) Protocol; see “Usage Guidelines” for more detail.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-528 78-11752-02
 x25 map bridge

Table 58 x25 map bridge Options (continued)

Option Description
compress Specifies that X.25 payload compression be used for mapping
the traffic to this host. Each virtual circuit established for
compressed traffic uses a significant amount of memory (for a
table of learned data patterns) and for computation (for
compression and decompression of all data). Cisco
recommends that compression be used with careful
consideration of its impact on overall performance.
cug group-number Specifies a closed user group (CUG) number (from 1 to 9999)
for the mapping in an outgoing call.
idle minutes Specifies an idle timeout for calls other than the interface
default; 0 minutes disables the idle timeout.
method {cisco | ietf | snap | Specifies the encapsulation method. The choices are as follows:
multi}
• cisco—Cisco’s proprietary encapsulation; not available if
more than one protocol is to be carried.
• ietf—Default RFC 1356 operation: protocol identification
of single-protocol virtual circuits and protocol
identification within multiprotocol virtual circuits use the
standard encoding, which is compatible with RFC 877.
Multiprotocol virtual circuits are used only if needed.
• snap—RFC 1356 operation where IP is identified with
SNAP rather than the standard Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF) method (the standard method is compatible
with RFC 877).
• multi—Forces a map that specifies a single protocol to set
up a multiprotocol virtual circuit when a call is originated;
also forces a single-protocol permanent virtual circuit
(PVC) to use multiprotocol data identification methods for
all datagrams sent and received.
no-incoming Uses the map only to originate calls.
no-outgoing Does not originate calls when using the map.
nudata string Specifies the network user identification in a format determined
by the network administrator (as allowed by the standards).
This option is provided for connecting to non-Cisco equipment
that requires an NUID facility. The string should not exceed
130 characters and must be enclosed in quotation marks (“ ”) if
there are any spaces present. This option only works if the
router is configured as an X.25 DTE device.
nuid username password Specifies that a network user ID (NUID) facility be sent in the
outgoing call with the specified Terminal Access Controller
Access Control System (TACACS) username and password (in
a format defined by Cisco). This option should be used only
when connecting to another Cisco router. The combined length
of the username and password should not exceed
127 characters. This option only works if the router is
configured as an X.25 DTE.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-529
 x25 map bridge

Table 58 x25 map bridge Options (continued)

Option Description
nvc count Sets the maximum number of virtual circuits for this map or
host. The default count is the x25 nvc setting of the interface.
A maximum number of eight virtual circuits can be configured
for each map. Compressed TCP may use only 1 virtual circuit.
packetsize in-size out-size Proposes maximum input packet size (in-size) and maximum
output packet size (out-size) for an outgoing call. Both values
typically are the same and must be one of the following values:
16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
passive Specifies that the X.25 interface should send compressed
outgoing TCP datagrams only if they were already compressed
when they were received. This option is available only for
compressed TCP maps.
reverse Specifies reverse charging for outgoing calls.
roa name Specifies the name defined by the x25 roa command for a list
of transit Recognized Operating Agencies (ROAs, formerly
called Recognized Private Operating Agencies, or RPOAs) to
use in outgoing Call Request packets.
throughput in out Sets the requested throughput class values for input (in) and
output (out) throughput across the network for an outgoing call.
Values for in and out are in bits per second (bps) and range from
75 to 48000 bps.
transit-delay milliseconds Specifies the transit delay value in milliseconds (0 to 65534) for
an outgoing call, for networks that support transit delay.
windowsize in-size out-size Proposes the packet count for input window (in-size) and output
window (out-size) for an outgoing call. Both values typically
are the same, must be in the range 1 to 127, and must be less
than the value set by the x25 modulo command.

Examples The following example configures transparent bridging over X.25 between two Cisco routers using a
maximum of six virtual circuits:
interface serial 1
x25 map bridge 000000010300 broadcast nvc 6

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.
x25 address Sets the X.121 address of a particular network interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-530 78-11752-02
 x25 map cmns

x25 map cmns

The x25 map cmns command is replaced by the enhanced x25 route command. See the description of
the x25 route command in this chapter for more information.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-531
 x25 map compressedtcp

x25 map compressedtcp

To map compressed TCP traffic to an X.121 address, use the x25 map compressedtcp interface
configuration command. To delete a TCP/IP header compression map for the link, use the no form of
this command.

x25 map compressedtcp ip-address [protocol2 address2 [...[protocol9 address9]]]

x121-address [option]

no x25 map compressedtcp address [protocol2 address2 [...[protocol9 address9]]]

x121-address

Syntax Description ip-address IP address.

protocol (Optional) Protocol type, entered by keyword. Supported protocols are
entered by keyword, as listed in Table 56 earlier in this chapter. As many
as nine protocol and address pairs can be specified in one command line.
address (Optional) Protocol address.
x121-address X.121 address.
option (Optional) The same options as those for the x25 map command; see
Table 57 earlier in this chapter.

Defaults No mapping is configured.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Cisco supports RFC 1144 TCP/IP header compression (THC) on serial lines using HDLC and X.25
encapsulation. THC encapsulation is only slightly different from other encapsulation traffic, but these
differences are worth noting. The implementation of compressed TCP over X.25 uses one virtual circuit
to pass the compressed packets. Any IP traffic (including standard TCP) is separate from TCH traffic; it
is carried over separate IP encapsulation virtual circuits or identified separately in a multiprotocol virtual
circuit.

Note If you specify both ip and compressedtcp in the same x25 map compressedtcp command, they must
both specify the same IP address.

The nvc map option cannot be used for TCP/IP header compression, because only one virtual circuit can
carry compressed TCP/IP header traffic to a given host.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-532 78-11752-02
 x25 map compressedtcp

Examples The following example establishes a map for TCP/IP header compression on serial interface 4:
interface serial 4
ip tcp header-compression
x25 map compressedtcp 172.20.2.5 000000010300

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-533
 x25 map pad

x25 map pad

To configure an X.121 address mapping for packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) access over X.25, use
the x25 map pad interface configuration command.

x25 map pad x121-address [option]

Syntax Description x121-address X.121 address of the interface.

option (Optional) Services that can be added to this map—the same options as the
x25 map command; see Table 57 earlier in this chapter.

Defaults No specific options are used for PAD access.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use a PAD map to configure optional X.25 facility use for PAD access. When used with the x25
pad-access interface configuration command, the x25 map pad command restricts incoming PAD
access to those statically mapped hosts.

Examples The following example configures an X.25 interface to restrict incoming PAD access to the single
mapped host. This example requires that both incoming and outgoing PAD access use the network user
identification (NUID) user authentication.
interface serial 1
x25 pad-access
x25 map pad 000000010300 nuid johndoe secret

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.
x25 pad-access Causes the PAD software to accept PAD connections only from statically mapped
X.25 hosts.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-534 78-11752-02
 x25 modulo

x25 modulo
To set the window modulus, use the x25 modulo interface configuration command.

x25 modulo modulus

Syntax Description modulus Either 8 or 128. The value of the modulo parameter must agree with that of the
device on the other end of the X.25 link.

Defaults 8

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines X.25 supports flow control with a sliding window sequence count. The window counter restarts at zero
upon reaching the upper limit, which is called the window modulus. Modulo 128 operation is also
referred to as extended packet sequence numbering, which allows larger packet windows.

Examples The following example sets the window modulus to 128:

interface serial 0
x25 modulo 128

Related Commands Command Description

x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router
(switched calls are not affected).
x25 win Changes the default incoming window size to match that of the network.
x25 wout Changes the default outgoing window size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-535
 x25 nvc

x25 nvc
To specify the maximum number of virtual circuits (VCs) that a protocol can have open simultaneously
to one host, use the x25 nvc interface configuration command. To increase throughput across networks,
you can establish up to eight virtual circuits to a host and protocol.

x25 nvc count

Syntax Description count Circuit count from 1 to 8. A maximum of eight virtual circuits can be configured for
each protocol-host pair. Protocols that do not tolerate out-of-sequence delivery, such
as encapsulated TCP/IP header compression, will use only one virtual circuit despite
this value. Permitting more than one VC may help throughput on slow networks.

Defaults 1

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines When the windows and output queues of all existing connections to a host are full, a new virtual circuit
will be opened to the designated circuit count. If a new connection cannot be opened, the data is dropped.

Note The count value specified for thex25 nvc command affects the default value for the number of VCs.
It does not affect the nvc option for any x25 map commands that are configured.

Examples The following example sets the default maximum number of VCs that each map can have open
simultaneously to 4:
interface serial 0
x25 nvc 4

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-536 78-11752-02
 x25 ops

x25 ops
To set the interface default maximum output packet size to match that of the network, use the x25 ops
interface configuration command.

x25 ops bytes

Syntax Description bytes Byte count that is one of the following: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048,
or 4096.

Defaults 128 bytes

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines X.25 networks use maximum output packet sizes set by the network administrator. Larger packet sizes
are better because smaller packets require more overhead processing. To send a packet larger than the
X.25 packet size over an X.25 virtual circuit, the Cisco IOS software must break the packet into two or
more X.25 packets with the more data bit (M-bit) set. The receiving device collects all packets with the
M-bit set and reassembles the original packet.

Note Set the x25 ips and x25 ops commands to the same value unless your network supports asymmetry
between input and output packets.

Examples The following example sets the default maximum packet sizes to 512:
interface serial 1
x25 ips 512
x25 ops 512

Related Commands Command Description

x25 ips Sets the interface default maximum input packet size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-537
 x25 pad-access

x25 pad-access
To cause the packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) software to accept PAD connections only from
statically mapped X.25 hosts, use the x25 pad-access interface configuration command. To disable
checking maps on PAD connections, use the no form of this command.

x25 pad-access

no x25 pad-access

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Accept PAD connections from any host.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines By default, all PAD connection attempts are processed for session creation or protocol translation,
subject to the configuration of those functions. If you use the x25 pad-access command, PAD
connections are processed only for incoming calls with a source address that matches a statically mapped
address configured with the x25 map pad interface configuration command. PAD connections are
refused for any incoming calls with a source address that has not been statically mapped.

Examples The following example restricts incoming PAD access on the interface to attempts from the host with the
X.121 address 000000010300:
interface serial 1
x25 pad-access
x25 map pad 000000010300

Related Commands Command Description

service pad Enables all PAD commands and connections between PAD devices and access
servers.
x25 map pad Configures an X.121 address mapping for PAD access over X.25.
x29 access-list Limits access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts.
x29 profile Creates a PAD profile script for use by the translate command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-538 78-11752-02
 x25 profile

x25 profile
To configure an X.25 profile without allocating any hardware specific information, use the x25 profile
command in global configuration mode. To delete this profile, use the no form of this command.

x25 profile name {dce | dte | dxe}

no x25 profile name

Syntax Description name X.25 profile name that you assign.

dce Indicates a data communications equipment (DCE) interface.
dte Indicates a data terminal equipment (DTE) interface.
dxe Indicates a data exchange equipment (DXE) interface.

Defaults dte

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(3)T This command was introduced.
12.0(7)T The x25 subscribe flow-control command was added to the X.25 profile
configuration mode X.25 options.

Usage Guidelines You can enable many X.25 commands in X.25 profile configuration mode. Table 59 lists the following
X.25 commands in X.25 profile configuration mode, which you may use to create your X.25 profile.

Table 59 x25 profile Configuration Mode X.25 Options

Command Description
x25 accept-reverse Accepts all reverse charged calls.
x25 address Sets interface X.121 address.
x25 alias Defines an alias address pattern.
x25 aodi Enables AODI (Always On/Direct ISDN) Service.
x25 default Sets protocol for calls with unknown Call User Data.
x25 facility Sets explicit facilities for originated calls.
x25 hic Sets highest incoming channel.
x25 hoc Sets highest outgoing channel.
x25 hold-queue Sets limit on packets queued per circuit.
x25 hold-vc-timer Sets time to prevent calls to a failed destination.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-539
 x25 profile

Table 59 x25 profile Configuration Mode X.25 Options (continued)

Command Description
x25 htc Sets highest two-way channel.
x25 idle Sets inactivity time before clearing switched virtual circuit (SVC).
x25 lic Sets lowest incoming channel.
x25 linkrestart Restarts when Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) resets.
x25 loc Sets lowest outgoing channel.
x25 ltc Sets lowest two-way channel.
x25 map Maps protocol addresses to X.121 address.
x25 modulo Sets operating standard.
x25 nonzero-dte-cause Allows non-zero DTE cause codes.
x25 nvc Sets maximum virtual circuits (VCs) simultaneously open to one host
per protocol.
x25 ops Sets default maximum output packet size.
x25 subscribe flow-control Controls flow control parameter negotiation facilities in call setup
packets.
x25 suppress-called-address Omits destination address in outgoing calls.
x25 Omits source address in outgoing calls.
suppress-calling-address
x25 t10 Sets DCE Restart Request retransmission timer.
x25 t11 Sets DCE Call Request retransmission timer.
x25 t12 Sets DCE Reset Request retransmission timer.
x25 t13 Sets DCE Clear Request retransmission timer.
x25 threshold Sets packet count acknowledgment threshold.
x25 use-source-address Uses local source address for forwarded calls.
x25 win Sets default input window (maximum unacknowledged packets).
x25 wout Sets default output window (maximum unacknowledged packets).

Table 60 lists LAPB commands in X.25 configuration mode, which you may use to create your X.25
profile.

Table 60 x25 profile lapb Options

Command Description
interface-outage Interface outage deadband (partial T3).
k Maximum number of outstanding frames (window size).
modulo Set frame numbering modulus.
N2 Maximum number of attempts to transmit a frame.
T1 Retransmission timer.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-540 78-11752-02
 x25 profile

Table 60 x25 profile lapb Options (continued)

Command Description
T2 Explicit acknowledge deferral timer.
T4 Keepalive timer.

Examples The following example shows the NetworkNodeA profile being set as a DCE interface, and with x25 htc,
x25 idle, x25 accept-reverse, and x25 modulo commands enabled:
Router(config)# x25 profile NetworkNodeA dce
Router(config-x25)# x25 htc 128
Router(config-x25)# x25 idle 5
Router(config-x25)# x25 accept-reverse
Router(config-x25)# x25 modulo 128

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 profile Displays information about configured X.25 profiles.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-541
 x25 pvc (encapsulation)

x25 pvc (encapsulation)

To establish an encapsulation permanent virtual circuit (PVC), use the encapsulating version of the x25
pvc interface configuration command. To delete the PVC, use the no form of this command with the
appropriate channel number.

x25 pvc circuit protocol address [protocol2 address2 [...[protocol9 address9]]] x121-address
[option]

no x25 pvc circuit

Syntax Description circuit Virtual-circuit channel number, which must be less than the virtual circuits
assigned to the switched virtual circuits (SVCs).
protocol Protocol type, entered by keyword. Supported protocols are listed in Table 61.
As many as nine protocol and address pairs can be specified in one command
line.
address Protocol address of the host at the other end of the PVC.
x121-address X.121 address.
option (Optional) Provides additional functionality or allows X.25 parameters to be
specified for the PVC. Can be any of the options listed in Table 62.

Defaults The PVC window and maximum packet sizes default to the interface default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines PVCs are not supported for ISO Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS).
You no longer need to specify a datagram protocol-to-address mapping before you can set up a PVC; a
map is implied from the PVC configuration. Configurations generated by the router will no longer
specify a map for encapsulating PVCs.
When configuring a PVC to carry CLNS traffic, use the X.121 address as the subnetwork point of
attachment (SNPA) to associate the PVC with a CLNS neighbor configuration. When configuring a PVC
to carry transparent bridge traffic, the X.121 address is required to identify the remote host to the
bridging function. Other encapsulation PVCs do not require an X.121 address.
Table 61 lists supported protocols.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-542 78-11752-02
 x25 pvc (encapsulation)

Table 61 Protocols Supported by X.25 PVCs

Keyword Protocol
apollo Apollo Domain
appletalk AppleTalk
bridge Bridging1
clns OSI Connectionless Network Service
compressedtcp TCP/IP header compression
decnet DECnet
ip IP
ipx Novell IPX
qllc SNA encapsulation in X.252
vines Banyan VINES
xns XNS
1. Bridging traffic is supported only for Cisco’s traditional encapsulation method, so a bridge PVC
cannot specify other protocols.
2. QLLC is not available for multiprotocol encapsulation.

Table 62 lists supported X.25 PVC options.

Table 62 x25 pvc Options

Option Description
broadcast Causes the Cisco IOS software to direct any broadcasts sent through this
interface to this PVC. This option also simplifies the configuration of
OSPF.
method {cisco | ietf | Specifies the encapsulation method. The choices are as follows:
snap | multi}
• cisco—Single protocol encapsulation; not available if more than one
protocol is carried.
• ietf—Default RFC 1356 operation; single-protocol encapsulation
unless more than one protocol is carried, and protocol identification
when more than one protocol is carried.
• snap—RFC 1356 operation where IP is identified when more than
one protocol is carried using the SNAP encoding.
• multi—Multiprotocol encapsulation used on the PVC.
packetsize in-size Maximum input packet size (in-size) and output packet size (out-size) for
out-size the PVC. Both values are typically the same and must be one of the
following values: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
passive Specifies that transmitted TCP datagrams will be compressed only if they
were received compressed. This option is available only for PVCs
carrying compressed TCP/IP header traffic.
windowsize in-size Packet count for input window (in-size) and output window (out-size) for
out-size the PVC. Both values are typically the same, must be in the range 1 to 127,
and must be less than the value set for the x25 modulo command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-543
 x25 pvc (encapsulation)

Examples The following example establishes a PVC on channel 2 to encapsulate VINES and IP with the far host:
interface serial 0
x25 ltc 5
x25 pvc 2 vines 60002A2D:0001 ip 172.20.170.91 11110001

Related Commands Command Description

x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-544 78-11752-02
 x25 pvc (switched)

x25 pvc (switched)

To configure a switched permanent virtual circuit (PVC) for a given interface, use the switched version
of the x25 pvc interface configuration command.

x25 pvc number1 interface type number pvc number2 [option]

Syntax Description number1 PVC number that will be used on the local interface (as defined by the
primary interface command).
interface Required keyword to specify an interface.
type Remote interface type.
number Remote interface number.
pvc Required keyword to specify a switched PVC.
number2 PVC number that will be used on the remote interface.
option (Optional) Adds certain features to the mapping specified; can be either
option listed in Table 63.

Defaults The PVC window and maximum packet sizes default to the interface default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines You can configure X.25 PVCs in the X.25 switching software. As a result, data terminal equipment
(DTE) devices that require permanent circuits can be connected to the router acting as an X.25 switch
and have a properly functioning connection. X.25 resets will be sent to indicate when the circuit comes
up or goes down.
PVC circuit numbers must come before (that is, be numerically smaller than) the circuit numbers
allocated to any SVC range.
Table 63 lists the switched PVC options supported by X.25.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-545
 x25 pvc (switched)

Table 63 x25 pvc Switched PVC Options

Option Description
packetsize in-size out-size Maximum input packet size (in-size) and output packet size
(out-size) for the PVC. Both values must be one of the
following values: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or
4096.
windowsize in-size out-size Packet count for input window (in-size) and output window
(out-size) for the PVC. Both values should be the same,
must be in the range 1 to 127, and must not be greater than
the value set for the x25 modulo command.

Examples The following example configures a PVC connected between two serial interfaces on the same router. In
this type of interconnection configuration, the alternate interface must be specified along with the PVC
number on that interface. To make a working PVC connection, two commands must be specified, each
pointing to the other, as this example illustrates.
interface serial 0
encapsulation x25
x25 ltc 5
x25 pvc 1 interface serial 1 pvc 1
interface serial 1
encapsulation x25
x25 ltc 5
x25 pvc 1 interface serial 0 pvc 1

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-546 78-11752-02
 x25 pvc (switched PVC to SVC)

x25 pvc (switched PVC to SVC)

To configure a switched permanent virtual circuit (PVC) to a switched virtual circuit (SVC) for a given
interface, use the switched PVC to SVC version of the x25 pvc interface configuration command.

x25 pvc number1 svc x121-address [flow-control-options] [call-control-options]

Syntax Description number1 Logical channel ID of the PVC. Value must be lower than any range of
circuit numbers defined for SVCs.
svc Specifies a SVC type.
x121-address Destination X.121 address for opening an outbound SVC and source X.121
address for matching an inbound SVC.
flow-control-options (Optional) Adds certain features to the mapping specified. It can be any of
the options listed in Table 64.
call-control-options (Optional) Adds certain features to the mapping specified. It can be any of
the options listed in Table 65.

Defaults This command has no default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 F This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The PVC window and maximum packet sizes default to the interface default values. The default idle time
comes from the interface on which the x25 pvc command is configured, not the interface on which the
call is sent/received.
PVC circuit numbers must come before (that is, be numerically smaller than) the circuit numbers
allocated to any SVC range.
On an outgoing call, the packet size facilities and window size facilities will be included. The call will
be cleared if the call accepted packet specifies different values.
On an incoming call, requested values that do not match the configured values will be refused.
Table 64 lists the flow control options supported by X.25 during PVC to SVC switching.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-547
 x25 pvc (switched PVC to SVC)

Table 64 x25 pvc Flow Control Options

Option Description
packetsize in-size out-size Maximum input packet size (in-size) and output packet size (out-size)
for both the PVC and SVC. Values may differ but must be one of the
following: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
windowsize in-size out-size Packet count for input window (in-size) and output window (out-size)
for both the PVC and SVC. Both values may differ but must be in the
range 1 to 127 and must be less than the value set for the x25 modulo
command.

Table 65 lists the call control options supported by X.25 during PVC to SVC switching.

Table 65 x25 pvc Call Control Options

Option Description
accept-reverse Causes the Cisco IOS software to accept incoming reverse-charged calls. If this
option is not present, the Cisco IOS software clears reverse-charged calls
unless the interface accepts all reverse-charged calls.
idle minutes Idle time-out for the SVC. This option will override the interface’s x25 idle
command value only for this circuit.
no-incoming Establishes a switched virtual circuit to the specified X.121 address when data
is received from the permanent virtual circuit, but does not accept calls from
this X.121 address.
no-outgoing Accepts an incoming call from the specified X.121 address, but does not
attempt to place a call when data is received from the permanent virtual circuit.
If data is received from the permanent virtual circuit while no call is connected,
the PVC will be reset.

Examples The following example configures PVC to SVC switching between two serial interfaces:
x25 routing
interface serial0
encapsulation x25
x25 address 201700
x25 ltc 128
x25 idle 2
interface serial2
encapsulation x25 dce
x25 address 101702

x25 route ^20 interface serial0

x25 route ^10 interface serial2
interface serial0

x25 pvc 5 svc 101601 packetsize 128 128 windowsize 2 2 no-incoming

x25 pvc 6 svc 101602 packetsize 128 128 windowsize 2 2 no-outgoing idle 0
x25 pvc 7 svc 101603 packetsize 128 128 windowsize 2 2

Any call with a destination address beginning with 20 will be routed to serial interface 0. Any call with
a destination address beginning with 10 will be routed to serial interface 2. (Note that incoming calls
will not be routed back to the same interface from which they arrived.)

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-548 78-11752-02
 x25 pvc (switched PVC to SVC)

Traffic received on PVC 5 on serial interface 0 will cause a call to be placed from address 201700 to the
X.121 address 101601. The routing table will then forward the call to serial interface 2. If no data is sent
or received on the circuit for two minutes, the call will be cleared, as defined by the x25 idle command.
All incoming calls from 101601 to 201700 will be refused, as defined by the no-incoming attribute.
The second x25 pvc command configures the circuit to allow incoming calls from 101602 to 201700 to
be connected to PVC 6 on serial interface 1. Because idle is set to 0, the call will remain connected until
cleared by the remote host or an X.25 restart. Because outgoing calls are not permitted for this
connection, if traffic is received on PVC 6 on serial interface 0 before the call is established, the traffic
will be discarded and the PVC will be reset.
The last x25 pvc command configures the circuit to accept an incoming call from 101603 to 201700 and
connects the call to PVC 7 on serial interface 0. If no data is sent or received on the circuit for two
minutes, the call will be cleared. If traffic is received on PVC 7 on serial interface 0 before the call is
established, a call will be placed to 101503 to 201700.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-549
 x25 pvc (XOT)

x25 pvc (XOT)

To connect two permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) across a TCP/IP LAN, use the X.25-over-TCP (XOT)
service form of the x25 pvc interface configuration command.

x25 pvc number1 xot address interface serial string pvc number2 [option]

Syntax Description number1 PVC number of the connecting device.

xot Indicates two PVCs will be connected across a TCP/IP LAN using XOT.
address IP address of the device to which you are connecting.
interface serial Indicates the interface is serial.
string Serial interface specification that accepts either a number or a string in model
7000 format (number/number) to denote the serial interface.
pvc Indicates a PVC.
number2 Remote PVC number on the target interface.
option (Optional) Adds certain features for the connection; can be one or more of
the options listed in Table 66.

Defaults The PVC window and packet sizes default to the interface default values.
The default for the xot-keepalive-period option is 60 seconds.
The default for the xot-keepalive-tries option is 4 tries.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.3 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Use the PVC tunnel commands to tell the Cisco IOS software what the far end of the PVC is connected
to. The incoming and outgoing packet sizes and window sizes must match the remote PVC outgoing and
incoming sizes.
It is recommended that the xot-source option be used on the remote host so that a consistent IP address
is used for the connection.
Table 66 lists the PVC tunnel options supported by X.25.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-550 78-11752-02
 x25 pvc (XOT)

Table 66 x25 pvc PVC Tunnel Options

Option Description
packetsize in-size out-size Maximum input packet size (in-size) and output packet size
(out-size) for the PVC. Both values must be one of the following
values: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
windowsize in-size out-size Packet count for input window (in-size) and output window
(out-size) for the PVC. Both values should be the same, must be
in the range 1 to 127, and must not be greater than or equal to the
value set for the x25 modulo command.
xot-keepalive-period seconds Number of seconds between keepalives for XOT connections.
The default is 60 seconds.
xot-keepalive-tries count Number of times TCP keepalives should be sent before dropping
the connection. The default value is 4 times.
xot-promiscuous Indicates that the remote IP address should be ignored when
matching an incoming XOT connection with the XOT PVC
parameters.
xot-source interface Specifies an interface whose IP address should be used as the
local IP address of the TCP connection.

Each XOT connection relies on a TCP session to carry traffic. To ensure that these TCP sessions remain
connected in the absence of XOT traffic, use the service tcp-keepalives-in and service
tcp-keepalives-out global configuration commands. If TCP keepalives are not enabled, the XOT PVCs
might encounter problems if one end of the connection is reloaded. When the reloaded host attempts to
establish a new connection, the other host refuses the new connection because it has not been informed
that the old session is no longer active. Recovery from this state requires the other host to be informed
that its TCP session is no longer viable so that it attempts to reconnect the PVC.
Also, TCP keepalives inform a router when an XOT switched virtual circuit (SVC) session is not active,
thus freeing the router’s resources.

Examples The following example enters the parameters for one side of a connection destined for a platform other
than the Cisco 7000 series with RSP7000:
service tcp-keepalives-in
service tcp-keepalives-out
interface serial 0
x25 pvc 1 xot 172.20.1.2 interface serial 1 pvc 2

The following example enters the parameters for one side of a connection destined for the
Cisco 7000 series with RSP7000:
service tcp-keepalives-in
service tcp-keepalives-out
interface serial 0
x25 pvc 1 xot 172.20.1.2 interface serial 1/1 pvc 2

Refer to the section “X.25 and LAPB Configuration Examples” in the Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking
Configuration Guide for more complete configuration examples.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-551
 x25 pvc (XOT)

Related Commands Command Description

service tcp-keepalives-in Generates keepalive packets on idle incoming network connections
(initiated by the remote host).
service tcp-keepalives-out Generates keepalive packets on idle outgoing network connections
(initiated by a user).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-552 78-11752-02
 x25 remote-red

x25 remote-red
This command is no longer supported.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-553
 x25 retry

x25 retry
To activate a secondary route while also retrying a failed primary route, use the x25 retry interface
configuration command in conjunction with the ip route or backup interface commands. To discontinue
implementing secondary X.25 routes and retrying of primary X.25 routes, use the no form of this
command.

x25 retry interval seconds attempts count

no x25 retry interval seconds attempts count

Syntax Description interval Keyword defining interval between attempts.

seconds Number of seconds between attempts.
attempts Keyword defining number of attempts.
count Number of attempts to reestablish the closed link before
discontinuing.

Defaults No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(5)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The x25 retry command is triggered when no switched virtual circuits (SVCs) are up, and an outgoing
call fails.
The retry attempts will continue until any of the following happens:
• The configured retry attempts limit is reached.
• The attempt to reestablish the link is successful.
• An incoming call is received on the subinterface.
• The X.25 packet layer on the interface is restarted.
If the number of retry attempts exceeds the configured limit, the interface will remain marked “down”
until any of the following happens:
• An incoming call is received on the subinterface.
• The X.25 packet layer on the interface is restarted.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-554 78-11752-02
 x25 retry

Examples The following example shows the x25 retry command being configured on subinterface 1.1 with a retry
interval of 60 seconds up to a maximum of 10 attempts:
Router(config)# interface serial1.1 point-to-point
Router(config-if)# x25 retry interval 60 attempts 10

Related Commands Command Description

backup interface Configures an interface as a secondary or dial backup interface.
clear x25 Restarts an X.25 or CMNS service, clears an SVC, or resets a PVC.
ip route Establishes static routes and defines the next hop for large-scale dialout.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-555
 x25 roa

x25 roa
To specify a sequence of packet network carriers, use the x25 roa global configuration command. To
remove the specified name, use the no form of this command.

x25 roa name number

no x25 roa name

Syntax Description name Recognized Operating Agency (ROA, formerly called a Recognized
Private Operating Agency, or RPOA), which must be unique with respect
to all other ROA names. It is used in the x25 facility and x25 map
interface configuration commands.
number A sequence of 1 or more numbers used to describe an ROA; up to 10
numbers are accepted.

Defaults No packet network carriers are specified.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command specifies a list of transit ROAs to use, referenced by name.

Examples The following example sets an ROA name and then sends the list via the X.25 user facilities:
x25 roa green_list 23 35 36
interface serial 0
x25 facility roa green_list
x25 map ip 172.20.170.26 10 roa green_list

Related Commands Command Description

x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router
(switched calls are not affected).
x25 map Sets up the LAN protocols-to-remote host mapping.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-556 78-11752-02
 x25 route

x25 route
To create an entry in the X.25 routing table (to be consulted for forwarding incoming calls and for
placing outgoing packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) or protocol translation calls), use the appropriate
form of the x25 route global configuration command. To remove an entry from the table, use the no form
of the command.

x25 route [#position] [selection-options] [modification-options] disposition-options

[xot-keepalive-options]

no x25 route [#position] [selection-options] [modification-options] disposition-options

[xot-keepalive-options]

Syntax Description #position (Optional) A pound sign (#) followed by a number designates the position in
the routing table at which to insert the new entry. If no value for the position
argument is given, the entry is appended to the end of the routing table.
selection-options (Optional) The selection options identify when the subsequent modification
and disposition options apply to an X.25 call; any or all variables may be
specified for a route. For selection keyword and argument options, see
Table 67 in the “Usage Guidelines” section.
For selection and modification pattern and character matching and
replacement see Table 69, Table 70, and Table 71 in the “Usage Guidelines”
section.
Although each individual selection criterion is optional, at least one selection
or modification option must be specified in the x25 route command.
modification-options (Optional) The modification options modify the source or destination
addresses of the selected calls. The standard regular expression substitution
rules are used, where a match pattern and rewrite string direct the
construction of a new string. For modification keyword and argument
options, see Table 68 in the “Usage Guidelines” section.
For selection and modification pattern and character matching and
replacement see Table 69, Table 70, and Table 71 in the “Usage Guidelines”
section.
Although each individual modification is optional, at least one selection or
modification option must be specified in the x25 route command.
disposition-options Specifies the disposition of a call matching the specified selection pattern. For
disposition keyword and argument options, see Table 72 in the “Usage
Guidelines” section.
xot-keepalive-options (Optional) The XOT-keepalive options specify an X.25 over TCP (XOT)
keepalive period and number of XOT-keepalive retries. XOT relies on TCP to
detect when the underlying connection is dead. TCP detects a dead
connection when sent data goes unacknowledged for a given number of
attempts over a period of time. For XOT-keepalive keyword and argument
options, see Table 73 in the “Usage Guidelines” section.

Defaults No entry is created in the X.25 routing table.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-557
 x25 route

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.3 The following modifications were made:
• The selection option keywords source and dest-ext and the interface
disposition to a Connection-Mode Network Service (CMNS) destination
was added. In prior releases, CMNS routing information was implied by
maps defining a network service access point (NSAP) prefix for a
CMNS host’s MAC address.
• The clear interface disposition option was added. In prior releases, the
disposition was implicit in a route to the Null 0 interface.
12.0(3)T The interface-based calling address insertion and removal feature was
introduced.
12.0(5)T The following modifications were made:
• For the DNS-Based X.25 Routing feature, the dns keyword and pattern
argument (see Table 71) were added.
• The enhanced x25 route command replaces the x25 map cmns
command. The x25 route alias form of this command (supported in
earlier releases) was replaced by the x25 alias command.

Usage Guidelines The enhanced x25 route command replaces the x25 map cmns command. The x25 route alias form of
this command (supported in earlier releases) has been replaced by the x25 alias command.
The modification options are long-standing but newly applicable to all dispositions in Cisco IOS Release
11.3 and later.

Note The entire command must be entered on one line.

Selection Options
Selection arguments specify match criteria. When a call matches all selection criteria in an X.25 route,
then the specified modification and disposition are used for the call.
As many as four selection options can be used to determine the route:
• Called X.121 network interface address (destination or source host address)
• Called address extension (destination NSAP address)
• X.25 packet’s call user data (CUD) field
• Input interface from which the call was received (input-interface option)
Table 67 lists the selection options for the x25 route command. At least one selection or modification
option must be specified.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-558 78-11752-02
 x25 route

Table 67 x25 route Selection Options

Selection Option Description

cud user-data-pattern (Optional) CUD pattern, which is specified as a regular
expression of printable ASCII text. The CUD field may be
present in a call packet. The first few bytes (commonly
4 bytes long) identify a protocol; the specified pattern is
applied to any user data after the protocol identification.
destination-pattern (Optional) Destination address pattern, which is a regular
expression that can represent either one X.121 address (such
as ^1111000$) or any address in a group of X.121 addresses
(such as ^1111.*).
dest-ext (Optional) NSAP destination address pattern, which is a
nsap-destination-pattern regular expression that can represent either an NSAP
destination address (such as ^11.1111.0000$) or an NSAP
prefix (such as ^11.1111.*).
Note A period (.) in the pattern is interpreted as a character
wildcard, which will not interfere with a match to the
actual period in the NSAP; if desired, an explicit
character match may be used (such as ^11\.1111\..*).

hunt-group name Routes the selected call to the X.25 hunt group. The chosen
router may vary depending on the hunt group configuration.
input interface interface (Optional) Specifies interface number on which the call will
number be received.
source source-pattern (Optional) Source address pattern, which is a regular
expression that can represent either one X.121 source address
(such as ^2222000$) or any address in a group of X.121
addresses (such as ^2222.*).

Note The X.121 and NSAP addresses are specified as regular expressions. A common error is to specify
the address digits without anchoring them to the beginning and end of the address. For example, the
regular expression 1111 will match an X.121 address that has four successive 1s somewhere in the
address; to specify the single X.121 address, the form ^1111$ must be used.

Regular expressions are used to allow pattern-matching operations on the addresses and user data. A
common operation is to use prefix matching on the X.121 Data Network Identification Code (DNIC)
field and route accordingly. The caret (^) is a special regular expression character that anchors the match
at the beginning of the pattern. For example, the pattern ^3306 will match all X.121 addresses with a
DNIC of 3306.

Modification Options
Addresses typically need to be modified when traffic from a private network that uses arbitrary X.121
addresses must transit a public data network, which must use its own X.121 addresses. The easiest way
to meet the requirement is to specify in the x25 route command a way to modify the private address into
a network X.121 address, or to modify a network X.121 address into a private address. The addresses
are modified so that no change to the private addressing scheme is required.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-559
 x25 route

The modification options use the standard UNIX regular expression substitution operations to change an
X.25 field. A pattern match is applied to an address field, which is rewritten as directed by a rewrite
pattern.
Table 68 lists the modification options for the x25 route command. At least one selection or
modification option must be specified.

Table 68 x25 route Modification Options

Modification Option Description

substitute-dest rewrite-dest (Optional) Called X.121 address rewrite pattern.
The destination address, destination-pattern, and this
rewrite-dest pattern are used to form a new destination
address. If no destination-pattern is specified, a default
match pattern of .* is used.
See Table 69 and Table 70 for summaries of pattern and
character matching, respectively. See Table 71 for a summary
of pattern rewrite elements.
substitute-source (Optional) Calling X.121 address rewrite pattern.
rewrite-source
The source address, source-pattern, and this rewrite-source
pattern are used to form a new source address. If no
source-pattern is specified, any destination-pattern match
pattern is used. If neither match pattern is specified, a default
match pattern of .* is used.
See Table 69 and Table 70 for summaries of pattern and
character matching, respectively. See Table 71 for a summary
of pattern rewrite elements.

Note As of Cisco IOS Release 11.3, the substitute-source and substitute-dest options also apply to PAD
calls.

A modification of the source address is directed by the rewrite string using one of three possible match
patterns. If the source source-pattern selection option is defined, it is used with the source-rewrite string
to construct the new source address; otherwise, a destination-pattern regular expression is used (for
backward compatibility) or a wildcard regular expression (.*) is used. In the rewrite-source argument,
the backslash character (\) indicates that the digit immediately following the argument selects a portion
of the matched address to be inserted into the new called address.
A modification of the destination address is directed by the rewrite string using one of two possible
match patterns. If the destination-pattern selection option is defined, it is used with the
destination-rewrite string to construct the new destination address; otherwise, a wildcard regular
expression (.*) is used. In the rewrite-dest argument, the backslash character (\) indicates that the digit
immediately following the argument selects a portion of the original called address to be inserted into
the new called address.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-560 78-11752-02
 x25 route

Pattern and Character Matching and Replacement for Selection and Modification Options
See Table 69, Table 70, and Table 71, respectively, for summaries of pattern matching, character
matching, and pattern replacement elements. Note that up to nine pairs of parentheses can be used to
identify patterns to be included in the modified string. A more complete description of the
pattern-matching characters is found in the “Regular Expressions” appendix in the Cisco IOS Terminal
Services Configuration Guide.

Table 69 Pattern Matching for x25 route Selection and Modification Options

Pattern Description
* Matches 0 or more occurrences of the preceding character.
+ Matches 1 or more occurrences of the preceding character.
? Matches 0 or 1 occurrences of the preceding character.1
1. Precede the question mark with Ctrl-V to prevent the question mark from being interpreted as a help command.

Table 70 Character Matching for x25 route Selection and Modification Options

Character Description
^ Matches the beginning of the input string.
$ Matches the end of the input string.
\char Matches the single character char specified.
. Matches any single character.

Table 71 Pattern Replacements for x25 route Selection and Modification Options

Pattern Description
\0 The pattern is replaced by the entire original address.
\1...9 The pattern is replaced by strings that match the first through ninth
parenthetical part of the X.121 address.

Disposition Option
The xot-source disposition option can improve the resilience of the TCP connection if, for instance, a
loopback interface is specified. By default, a TCP connection’s source IP address is that of the interface
used to initiate the connection; a TCP connection will fail if either the source or destination IP address
is no longer valid. Because a loopback interface never goes down, its IP address is always valid. Any
TCP connections originated using a loopback interface can be maintained as long as a path exists to the
destination IP address, which may also be the IP address of a loopback interface.
Using the continue keyword provides flexibility by reducing the number of X.25 route configurations
necessary in the route table by breaking them into separate, simpler, and more manageable tasks. It
allows the x25 route command to cumulatively hold all specified route entries and carry whatever
selection or modification options you may have just specified on the command line. The route table
lookup terminates when a matching route is found among the remaining entries in the route table. The
continue disposition must be the last option on the x25 route command line.
Table 72 lists the disposition options for the x25 route command. You must select one of these options.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-561
 x25 route

Table 72 x25 route Disposition Options

Disposition Option Description

clear Terminates the call.
continue (Optional) Combines sequential route table lookups, holding
onto any “selections” and “modifications” specified on the
x25 route statement.
hunt-group name Routes the selected call to the X.25 hunt group. The chosen
route may vary depending on the hunt group configuration.
interface interface number Routes the selected call to the specified X.25 serial interface.
interface interface number dlci (Optional) Routes the X.25 call to the specified Annex G link.
number You must include the interface number and enter the data link
connection identifier (DLCI) number. You only need to do this
if you want the router to accept switched calls, as well as
originate them.
interface cmns-interface Routes the selected call out the specified broadcast interface
mac mac-address via CMNS to the LAN destination station. The broadcast
interface type can be Ethernet, Token Ring, or FDDI. The
interface numbering scheme depends on the router interface
hardware.
xot ip-address [ip2-address Routes the selected call to the XOT host at the specified IP
[...[ip6-address]]] [xot-source address. Subsequent IP addresses are tried, in sequence, only
interface] if XOT is unable to establish a TCP connection with a prior
address.
xot dns pattern Used with DNS-based X.25 routing, this option consults the
DNS to get up to six destination IP addresses using whatever
lookup pattern you choose (see Table 71).

XOT-Keepalive Options
TCP maintains each connection using a keepalive mechanism that starts with a default time period and
number of retry attempts. If a received XOT connection is dispatched using a route with explicit
keepalive parameters, those values will be used for the TCP connection. If an XOT connection is sent
using a route with explicit keepalive parameters, those values will be used for the TCP connection.
Table 73 lists and describes the xot-keepalive options for the x25 route command.

Table 73 x25 route XOT-Keepalive Options

XOT-Keepalive Option Description

xot-keepalive-period seconds Number of seconds between keepalives for XOT
connections. The default is 60 seconds.
xot-keepalive-tries count Number of times TCP keepalives should be sent
before dropping the connection. The default
value is 4 times.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-562 78-11752-02
 x25 route

X.25 Routing Action When a Match Is Found

If a matching route is found, the incoming call is forwarded to the next hop depending on the routing
entry. If no match is found, the call is cleared. If the route specifies a serial interface running X.25 or a
broadcast interface running CMNS, the router attempts to forward the call to that host. If the interface
is not operational, the subsequent routes are checked for forwarding to an operational interface. If the
interface is operational but out of available virtual circuits, the call is cleared. Otherwise, the expected
Clear Request or Call Accepted packet is forwarded back toward the originator. A call cannot be
forwarded out the interface on which it arrived.
If the matching route specifies an XOT disposition, a TCP connection is established to port 1998 at the
specified IP address, which must be an XOT host. The Call Request packet is forwarded to the remote
host, which applies its own criteria to handle the call. If, upon receiving an XOT call on the remote host,
a routing table entry is not present, or the destination is unavailable, a Clear Request is sent back and the
TCP connection is closed. Otherwise, the call is handled and the expected Clear Request or Call
Accepted packet is returned. Incoming calls received via XOT connections that match a routing entry
specifying an XOT destination are cleared. This restriction prevents Cisco routers from establishing an
XOT connection to another router that would establish yet another XOT connection.

X.25 Routing Action When No Match Is Found

If no match is found, the action taken is specific to the application. X.25 switching will clear the call if
there is no match in the routing table. X.25 PAD and PAD-related applications, such as protocol
translation using X.25, will route the call to the default X.25 interface, which is the first X.25 interface
configured.

Examples The following example uses regular expression pattern matching characters to match just the initial
portion of the complete X.25 address. Any call with a destination address beginning with 3107 that is
received on an interface other than serial 0 is forwarded to serial 0.
x25 route ^3107 interface serial 0

The following Annex G example routes the X.25 call to the specified Annex G DLCI link. You must
include both interface number and DLCI number. It is this combination of both these numbers that
indicates the logical X.25 interface over Frame Relay.
x25 route ^2222 interface serial 1 dlci 20

The following example prevents X.25 routing for calls that do not specify a source address:
x25 route source ^$ clear

The following example configures alternate XOT hosts for the routing entry. If the first address listed is
not available, subsequent addresses are tried until a connection is made. If no connection can be formed,
the call is cleared.
x25 route ^3106$ xot 172.20.2.5 172.20.7.10 172.10.7.9

The following example clears calls that contain a 3 in the source address. The disposition keyword clear
is new.
x25 route source 3 clear

The following example clears calls that contain 33 in the source address:
x25 route source 33 clear

The following example clears a call to the destination address 9999:

x25 route ^9999$ clear

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-563
 x25 route

The following example specifies a route for specific source and destination addresses. (The ability to
combine source and destination patterns is a new feature.)
x25 route ^9999$ source ^333$ interface serial 0

The following example routes the call to the XOT host at the specified IP address. The disposition
keyword xot is new. In prior releases the keyword ip was used.
x25 route ^3333$ xot 172.21.53.61

The following DNS-based X.25 routing example shows an X.25 request to the DNS. The \0 pattern
indicates that the entire incoming X.121 address is being used as the index into the DNS, which will
return the required IP address.
x25 route ^.* xot dns \0

The following example routes calls containing the destination extension address preamble 11.1234:
x25 route dest-ext ^11.1234.* interface serial 0

The following example rewrites the destination address as 9999. There must be a minimum of four 8s in
the address. (8888888 will change to 9999.)
x25 route 8888 substitute-dest 9999 interface serial 0

The following example substitutes only part of the destination address. “^88” specifies the original
destination string must begin with 88. “(.*)” indicates the string can end with any number, 0-9, and can
be more than one digit. “99\1” changes the destination address to 99 plus whatever matches “.*” in the
original destination address. For example, 8881 will change to 9981.
x25 route ^88(.*) substitute-dest 99\1 interface serial 0

The following example substitutes only part of the destination address and also removes a specified
number of digits from the address. “^88” specifies the original destination string must begin with 88.
“(..)” matches any two digits. “(.*)” specifies the string can end with any number, 0-9, and can occur
zero or more times. Thus any address that starts with 88 and has four or more digits will be rewritten to
start with 99 and omit the third and fourth digits. For example, 881234 will change to 9934.
x25 route ^88(..)(.*) substitute-dest 99\2 interface serial 0

The following example looks for a specified destination address and changes the source address. “9999”
is the destination address. The original source address changes to “2222” because the call is made to the
destination 9999.
x25 route ^9999$ substitute-source 2222 interface serial 0

The following example shows insertions and removals in the X.121 address as calls from the X.25
network get routed to X.25 devices. For a call coming from interface serial 0 with a called address
starting with 2, the 2 is stripped off the called address and the call forwarded to serial interface 2. For a
call coming from interface serial 2 with any calling address, a 2 will be inserted to its calling address
and the call forwarded to serial interface 0.
x25 route ^02(.*) input-interface serial0 substitute-dest \1 interface serial2
x25 route input-interface serial2 source .* substitute-source 2\0 interface serial0

The following example shows how to insert the X.121 address to forward calls among local X.25
devices. For a call on interface 1 with a called address of 0255 and any calling address, the call is
forwarded to serial interface 2 with a called address of 55 and a calling address inserted with 01. The
continue keyword continues address substitution without address forwarding.
x25 route input-interface serial1 source .* substitute-source 01\0 continue

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-564 78-11752-02
 x25 route

x25 route input-interface serial2 source .* substitute-source 02\0 continue

x25 route ^01(.*) substitute-dest \1 interface serial1
x25 route ^02(.*) substitute-dest \1 interface serial2
The following example rewrites the source address based on the source address. “9999” matches any
destination address with four consecutive 9s. “^...(.*)” matches any source address with at least three
digits; the command removes the first three digits and rewrites any digits after the first three as the new
source address. For example, a call to 9999 from the source address 77721 will be forwarded using the
calling address 21 and the called address 9999.
x25 route 9999 source ^...(.*) substitute-source \1 interface serial 0

The following example adds a digit to the source and destination addresses patterns. “09990” is the
destination address pattern. The source can be any address. “9\0” specifies to add a leading 9 to the
destination address pattern. “3\0” specifies to add a leading 3 to the source address pattern. For example,
a call using source 03330 and destination 09990 will change to 303330 and 909990, respectively.
x25 route 09990 source .* substitute-dest 9\0 substitute-source 3\0 interface serial 0

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 route Displays the X.25 routing table.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-565
 x25 routing

x25 routing
To enable X.25 switching or tunneling, use the x25 routing global configuration command. To disable
the forwarding of X.25 calls, use the no form of this command.

x25 routing [acknowledge local | acknowledge end-to-end] [tcp-use-if-defs]

no x25 routing [acknowledge local | acknowledge end-to-end] [tcp-use-if-defs]

Syntax Description acknowledge local (Optional) Sets local acknowledgment on the router.
acknowledge end-to-end (Optional) Sets end-to-end acknowledgment. (Default acknowledge
setting.)
tcp-use-if-defs (Optional) Accepts calls received over TCP.

Defaults This command has no default values.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
12.0(7)T The following keywords were added:
• acknowledge end-to-end
• acknowledge local

Usage Guidelines The x25 routing command enables X.25 switching between the X.25 services (X.25, Connection-Mode
Network Service [CMNS] and X.25 over TCP [XOT], and Annex G). X.25 calls will not be forwarded
until this command is issued.
The acknowledge local and acknowledge end-to-end keywords are optional, with acknowledge
end-to-end being the default. To confirm what type of acknowledgment has been set, use the show
protocol command.
The tcp-use-if-defs keyword may be needed for receiving XOT calls from routers using older software
versions. Normally, calls received over a TCP connection (remote routing reception) will have the flow
control parameters (window sizes and maximum packet sizes) indicated, because proper operation of
routed X.25 requires that these values match at both ends of the connection.
Some previous versions of Cisco IOS software, however, do not ensure that these values are present in
all calls. In this case, the Cisco IOS software normally forces universally acceptable flow control values
(window sizes of 2 and maximum packet sizes of 128) on the connection. Because some equipment
disallows modification of the flow control values in the call confirm, the tcp-use-if-defs keyword causes
the router to use the default flow control values of the outgoing interface and indicate the resulting values
in the call confirm. This modified behavior may allow easier migration to newer versions of the Cisco
IOS software.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-566 78-11752-02
 x25 routing

Examples The following example enables X.25 routing:

x25 routing

The following example enables X.25 routing with local acknowledgment:

x25 routing acknowledge local

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-567
 x25 subscribe cug-service

x25 subscribe cug-service

To enable and control standard closed user group (CUG) behavior on an X.25 data communications
equipment (DCE) interface or X.25 profile, use the x25 subscribe cug-service interface configuration
command. To disable standard CUG behavior on an X.25 DCE interface, use the no form of this
command.

x25 subscribe cug-service [incoming-access | outgoing-access] [suppress preferential | suppress

all]

no x25 subscribe cug-service [incoming-access | outgoing-access] [suppress preferential |

suppress all]

Syntax Description incoming-access (Optional) Allows incoming access from the open network to the data terminal
equipment (DTE) device.
outgoing-access (Optional) Allows outgoing access from the DTE device to the open network.
suppress (Optional) Suppresses CUG selection facility for the preferential CUG.
preferential
suppress all (Optional) Suppresses CUG selection facility for all CUGs.

Defaults No incoming access and no outgoing access. (This is the most restrictive setting.)
CUG selection facilities are not suppressed.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.
12.1(5)T The suppress preferential and suppress all keywords were added to enable
CUG selection facility suppression.

Usage Guidelines When entering this command, specify the incoming-access and/or the outgoing-access keyword, unless
you intend to have neither incoming nor outgoing access on that interface.
This command assumes that an X.25 network connection is being implemented and observes rules
defined by X.25 and X.301 for CUG access. This command is enabled on a per-interface basis. Use this
command to modify existing specified options without otherwise affecting the CUGs already defined.
Use the x25 subscribe cug-service command with the suppress preferential or suppress all keywords
to configure CUG selection facility suppression.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-568 78-11752-02
 x25 subscribe cug-service

The following restrictions apply to the x25 subscribe cug-service command:

• Disabling this command deconfigures all the CUGs defined for the device and disables all
CUG-related commands, but it does not terminate the associated CUG switched virtual circuit
(SVC) connections.
• The DTE cannot call the open part of the network unless the outgoing-access option is configured.
Even if outgoing-access is permitted, the DCE will enforce any additional CUG requirements when
handling an outgoing call (call request) from the DTE.
• The DTE will not receive calls from the open part of the network unless the incoming-access option
is configured. Even if incoming-access is permitted, the DCE will enforce any additional CUG
requirements before presenting an incoming call to the DTE.

Examples CUG Service with CUG Selection Facility Suppression and Incoming Access Example
In the following example, CUG selection facility suppression and incoming access are configured for all
CUGs, including the preferential CUG on the X.25 profile:
x25 profile CUG-SUPRS-ALL dce
x25 subscribe cug-service incoming-access suppress all
x25 subscribe local-cug 0 network-cug 10 preferential
x25 subscribe local-cug 20 network-cug 202
x25 subscribe local-cug 40 network-cug 40

CUG Service with Incoming and Outgoing Access Example

The following example shows subscribing to both incoming and outgoing CUG service on the interface:
interface serial0
encapsulation x25 dce
x25 subscribe cug-service incoming-access outgoing-access

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 cug Displays information about all CUGs or specific CUGs (defined by the
local or network CUG number).
x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router
(switched calls are not affected).
x25 map Sets the maximum number of virtual circuits that a protocol can have open
simultaneously to one host.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-569
 x25 subscribe flow-control

x25 subscribe flow-control

To control flow control parameter negotiation facilities in call setup packets, use the x25 subscribe
flow-control interface configuration command. To have flow control parameter negotiation facilities
included in call setup (outgoing) packets only when their values differ from the default values, use the
no form of this command.

x25 subscribe flow-control {always | never}

no x25 subscribe flow-control

Syntax Description always Flow control parameter negotiation facilities are enabled and the flow control parameters
are always included with call setup packets and are optional on inbound packets.
never Flow control parameter negotiation facilities are disabled and the flow control parameters
are never included with call setup packets, and are not permitted on inbound packets.
Negotiation of flow control parameters is disabled.

Defaults Flow control parameter negotiation facilities are included only when the parameter values differ from
the default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command has three states—default behavior (no x25 subscribe flow-control), facilities always
included, or facilities never included (flow control parameter negotiation is not enabled).
This command controls inclusion of the X.25 flow control parameter negotiation facilities in call setup
packets. By default, these facilities are included in call setup packets only when their values differ from
the default values.
Configuring the no x25 subscribe flow-control command restores the default behavior. This only
includes facilities outbound call setup packets when the requested values do not match the interface
defaults.
This command can also be used in X.25 profile configuration mode.

Examples The following example shows flow control parameter negotiation disabled on serial interface 1/4:
Router(config)# interface serial 1/4
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe flow-control never

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-570 78-11752-02
 x25 subscribe flow-control

Related Commands Command Description

x25 profile Configures an X.25 profile without allocating any hardware-specific
information.
x25 routing Enables X.25 switching or tunneling.
x25 subscribe packetsize Sets permitted and target ranges for packet size during flow control
negotiation.
x25 subscribe windowsize Sets permitted and target ranges for window size during flow control
negotiation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-571
 x25 subscribe local-cug

x25 subscribe local-cug

To configure a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) X.25 interface for a specific closed user group
(CUG) subscription, use the x25 subscribe local-cug interface configuration command. To disable the
interface for a specific CUG subscription, use the no form of this command.

x25 subscribe local-cug number network-cug number [no-incoming | no-outgoing | preferential]

no x25 subscribe local-cug number network-cug number [no-incoming | no-outgoing |

preferential]

Syntax
Description number Specific local CUG number (0 to 9999).
network-cug Network translated CUG identifier.
number Specific network CUG number (0 to 9999).
no-incoming (Optional) Calls to data terminal equipment (DTE) barred within the specified
CUG, unless x25 subscribe cug-service incoming-access is configured.
no-outgoing (Optional) Calls from DTE barred within the specified CUG, unless x25
subscribe cug-service outgoing-access is configured.
preferential (Optional) Specified on only one CUG, and is the assumed CUG when none
is provided in call setup. (A single CUG listed at the interface is automatically
considered a preferential CUG.)

Defaults Incoming and outgoing access. (Preferential—if this is the only CUG specified on the interface.)

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The first x25 subscribe local-cug command in a group of configurations will automatically enable CUG
service behavior on the interface, if it is not already enabled, with the default settings of no public access.
A CUG number has only local significance. Because CUG service is a cooperative process between the
network attachments (DCE devices), the local CUG number may need to be translated into a number that
is significant to the network as a whole. For instance, two DTE devices may use CUG numbers 1 and 5
to refer to the global CUG number 1043 of the network. In this instance, both DCE devices would be
configured to translate between the local CUG number of their DTE and the network CUG number.
Duplicate network CUG identifiers are permitted for different local CUG identifiers.
A DTE subscription to a CUG that also includes the no-incoming option prevents incoming calls on that
CUG (however, the DTE may still receive calls within other CUGs to which it is subscribed, or from the
open network if incoming public access is subscribed).

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-572 78-11752-02
 x25 subscribe local-cug

CUG subscription of a DTE will not permit an outgoing call (call request) from the CUG if the
no-outgoing option is configured.
The CUG will be assumed to be set to “preferential” if there is only one CUG subscribed on that
interface.

Examples The following example subscribes local CUGs 5000, 100, 200, and 300 to networks 55, 11, 22, and 33,
respectively, with local CUG 5000 being set as the preferential CUG:
Router(config)# interface serial0
Router(config-if)# encapsulation x25 dce
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe cug-service incoming-access outgoing-access
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe local-cug 5000 network-cug 55 preferential
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe local-cug 100 network-cug 11
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe local-cug 200 network-cug 22
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe local-cug 300 network-cug 33

Related Commands Command Description

show x25 cug Displays information about all or specific (defined by the local or
network CUG number) CUGs.
x25 facility Forces facilities on a per-call basis for calls originated by the router
(switched calls are not affected).
x25 map Sets the maximum number of virtual circuits a protocol can have open
simultaneously to one host.
x25 subscribe cug-service Enables and controls standard CUG behavior on an X.25 DCE interface.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-573
 x25 subscribe packetsize

x25 subscribe packetsize

To set permitted and target ranges for packet size during flow control negotiation, use the x25 subscribe
packetsize interface configuration command. To revert to the default packet size ranges, use the no form
of this command.

x25 subscribe packetsize {permit pmin pmax | target pmin pmax}

no x25 subscribe packetsize {permit pmin pmax | target pmin pmax}

Syntax Description permit Permitted packet-size range identifier.

pmin Minimum setting for packet size range (16 to 4096 by a power of two).
pmax Maximum setting for packet size range (16 to 4096 by a power of two).
target Target packet-size range identifier.

Defaults None

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The x25 subscribe packetsize command lets you specify the range of permitted and target values for
packet size. These are called flow control parameter negotiation facilities. You can specify the permitted
minimum and maximum packet sizes and target values for packet transmission (16 to 4096 as a power
of two). Setting these values outside the permitted range will result in connection failure. The router
attempts to negotiate values within the target range, but will only allow values outside the target range
to be negotiated as long as the negotiation complies with the procedure defined in X.25
recommendations.
This command should be configured separately on both the data terminal equipment (DTE) and data
circuit-terminating equipment (DCE), so that the permit range will be compatible and calls will be able
to pass through the network. The target range is less critical. It only needs to be set on the Cisco router
conducting the switching.
The effective ranges will be further constrained by other configuration options including the selection of
normal (modulo 8) or extended (modulo 128) sequence numbers, the maximum packet size supported by
the interface, and the x25 subscribe flow-control command.

Examples The following example shows X.25 local acknowledgment being configured on serial interface 1/4, with
packet size ranges being set at a permitted rate of 64 (minimum) and 1024 (maximum) and target rate of
128 (minimum) and 1024 (maximum):
Router(config)# x25 routing acknowledge local

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-574 78-11752-02
 x25 subscribe packetsize

Router(config)# interface serial 1/4

Router(config-if)# encapsulation x25 dte
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe packetsize permit 64 1024 target 128 1024

Related Commands Command Description

x25 routing Enables X.25 switching or tunneling.
x25 subscribe windowsize Sets permitted and target ranges for window size during flow control
negotiation.
x25 subscribe flow-control Controls flow control parameter negotiation facilities in call setup
packets.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-575
 x25 subscribe windowsize

x25 subscribe windowsize

To set permitted and target ranges for window size during flow control negotiation, use the x25
subscribe windowsize interface configuration command. To revert to the default window size ranges,
use the no form of this command.

x25 subscribe windowsize {permit wmin wmax | target wmin wmax}

no x25 subscribe windowsize {permit wmin wmax | target wmin wmax}

Syntax Description permit Permitted window size range identifier.

wmin Minimum setting for window size range (1 to 127).
wmax Maximum setting for window size range (1 to 127).
target Target window-size range identifier.

Defaults This command has no default values.

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

12.0(7)T This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The x25 subscribe windowsize command lets you specify the range of permitted and target values for
window size. These are called flow control values. You can specify the permitted minimum and
maximum window size permitted and target values for packet transmission (1 to 127) at one time. Setting
these values outside the permitted range may result in connection failure. The router attempts to
negotiate values within the target range, but will only allow values outside the target range to be
negotiated as long as the negotiation complies with the procedure defined in X.25 recommendations.
The effective ranges will be further constrained by other configuration options including the selection of
normal (modulo 8) or extended (modulo 128) sequence numbers, the maximum window size supported
by the interface, and the x25 subscribe flow-control command.

Examples The following example shows X.25 local acknowledgment being configured on serial interface 1/4, with
window size ranges being set at a permitted rate of 1 (minimum) and 7 (maximum) and target rate of 2
(minimum) and 4 (maximum):
Router(config)# x25 routing acknowledge local
Router(config)# interface serial 1/4
Router(config-if)# encapsulation x25 dte
Router(config-if)# x25 subscribe windowsize permit 1 7 target 2 4

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-576 78-11752-02
 x25 subscribe windowsize

Related Commands Command Description

x25 routing Enables X.25 switching or tunneling.
x25 subscribe flow-control Controls flow control parameter negotiation facilities in call setup
packets.
x25 subscribe packetsize Sets permitted and target ranges for packet size during flow control
negotiation.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-577
 x25 suppress-called-address

x25 suppress-called-address
To omit the destination address in outgoing calls, use the x25 suppress-called-address interface
configuration command. To reset this command to the default state, use the no form of this command.

x25 suppress-called-address

no x25 suppress-called-address

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The called address is sent.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 This command was modified to include packet assembler/disassembler
(PAD) calls.

Usage Guidelines This command omits the called (destination) X.121 address in Call Request packets and is required for
networks that expect only subaddresses in the Called Address field.

Examples The following example suppresses or omits the called address in Call Request packets:
interface serial 0
x25 suppress-called-address

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-578 78-11752-02
 x25 suppress-calling-address

x25 suppress-calling-address
To omit the source address in outgoing calls, use the x25 suppress-calling-address interface
configuration command. To reset this command to the default state, use the no form of this command.

x25 suppress-calling-address

no x25 suppress-calling-address

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults The calling address is sent.

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.
11.3 This command was modified to include packet assembler/disassembler
(PAD) calls.

Usage Guidelines This command omits the calling (source) X.121 address in Call Request packets and is required for
networks that expect only subaddresses in the Calling Address field.

Examples The following example suppresses or omits the calling address in Call Request packets:
interface serial 0
x25 suppress-calling-address

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-579
 x25 t10

x25 t10
To set the value of the Restart Indication retransmission timer (T10) on data communications equipment
(DCE) devices, use the x25 t10 interface configuration command.

x25 t10 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 60 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T10 timer to 30 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t10 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-580 78-11752-02
 x25 t11

x25 t11
To set the value of the Incoming Call timer (T11) on data communications equipment (DCE) devices,
use the x25 t11 interface configuration command.

x25 t11 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 180 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T11 timer to 90 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t11 90

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-581
 x25 t12

x25 t12
To set the value of the Reset Indication retransmission timer (T12) on data communications equipment
(DCE) devices, use the x25 t12 interface configuration command.

x25 t12 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 60 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T12 timer to 30 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t12 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-582 78-11752-02
 x25 t13

x25 t13
To set the value of the Clear Indication retransmission timer (T13) on data communications equipment
(DCE) devices, use the x25 t13 interface configuration command.

x25 t13 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 60 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T13 timer to 30 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t13 30

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-583
 x25 t20

x25 t20
To set the value of the Restart Request retransmission timer (T20) on data terminal equipment (DTE)
devices, use the x25 t20 interface configuration command.

x25 t20 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time in seconds.

Defaults 180 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T20 timer to 90 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t20 90

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-584 78-11752-02
 x25 t21

x25 t21
To set the value of the Call Request timer (T21) on data terminal equipment (DTE) devices, use the x25
t21 interface configuration command.

x25 t21 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 200 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T21 timer to 100 seconds:
interface serial 0
x25 t21 100

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-585
 x25 t22

x25 t22
To set the value of the Reset Request retransmission timer (T22) on data terminal equipment (DTE)
devices, use the x25 t22 interface configuration command.

x25 t22 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 180 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

ExamplesL The following example sets the T22 timer to 90 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t22 90

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-586 78-11752-02
 x25 t23

x25 t23
To set the value of the Clear Request retransmission timer (T23) on data terminal equipment (DTE)
devices, use the x25 t23 interface configuration command.

x25 t23 seconds

Syntax Description seconds Time, in seconds.

Defaults 180 seconds

Command Modes Interface configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Examples The following example sets the T23 timer to 90 seconds:

interface serial 0
x25 t23 90

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-587
 x25 threshold

x25 threshold
To set the data packet acknowledgment threshold, use the x25 threshold interface configuration
command.

x25 threshold delay-count

Syntax Description delay-count Value between zero and the input window size. A value of 1 sends one
Receiver Ready acknowledgment per packet.

Defaults 0 (which disables the acknowledgment threshold)

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

11.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command instructs the router to send acknowledgment packets when it is not busy sending other
packets, even if the number of input packets has not reached the input window size count.
The router sends an acknowledgment packet when the number of input packets reaches the count you
specify, providing there are no other packets to send. For example, if you specify a count of 1, the router
will send an acknowledgment per input packet if it is unable to “piggyback” the acknowledgment of an
outgoing data packet. This command improves line responsiveness at the expense of bandwidth.
This command only applies to encapsulated traffic over X.25 (datagram transport), not to routed traffic.

Examples The following example sends an explicit Receiver Ready acknowledgment when it has received 5 data
packets that it has not acknowledged:
interface serial 1
x25 threshold 5

Related Commands Command Description

x25 win Changes the default incoming window size to match that of the network.
x25 wout Changes the default outgoing window size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-588 78-11752-02
 x25 use-source-address

x25 use-source-address
To override the X.121 addresses of outgoing calls forwarded over a specific interface, use the x25
use-source-address interface configuration command. To prevent updating the source addresses of
outgoing calls, use the no form of this command.

x25 use-source-address

no x25 use-source-address

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults Disabled

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines Some X.25 calls, when forwarded by the X.25 switching support, need the calling (source) X.121
address updated to that of the outgoing interface. This update is necessary when you are forwarding calls
from private data networks to public data networks (PDNs).

Examples The following example shows how to prevent updating the source addresses of outgoing X.25 calls on
serial interface 0 once calls have been forwarded:
interface serial 0
no x25 use-source-address

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-589
 x25 win

x25 win
To change the default incoming window size to match that of the network, use the x25 win interface
configuration command.

x25 win packets

Syntax Description packets Packet count that can range from 1 to one less than the window modulus.

Defaults 2 packets

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command determines the default number of packets a virtual circuit can receive before sending an
X.25 acknowledgment. To maintain high bandwidth utilization, assign this limit the largest number that
the network allows.

Note Set x25 win and x25 wout to the same value unless your network supports asymmetric input and
output window sizes.

Examples The following example specifies that 5 packets may be received before an X.25 acknowledgment is sent:
interface serial 1
x25 win 5

Related Commands Command Description

x25 modulo Sets the window modulus.
x25 threshold Sets the data packet acknowledgment threshold.
x25 wout Changes the default outgoing window size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-590 78-11752-02
 x25 wout

x25 wout
To change the default outgoing window size to match that of the network, use the x25 wout interface
configuration command.

x25 wout packets

Syntax Description packets Packet count that can range from 1 to one less than the window modulus.

Defaults 2 packets

Command Modes Interface configuration

X.25 profile configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines This command determines the default number of packets a virtual circuit can send before waiting for an
X.25 acknowledgment. To maintain high bandwidth utilization, assign this limit the largest number that
the network allows.

Note Set x25 win and x25 wout to the same value unless your network supports asymmetric input and
output window sizes.

Examples The following example specifies a default limit of 5 for the number of outstanding unacknowledged
packets for virtual circuits:
interface serial 1
x25 wout 5

Related Commands Command Description

x25 modulo Sets the window modulus.
x25 threshold Sets the data packet acknowledgment threshold.
x25 win Changes the default incoming window size to match that of the network.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-591
 x29 access-list

x29 access-list
To limit access to the access server from certain X.25 hosts, use the x29 access-list global configuration
command. To delete an entire access list, use the no form of this command.

x29 access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} x121-address

no x29 access-list access-list-number

Syntax Description access-list-number Number of the access list. It can be a value between 1 and 199.
deny Denies access and clears call requests immediately.
permit Permits access to the protocol translator.
x121-address If applied as an inbound access class, specifies the X.121 address that
can or cannot have access (with or without regular expression
pattern-matching characters). The X.121 address is the source
address of the incoming packet.
If applied as an outbound access class, then the address specifies a
destination to where connections are allowed.

Defaults No access lists are defined.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The service pad global configuration command must be configured before the x29 access-list command
can be used.
An access list can contain any number of access list items. The list items are processed in the order in
which you entered them, with the first match causing the permit or deny condition. If an X.121 address
does not match any of the regular expressions in the access list, access is denied.
Access lists take advantage of the message field defined by Recommendation X.29, which describes
procedures for exchanging data between two PADs, or between a PAD and a DTE device.
The UNIX-style regular expression characters allow for pattern matching of characters and character
strings in the address. Various pattern-matching constructions are available that allow many addresses
to be matched by a single regular expressions. For more information, refer to the “Regular Expressions”
appendix in the Cisco IOS Terminal Services Configuration Guide.
The access lists must be applied to a vty with the access-class command.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-592 78-11752-02
 x29 access-list

Examples The following example permits connections to hosts with addresses beginning with the string 31370:
x29 access-list 2 permit ^31370

Related Commands Command Description

access-class Restricts incoming and outgoing connections between a particular vty (into
a Cisco device) and the addresses in an access list.
service pad Enables all PAD commands and connections between PAD devices and
access servers.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-593
 x29 profile

x29 profile
To create a packet assembler/disassembler (PAD) profile script for use by the translate command, use
the x29 profile global configuration command.

x29 profile {default | name} parameter:value [parameter:value]

Syntax Description default Specifies default profile script.

name Name of the PAD profile script.
parameter:value X.3 PAD parameter number and value separated by a colon. You can
specify multiple parameter-value pairs on the same line.

Defaults The default PAD profile script is used. The default for inbound connections is:
2:0 4:1 15:0 7:21

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History Release Modification

10.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines The service pad global configuration command must be configured before the x29 profile command can
be used.
When an X.25 connection is established, the access server acts as if an X.29 Set Parameter packet had
been sent containing the parameters and values set by the x29 profile command and sets the access
server accordingly.
For incoming PAD connections, the Protocol Translator uses a default PAD profile to set the remote X.3
PAD parameters unless a profile script is defined with the translate command.

Note If you set the X.29 profile to “default,” the profile is applied to all incoming X.25 PAD calls,
including the calls used for protocol translation.

Examples The following profile script turns local edit mode on when the connection is made and establishes local
echo and line termination upon receipt of a Return packet. The name linemode is used with the translate
command to effect use of this script.
x29 profile linemode 2:1 3:2 15:1

To override the default PAD profile, create a PAD profile script named “default” by using the following
command:
x29 profile default 2:1 4:1 15:0 4:0

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-594 78-11752-02
 x29 profile

Related Commands Command Description

service pad Enables all PAD commands and connections between PAD devices and
access servers.
translate x25 Translates an X.25 connection request automatically to another outgoing
protocol connection type.

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 WR-595
 x29 profile

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

WR-596 78-11752-02
Index
 INDEX

called, suppressing WR-578

Symbols
calling
suppressing WR-579
<cr> xv updating WR-589
? command xiv setting WR-498
address registration, for ATM (example) WR-6
Annex G WR-484, WR-539
A AppleTalk over SMDS, configuring WR-438
ARP (Address Resolution Protocol)
AAL (ATM adaptation layer)
SMDS, enabling WR-426, WR-436, WR-438
configuring WR-87
SMDS broadcast messages WR-440
displaying WR-144, WR-151, WR-158
arp command WR-426
AAL3/4
ARP server
ATM
(example) WR-8
(example) WR-4
ATM
enabling WR-4
ABR rate factor (example) WR-5
AAL5 NLPID WR-159
addresses
ABR (available bit rate)
multicast (example) WR-27
configuring (example) WR-3
NSAP (example) WR-31
rate-factors, configuring WR-5
address registration
(example) WR-5
(example) WR-6
abr command WR-2
configuring WR-6
accept reverse charging, X.25 WR-497
AIP filter register
access-class (X.25) command WR-448
(example) WR-49
addresses
configuring WR-49
alternate destinations, defining WR-499
ARP server
SMDS
(example) WR-8
assigned, displaying WR-429, WR-430
channels
bridging, effect of WR-433
maximum, configuring (example) WR-23
multicast WR-438
Cisco 4500 Series
mapping IP WR-445
multicast ARP WR-440 loopback for OS3, DS3, E3 interfaces WR-112

structure of WR-433 CLP field, setting for FRF.5 WR-410

X.121 DS3

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-599
 Index

framing (example) WR-18 protocol addresses, mapping (example) WR-83

scrambling (example) WR-12 PVC discovery (example) WR-21
E.164 addresses PVC range
(example) WR-43 configuring WR-243
configuring WR-43 deactivating WR-247
E.164 auto conversion (example) WR-13 number of PVCs in range WR-243
E3 PVC within a range, configuring WR-242
framing (example) WR-19 PVC within a range, deactivating WR-246
scrambling (example) WR-14 raw queue size
EFCI bit, setting for FRF.8 WR-417 (example) WR-39
ESI address (example) WR-15 configuring WR-39
exception queue, length (example) WR-17 receive buffers
framing (example) WR-40
DS3 (example) WR-18 configuring WR-40
E3 (example) WR-19 routed bridge encapsulation, configuring WR-228
ILMI scrambling, DS3 (example) WR-12
keepalives (example) WR-20 signalling, point-to-multipoint (example) WR-29
PVC discovery (example) WR-21 SMDS WR-43
IMA frame length WR-100 AAL3/4 encapsulations WR-27
interfaces broadcast addresses WR-27
(example) WR-106 multicast addresses WR-27
displaying WR-143 configuring (example) WR-27
keepalive timer (example) WR-209 SONET PLIM
LBO (example) WR-22 (example) WR-44

LIS WR-9 configuring WR-44

loopback (example) WR-112 speed WR-37

loopback mode SSCOP WR-206

Cisco 4500 Series, OC3, DS3, E3 interfaces WR-112 connection control timer (example) WR-208

maximum number of VCs, configuring WR-25 receiver window (example) WR-212

MID per VC (example) WR-26 retry count (example) WR-210

multicast addresses (example) WR-27 transmitter window (example) WR-213

multipoint intervals, configuring (example) WR-28 static maps, displaying WR-146

NSAP address WR-30 subinterfaces, configuring WR-105

(example) WR-31 SVC, disabling WR-41

OAM cell flush (example) WR-32 (example) WR-41

permanent rate queues traffic information, displaying WR-162, WR-165

(example) WR-38 traffic shaping, strict

configuring WR-37 (example) WR-42

poll timer (example) WR-211 enabling WR-42

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-600 78-11752-02
 Index

transmit buffers atm maxvc command WR-25

(example) WR-45 atm mid-per-vc command WR-26
configuring WR-45 atm multicast command WR-27
transmit clock, enabling (example) WR-10 atm multipoint-interval command WR-28
unicast addresses WR-43 atm multipoint-signalling command WR-29
UNI version atm nsap-address command WR-30
(example) WR-46 atm oam flush command WR-32
configuring WR-46 atm oversubscribe command WR-33
vc-per-vp (example) WR-48 atm pvp command WR-35
VCs atm rate-queue command WR-37
class broadcast on WR-51 atm rawq-size command WR-39
maximum, configuring (example) WR-25 atm route-bridge command WR-228
atm aal aal3/4 command WR-4 atm rxbuff command WR-40
atm abr rate-factors command WR-5 atmsig close atm command WR-41
atm address-registration command WR-6 atm sig-traffic-shaping strict command WR-42
atm arp-server command WR-7 atm smds-address command WR-43
atm classic-ip-extensions command WR-9 atm sonet stm-1 command WR-44
atm clock internal command WR-10 atm txbuff command WR-45
atm compression command WR-11 atm uni-version command WR-46
ATM-DXI (ATM-Data Exchange Interface) ATM VC bundles WR-103
encapsulation broadcast, configuring WR-51
multiprotocol, configuring WR-85 encapsulation WR-89
on an interface, configuring WR-91 members, parameters
restrictions WR-85 ubr+ WR-219
single protocol, configuring WR-85 vbr-nrt WR-222
protocols supported for maps WR-83 OAM management, configuring WR-121
requires ADSU WR-83 parameters
atm ds3-scramble command WR-12 broadcast WR-51
atm e164 auto-conversion command WR-13 class WR-78
atm e3-scramble command WR-14 encapsulation WR-87, WR-88
atm esi-address command WR-15 inarp WR-103
atm exception-queue command WR-17 Inverse ARP WR-103
atm framing (DS3) command WR-18 oam retry WR-121
atm framing (E3) command WR-19 atm vc-per-vp command WR-47
atm ilmi-keepalive command WR-20 atm vp-filter command WR-49
atm ilmi-pvc-discovery command WR-21
atm lbo command WR-22
B
atm max channels command WR-23
atm max-channels command WR-23 Bc (committed burst size), Frame Relay WR-268

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-601
 Index

Be (excess burst size), Frame Relay WR-270 loopback WR-69

BECN (backward explicit congestion on-hook detection WR-61
notification) WR-386
robbed bit signaling WR-70
BFE (Blacker Front End) encapsulation WR-457
ces aal1 clock command WR-56
bfe command WR-449
ces aal1 service command WR-57
bidirectional mode, Frame Relay end-to-end
ces-cdv command WR-59
keepalive WR-293
ces circuit command WR-60
bridging, X.25 WR-528
ces command WR-55
broadcast command WR-51
ces dsx1 clock source command WR-63
buffers
ces dsx1 framing command WR-64
receive
ces dsx1 lbo command WR-66
(example) WR-40
ces dsx1 linecode command WR-67
configuring WR-40
ces dsx1 loopback command WR-69
transmit
ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit command WR-70
(example) WR-45
ces partial-fill command WR-72
configuring WR-45
ces pvc command WR-74
changed information in this release ix
C channel-associated signaling (CAS) WR-61
channels
carriage return (<cr>) xv
maximum for ATM, configuring (example) WR-23
cautions, usage in text x
Cisco IOS configuration changes, saving xviii
CBR (constant bit rate), configuring WR-53
Cisco MC3810 universal concentrator
CBR (constant bit rate) port
software compression mode, specifying WR-11
clocking WR-115
class (map-list configuration) command WR-250
clocking information WR-204
class (virtual circuit configuration) command WR-252
configuring WR-109
class-int command WR-76
cbr command WR-53
class-range command WR-229
CBR interface
class-vc command WR-78
cable length, configuring WR-66
clear atm arp command WR-82
connection attributes, configuring WR-60
clear frame-relay-inarp command WR-254
transmit clock source, configuring WR-63
clear x25 command WR-450
CES (circuit emulation services)
clear x25-vc command WR-452
cable length WR-66
clear xot command WR-453
channel-associated signaling (CAS) WR-61
clock, transmit (example) WR-10
clocking WR-56
clp-bit command WR-410
clocking information WR-204
CMNS (Connection Mode Network Service)
framing WR-64
enabling WR-454
hard PVC WR-74
local X.25 routing on nonserial media WR-454
line code format WR-67
X.25 routing WR-562

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-602 78-11752-02
 Index

cmns enable command WR-454 See Frame Relay, DE group WR-285

command modes, understanding xiii to xiv de-bit command WR-415
commands de-bit map-clp command WR-416
context-sensitive help for abbreviating xiv DECnet
default form, using xvii required keywords for SMDS multicast WR-438
no form, using xvii SMDS, configuring over WR-438
command syntax distributed compression WR-335, WR-345
conventions ix DLCI (data-link connection identifier)
displaying (example) xv forwarding broadcasts to WR-339, WR-340
compressions local (source), setting WR-334
packet-by-packet, X.25 WR-525, WR-529 multicast mechanism, configuring WR-340
TCP packet header WR-532 protocol address, mapping to WR-335
configurations, saving xviii using for bridging (example) WR-337
connect (Frame Relay) command WR-255 documentation
connect (FR-ATM) command WR-411 conventions ix
connect (FRF.8) command WR-413 feedback, providing xi
CUD (Call User Data) modules v to vii
interpreting calls with unknown WR-503 online, accessing x
placing in routing table WR-499, WR-559 ordering xi
CUGs (closed user groups) Documentation CD-ROM x
See X.25, CUGs documents and resources, supporting viii
DS3
scrambling (example) WR-12
D
DTE, X.25 timers for
Data Exchange Interface T20 restart request WR-584
See DXI 3.2 T21 call request WR-585
datagram encapsulation, alternate destination addresses T22 reset request WR-586
for WR-499 T23 clear request WR-587
DCE DXI 3.2 WR-434
Frame Relay device WR-358 dxi map command WR-83
X.25 timers dxi pvc command WR-85
T10 restart indication WR-580 dynamic map, SMDS WR-437
T11 incoming call WR-581
T12 reset indication WR-582
T13 clear indication WR-583 E
DDN (Defense Data Network)
E.164 addresses
X.121 address caution WR-458
ATM
X.25 encapsulation WR-457
(example) WR-43
DE (discard eligibility)
configuring WR-43

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-603
 Index

field descriptions WR-370 bridging over WR-339

format WR-370 broadcast queue
Frame Relay SVC WR-369 actual transmission rate limit WR-273
E.164 auto conversion, for ATM (example) WR-13 creating WR-273
E3-scramble (example) WR-14 maximum transmission rate measures WR-273
efci-bit command WR-417 priority WR-273
encapsulation aal5 command WR-87 broadcast traffic, defined WR-273
encapsulation atm-dxi command WR-91 CIR, minimum acceptable, specifying WR-343
encapsulation frame-relay command WR-256 committed burst size (Bc), specifying WR-268
encapsulation lapb command WR-455 compression, Stacker packet-by-packet WR-345
encapsulations conditions that bring down WR-330
for VC bundles WR-89 configured routes, displaying WR-400
Frame Relay WR-256 custom queue, associating with map class WR-284
LAPB WR-455 DE bit, purpose of WR-286
SMDS WR-427 DE group
X.25 WR-457 deleting all groups WR-285
encapsulation smds command WR-427 deleting one group WR-285
encapsulation x25 command WR-457 number WR-285
error threshold, for Frame Relay end-to-end DE list
keepalive WR-289 deleting entire list WR-287
ESI (end station ID) address (example) WR-15
deleting part WR-286
event window, for Frame Relay end-to-end DLCI
keepalive WR-291
forwarding broadcasts to WR-339, WR-340
exception queue, length of (example) WR-17
mapping protocol address to WR-335
multicast mechanism WR-340
F multicasts WR-344
setting source in test environment WR-334
Feature Navigator
ELMI address registration
See platforms, supported
automatic IP address selection WR-263
FECN (forward explicit congestion notification)
bits WR-386 disabling on an interface (example) WR-267

filtering output, show and more commands xviii IP address configuration (example) WR-265

filter register, AIP enabling WR-256

(example) WR-49 encapsulation

configuring WR-49 cisco WR-256, WR-310

flow control parameter negotiation, setting WR-570 IETF WR-256, WR-310, WR-335, WR-339

Frame Relay excess burst size (Be), specifying WR-270

Bc WR-268 FECN/BECN bit passing WR-386

Be WR-270 fragmentation
Cisco proprietary (example) WR-305

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-604 78-11752-02
 Index

configuring WR-302 LMI DTE

FRF.11 Annex C (example) WR-305 error threshold WR-329
FRF.12 (example) WR-304 full status polling interval WR-327
on switched PVC (example) WR-303 monitored event count WR-331
FRF.5 Network Interworking LMI NNI
connections, displaying WR-419 error threshold WR-328, WR-329
connections, making WR-411 monitored events count WR-330, WR-331
connections, shutting down WR-422 polling verification timer WR-332
DE bit map, setting WR-416 map class
DLCI, assigning to groups WR-423 interface or subinterface WR-276
FRF.8 Service Interworking routing protocols supported WR-250
connections, displaying WR-419 map list
connections, making WR-413 configuration and display WR-401
DE bit map, setting WR-415 map class and QOS parameters WR-369
EFCI bit, setting WR-417 OSPF over WR-335
protocol encapsulation, configuring WR-418 point-to-point links WR-339
general statistics, displaying WR-404 PVC
idle timeout, specifying interval WR-308 displaying statistics for WR-385
IETF encapsulation, effect of, on TCP/IP header switching on DCE WR-358
compression WR-319
switching on NNI WR-358
Inverse ARP WR-254, WR-316
QOS parameters, applying to map list WR-367
IP map, inheriting compression characteristics from routes, configured, displaying WR-400
interface WR-341
routing protocols supported WR-335
LAPF
SVCs
commands, not recommended WR-322
displaying all for map list WR-401
display status of internals WR-379
enabling WR-357
FRMR frame, sending WR-321
map group for interface required WR-368
link idle timer, setting WR-326
SVC support WR-250, WR-275, WR-343, WR-357
maximum length of information field, setting WR-324
X.121 or E.164 addresses WR-369
retransmission timer, setting WR-325
switching
window size, setting WR-322
congestion management, configuring WR-278
LMI
enabling WR-358
general statistics, displaying WR-381
policing, enabling WR-347
keepalive interval WR-365
specifying static route for WR-355
type, selecting WR-333
switched PVCs, creating WR-255
LMI DCE
TCP/IP header compression
error threshold WR-328
active WR-341
monitored events count WR-330, WR-331
displaying interface information WR-377
polling verification timer WR-332
IETF encapsulation, inconsistent with WR-319

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-605
 Index

outgoing WR-319 frame-relay end-to-end keepalive mode

command WR-293
passive WR-341
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive success-events
supported interfaces WR-319
command WR-296
test environment WR-334, WR-344
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive timer command WR-298
traffic shaping WR-268, WR-270
frame-relay fair-queue command WR-300
default queuing WR-362
frame-relay fragment command WR-302
per-VC queuing WR-362
frame-relay holdq command WR-307
virtual circuits, assigning priority queue to WR-350
frame-relay idle-timer command WR-308
frame-relay adaptive-shaping command WR-261
frame-relay interface-dlci command WR-310
frame-relay address-reg enable command WR-267
frame-relay interface-dlci switched command WR-313
frame-relay address registration auto-address
frame-relay intf-type command WR-315
command WR-263
frame-relay inverse-arp command WR-316
frame-relay address registration ip command WR-265
frame-relay ip tcp compression-connections WR-318
frame-relay bc command WR-268
frame-relay ip tcp header-compression command WR-319
frame-relay be command WR-270
frame-relay lapf frmr command WR-321
frame-relay broadcast-queue command WR-273
frame-relay lapf k command WR-322
frame-relay cir command WR-275
frame-relay lapf n200 command WR-323
frame-relay class command WR-276
frame-relay lapf n201 command WR-324
frame-relay congestion-management command WR-278
frame-relay lapf t200 command WR-325
frame-relay congestion threshold de command WR-280
frame-relay lapf-t203 command WR-326
frame-relay congestion threshold ecn command WR-282
frame-relay lmi-n391dte command WR-327
frame-relay custom-queue-list command WR-284
frame-relay lmi-n392dce command WR-328
frame-relay de-group command WR-285
frame-relay lmi-n392dte command WR-329
frame-relay de-list command WR-286
frame-relay lmi-n393dce command WR-330
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive error-threshold
command WR-289 frame-relay lmi-n393dte commands WR-331
frame-relay end-to-end keepalive event-window frame-relay lmi-t392dce command WR-332
command WR-291
frame-relay lmi-type command WR-333
Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive mode
frame-relay local-dlci command WR-334
error threshold WR-289
frame-relay map bridge command WR-339
event window WR-291
frame-relay map clns command WR-340
mode WR-293
frame-relay map command WR-335
bidirectional WR-293
frame-relay map ip tcp header-compression
passive-reply WR-294 command WR-341
reply WR-293 frame-relay mincir command WR-343
request WR-293 frame-relay multicast-dlci command WR-344
show command WR-372 frame-relay payload-compress packet-by-packet
command WR-345
success events WR-296
timer WR-298
frame-relay policing command WR-347
frame-relay priority-dlci-group command WR-348

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-606 78-11752-02
 Index

frame-relay priority-group command WR-350 ima test command WR-102

frame-relay pvc command WR-351 inarp command WR-103
frame-relay qos-autosense command WR-353 incoming and outgoing access, CUGs WR-568
frame-relay route command WR-355 indexes, master viii
frame-relay svc command WR-357 interface alias address, configuring WR-499
frame-relay switching command WR-358 interface atm command WR-105
frame-relay tc WR-359 interface atm ima command WR-107
frame-relay traffic-rate command WR-360 interface cbr command WR-109
frame-relay traffic-shaping command WR-362 interface configuration mode, summary of xiv
fr-atm connect dlci command WR-257 interface fr-atm command WR-364
FRF.9 compression, configuring (example) WR-337 interface outage, LAPB timer for WR-459
interface serial multipoint command WR-428
Inverse ARP (Inverse Address Resolution Protocol)
G
AppleTalk, setting for (example) WR-316
global configuration mode, summary of xiv Frame Relay
clearing maps WR-254
configuring WR-316
H protocols supported WR-316

hardware compression WR-335, WR-345 time period configuration WR-103

hardware platforms IP over SMDS

See platforms, supported configuring WR-439

heartbeat, with DXI 3.2 on SMDS WR-434 multiple subnetworks, configuring WR-428

help command xiv IP subnetworks on SMDS, multiple logical WR-441,

WR-443
hold queues, for X.25 packets WR-510
IPX (Internet Packet Exchange)
host names for X.25, defining WR-512
SMDS, configuring over WR-439
ISO CLNS
I congestion information, transmitting over Frame
Relay WR-340
idle-timeout command WR-92 SMDS, configuring over WR-438
IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) Frame Relay
encapsulation WR-256
ILMI (Interim Local Management Interface) keepalives K
(example) WR-20
ilmi manage command WR-94 keepalive (ATM) command WR-365

ima active-links-minimum command WR-95, WR-98 keepalive interval, LMI

ima clock-mode command WR-96 defining WR-365

ima differential-delay-maximum command WR-98 setting (example) WR-365

ima frame-length command WR-100 keepalive timers, for ATM (example) WR-209

ima-group command WR-101

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-607
 Index

LMI DCE
L
error threshold WR-328
LAPB (Link Access Procedure, Balanced) monitored events count WR-330, WR-331
encapsulation WR-455 polling verification timer WR-332
explicit acknowledge deferral timer (T2 LMI DTE
parameter) WR-468
error threshold WR-329
frame retransmssion parameter (N2 frame) WR-464
full status polling interval WR-327
hardware outage WR-459
monitored event count WR-331
idle timer (T4 parameter) WR-469
LMI NNI
interface outage timer WR-459
error threshold WR-328, WR-329
modulo, description WR-461
monitored events count WR-330, WR-331
outstanding frames
polling verification timer WR-332
acknowledgment (modulo parameter) WR-461
loopback
maximum number (window parameter) WR-460
for ATM packets (example) WR-112
N1 bits WR-462
loopback (ATM) command WR-112
retransmission timer (T1 parameter) WR-466
loopback command WR-110
unsignaled link failure WR-469
window size (k parameter) WR-460
lapb interface-outage command WR-459 M
lapb k command WR-460
map-class frame-relay command WR-367
lapb modulo command WR-461
map-group command WR-368
lapb n1 command WR-462
map-list command WR-369
lapb n2 command WR-464
max bandwidth command WR-231
lapb protocol command WR-465
max vc command WR-232
lapb t1 command WR-466
M-bit (more data bit) for X.25 WR-518, WR-537
LAPB T1 value, determining WR-466
MIB, descriptions online viii
lapb t2 command WR-468
MID (message identifier), configuring per VC
lapb t4 command WR-469 (example) WR-26
LIS (logical IP subnetwork) mid command WR-114
ATM support for WR-9 modes
LMI (Local Management Interface) See command modes
ANSI T1.617 Annex D WR-333 more data bit, for X.25 WR-518, WR-537
CCITT Q.933 Annex A WR-333 MTU (maximum transmission unit), defaults and
Cisco Group 4 WR-333 limits WR-427
Frame Relay type, selecting WR-333 multicast addresses for SMDS over ATM
(example) WR-27
general statistics, displaying WR-381
multiple logical IP subnetworks on SMDS WR-428
keepalive interval WR-365
multipoint call intervals, configuring for ATM
See also Frame Relay, LMI (example) WR-28
type, displaying WR-333 multiprotocol VC, for X.25 WR-523

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-608 78-11752-02
 Index

maximum number (window parameter) WR-460

N

network-clock-select (ATM) command WR-115

network timing services, displaying information
P
about WR-204
packet-by-packet compression, X.25 WR-525, WR-529
new information in this release ix
packets, X.25
NNI (Network-to-Network Interface)
acknowledgment, configuring WR-588
and DCE
input, setting size of WR-518
error threshold WR-328
output, setting size of WR-537
monitored events count WR-330
PAD (packet assembler/disassembler)
polling verification timer WR-332
connections between devices WR-470, WR-538
and DTE
mapping WR-534
error threshold WR-329
profile scripts, creating WR-594
monitored events count WR-331
passive-reply mode, Frame Relay end-to-end
Frame Relay PVC switching WR-358 keepalives WR-294
interface type WR-315 payload compression, for X.25 WR-529
no-incoming and no-outgoing access WR-572 permanent rate queues, for ATM
notes, usage in text x (example) WR-38
NSAP (network service access point) address configuring WR-37
(example) WR-31 platforms, supported
ATM WR-30 Feature Navigator, identify using xix
release notes, identify using xix
point-to-multipoint signalling, for ATM
O (example) WR-29

OAM (Operation, Administration, and Maintenance) ATM poll timer, for ATM (example) WR-211
interface cell flush (example) WR-32 pppoe enable command WR-235
oam aid-rdi command WR-117 pppoe limit per-mac command WR-236
oam-pvc command WR-119 pppoe limit per-vc command WR-237
oam-range command WR-233 pppoe limit per-vlan command WR-238
oam retry command WR-121 pppoe max-session command WR-240
oam-svc command WR-124 PPP over Ethernet, enabling WR-235
on-hook detection WR-61 preferential CUGs WR-572
OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) privileged EXEC mode, summary of xiv
broadcasts prompts, system xiv
over Frame Relay WR-335 protocol (ATM) command WR-127
over X.25 WR-525, WR-528 protocol addresses, mapping (example) WR-83
over nonbroadcast network WR-524 pseudobroadcasting, using SMDS static map WR-445
outstanding frames, LAPB PVC (permanent virtual circuit)
acknowledgment (modulo parameter) WR-461 ATM, discovery of (example) WR-21

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-609
 Index

X.25 RFC 1293 WR-316

address maps, displaying WR-482 RFC 1356 WR-529
encapsulation, establishing WR-542 X.25 and ISDN multiprotocol interconnect WR-523
HIC WR-508 X.25 encapsulation WR-457
HOC WR-509 X.25 PVC encapsulation WR-543
HTC WR-513 RFC 1406 WR-182
LIC WR-519 RFC 1490 WR-256
LOC WR-521 RFC 1577
LTC WR-522 classical IP over ATM WR-7
resetting XOT WR-453 ROA (Recognized Operating Agency)
serial interfaces on (example) WR-546 See X.25, ROA
states WR-494 ROA (Recognized Operating Agency) lists WR-530
switched WR-545 ROM monitor mode, summary of xiv
switched options (table) WR-548 routed bridge encapsulation, configuring WR-228
tunneled WR-550
pvc command WR-130
S
pvc-in-range command WR-242
scrambling, DS3 (example) WR-12
scrambling cell-payload command WR-135
Q
scrambling-payload command WR-136
question mark (?) command xiv service pad command WR-470
service pad from-xot command WR-472
service pad to-xot command WR-473
R
service translation command WR-418
range pvc command WR-243 show atm arp-server command WR-137
raw queue sizes, for ATM show atm class-links command WR-139
(example) WR-39 show atm ilmi-configuration command WR-140
configuring WR-39 show atm ilmi-status command WR-141
Recognized Operating Agency show atm interface atm command WR-143
See X.25, ROA show atm map command WR-146
release notes show atm pvc command WR-149
See platforms, supported show atm svc command WR-156
reply mode, Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive WR-293 show atm svc ppp command WR-245
request mode, Frame Relay end-to-end keepalive WR-293 show atm traffic command WR-162
RFC show atm vc command WR-165
full text, obtaining viii show atm vp command WR-173
RFC 877, IP datagram transmission WR-525, WR-529 show ces circuit command WR-177
RFC 1144, TCP/IP header compression WR-532 show ces command WR-175
show ces interface cbr command WR-180

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-610 78-11752-02
 Index

show ces status command WR-183 shutdown (PVC range) command WR-247
show cmns command WR-474 shutdown command WR-422
show connect (FR-ATM) command WR-419 SIG-TS-001/1991 standard WR-434
show controllers atm command WR-184 SMDS (Switched Multimegabit Data Service)
show dxi map command WR-188 addresses
show dxi pvc command WR-189 broadcast WR-438, WR-440
show frame-relay end-to-end keepalive command WR-372 effect of bridging on WR-433
show frame-relay fragment command WR-374 multicast WR-438, WR-440
show frame-relay ip tcp header-compression address resolution (ARP) WR-438
command WR-377
address specification WR-433
show frame-relay lapf command WR-379
AppleTalk on WR-438
show frame-relay lmi command WR-381
ARP WR-436
show frame-relay map command WR-383
assigned address display WR-429, WR-430
show frame-relay pvc command WR-385
ATM WR-43
show frame-relay qos-autosense command WR-398
bridging WR-441
show frame-relay route command WR-400
broadcast ARP messages WR-440
show frame-relay svc maplist command WR-401
DECnet on WR-438
show frame-relay traffic command WR-404
DXI 3.2 with heartbeat WR-434
show ima interface atm command WR-191
dynamic routing WR-437
show interface cbr command WR-195
encapsulation, enabling via WR-427
show interfaces atm command WR-199
general statistics WR-431
show network-clocks command WR-204
IP address and subnet mask on WR-440
show smds addresses command WR-429
IP on WR-439
show smds map command WR-430
IP subnetworks, multiple logical WR-428, WR-441,
show smds traffic command WR-431 WR-443
show sscop command WR-206 IPX on WR-439
show vc-group command WR-421 ISO CLNS on WR-438
show x25 context command WR-475 packet size, maximum WR-427
show x25 cug command WR-477 protocols supported WR-438
show x25 hunt-group command WR-479 static routing table
show x25 interface command WR-481 configuring WR-445
show x25 map command WR-482 displaying WR-430
show x25 profile command WR-484 protocols supported WR-445
show x25 remote-red command WR-486 subinterfaces for multiple IP subnetworks WR-428
show x25 route command WR-487 VINES on WR-439
show x25 services command WR-488 smds address command WR-433
show x25 vc command WR-489 smds dxi command WR-434
show x25 xot command WR-496 smds enable-arp command WR-436
shutdown (PVC-in-range) command WR-246 smds glean command WR-437

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-611
 Index

smds multicast arp command WR-440 TCP/IP header compression

smds multicast bridge command WR-441 for X.25 WR-532
smds multicast command WR-438 on interface WR-319
smds multicast ip command WR-443 inheritance, effect on all IP maps WR-319
smds static-map command WR-445 on IP map WR-341
software compression WR-335, WR-345 inheriting compression from interface WR-341
SONET PLIM overriding compression from interface WR-341
(example) WR-44 on X.25 WR-532
configuring WR-44 threshold de command WR-405
SSCOP (Service-Specific Connection-Oriented Protocol) threshold ecn command WR-407
connection control timer (example) WR-208 timers
details for ATM, displaying WR-206 Frame Relay
receiver window (example) WR-212 end-to-end keepalive WR-298
retry count (example) WR-210 LMI WR-365
transmitter window (example) WR-213 LAPB
sscop cc-timer command WR-208 interface outage WR-459
sscop keepalive-timer command WR-209 link failure (T4) WR-469
sscop max-cc command WR-210 T1 retransmission WR-466
sscop poll-timer command WR-211 T4 relation to T1 WR-469
sscop receive-window command WR-212 X.25
sscop send-window command WR-213 call request (t21) WR-585
static maps clear indication (t13) WR-583
ATM, displaying WR-146 clear request (t23) WR-587
SMDS hold timer, setting WR-511
configuring WR-445 incoming call (t11) WR-581
displaying WR-430 reset indication (t12) WR-582
success events, Frame Relay end-to-end reset request (t22) WR-586
keepalive WR-296
restart indication (t10) WR-580
svc command WR-214
restart request (t20) WR-584
SVCs (switched virtual circuits)
traffic shaping, strict
clearing XOT WR-453
(example) WR-42
disabling WR-41
enabling WR-42
(example) WR-41
transparent bridging on SMDS WR-441
switching
tunneling, X.25, enabling WR-566
See Frame Relay, switching

U
T
ubr+ command WR-219
Tab key, command completion xiv
ubr command WR-216

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-612 78-11752-02
 Index

UNI (User-to-Network Interface) version called address WR-578

(example) WR-46 calling address WR-579
configuring WR-46 use source WR-589
unicast addresses, ATM WR-43 X.25
user EXEC mode, summary of xiv accepting reverse charges WR-497
addresses
called, suppressing WR-578
V
calling
vbr-nrt command WR-222 suppressing WR-579
VC (virtual circuit) updating WR-589
interface, setting on WR-498
descriptor, configuring WR-25
protocol-to-remote host mapping WR-523
maximum number of
BFE encapsulation WR-457
(example) WR-25
bridging on WR-447, WR-528
configuring WR-25
compressed packet header WR-532
X.25
CUD, interpreting calls with unknown WR-503
displaying address map WR-482
CUGs WR-572
See also PVC; X.25
behavior of, displaying WR-477
vc-class atm command WR-225
incoming and outgoing access WR-568
VC classes
local CUG to network CUG, mapping WR-572
assignment
no-incoming and no-outgoing access WR-572
to an ATM interface WR-76
selection facility suppression WR-568
to an ATM PVC, SVC, or VC bundle member WR-78
service, subscribing to WR-568
configuration
DCE device WR-457
encapsulation WR-87
DDN encapsulation WR-457
OAM management WR-121
default protocol, setting WR-503
vc-group command WR-423
directed broadcasts, configuring WR-525, WR-528
vc-per-vp (example) WR-48
DTE device WR-457
VINES (Virtual Integrated Network System)
encapsulation
SMDS, configuring over WR-439
BFE devices WR-458
DDN WR-458
X methods supported WR-525, WR-529
facilities supported WR-525, WR-528
X.121 address
failover, configuring WR-506
DDN, caution not to change WR-458
flow control parameter negotiation WR-570
Frame Relay SVC WR-369
frames, bridging packets in WR-528
numbers, codes, and values WR-370
hold timer, setting WR-511
setting WR-498
hosts, limiting access WR-592
suppressing
hunt groups

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-613
 Index

creating WR-514 lists WR-530

input packet size name and number WR-556
maximum, setting WR-518, WR-526, WR-530 routing
PVC local switching WR-566
encapsulation maximum WR-543 remote switching WR-566
switched maximum WR-546, WR-548 supported protocols WR-447
tunnel maximum WR-551 routing table WR-557
window WR-590
creating WR-557
multiprotocol virtual circuits WR-523
displaying WR-487
network user ID WR-526, WR-529
show x25 profile command WR-484
OSPF WR-525, WR-528
static host name map, defining WR-512
output packet size WR-530
tunneling WR-566
maximum, setting WR-526, WR-530
user facilities
PVC
accepting reverse charging WR-497, WR-525, WR-528
encapsulation maximum WR-543
closed user group WR-504, WR-525, WR-529
switched maximum WR-546, WR-548
flow control parameter negotiation WR-504
tunnel maximum WR-551
output window size WR-543, WR-591 network user ID WR-526, WR-529

packet-by-packet compression WR-525, WR-529 reverse charging WR-504, WR-526, WR-530

packet-level restarts, forcing WR-520 ROA per-call basis WR-505

packets ROA X.25 map options WR-526, WR-530

acknowledgment, configuring WR-588 throughput class negotiation WR-504, WR-526, WR-530

acknowledgment policy WR-590, WR-591 transit delay WR-505, WR-526, WR-530

hold queue WR-510 virtual circuits

input, setting size of WR-518 clearing WR-516
output, setting size of WR-537 displaying address map WR-482

size of, setting WR-574 setting number of WR-526, WR-530, WR-536

PAD link WR-534 window modulus WR-535, WR-590, WR-591

precedence handling WR-517 window size WR-526, WR-530

profiles, configuring WR-539 PVC option WR-546

protocols supported PVC tunnel option WR-551

(table) WR-524 setting WR-576

routing WR-447 x25 map options (table) WR-525, WR-528

PVC x25 profile command WR-539

displaying address map WR-482 X.25 routing
options (table) WR-543 acknowledge local WR-566

states WR-494 enabling WR-566

switched options (table) WR-546, WR-548 X.29

tunnel options (table) WR-551 access list, applying to a line WR-448

ROA PAD profile script, creating WR-594

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-614 78-11752-02
 Index

X.25 hosts, limiting access WR-592 x25 roa command WR-556

x25 accept-reverse command WR-497 x25 route command WR-557
x25 address command WR-498 x25 routing acknowledge local command WR-566
x25 alias command WR-499 x25 routing command WR-566
x25 bfe-decision command WR-501 x25 subscribe cug-service command WR-568
x25 bfe-emergency command WR-502 x25 subscribe flow-control command WR-570
x25 default command WR-503 x25 subscribe local-cug command WR-572
x25 facility command WR-504 x25 subscribe packetsize command WR-574
x25 fail-over command WR-506 x25 subscribe windowsize command WR-576
x25 hic command WR-508 x25 suppress-called-address command WR-578
x25 hoc command WR-509 x25 suppress-calling-address command WR-579
x25 hold-queue command WR-510 x25 t10 command WR-580
x25 hold-vc-timer command WR-511 x25 t11 command WR-581
x25 host command WR-512 x25 t12 command WR-582
x25 htc command WR-513 x25 t13 command WR-583
x25 hunt-group command WR-514 x25 t20 command WR-584
x25 idle command WR-516 x25 t21 command WR-585
x25 ip-precedence command WR-517 x25 t22 command WR-586
x25 ips command WR-518 x25 t23 command WR-587
x25 lic command WR-519 x25 threshold command WR-588
x25 linkrestart command WR-520 x25 use-source-address command WR-589
x25 loc command WR-521 x25 win command WR-590
x25 ltc command WR-522 x25 wout command WR-591
x25 map bridge command WR-528 x29 access-list command WR-592
x25 map cmns command WR-531 x29 profile command WR-594
x25 map command WR-523 XNS (Xerox Network Systems)
x25 map compressedtcp command WR-532 SMDS, configuring over WR-439
x25 map pad command WR-534 XOT (X.25 over TCP)
x25 modulo command WR-535 clearing/terminating WR-453
x25 nvc command WR-536 VCs, displaying information WR-496
x25 ops command WR-537
x25 pad-access command WR-538
x25 profile command WR-539
x25 pvc (encapsulating) command WR-542
x25 pvc (switched) command WR-545
x25 pvc (switched PVC to SVC) command WR-547
x25 pvc (XOT) command WR-550
x25 remote-red command WR-553
x25 retry command WR-554

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

78-11752-02 IN-615
 Index

Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference

IN-616 78-11752-02